Skip to main content

Full text of "Wanderings in South America, the North-west of the United States and the Antilles : in the years 1812, 1816, 1820 & 1824. With original instructions for the perfect preservation of birds, &c. for cabinets of natural history"

See other formats


A.B.BROOKE. 


O  !PT. 


See  Page  253. 


WANDERINGS 

IN 

SOUTH   AMEEICA, 

THE 

NORTH-WEST  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES, 

AND  THE  ANTILLES, 
IN  THE  YEARS  1812,  1S16,  1820,  &  1824, 


ORIGINAL  INSTRUCTIONS 
FOR  THE  PERFECT  PRESERVATION  OF  BIRDS,  &c. 

FOR 

CABINETS  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY. 


BY  CHAELES  WATEETOX,  ESQ. 


SIXTH  EDITION. 


T.  FELLOWES,  LUDGATE  HILL* 

1866. 


LONDON : 

R    CiAY,  SON,  AND  TAYLOR,  PRINTERS, 
BREAD  STREET  HILL. 


PKEFACE 
TO    THE    FIEST    EDITION. 


I  OFFER  this  book  of  "Wanderings"  with  a 
hesitating  hand.  It  has  little  merit,  and  must 
make  its  way  through  the  world  as  well  as  it  can. 
It  will  receive  many  a  jostle  as  it  goes  along, 
and  perhaps  is  destined  to  add  pne  more  to  the 
number  of  slain,  in  the  field  of  modern  criticism. 
But  if  it  fall,  it  may  still,  in  death,  be  useful  to 
me ;  for,  should  some  accidental  rover  take  it  up, 
and,  in  turning  over  its  pages,  imbibe  the  idea  of 
going  out  to  explore  Guiana,  in  order  to  give  the 
world  an  enlarged  description  of  that  noble  coun- 
try, I  shall  say,  "fortem  ad  fortia  misi,"  and 
demand  the  armour ;  that  is,  I  shall  lay  claim 
to  a  certain  portion  of  the  honours  he  will  receive, 
upon  the  plea  that  I  was  the  first  mover  of  his 


VI  PREFACE. 

discoveries  ;  for,  as  Ulysses  sent  Achilles  to  Troy, 
so  I  sent  him  to  Guiana.  I  intended  to  have 
written  much  more  at  length;  but  days,  and 
months,  and  years  have  passed  away,  and  nothing 
has  been  done.  Thinking  it  very  probable  that 
I  shall  never  have  patience  enough  to  sit  down 
and  write  a  full  account  of  all  I  saw  and  examined 
in  those  remote  wilds,  I  give  up  the  intention 
of  doing  so,  and  send  forth  this  account  of  my 
"  Wanderings,"  just  as  it  was  written  at  the  time. 

If  critics  are  displeased  with  it  in  its  present 
form,  I  beg  to  observe,  that  it  is  not  totally  devoid 
of  interest,  and  that  it  contains  something  useful. 
Several  of  the  unfortunate  gentlemen  who  went 
out  to  explore  the  Congo,  were  thankful  for  the 
instructions  they  found  in  it ;  and  Sir  Joseph 
Banks,  on  sending  back  the  journal,  said  in  his 
letter,  "  I  return  your  journal,  with  abundant 
thanks  for  the  very  instructive  lesson  you  have 
favoured  us  with  this  morning,  which  far  excelled, 
in  real  utility,  everything  I  have  hitherto  seen." 
And  in  another  letter  he  says,  "  I  hear  with 
particular  pleasure  your  intention  of  resuming 


PREFACE.  Vll 

your  interesting  travels,  to  which  natural  history- 
has  already  been  so  much  indebted."  And  again, 
"  I  am  sorry  you  did  not  deposit  some  part  of 
your  last  harvest  of  birds  in  the  British  Museum, 
that  your  name  might  become  familiar  to  natu- 
ralists, and  your  unrivalled  skill  in  preserving 
birds  be  made  known  to  the  public."  And  again, 
"  You  certainly  have  talents  to  set  forth  a  book, 
which  will  improve  and  extend  materially  the 

* 

bounds  of  natural  science." 

Sir  Joseph  never  read  the  third  adventure. 
Whilst  I  was  engaged  in  it,  death  robbed  England 
of  one  of  her  most  valuable  subjects,  and  deprived 
the  Eoyal  Society  of  its  brightest  ornament. 


SOUTH     AMERICA. 


FIRST  JOURNEY. 


-"nec  herba,  nee  latens  in  asperis 


Eadix  fefellit  me  locis." 

IN  the  month  of  April,  1812,  I  left  the  town  of 
Stabroek,  to  travel  through  the  wilds  of  Demerara  and 
Essequibo,  a  part  of  ci-devant  Dutch  Guiana,  in  South 
America. 

The  chief  objects  in  view  were  to  collect  a  quantity 
of  the  strongest  "Wourali  poison,  and  to  reach 
the  inland  frontier  fort  of  Portuguese  Guiana. 

It  would  be  a  tedious  journey  for  him  who  wishes  to 
travel  through  these  wilds,  to  set  out  from  Stabroek  on 
foot.  The  sun  would  exhaust  him  in  his  attempts  to 
wade  through  the  swamps,  and  the  mosquitos  at  night 
would  deprive  him  of  every  hour  of  sleep. 

The  road  for  horses  runs  ^parallel  to  the  river ;  but  it 
extends  a  very  little  way,  and  even  ends  before  the 
cultivation  of  the  plantation  ceases. 

The  only  mode,  then,  that  remains  is  to  proceed  by 
water ;  and  when  you  come  to  the  high  lands,  you 
may  make  your  way  through  the  forest  on  foot,  or 
continue  your  route  on  the  river. 
B 


2  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

After  passing  the  third  island  in  the  river  Demerara, 
Face  of  the  there  are  few  plantations  to  he  seen,  and 
those  not  joining  on  to  one  another,  but 
separated  by  large  tracts  of  wood. 

The  Loo  is  the  last  where  the  sugar-cane  is  growing. 
The  greater  part  of  its  negroes  have  just  been  ordered  to 
another  estate ;  and  ere  a  few  months  shall  have  elapsed, 
all  signs  of  cultivation  will  be  lost  in  underwood. 

Higher  up  stand  the  sugar  works  of  Amelia's  Waard, 
solitary  and  abandoned ;  and  after  passing  these  there 
is  not  a  ruin  'to  inform  the  traveller  that  either  coffee 
or  sugar  has  been  cultivated. 

From  Amelia's  Waard,  an  unbroken  range  of  forest 
covers  each  bank  of  the  river,  saving  here  and  there 
where  a  hut  discovers  itself,  inhabited  by  free  people  of 
colour,  with  a  rood  or  two  of  bared  ground  about  it ;  or 
where  the  wood-cutter  has  erected  himself  a  dwelling, 
and  cleared  a  few  acres  for  pasturage.  Sometimes  you 
see  level  ground  on  each  side  of  you,  for  two  or  three 
hours  at  a  stretch ;  at  other  times,  a  gently  sloping  hill 
presents  itself;  and  often,  on  turning  a  point,  the  eye 
is  pleased  with  the  contrast  of  an  almost  perpendicular 
height  jutting  into  the  water.  The  trees  put  you  in 
mind  of  an  eternal  spring,  with  summer  and  autumn 
kindly  blended  into  it. 

Here  you  may  see  a  sloping  extent  of  noble  trees, 
whose  foliage  displays  a  charming  variety  of  every 
shade,  from  the  lightest  to  the  darkest  green  and 
purple.  The  tops  of  some  are  crowned  with  bloom  of 
the  loveliest  hue,  while  the  boughs  of  others  bend  with 
a  profusion  of  seeds  and  fruits. 

Those  whose  heads  have  been  bared  by  time,  or 
blasted  by  the  thunder-storm,  strike  the  eye  as  a 


FIRST   JOURNEY.  6 

mournful  sound  does  the  ear  in  music,  and  seem  to 
beckon  to  the  sentimental  traveller  to  stop  a  moment 
or  two,  and  see  that  the  forests  which  surround  him, 
like  men  and  kingdoms,  have  their  periods  of  mis- 
fortune and  decay. 

The  first  rocks   of  any  considerable  size   that  are 
observed  on  the  side  of  the  river,  are  at  a 

Rocks. 

place  called  Saba,  from  the  Indian  word, 
which  means  a  stone.  They  appear  sloping  down  to 
the  water's  edge,  not  shelvy,  but  smooth,  and  their 
exuberances  rounded  off,  and  in  some  places  deeply 
furrowed,  as  though  they  had  been  worn  with  continual 
floods  of  water. 

There  are  patches  of  soil  up  and  down,  and  the  huge 
stones  amongst  them  produce  a  pleasing  and  novel 
effect.  You  see  a  few  coffee -trees  of  a  fine  luxuriant 

growth  :   and  nearly  on  the  top   of  Saba 

Residence  ,       ,  ,  •,-,-,  -n-     • 

of  the  post-  stands  the  house  of  the  postnolder.  He  is 
appointed  by  Government  to  give  in  his 
report  to  the  protector  of  the  Indians,  of  what  is  going 
on  amongst  them,  and  to  prevent  suspicious  people 
from  passing  up  the  river. 

When  the  Indians  assemble  here,  the  stranger  may 
have  an  opportunity  of  seeing  the  Aborigines,  dancing 
to  the  sound  of  their  country  music,  and  painted  in 
their  native  style.  They  will  shoot  their  arrows  for 
him  with  an  unerring  aim,  and  send  the  poisoned  dart 
from  the  blow-pipe,  true  to  its  destination ;  and  here 
he  may  often  view  all  the  different  shades,  from  the 
red  savage  to  the  white  man,  and  from  the  white  man 
to  the  sootiest  son  of  Africa. 

Beyond  this  post  there  are  no  more  habitations  of 
white  men,  or  free  people  of  colour. 

B2 


4  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

In  a  country  so  extensively  covered  with  wood  as 

Trees  this  is,  having  every  advantage  that  a  tro- 
pical sun,  and  the  richest  mould  in  many 
places,  can  give  to  vegetation,  it  is  natural  to  look  for 
trees  of  very  large  dimensions  ;  but  it  is  rare  to  meet 
with  them  above  six  yards  in  circumference.  If  larger 
have  ever  existed,  they  have  fallen  a  sacrifice  either  to 
the  axe  or  to  fire. 

If,  however,  they  disappoint  you  in  size,  they  make 
ample  amends  in  height.  Heedless,  and  bankrupt  in 
all  curiosity,  must  he  be,  who  can  journey  on  without 
stopping  to  take  a  view  of  the  towering  niora.  Its 
topmost  branch,  when  naked  with  age,  or  dried  by 
accident,  is  the  favourite  resort  of  the  toucan.  Many  a 
time  has  this  singular  bird  felt  the  shot  faintly  strike 
him,  from  the  gun  of  the  fowler  beneath,  and  owed  his 
life  to  the  distance  betwixt  them. 

The  trees  which  form  these  far-extending  wilds  are 
as  useful  as  they  are  ornamental.  It  would  take  a 
volume  of  itself  to  describe  them. 

The  green-heart,  famous  for  its  hardness  and  dura- 
bility; the  hackea,  for  its  toughness;  the  ducalabali, 
surpassing  mahogany ;  the  ebony  and  letter-wood,  vieing 
with  the  choicest  woods  of  the  old  world ;  the  locust- 
tree,  yielding  copal;  and  the  hayawa  and  olou  trees, 
furnishing  a  sweet-smelling  resin, — are  all  to  be  met  with 
in  the  forest,  betwixt  the  plantations  and  the  rock  Saba. 

Beyond  this  rock,  the  country  has  been  little  ex- 
plored ;  but  it  is  very  probable  that  these,  and  a  vast 
collection  of  other  kinds,  and  possibly  many  new  species, 
are  scattered  up  and  down,  in  all  directions,  through 
the  swamps,  and  hills,  and  savannas  of  ci-devant  Dutch 
Guiana. 


FIRST   JOURNEY.  5 

On  viewing  the  stately  trees  around  him,  the  natu- 
ralist will  observe  many  of  them  bearing  leaves,  and 
blossoms,  and  fruit  not  their  own. 

The  wild  fig-tree,  as  large  as  a  common  English 
The  wild  apple-tree,  often  rears  itself  from  one  of  the 
thick  branches  at  the  top  of  the  mora ;  and 
when  its  fruit  is  ripe,  to  it  the  birds  resort  for  nourish- 
ment. It  was  to  an  undigested  seed,  passing  through 
the  body  of  the  bird  which  had  perched  on  the  mora, 
that  the  fig-tree  first  owed  its  elevated  station  there. 
The  sap  of  the  mora  raised  it  into  full  bearing ;  but 
now,  in  its  turn,  it  is  doomed  to  contribute  a  portion  of 
its  own  sap  and  juices  towards  the  growth  of  different 
species  of  vines,  the  seeds  of  which,  also,  the  birds 
deposited  on  its  branches.  These  soon  vegetate,  and 
bear  fruit  in  great  quantities ;  so,  what  with  their 
usurpation  of  the  resources  of  the  fig-tree,  and  the  fig- 
tree  of  the  mora,  the  mora,  unable  to  support  a  charge 
which  nature  never  intended  it  should,  languishes  and 
dies  under  its  burden ;  and  then  the  fig-tree,  and  its 
usurping  progeny  of  vines,  receiving  no  more  succour 
from  their  late  foster-parent,  droop  and  perish  in  their 
turn. 

A  vine  called  the  bush-rope  by  the  wood-cutters, 

The  bush-  on  account  of  its  use  in  hauling  out  the 

heaviest  timber,  has  a  singular  appearance 

in  the  forests  of  Demerara.    Sometimes  you  see  it  nearly 

as  thick  as  a  man's  body,  twisted  like  a  corkscrew  round 

the  tallest  trees,  and  rearing  its  head  high  above  their 

tops.    At  other  times,  three  or  four  of  them,  like  strands 

in  a  cable,  join  tree  and  tree,  and  branch  and  branch 

together.    Others,  descending  from  on  high,  take  root  as 

soon  as  their  extremity  touches  the  ground,  and  appear 


6  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

like  shrouds  and  stays  supporting  the  mainmast  of  a 
line-of-battle  ship ;  while  others,  sending  out  parallel, 
oblique,  horizontal,  and  perpendicular  shoots  in  all 
directions,  put  you  in  mind  of  what  travellers  call  a 
matted  forest.  Oftentimes  a  tree,  above  a  hundred  feet 
high,  uprooted  by  the  whirlwind,  is  stopped  in  its  fall 
by  these  amazing  cables  of  nature ;  and  hence  it  is 
that  you  account  for  the  phenomenon  of  seeing  trees, 
not  only  vegetating,  but  sending  forth  vigorous  shoots, 
though  far  from  their  perpendicular,  and  their  trunks 
inclined  to  every  degree  from  the  meridian  to  the 
horizon. 

Their  heads  remain  firmly  supported  by  the  bush- 
rope  ;  many  of  their  roots  soon  refix  themselves  in  the 
earth,  and  frequently  a  strong  shoot  will  sprout  out  per- 
pendicularly from  near  the  root  of  the  reclined  trunk, 
and  in  time  become  a  fine  tree.  No  grass  grows  under 
the  trees,  and  few  weeds,  except  in  the  swamps. 

The  high  grounds  are  pretty  clear  of  underwood,  and, 
with  a  cutlass  to  sever  the  small  bush-ropes,  it  is  not 
difficult  walking  among  the  trees. 

The  soil,  chiefly  formed  by  the  fallen  leaves  and 

decayed  trees,  is  very  rich  and  fertile  in  the 

,    valleys.    On  the  hills,  it  is  little  better  than 

sand.     The  rains  seem  to  have  carried  away,  and  swept 

into  the  valleys,  every  particle  which  nature  intended 

to  have  formed  a  mould. 

Four-footed       Four-footed  animals  are  scarce,  consider- 
ing how  very  thinly  these  forests  are  in- 
habited by  men. 

Several  species  of  the  animal  commonly  called  tiger, 
though,  in  reality,  it  approaches  nearer  to  the  leopard, 
are  found  here ;  and  two  of  their  diminutives,  named 


FIRST   JOURNEY.  7 

tiger-cats.  The  tapir,  the  lobba,  and  deer  afford  excel- 
lent food,  and  chiefly  frequent  the  swamps  and  low 
ground,  near  the  sides  of  the  river  and  creeks. 

In  stating  that  four-footed  animals  are  scarce,  the 
peccari  must  be  excepted.  Three  or  four  hundred  of 
them  herd  together,  and  traverse  the  wilds  in  all 
directions,  in  quest  of  roots  and  fallen  seeds.  The 
Indians  mostly  shoot  them  with  poisoned  arrows.  When 
wounded,  they  run  about  one  hundred  and  fifty  paces  ; 
they  then  drop,  and  make  wholesome  food. 

The  red  monkey,  erroneously  called  the  baboon,  is 
heard  oftener  than  it  is  seen  ;  while  the  common  brown 
monkey,  the  bisa,  and  sacawinki  rove  from  tree  to  tree, 
and  amuse  the  stranger  as  he  journeys  on. 

A  species  of  the  polecat,  and  another  of  the  fox,  are 
destructive  to  the  Indian's  poultry  ;  while  the  opossum, 
the  guana,  and  salempenta  afford  him  a  delicious  morsel. 

The  small  ant-bear,  and  the  large  one,  remarkable  for 
its  long,  broad,  bushy  tail,  are  sometimes  seen  on  the 
tops  of  the  wood-ants'  nests ;  the  armadillas  bore  in  the 
sand-hills,  like  rabbits  in  a  warren ;  and  the  porcupine 
is  now  and  then  discovered  in  the  trees  over  your 
head. 

This,  too,  is  the  native  country  of  the  sloth.     His 

looks,  his  gestures,  and  his  cries,  all  conspire 

to  entreat  you  to  take  pity  on  him.     These 

are  the  only  weapons  of  defence  which  nature  hath 

given  him.     While  other  animals  assemble  in  herds,  or 

in  pairs  range  through  these  boundless  wilds,  the  sloth 

is  solitary,  and  almost  stationary;   he  cannot  escape 

from  you.     It  is  said,  his  piteous  moans  make  the  tiger 

relent,  and  turn  out  of  the  way.     Do  not,  then,  level 

your  gun  at  him,  or  pierce  him  with  a  poisoned  arrow ; 


8  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

he  has  never  hurt  one  living  creature.  A  few  leaves, 
and  those  of  the  commonest  and  coarsest  kind,  are  all 
he  asks  for  his  support.  On  comparing  him  with  other 
animals,  you  would  say  that  you  could  perceive  defi- 
ciency, deformity,  and  superabundance  in  his  com- 
position. He  has  no  cutting  teeth,  and,  though  four 
stomachs,  he  still  wants  the  long  intestines  of  rumi- 
nating animals.  He  has  only  one  inferior  aperture,  as 
in  birds.  He  has  no  soles  to  his  feet,  nor  has  he  the 
power  of  moving  his  toes  separately.  His  hair  is  flat, 
and  puts  you  in  mind  of  grass  withered  by  the  wintry 
blast.  His  legs  are  too  short;  they  appear  deformed 
by  the  manner  in  which  they  are  joined  to  the  body ; 
and  when  he  is  on  the  ground,  they  seem  as  if  only 
calculated  to  be  of  use  in  climbing  trees.  He  has 
forty- six  ribs,  while  the  elephant  has  only  forty;  and 
his  claws  are  disproportionably  long.  Were  you  to 
mark  down,  upon  a  graduated  scale,  the  different  claims 
to  superiority  amongst  the  four-footed  animals,  this 
poor  ill-formed  creature's  claim  would  be  the  last  upon 
.  the  lowest  degree. 

Demerara  yields  to  no  country  in  the  world  in  her 
wonderful  and  beautiful  productions  of  the 
feathered  race.  Here  the  finest  precious 
stones  are  far  surpassed  by  the  vivid  tints  which  adorn 
the  birds.  The  naturalist  may  exclaim  that  nature  has 
not  known  where  to  stop  in  forming  new  species,  and 
painting  her  requisite  shades.  Almost  every  one  of 
those  singular  and  elegant  birds  described  by  Buffon  as 
belonging  to  Cayenne,  are  to  be  met  with  in  Demerara ; 
but  it  is  only  by  an  indefatigable  naturalist  that  they 
are  to  be  found. 

The  scarlet  carew  breeds  in  innumerable  quantities 


FIRST   JOURNEY.  9 

in  the  muddy  islands  on  the  coasts  of  Pomauron  ;  the 
egrets  and  crabiers  in  the  same  place.  They  resort  to 
the  mud-flats  at  ebbing  water,  while  thousands  of  sand- 
pipers and  plovers,  with  here  and  there  a  spoonbill  and 
flamingo,  are  seen  amongst  them.  The  pelicans  go  farther 
out  to  sea,  but  return  at  sundown  to  the  courada  trees. 
The  humming-birds  are  chiefly  to  be  found  near  the 
flowers  at  which  each  of  the  species  of  the  genus  is 
wont  to  feed.  The  pie,  the  gallinaceous,  the  columbine, 
and  passerine  tribes,  resort  to  the  fruit-bearing  trees. 
You  never  fail  to  see  the  common  vulture  where 
there  is  carrion.  In  passing  up  the  river 

The  vulture.  -L     *         •  •       ? 

there  was  an  opportunity  01  seeing  a  pair  ot 
the  king  of  the  vultures  ;  they  were  sitting  on  the  naked 
branch  of  a  tree,  with  about  a  dozen  of  the  common  ones 
with  them.  A  tiger  had  killed  a  goat  the  day  before  ; 
he  had  been  -driven  away  in  the  act  of  sucking  the 
blood,  and  not  finding  it  safe  or  prudent  to  return,  the 
goat  remained  in  the  same  place  where  he  had  killed  it ; 
it  had  begun  to  putrefy,  and  the  vultures  had  arrived 
that  morning  to  claim  the  savoury  morsel. 

At  the  close  of  day,  the  vampires  leave  the  hollow 
trees,  whither  they  had  fled  at  the  morning's 

The  vampire. 

dawn,  and  scour  along  the  river  s  banks  in 
quest  of  prey.  On  waking  from  sleep,  the  astonished 
traveller  finds  his  hammock  all  stained  with  blood.  It 
is  the  vampire  that  hath  sucked  him.  K"ot  man  alone, 
but  every  unprotected  animal,  is  exposed  to  his  depre- 
dations ;  and  so  gently  does  this  nocturnal  surgeon 
draw  the  blood,  that,  instead  of  being  roused,  the 
patient  is  lulled  into  a  still  profounder  sleep.  There 
are  two  species  of  vampire  in  Demerara,  and  both  suck 
living  animals  :  one  is  rather  larger  than  the  common 


10  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

bat ;  tile  other  measures  above  two  feet  from  wing  to 
wing  extended. 

Snakes  are  frequently  met  with  in  the  woods  betwixt 
the  sea-coast  and  the  rock  Saba,  chiefly  near 

Snakes.  ..  , 

the  creeks  and  on  the  banks  ol  the  river. 
They  are  large,  beautiful,  and  formidable.  The  rattle- 
snake seems  partial  to  a  tract  of  ground  known  by  the 
name  of  Canal  Number  Tliree  ;  there  the  effects  of  his 
poison  will  be  long  remembered. 

The  Camoudi  snake  has  been  killed  from  thirty  to 
forty  feet  long ;  though  not  venomous,  his  size  renders 
him.  destructive  to  the  passing  animals.  The  Spaniards 
in  the  Oroonoque  positively  affirm  that  he  grows  to  the 
length  of  seventy  or  eighty  feet,  and  that  he  will 
destroy  the  strongest  and  largest  bull.  His  name  seems 
to  confirm  this ;  there  he  is  called  "  matatoro,"  which 
literally  means  "  bull-killer."  Thus  he  may  be  ranked 
amongst  the  deadly  snakes ;  for  it  comes  nearly  to  the 
same  thing  in  the  end,  whether  the  victim  dies  by 
poison  from  the  fangs,  which  corrupts  his  blood  and 
makes  it  stink  horribly,  or  whether  his  body  be  crushed 
to  mummy,  and  swallowed  by  this  hideous  beast. 

The  whipsnake  of  a  beautiful  changing  green,  and 
the  coral  with  alternate  broad  transverse  bars  of  black 
and  red,  glide  from  bush  to  bush,  and  may  be  handled 
with  safety ;  they  are  harmless  little  creatures. 

The  Labarri  snake  is  speckled,  of  a  dirty  brown 
colour,  and  can  scarcely  be  distinguished  from  the 
ground  or  stump  on  which  he  is  coiled  up  ;  he  grows  to 
the  length  of  about  eight  feet,  and  his  bite  often  proves 
fatal  in  a  few  minutes. 

Unrivalled  in  his  display  of  every  lovely  colour  of 
the  rainbow,  and  unmatched  in  the  effects  of  his  deadly 


FIRST   JOURNEY. 

poison,  the  couuacouchi  glides  undaunted  on,  sole 
monarch  of  these  forests ;  he  is  commonly  known  by 
the  name  of  the  bush-master.  Both  man  and  beast  fly 
before  him,  and  allow  him  to  pursue  an  undisputed  path. 
He  sometimes  grows  to  the  length  of  fourteen  feet. 

A  few  small  caimen,  from  two  to  twelve  feet  long,  may 

be  observed  now  and  then  in  passing  up  and  down  the 

river ;  they  just  keep  their  heads  above  the  water,  and  a 

stranger  would  nat  know  them  from  a  rotten  stump. 

Lizards  of  the  finest  green,  brown,  and  copper  colour, 

from  two  inches  to  two  feet  and  a  half  long, 

are  ever  and  anon  rustling  among  the  fallen 

leaves,  and  crossing  the  path  before  you  ;  whilst  the 

chameleon  is  busily  employed  in  chasing  insects  round 

the  trunks  of  the  neighbouring  trees. 

The  fish  are  of  many  different  sorts,  and  well-tasted, 
but  not,  generally  speaking,  very  plentiful. 
It  is  probable  that  their  numbers  are  con- 
siderably thinned  by  the  otters,  which  are  much  larger 
than  those  of  Europe.    In  going  through  the  overflowed 
savannas,  which  have  all  a  communication  with  the 
river,  you  may  often  see  a  dozen  or  two  of  them  sporting 
amongst  the  sedges  before  you. 

This  warm  and  humid   climate   seems  particularly 

adapted  to  the  producing  of  insects ;  it  gives 

birth  to  myriads,  beautiful  past  description 

in  their  variety  of  tints,  astonishing  in  their  form  and 

size,  and  many  of  them  noxious  in  their  qualities. 

He  whose  eye  can  distinguish  the  various  beauties  of 
uncultivated  nature,  and  whose  ear  is  not  shut  to  the 
wild  sounds  in  the  woods,  will  be  delighted  in  passing 
up  the  river  Demerara.  Every  now  and  then  the 
rnaani  or  tinamou  sends  forth  one  long  and  plaintive 


12  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

whistle  from  the  depth  of  the  forest,  and  then  stops ; 
whilst  the  yelping  of  the  toucan,  and  the  shrill  voice 
of  the  bird  called  pi-pi-yo,  are  heard  during  the  interval. 
The  campanero  never  fails  to  attract  the  attention  of 
the  passenger :  at  a  distance  of  nearly  three  miles,  you 
may  hear  this  snow-white  bird  tolling  every  four  or 
five  minutes  like  the  distant  convent-bell.  From  six 
to  nine  in  the  morning,  the  forests  resound  with  the 
mingled  cries  and  strains  of  the  feathered  race ;  after 
this  they  gradually  die  away.  From  eleven  to  three  all 
nature  is  hushed  as  in  a  midnight  silence,  and  scarce  a 
note  is  heard,  saving  that  of  the  campanero  and  the 
pi-pi-yo ;  it  is  then  that,  oppressed  by  the  solar  heat, 
the  birds  retire  to  the  thickest  shade,  and  wait  for  the 
refreshing  cool  of  evening. 

At  sundown  the  vampires,  bats,  and  goat-suckers 
dart  from  their  lonely  retreat,  and  skim  along  the  trees 
on  the  river's  bank.  The  different  kinds  of  frogs  almost 
stun  the  ear  with  their  hoarse  and  hollow-sounding 
croaking,  while  the  owls  and  goat-suckers  lament  and 
mourn  all  night  long. 

About  two  hours  before  daybreak  you  will  hear  the 
red  monkey  moaning  as  though  in  deep  distress  ;  the 
houtou,  a  solitary  bird,  and  only  found  in  the  thickest 
recesses  of  the  forest,  distinctly  articulates  "  houtou, 
houtou,"  in  a  low  and  plaintive  tone,  an  hour  before 
sunrise ;  the  maam  whistles  about  the  same  hour ;  the 
hannaquoi,  pataca,  and  maroudi  announce  his  near  ap- 
proach to  the  eastern  horizon,  and  the  parrots  and  the 
parroquets  confirm  his  arrival  there. 

The  crickets  chirp  from  sunset  to  sunrise,  and  often 
during  the  day  when  the  weather  is  cloudy.  The 
beterouge  is  extremely  numerous  in  these  extensive 


FIRST   JOURNEY.  13 

•wilds,  and  not  only  man,  but  beasts  and  birds,  are  tor- 
mented by  it.  Mosquitos  are  very  rare  after  you  pass 
the  third  island  in  the  Demerara,  and  sand-flies  but 
seldom  appear. 

Courteous  reader,  here  thou  hast  the  outlines  of  an 
amazing  landscape  given  thee ;  thou  wilt  see  that  the 
principal  parts  of  it  are  but  faintly  traced,  some  of 
them  scarcely  visible  at  all,  and  that  the  shades  are 
wholly  wanting.  If  thy  soul  partakes  of  the  ardent 
flame  which  the  persevering  Mungo  Park's  did,  these 
outlines  will  be  enough  for  thee  :  they  will  give  thee 
some  idea  of  what  a  noble  country  this  is ;  and  if  thou 
hast  but  courage  to  set  about  giving  the  world  a  finished 
picture  of  it,  neither  materials  to  work  on,  nor  colours 
to  paint  it  in  its  true  shades,  will  be  wanting  to  thee. 
It  may  appear  a  difficult  task  at  a  distance ;  but  look 
close  at  it,  and  it  is  nothing  at  all;  provided  thou 
hast  but  a  quiet  mind,  little  more  is  necessary,  and  the 
genius  which  presides  over  these  wilds  will  kindly  help 
thee  through  the  rest.  She  will  allow  thee  to  slay  the 
fawn  and  to  cut  down  the  mountain-cabbage  for  thy 
support,  and  to  select  from  every  part  of  her  domain 
whatever  may  be  necessary  for  the  work  thou  art 
about ;  but  having  killed  a  pair  of  doves  in  order  to 
enable  thee  to  give  mankind  a  true  and  proper  de- 
scription of  them,  thou  must  not  destroy  a  third 
through  wantonness,  or  to  show  what  a  good  marks- 
man thou  art :  that  would  only  blot  the  picture  thou 
art  finishing,  not  colour  it. 

Though  retired  from  the  haunts  of  men,  and  even 
without  a  friend  with  thee,  thou  wouldst  not  find  it 
solitary.  The  crowing  of  the  hannaquoi  will  sound  in 
thine  ears  like  the  daybreak  town-clock ;  and  the 


14  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

wren  and  the  thrush  will  join  with  thee  in  thy  matin 
hymn  to  thy  Creator,  to  thank  Him  for  thy  night's 
rest 

At  noon  the  Genius  will  lead  thee  to  the  troely,  one 
leaf  of  which  will  defend  thee  from  both  sun  and  rain. 
And  if,  in  the  cool  of  the  evening,  thou  hast  been 
tempted  to  stray  too  far  from  thy  place  of  abode,  and 
art  deprived  of  light  to  write  down  the  information 
thou  hast  collected,  the  fire-fly,  which  thou 

The  fire-fly.  .  •" 

wilt  see  in  almost  every  bush  around  thee, 
will  be  thy  candle.  Hold  it  over  thy  pocket-book,  in 
any  position  which  thou  knowest  will  not  hurt  it,  and 
it  will  afford  thee  ample  light.  And  when  thou  hast 
done  with  it,  put  it  kindly  back  again  on  the  next 
branch  to  thee.  It  will  want  no  other  reward  for  its 
services. 

When  in  thy  hammock,  should  the  thought  of  thy 
little  crosses  and  disappointments,  in  thy  ups  and 
downs  through  life,  break  in  upon  thee,  and  throw 
thee  into  a  pensive  mood,  the  owl  will  bear 
thee  company.  She  will  tell  thee  that  hard 
has  been  her  fate  too ;  and  at  intervals,  "  Whip-poor- 
Will,"  and  "  Willy  come  go,"  will  take  up  the  tale  of 
sorrow.  Ovid  has  told  thee  how  the  owl  once  boasted 
the  human  form,  and  lost  it  for  a  very  small  offence ; 
and  were  the  poet  alive  now,  he  would  inform  thee 
that  "  Whip-poor- Will "  and  "  Willy  come  go  "  are  the 
shades  of  those  poor  African  and  Indian  slaves  who 
died  worn  out  and  broken-hearted.  They  wail  and  cry 
"  Whip-poor-Will,"  "  Willy  come  go,"  all  night  long  ; 
and  often,  when  the  moon  shines,  you  see  them  sitting 
on  the  green  turf,  near  the  houses  of  those  whose 
ancestors  tore  them  from  the  bosom  of  their  helpless 


FIRST  JOURNEY.  15 

families,  which  all  probably  perished  through  grief  and 
want,  after  their  support  was  gone. 

About  an  hour  above  the  rock  of  Saba  stands  th« 
habitation  of  an  Indian,  called  Simon,  on 

Simon's  hut.      ,  „      ,  ..,       „,         .  ,  , 

the  top  of  a  hill.  Ihe  side  next  the  river  is 
almost  perpendicular,  and  you  may  easily  throw  a  stone 
over  to  the  opposite  bank.  Here  there  was  an  oppor- 
tunity of  seeing  man  in  his  rudest  state.  The  Indians 
who  frequented  this  habitation,  though  living  in  the 
midst  of  woods,  bore  evident  marks  of  attention  to 
their  persons.  Their  hair  was  neatly  collected,  and  tied 
up  in  a  knot ;  their  bodies  fancifully  painted  red,  and 
the  paint  was  scented  with  hayawa.  This  gave  them  a 
gay  and  animated  appearance.  Some  of  them  had  on 
necklaces,  composed  of  the  teeth  of  wild  boars  slain  in 
the  chase ;  many  wore  rings,  and  others  had  an  orna- 
ment on  the  left  arm,  midway  betwixt  the  shoulder  and 
the  elbow.  At  the  close  of  day,  they  regularly  bathed 
in  the  river  below  ;  and  the  next  morning  seemed  busy 
in  renewing  the  faded  colours  of  their  faces. 

One  day  there  came  into  the  hut  a  form  which 
literally  might  be  called  the  wild  man  of  the  woods. 
On  entering,  he  laid  down  a  ball  of  wax  which  he  had 
collected  in  the  forest.  His  hammock  was  all  ragged 
and  torn ;  and  his  bow,  though  of  good  wood,  was 
without  any  ornament  or  polish, — "  erubuit  domino, 
cultior  esse  suo."  His  face  was  meagre,  his  looks  for- 
bidding, and  his  whole  appearance  neglected.  His  long 
black  hair  hung  from  his  head  in  matted  confusion ; 
nor  had  his  body,  to  all  appearance,  ever  been  painted. 
They  gave  him  some  cassava  bread  and  boiled  fish, 
which  he  ate  voraciously,  and  soon  after  left  the  hut. 
As  he  went  out,  you  could  observe  no  traces  in  his 


16  WANDERINGS    IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

countenance  or  demeanour  which  indicated  that  he  was 
in  the  least  mindful  of  having  been  benefited  by  the 
society  he  was  just  leaving. 

The  Indians  said  that  he  had  neither  wife,  nor  child, 
nor  friend.  They  had  often  tried  to  persuade  him  to 
come  and  live  amongst  them  ;  but  all  was  of  no  avail. 
He  went  roving  on,  plundering  the  wild  bees  of  their 
honey,  and  picking  up  the  fallen  nuts  and  fruits  of  the 
forest.  When  he  fell  in  with  game,  he  procured  fire 
from  two  sticks,  and  cooked  it  on  the  spot.  When  a 
hut  happened  to  be  in  his  way,  he  stepped  in,  and 
asked  for  something  to  eat ;  and  then  months  elapsed 
ere  they  saw  him  again.  They  did  not  know  what  had 
caused  him  to  be  thus  unsettled  ;  he  had  been  so  for 
years;  nor  did  they  believe  that  even  old  age  itself 
would  change  the  babits  of  this  poor,  harmless,  solitary 
wanderer. 

From  Simon's,  the  traveller  may  reach  the  large  fall 
with  ease  in  four  days. 

The  first  falls  that  he  meets  are  merely  rapids,  scarce 
a  stone  appearing  above  the  water  in  the  rainy  season ; 
and  those  in  the  bed  of  the  river  barely  high  enough  to 
arrest  the  water's  course,  and,  by  causing  a  bubbling, 
show  that  they  are  there. 

With  this  small  change  of  appearance  in  the  stream 
the  stranger  observes  nothing  new  till  he  comes  within 
eight  or  ten  miles  of  the  great  fall.  Each  side  of  the 
river  presents  an  uninterrupted  range  of  wood,  just  as  it 
did  below.  All  the  productions  found  betwixt  the  plan- 
tations and  the  rock  Saba,  are  to  be  met  with  here. 

From  Simon's  to  the  great  fall,  there  are  five  habi- 
tations of  the  Indians  :  two  of  them  close  to  the 
river's  side ;  the  other  three  a  little  way  in  the  forest. 


FIRST    JOURNEY.  17 

These  habitations  consist  of  from  four  to  eight  huts, 
Indian  ha-  situated  on  about  an  acre  of  ground,  which 
bitations.        they  have   cleared    from   the   surrounding 
woods.    A  few  pappaw,  cotton,  and  mountain  cabbage- 
trees  are  scattered  round  them. 

At  one  of  these  habitations,  a  small  quantity  of  the 
wourait  poi-  wourali  poison  was  procured.  It  was  in  a 
son-  little  gourd.  The  Indian  who  had  it,  said 

that  he  had  killed  a  number  of  wild  hogs  with  it,  and 
two  tapirs.  Appearances  seemed  to  confirm  what  he 
said ;  for  on  one  side  it  had  been  nearly  taken  out  to 
the  bottom,  at  different  times,  which  probably  would 
not  have  been  the  case  had  the  first  or  second  trial 
failed. 

Its  strength  was  proved  on  a  middle-sized 

Its  strength. 

dog.  He  was  wounded  in  the  thigh,  in 
order  that  there  might  be  no  possibility  of  touching  a 
vital  part.  In  three  or  four  minutes  he  began  to  be 
affected,  smelt  at  every  little  thing  on  the  ground  around 
him,  and  looked  wistfully  at  the  wounded  part.  Soon 
after  this  he  staggered,  laid  himself  down,  and  never 
rose  more.  He  barked  once,  though  not  as  if  in  pain. 
His  voice  was  low  and  weak  ;  and  in  a  second  attempt 
it  quite  failed  him.  He  now  put  his  head  betwixt  his 
fore  legs,  and,  raising  it  slowly  again,  he  fell  over  on 
his  side.  His  eye  immediately  became  fixed;  and 
though  his  extremities  every  now  and  then  shot  con- 
vulsively, he  never  showed  the  least  desire  to  raise  up 
his  head.  His  heart  fluttered  much  from  the  time  he 
laid  down,  and  at  intervals  beat  very  strong ;  then 
stopped  for  a  moment  or  two,  and  then  beat  again ;  and 
continued  faintly  beating  several  minutes  after  every 
other  part  of  his  body  seemed  dead. 


18  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

In  a  quarter  of  an  hour  after  he  had  received  the 
poison  he  was  quite  motionless. 

A  few  miles  before  you  reach  the  great 

The  great  fall.  .  . 

fall,  and  which,  indeed,  is  the  only  one 
which  can  be  called  a  fall,  large  balls  of  froth  come 
floating  past  you.  The  river  appears  beautifully  marked 
with  streaks  of  foam,  and  on  your  nearer  approach  the 
stream  is  whitened  all  over. 

At  first,  you  behold  the  fall  rushing  down  a  bed  of 
rocks,  with  a  tremendous  noise,  divided  into  two  foamy 
streams,  which,  at  their  junction  again,  form  a  small 
island  covered  with  wood.  Above  this  island,  for  a 
short  space,  there  appears  but  one  stream,  all  white 
with  froth,  and  fretting  and  boiling  amongst  the  huge 
rocks  which  obstruct  its  course. 

Higher  up  it  is  seen  dividing  itself  into  a  short 
channel  or  two,  and  trees  grow  on  the  rocks  which 
caused  its  separation.  The  torrent,  in  many  places, 
has  eaten  deep  into  the  rocks,  and  split  them  into 
large  fragments,  by  driving  others  against  them.  The 
trees  on  the  rocks  are  in  bloom  and  vigour,  though 
their  roots  are  half  bared,  and  many  of  them  bruised 
and  broken  by  the  rushing  waters. 

This  is  the  general  appearance  of  the  fall  from  the 
level  of  the  water  below,  to  where  the  river  is  smooth 
and  quiet  above.  It  must  be  remembered,  that  this 
is  during  the  periodical  rains.  Probably,  in  the  dry 
season,  it  puts  on  a  very  different  appearance.  There 
is  no  perpendicular  fall  of  water  of  any  consequence 
throughout  it,  but  the  dreadful  roaring  and  rushing 
of  the  torrent,  down  a  long,  rocky,  and  moderately 
sloping  channel,  has  a  fine  effect ;  and  the  stranger 
returns  well  pleased  with  Avhat  he  has  seen.  No  animal, 


FIRST   JOURNEY.  19 

nor  craft  of  any  kind,  could  stem  this  downward  flood. 
In  a' few  moments  the  first  would  be  killed,  the  second 
dashed  in  pieces. 

The  Indians  have  a  path  alongside  of  it,  through  the 
forest,  where  prodigious  crabwood  trees  grow.  Up  this 
path  they  drag  their  canoes,  and  launch  them  into  the 
river  above  ;  and,  on  their  return,  bring  them  down  the 
same  way. 

About  two  hours  below  this  fall,  is  the  habitation  of 
an  Acoway  chief  called  Sinkerman.  At 

Habitation       .    ,  .  ,  .  „     ,       „  ,,    „ 

of  an  Acoway  night  you  hear  the  roaring  of  the  iall  from 
it.  It  is  pleasantly  situated  on  the  top  of  a 
sand-hill.  At  this  place  you  have  the  finest  view  the 
river  Demerara  affords  :  three  tiers  of  hills  rise  in  slow 
gradation,  one  above  the  other,  before  you,  and  present 
a  grand  and  magnificent  scene,  especially  to  him  who 
has  been  accustomed  to  a  level  country. 

Here,  a  little  after  midnight,  on  the  1st  of  May, 
was  heard  a  most  strange  and  unaccountable  noise ;  it 
seemed  as  though  several  regiments  were  engaged,  and 
musketry  firing  with  great  rapidity.  The  Indians, 
terrified  beyond  description,  left  their  hammocks,  and 
crowded  all  together,  like  sheep  at  the  approach  of  the 
wolf.  There  were  no  soldiers  within  three  or  four 
hundred  miles.  Conjecture  Avas  of  no  avail,  and  all 
conversation  next  morning  on  the  subject  was  as  useless 
and  unsatisfactory  as  the  dead  silence  which  succeeded 
to  the  noise. 

He  who  Avishes  to  reach  the  Macoushi  country,  had 
better  send  his  canoe  over  land  from  Sinkerman's  to 
the  Essequibo. 

There  is  a  pretty  good  path,  and,  meeting  a  creek 
about  three  quarters  of  the  way,  it  eases  the  labour, 
c2 


20  WANDERINGS    IN    SOUTH    AMERICA. 

and  twelve  Indians  will  arrive  with  it  in  the  Essequibo 
in  four  days. 

The  traveller  need  not  attend  his  canoe ;  there  is  a 
shorter  and  a  better  way.  Half  an  hour  below  Sinker- 
man's  he  finds  a  little  creek  on  the  western  bank  of  the 
Demerara.  After  proceeding  about  a  couple  of  hundred 
yards  up  it,  he  leaves  it,  and  pursues  a  west-north-west 
direction  by  land  for  the  Essequibo.  The  path  is  good, 
though  somewhat  rugged  with  the  roots  of  trees,  and 
here  and  there  obstructed  by  fallen  ones;  it  extends 
more  over  level  ground  than  otherwise.  There  are  a 
few  steep  ascents  and  descents  in  it,  with  a  little  brook 
running  at  the  bottom  of  them  ;  but  they  are  easily 
passed  over,  and  the  fallen  trees  serve  for  a  bridge. 

You  may  reach  the  Essequibo  with  ease  in  a  day  and 
a  half ;  and  so  matted  and  interwoven  are  the  tops  of 
the  trees  above  you,  that  the  sun  is  not  felt  once  all 
the  way,  saving  where  the  space  which  a  newly  fallen 
tree  occupied  lets  in  his  rays  upon  you.  The  forest 
contains  an  abundance  of  wild  hogs,  lobbas,  acouries, 
powisses,  maams,  maroudis,  and  waracabas,  for  your 
nourishment,  and  there  are  plenty  of  leaves  to  cover  a 
shed,  whenever  you  are  inclined  to  sleep. 

The  soil  has  three-fourths  of  sand  in  it,  till  you  come 
within  half  an  hour's  walk  of  the  Essequibo, 

The  Essequibo.  L 

where  you  find  a  red  gravel  and  rocks. 
In  this  retired  and  solitary  tract,  Nature's  garb,  to  all 
appearance,  has  not  been  injured  by  fire,  nor  her  pro- 
ductions broken  in  upon  by  the  exterminating  hand 
of  man. 

Here  the  finest  green-heart  grows,  and  wallaba, 
purple-heart,  siloabali,  sawari,  buletre,  tauronira,  and 
mora,  are  met  with  in  vast  abundance,  far  and  near, 


FIRST   JOURNEY.  21 

towering  up"  in  majestic  grandeur,  straight  as  pillars, 
sixty  or  seventy  feet  high,  without  a  knot  or  branch.  . 

Traveller,  forget  for  a  little  while  the  idea  thou  hast 
of  wandering  further  on,  and  stop  and  look  at  this 
grand  picture  of  vegetable  nature ;  it  is  a  reflection  of 
the  crowd  thou  hast  lately  been  in,  and  though  a  silent 
monitor,  it  is  not  a  less  eloquent  one  on  that  account. — 
See  that  noble  purple-heart  before  thee  !  Nature  has 
been  kind  to  it.  Not  a  hole,  not  the  least  oozing  from 
its  trunk,  to  show  that  its  best  days  are  passed. 
Vigorous  in  youthful  blooming  beauty,  it  stands,  the 
ornament  of  these  sequestered  wilds,  and  tacitly  rebukes 
those  base  ones  of  thine  own  species,  Avho  have  been 
hardy  enough  to  deny  the  existence  of  Him  who 
ordered  it  to  flourish  here. 

Behold  that  one  next  to  it  ! — Hark  !  how  the  ham- 
merings of  the  red-headed  woodpecker  resound  through 
its  distempered  boughs  !  See  what  a  quantity  of  holes 
he  has  made  in  it,  and  how  its  bark  is  stained  with  the 
drops  which  trickle  down  from  them  !  The  lightning, 
too,  has  blasted  one  side  of  it.  Nature  looks  pale  and 
wan  in  its  leaves,  and  her  resources  are  nearly  dried  up 
in  its  extremities :  its  sap  is  tainted ;  a  mortal  sickness, 
slow  as  a  consumption,  and  as  sure  in  its  consequences, 
has  long  since  entered  its  frame,  vitiating  and  destroy- 
ing the  wholesome  juices  there. 

Step  a  few  paces  aside,  and  cast  thine  eye  on  that 
remnant  of  a  mora  behind  it.  Best  part  of  its  branches, 
once  so  high  and  ornamental,  now  lie  on  the  ground  in 
sad  confusion,  one  upon  the  other,  all  shattered  and 
fungus-grown,  and  a  prey  to  millions  of  insects,  which 
are  busily  employed  in  destroying  them.  One  branch 
of  it  still  looks  healthy  !  Will  it  recover  1  No,  it 


22  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH    AMERICA. 

cannot :  Mature  has  already  run  her  course,  and  that 
healthy-looking  branch  is  only  as  a  fallacious  good 
symptom  in  him  who  is  just  about  to  die  of  a  mortifi- 
cation, when  he  feels  no  more  pain  and  fancies  his  dis- 
temper has  left  him  ;  it  is  as  the  momentary  gleam 
of  a  wintry  sun's  ray  close  to  the  western  horizon. 
— See !  while  we  are  speaking  a  gust  of  wind  has 
brought  the  tree  to  the  ground,  and  made  room  for  its 
successor. 

Come  further  on,  and  examine  that  apparently 
luxuriant  tauronira  on  thy  right  hand.  It  boasts  a 
verdure  not  its  own ;  they  are  false  ornaments  it  wears ; 
the  bush-rope  and  bird-vines  have  clothed  it  from  the 
root  to  its  topmost  branch.  The  succession  of  fruit 
which  it  hath  borne,  like  good  cheer  in  the  houses  of 
the  great,  has  invited  the  birds  to  resort  to  it,  and  they 
have  disseminated  beautiful,  though  destructive,  plants 
on  its  branches,  which,  like  the  distempers  vice  brings 
into  the  human  frame,  rob  it  of  all  its  health  and 
vigour ;  they  have  shortened  its  days,  and  probably  in 
another  year  they  will  finally  kill  it,  long  before  nature 
intended  that  it  should  die. 

Ere  thou  leavest  this  interesting  scene,  look  on  the 
ground  around  thee,  and  see  what  everything  here 
below  must  come  to. 

Behold  that  newly-fallen  wallaba !  The  whirlwind 
has  uprooted  it  in  its  prime,  and  it  has  brought  down 
to  the  ground  a  dozen  small  ones  in  its  fall.  Its  bark 
has  already  begun  to  drop  off!  And  that  heart  of 
mora  close  by  it  is  fast  yielding,  in  spite  of  its  firm, 
tough  texture. 

The  tree  which  thou  passedst  but  a  little  ago,  and 
which  perhaps  has  laid- over  yonder  brook  for  years, 


FIRST   JOURNEY.  23 

can  now  hardly  support  itself,  and  in  a  few  months 
more  it  will  have  fallen  into  the  water. 

Put  thy  foot  on  that  large  trunk  thou  seest  to  the 
left.  It  seems  entire  amid  the  surrounding  fragments. 
Mere  outward  appearance,  delusive  phantom  of  what  it 
once  was !  Tread  on  it,  and,  like  the  fuss-ball,  it  will 
break  into  dust. 

Sad  and  silent  mementos  to  the  giddy  traveller  as  he 
wanders  on  !  Prostrate  remnants  of  vegetable  nature, 
how  incontestably  ye  prove  what  we  must  all  at  last 
come  to,  and  how  plain  your  mouldering  ruins  show 
that  the  firmest  texture  avails  us  nought  when  Heaven 
wills  that  we  should  cease  to  be  ! — 

"  The  cloud-capt  towers,  the  gorgeous  palaces. 
The  solemn  temples,  the  great  globe  itself, 
Yea,  all  which  it  inhabit,  shall  dissolve, 
And,  like  the  baseless  fabric  of  a  vision, 
Leave  not  a  wreck  behind." 

Cast  thine  eye  around  thee,  and  see  the  thousands 
of  nature's  productions.  Take  a  view  of  them  from 
the  opening  seed  on  the  surface,  sending  a  downward 
shoot,  to  the  loftiest  and  the  largest  trees,  rising  up 
and  blooming  in  wild  luxuriance ;  some  side  by  side, 
others  separate ;  some  curved  and  knotty,  others  straight 
as  lances ;  all,  in  beautiful  gradation,  fulfilling  the 
mandates  they  had  received  from  Heaven,  and  though 
condemned  to  die,  still  never  failing  to  keep  up  their 
species  till  time  shall  be  no  more. 

Reader,  canst  thou  not  be  induced  to  dedicate  a  few 
months  to  the  good  of  the  public,  and  examine  with 
thy  scientific  eye  the  productions  which  the  vast  and 
well-stored  colony  of  Demerara  presents  to  thee1? 

What  an  immense  range  of  forest  is  there  from  the 


24  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH  ,  AMERICA. 

rock  Saba  to  the  great  fall !  and  what  an  uninterrupted 
extent  "before  thee  from  it  to  the  banks  of  the  Essequibo ! 
Xo  doubt,  there  is  many  a  balsam  and  many  a  medicinal 
root  yet  to  be  discovered,  and  many  a  resin,  gum,  and 
oil  yet  unnoticed.  Thy  work  would  be  a  pleasing  one, 
and  thou  mightest  make  several  useful  observations 
in  it. 

Would  it  be  thought  impertinent  in  thee  to  hazard 
a  conjecture,  that  with  the  resources  the  government  of 
Demerara  has,  stones  might  be  conveyed  from  the  rock 
Saba  to  Stabroek,  to  stem  the  equinoctial  tides,  which 
are  for  ever  sweeping  away  the  expensive  wooden  piles 
round  the  mounds  of  the  fort  1  Or  would  the  timber- 
merchant  point  at  thee  in  passing  by,  and  call  thee  a 
descendant  of  La  Mancha's  knightj  because  thou  main- 
tainest  that  the  stones  which  form  the  rapids  might  be 
removed  with  little  expense,  and  thus  open  the  navi- 
gation to  the  wood-cutter  from  Stabroek  to  the  great 
fall?  Or  wouldst  thou  be  deemed  enthusiastic  or 
biassed,  because  thou  givest  it  as  thy  opinion  that  the 
climate  in  these  high  lands  is  exceedingly  wholesome, 
and  the  lands  themselves  capable  of  nourishing  and 
maintaining  any  number  of  settlers  1  In  thy  disserta- 
tion on  the  Indians,  thou  mightest  hint,  that  possibly 
they  could  be  induced  to  help  the  new  settlers  a  little ; 
and  that,  finding  their  labours  well  requited,  it  would 
be  the  means  of  their  keeping  up  a  constant  communi- 
cation with  us,  which  probably  might  be  the  means  of 
laying  the  first  stone  towards  their  Christianity.  They 
are  a  poor,  harmless,  inoffensive  set  of  people,  and  their 
wandering  and  ill-provided  way  of  living  seems  more 
to  ask  for  pity  from  us,  than  to  fill  our  heads  with 
thoughts  that  they  would  be  hostile  to  us. 


FIRST   JOURNEY.  25 

What  a  noble  field,  kind  reader,  for  thy  experimental 
philosophy  and  speculations,  for  thy  learning,  for  thy 
perseverance,  for  thy  kind-heartedness,  for  everything 
that  is  great  and  good  within  thee  ! 

The  accidental  traveller  who  has  journeyed  on  from 
Stabroek  to  the  rock  Saba,  and  from  thence  to  the 
banks  of  the  Essequibo,  in  pursuit  of  other  things,  as 
he  told  thee  at  the  beginning,  with  but  an  indifferent 
interpreter  to  talk  to,  no  friend  to  converse  with,  and 
totally  unfit  for  that  which  he  wishes  thee  to  do,  can 
merely  mark  the  outlines  of  the  path  he  has  trodden, 
or  tell  thee  the  sounds  he  has  heard,  or  faintly  describe 
what  he  has  seen  in  the  environs  of  his  resting-places ; 
but  if  this  be  enough  to  induce  thee  to  undertake  the 
journey,  and  give  the  world  a  description  of  it,  he  will 
be  amply  satisfied. 

It  will  be  two  days  and  a  half  from  the  time  of 
entering  the  path  on  the  western  bank  of  the  Demerara 
till  all  be  ready,  and  the  canoe  fairly  afloat  on  the 
Essequibo.  The  new  rigging  it,  and  putting  every 
little  thing  to  rights  and  in  its  proper  place,  cannot 
well  be  done  in  less  than  a  day. 

After  being  night  and  day  in  the  forest  impervious 
to  the  sun  and  moon's  rays,  the  sudden  transition  to 
light  has  a  fine  heart-cheering  effect.  Welcome  as  a 
lost  friend,  the  solar  beam  makes  the  frame  rejoice, 
and  with  it  a  thousand  enlivening  thoughts  rush  at 
once  on  the  soul,  and  disperse,  as  a  vapour,  every  sad 
and  sorrowful  idea,  which  the  deep  gloom  had  helped 
to  collect  there.  In  coming  out  of  the  woods,  you  see 
the  western  bank  of  the  Essequibo  before  you,  low  and 
flat.  Here  the  river  is  two-thirds  as  broad  as  the 
Demerara  at  Stabroek. 


26  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

To  the  northward  there  is  a  hill  higher  than  any 
Pace  of  the  in  *ne  Demerara;  and  in  the  south-south- 
country.  wegj.  quarter  a  mountain.  It  is  far  away, 
and  appears  like  a  bluish  cloud  in  the  horizon.  There 
is  not  the  least  opening  on  either  side.  Hills,  valleys, 
and  lowlands,  are  all  linked  together  by  a  chain 
of  forest.  Ascend  the  highest  mountain,  climb  the 
loftiest  tree,  as  far  as  the  eye  can  extend,  whichever 
way  it  directs  itself,  all  is  luxuriant  and  unbroken 
forest. 

In  about  nine  or  ten  hours  from  this,  you  get  to  an 
Indian  habitation  of  three  huts,  on  the  point  of  an 
island.  It  is  said  that  a  Dutch  post  once  stood  here. 

But  there  is  not  the  smallest  vestige  of  it  remaining, 
and,  except  that  the  trees  appear  younger  than  those  on 
the  other  islands,  which  shows  that  the  place  has  been 
cleared  some  time  or  other,  there  is  no  mark  left  by 
which  you  can  conjecture  that  ever  this  was  a  post. 

The  many  islands  which  you  meet  with 

Islands. 

in  the  way,  enliven  and  change  the  scene, 
by  the  avenues  which  they  make,  which  look  like  the 
mouths  of  other  rivers,  and  break  that  long-extended 
sameness  which  is  seen  in  the  Demerara. 

Proceeding  onwards,  you  get  to  the  falls  and  rapids. 

In  the  rainy  season  they  are  very  tedious  to 
and  P*88?  an(i  often  stop  your  course.      In  the 

dry  season,  by  stepping  from  rock  to  rock, 
the  Indians  soon  manage  to  get  a  canoe  over  them. 
But  when  the  river  is  swollen,  as  it  was  in  May,  1812, 
it  is  then  a  difficult  task,  and  often  a  dangerous  one  too. 
At  that  time  many  of  the  islands  were  overflowed,  the 
rocks  covered,  and  the  lower  branches  of  the  trees  in 
the  water.  Sometimes  the  Indians  were  obliged  to 


FIRST   JOURNEY.  27 

take  everything  out  of  the  canoe,  cut  a  passage  through 
the  branches,  which  hung  over  into  the  river,  and  then, 
drag  up  the  canoe  by  main  force. 

At  one  place,  the  falls  form  an  oblique  line  quite 
across  the  river,  impassable  to  the  ascending  canoe,  and 
you  are  forced  to  have  it  dragged  four  or  five  hundred 
yards  by  land. 

It  will  take  you  five  days,  from  the  Indian  habitation, 
on  the  point  of  the  island,  to  where  these  falls  and 
rapids  terminate. 

There  are  no  huts  in  the  way.  You  must  bring 
your  own  cassava  bread  along  with  you,  hunt  in  the 
forest  for  your  meat,  and  make  the  night's  shelter  for 
yourself. 

Here  is  a  noble  range  of  hills,  all  covered 
with  the  finest  trees,  rising  majestically  one 
above  the  other,  on  the  western  bank,  and  presenting 
as  rich  a  scene  as  ever  the  eye  would  wish  to  look  on. 
^Nothing  in  vegetable  nature  can  be  conceived  more 
charming,  grand,  and  luxuriant. 

How  the  heart  rejoices  in  viewing  this  beautiful 
landscape  !  when  the  sky  is  serene,  the  air  cool,  and 
the  sun  just  sunk  behind  the  mountain's  top. 
.  The  hayawa-tree  perfumes  the  woods  around  ;  pairs 
of  scarlet  aras  are  continually  crossing  the  river.  The 
maam  sends  forth  its  plaintive  note,  the  wren  chants 
its  evening  song.  The  caprimulgus  wheels  in  busy 
flight  around  the  canoe,  while  "  Whip-poor- Will "  sits 
on  the  broken  stump  near  the  water's  edge,  complaining 
as  the  shades  of  night  set  in. 

A  little  before  you  pass  the  last  of  these 

•ocks-      rapids,  two  immense  rocks  appear,  nearly  on 

the  summit  of  one  of  the  many  hills  which  form  this 


28  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

far-extending  range,  where  it  begins  to  fall  off  gradually 
to  the  south. 

They  look  like  two  ancient  stately  towers  of  some 
Gothic  potentate,  rearing  their  heads  above  the  sur- 
rounding trees.  What  with  their  situation  and  their 
shape  together,  they  strike  the  beholder  with  an  idea 
of  antiquated  grandeur  which  he  will  never  forget. 
He  may  travel  far  and  near,  and  see  nothing  like  them. 
On  looking  at  them  through  a  glass,  the  summit  of  the 
southern  one  appeared  crowned  with  bushes.  The  one 
to  the  north  was  quite  bare.  The  Indians  have  it  from 
their  ancestors,  that  they  are  the  abode  of  an  evil 
genius,  and  they  pass  in  the  river  below  with  a  reve- 
rential awe. 

In  about  seven  hours  from  these  stupen- 


and  enter  the  river  Apoura-poura,  which  falls 
into  it  from  the  south.  The  Apoura-poura  is  nearly 
one-third  the  size  of  the  Demerara  at  Stabroek.  For 
two  days  you  see  nothing  but  level  ground,  richly 
clothed  in  timber.  You  leave  the  Siparouni  to  the 
right  hand,  and  on  the  third  day  come  to  a  little  hill. 
The  Indians  have  cleared  about  an  acre  of  ground  on  it, 
and  erected  a  temporary  shed.  If  it  be  not  intended 
for  provision  ground  alone,  perhaps  the  next  white  man 
who  travels  through  these  remote  wilds  will  find  an 
Indian  settlement  here. 

Two  days  after  leaving  this,  you  get  to  a  rising 
ground  on  the  western  bank,  where  stands  a  single 
hut;  and  about  half  a  mile  in  the  forest  there  are  a 
few  more  ;  some  of  them  square,  and  some  round,  with 
spiral  roots. 

Here  the  fish  called  Pacou  is  very  plentiful  :  it  is 


FIRST    JOURNEY.  29 

perhaps  the  fattest  and  most  delicious  fish  in  Guiana. 
It  does  not  take  the  hook,  but  the  Indians  decoy  it  to 
the  surface  of  the  water  by  means  of  the  seeds  of  the 
crabwood  tree,  and  then  shoot  it  with  an  arrow. 

You  are  now  within  the  borders  of  Macoushia,  in- 
habited by  a  different  tribe  of  people,  called 

Macoushi     Macoushi  Indians  :  uncommonly  dexterous 

Indians. 

in  the  use  of  the  blow-pipe,  and  famous  for 
their  skill  in  preparing  the  deadly  vegetable  poison, 
commonly  called  Wourali. 

It  is  from  this  country  that  those  beautiful  paroquets, 
named  Kessi-kessi,  are  procured.  Here  the  crystal 
mountains  are  found  ;  and  here  the  three  different 
species  of  the  ara  are  seen  in  great  abundance.  Here, 
too,  grows  the  tree  from  which  the  gum  elastic  is  got : 
it  is  large,  and  as  tall  as  any  in  the  forest.  The  wood 
has  much  the  appearance  of  sycamore.  The  gum  is 
contained  in  the  bark ;  when  that  is  cut  through,  it 
oozes  out  very  freely :  it  is  quite  white,  and  looks  as 
rich  as  cream  :  it  hardens  almost  immediately  as  it 
issues  from  the  tree ;  so  that  it  is  very  easy  to  collect  a 
ball,  by  forming  the  juice  into  a  globular  shape  as  fast 
as  it  comes  out :  it  becomes  nearly  black  by  being 
exposed  to  the  air,  and  is  real  India  rubber  without 
undergoing  any  other  process. 

The  elegant  crested  bird  called  Cock  of  the  rock, 
admirably  described  by  Buff  on,  is  a  native  of  the  woody 
mountains  of  Macoushia.  In  the  daytime,  it  retires 
amongst  the  darkest  rocks,  and  only  comes  out  to  feed 
a  little  before  sunrise,  and  at  sunset :  he  is  of  a  gloomy 
disposition,  and,  like  the  houtou,  never  associates  with 
the  other  birds  of  the  forest. 

The  Indians,  in  the  just- mentioned  settlement,  seemed 


30  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH    AMERICA. 

to  depend  more  on  the  wourali  poison  for  killing  their 
game,  than  upon  anything  else.  They  had  only  one 
gun,  and  it  appeared  rusty  and  neglected  ;  but  their 

poisoned  weapons  were  in  fine  order.  Their 
tdJ^Dtoe  blow-pipes  hung  from  the  roof  of  the  hut, 

carefully  suspended  by  a  silk  grass  cord  ; 
and  on  taking  a  nearer  view  of  them,  no  dust  seemed 
to  have  collected  there,  nor  had  the  spider  spun  the 
smallest  web  on  them ;  which  showed  that  they  were 
in  constant  use.  The  quivers  were  close  by  them,  with 
the  jawbone  of  the  fish  Pirai  tied  by  a  string  to  their 
brim,  and  a  small  wicker-basket  of  wild  cotton,  which 
hung  down  to  the  centre  ;  they  were  nearly  full  of 
poisoned  arrows.  It  was  with  difficulty  these  Indians 
could  be  persuaded  to  part  with  any  of  the  wourali 
poison,  though  a  good  price  was  offered  for  it;  they 
gave  to  understand  that  it  was  powder  and  shot  to 
them,  and  very  difficult  to  be  procured. 

On  the  second  day  after  leaving  this  settlement,  in 
passing  along,  the  Indians  show  you  a  place  where  once 
a  white  man  lived.  His  retiring  so  far  from  those  of 
his  own  colour  and  acquaintance  seemed  to  carry  some- 
thing extraordinary  along  with  it,  and  raised  a  desire 
to  know  what  could  have  induced  him  to  do  so.  It 
seems  he  had  been  unsuccessful,  and  that  his  creditors 
had  treated  him  with  as  little  mercy  as  the  strong 
generally  show  to  the  weak.  Seeing  his  endeavours 
daily  frustrated,  and  his  best  intentions  of  no  avail, 
and  fearing  that  when  they  had  taken  all  he  had,  they 
would  probably  take  his  liberty  too,  he  thought  the 
world  would  not  be  hard-hearted  enough  to  condemn 
him  for  retiring  from  the  evils  which  pressed  so  heavily 
on  him,  aud  which  he  had  done  all  that  an  honest  man 


FIRST   JOURNEY.  31 

could  do,  to  ward  off.  He  left  his  creditors  to  talk  of 
him  as  they  thought  fit,  and,  bidding  adieu  for  ever  to 
the  place  in  which  he  had  once  seen  better  times,  he 
penetrated  thus  far  into  these  remote  and  gloomy  wilds, 
and  ended  his  days  here. 

According  to    the    new    map    of    South 

Lake  Piirima. 

America,  Lake  Parima,  or  the  White  Sea, 
ought  to  be  within  three  or  four  days'  walk  from  this 
place.  On  asking  the  Indians  whether  there  was  such  a 
place  or  not,  and  describing  that  the  water  was  fresh 
and  good  to  drink,  an  old  Indian,  who  appeared  to  be 
about  sixty,  said  that  there  was  such  a  place,  and  that 
he  had  been  there.  This  information  would  have  been 
satisfactory  in  some  degree,  had  not  the  Indians  carried 
the  point  a  little  too  far.  It  is  very  large,  said  another 
Indian,  and  ships  come  to  it.  Now,  these  unfortunate 
ships  were  the  very  things  which  were  not  wanted :  had 
he  kept  them  out,  it  might  have  done,  but  his  intro- 
ducing them  was  sadly  against  the  lake.  Thus  you 
must  either  suppose  that  the  old  savage  and  his  com- 
panion had  a  confused  idea  of  the  thing,  and  that  pro- 
bably the  Lake  Parima  they  talked  of  was  the  Amazons, 
not  far  from  the  city  of  Para,  or  that  it  was  their  inten- 
tion to  deceive  you.  You  ought  to  be  cautious  in  giving 
credit  to  their  stories,  otherwise  you  will  be  apt  to  be 
led  astray. 

Many  a  ridiculous  thing  concerning  the  interior  of 
Guiana  has  been  propagated  and  received  as  true, 
merely  because  six  or  seven  Indians,  questioned  sepa- 
rately, have  agreed  in  their  narrative. 

Ask  those  who  live  high  up  in  the  Demerara,  and 
they  will,  every  one  of  them,  tell  you  that  there  is  a 
nation  of  Indians  with  long  tails ;  that  they  are  very 


32  WANDERINGS    IN    SOUTH    AMERICA. 

malicious,  cruel,  and  ill-natured ;  and  that  the  Portu- 
guese have  been  obliged  to  stop  them  off  in  a  certain 
river,  to  prevent  their  depredations.  They  have  also 
dreadful  stories  concerning  a  horrible  beast,  called  the 
Watermamma,  which,  when  it  happens  to  take  a  spite 
against  a  canoe,  rises  out  of  the  river,  and  in  the  most 
unrelenting  manner  possible,  carries  both  canoe  and 
Indians  down  to  the  bottom  with  it,  and  there  destroys 
them.  Ludicrous  extravagances !  pleasing  to  those  fond 
of  the  marvellous,  and  excellent  matter  for  a  distem- 
pered brain. 

The  misinformed  and  timid  court  of  policy 
in  Demerara  was  made  the  dupe  of  a  savage 
who  came  down  the  Essequibo,  and  gave  himself  out 
as  king  of  a  mighty  tribe.  This  naked  wild  man  of 
the  woods  seemed  to  hold  the  said  court  in  tolerable 
contempt,  and  demanded  immense  supplies,  all  which 
he  got ;  and  moreover,  some  time  after,  an  invitation  to 
come  down  the  ensuing  year  for  more,  which  he  took 
care  not  to  forget. 

This  noisy  chieftain  boasted  so  much  of  his  dynasty 
and  domain,  that  the  Government  was  induced  to  send 
up  an  expedition  into  his  territories  to  see  if  he  had 
spoken  the  truth,  and  nothing  but  the  truth.  It  ap- 
peared, however,  that  his  palace  was  nothing  but  a  hut, 
the  monarch  a  needy  savage,  the  heir-apparent  nothing 
to  inherit  but  his  father's  club  and  bow  and  arrows,  and 
his  officers  of  state  wild  and  uncultivated  as  the  forests 
through  which  they  strayed. 

There  was  nothing  in  the  hut  of  this  savage,  saving 
the  presents  he  had  received  from  Government,  but 
what  was  barely  sufficient  to  support  existence ;  nothing 
that  indicated  a  power  to  collect  a  hostile  force;  nothing 


FIRST  JOURNEY.  33 

that  showed  the  least  progress  towards  civilization.  All 
was  rude  and  barbarous  in  the  extreme,  expressive  of 
the  utmost  poverty  and  a  scanty  population. 

You  may  travel  six  or  seven  days  without  seeing  a 
hut,  and  when  you  reach  a  settlement,  it  seldom  con- 
tains more  than  ten. 

The  further  you  advance  into  the  interior,  the  more 
you  are  convinced  that  it  is  thinly  inhabited. 

The  day  after  passing  the  place  where  the  white  man 
lived,  you  see  a  creek  on  the  left  hand,  and  shortly 
after  the  path  to  the  open  country.  Here  you  drag  the 
canoe  up  into  the  forest,  and  leave  it  there.  Your 
baggage  must  now  be  carried  by  the  Indians.  The 
creek  you  passed  in  the  river  intersects  the  path  to  the 
next  settlement ;  a  large  mora  has  fallen  across  it,  and 
makes  an  excellent  bridge.  After  walking  an  hour  and 
a  half,  you  come  to  the  edge  of  the  forest,  and  a  savanna 
unfolds  itself  to  the  view. 

The  finest  park  that  England  boasts,  falls  far  short 
of  this  delightful  scene.  There  are  about  two^thousand 
acres  of  grass,  with  here  and  there  a  clump  of  trees,  and 
a  few  bushes  and  single  trees,  scattered  up  and  down 
by  the  hand  of  nature.  The  ground  is  neither  hilly 
nor  level,  but  diversified  with  moderate  rises  and  falls, 
so  gently  running  into  one  another,  that  the  eye  cannot 
distinguish  where  they  begin  nor  where  they  end  ; 
while  the  distant  black  rocks  have  the  appearance  of  a 
herd  at  rest.  Nearly  in  the  middle  there  is  an 
eminence,  which  falls  off  gradually  on  every  side ;  and 
on  this  the  Indians  have  erected  their  huts. 

To  the  northward  of  them  the  forest  forms  a  circle, 
as  though  it  had  been  done  by  art ;  to  the  eastward  it 
hangs  in  festoons ;  and  to  the  south  and  west  it  rushes 

D 


34  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

in  abruptly,  disclosing  a  new  scene  behind  it  at  every 
step  as  you  advance  along. 

This  beautiful  park  of  nature  is  quite  surrounded  by 
lofty  hills,  all  arrayed  in  superbest  garb  of  trees  ;  some 
in  the  form  of  pyramids,  others  like  sugar-loaves,  tower- 
ing one  above  the  other,  some  rounded  off,  and  others 
as  though  they  had  lost  their  apex.  Here  two  hills 
rise  up  in  spiral  summits,  and  the  wooded  line  of  com- 
munication betwixt  them  sinks  so  gradually,  that  it 
forms  a  crescent ;  and  there  the  ridges  of  others  re- 
semble the  waves  of  an  agitated  sea.  Beyond  these 
appear  others,  and  others  past  them ;  and  others  still 
further  on,  till  they  can  scarcely  be  distinguished  from 
the  clouds. 

There  are  no  sand-flies,  nor  bete-rouge,  nor  mosquitos, 
in  this  pretty  spot.  The  fire-flies,  during  the  night, 
vie  in  numbers  and  brightness  with  the  stars  in  the 
firmament  above;  the  air  is  pure,  and  the  north-east 
breeze  blows  a  refreshing  gale  throughout  the  day. 
Here  the  white-crested  maroudi,  which  is  never  found 
in  the  Demerara,  is  pretty  plentiful ;  and  here  grows 
the  tree  which  produces  the  moran,  sometimes  called 
balsam-capivi. 

Your  route  lies  south  from  this  place;  and  at  the 
extremity  of  the  savanna,  you  enter  the 

Route. 

forest,  and  journey  along  a  winding  path 
at  the  foot  of  a  hill.  There  is  no  habitation  within 
this  day's  walk.  The  traveller,  as  usual,  must  sleep 
in  the  forest ;  the  path  is  not  so  good  the  follow- 
ing day.  The  hills,  over  which  it  lies,  are  rocky,  steep, 
and  rugged;  and  the  spaces  betwixt  them  swampy,  and 
mostly  knee-deep  in  water.  After  eight  hours'  walk, 
you  find  two  or  three  Indian  huts,  surrounded  by  the 


FIRST   JOURNEY.  35 

forest;  and  in  little  more  than  half  an  hour  from  these, 
you  come  to  ten  or  twelve  others,  where  you  pass  the 
night.  They  are  prettily  situated  at  the  entrance  into 
a  savanna.  The  eastern  and  western  hills  are  still 
covered  with  wood  ;  but  on  looking  to  the  south-west 
quarter,  you  perceive  it  begins  to  die  away.  In  these 
forests  you  may  find  plenty  of  the  trees  which  yield  the 
sweet-smelling  resin  called  Acaiari,  and  which,  when 
pounded  and  burnt  on  charcoal,  gives  a  delightful 
fragrance. 

From  hence  you  proceed,  in  a  south-west  direction, 
through  a  long  swampy  savanna.  Some  of  the  hills, 
which  border  on  it,  have  nothing  but  a  thin  coarse 
grass  and  huge  stones  on  them ;  others  quite  wooded  ; 
others  with  their  summits  crowned,  and  their  base 
quite  bare  ;  and  others  again  with  their  summits  bare, 
and  their  base  in  thickest  wood. 

Half  of  this  day's  march  is  in  water,  nearly  up  to 
the  knees.  There  are  four  creeks  to  pass :  one  of  them 
has  a  fallen  tree  across  it.  You  must  make  your  own 
bridge  across  the  other  three.  Probably,  were  the 
truth  known,  these  apparently  four  creeks  are  only  the 
meanders  of  one. 

The  Jabiru,  the  largest  bird  in  Guiana,  feeds  in  the 
marshy  savanna  through  which  you  have 

The  Jabiru.     .  ,        T        .  ' 

just  passed.  He  is  wary  and  shy,  and  will 
not  allow  you  to  get  within  gunshot  of  him. 

You  sleep  this  night  in  the  forest,  and  reach  an 
Indian  settlement  about  three  o'clock  the  next  evening, 
after  walking  one-third  of  the  way  through  wet  and 
miry  ground. 

But  bad  as  the  walking  is  through  it,  it  is  easier 
than  where  you  cross  over  the  bare  hills,  where  you 

D2 


36  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

have  to  tread  on  sharp  stones,  most  of  them  lying 
'  edgewise. 

The  ground  gone  over  these  two  last  days,  seems  con- 
demned to  perpetual  solitude  and  silence.  There  was 
not  one  four-footed  animal  to  be  seen,  nor  even  the 
marks  of  one.  It  would  have  been  as  silent  as  mid- 
night, and  all  as  still  and  unmoved  as  a  monument, 
had  not  the  jabiru  in  the  marsh,  and  a  few  vultures 
soaring  over  the  mountain's  top,  shown  that  it  was  not 
quite  deserted  by  animated  nature.  There  were  no 
insects,  except  one  kind  of  fly,  about  one-fourth  the 
size  of  the  common  house-fly.  It  bit  cruelly,  and  was 
much  more  tormenting  than  the  mosquito  on  the  sea- 
coast. 

This  seems  to  be  the  native  country  of  the  Arrow- 
root. Wherever  you  passed  through  a  patch 

Arrow-root.  ......  ., 

oi  wood  in  a  low  situation,  there  you  round 
it  growing  luxuriantly. 

The  Indian  place  you  are  now  at  is  not  the  proper 
place  to  have  come  to,  in  order  to  reach  the  Portuguese 
frontiers.  You  have  advanced  too  much  to  the  west- 
ward. But  there  was  no  alternative.  The  ground 
betwixt  you  and  another  small  settlement  (which  was 
the  right  place  to  have  gone  to)  was  overflowed ;  and 
thus,  instead  of  proceeding  southward,  you  were  obliged 
to  wind  along  the  foot  of  the  western  hills,  quite  out 
of  your  way. 

But  the  grand  landscape  this  place  affords,  makes 
you  ample  amends  for  the  time  you  have  spent  in 
reaching  it.  It  would  require  great  descriptive  powers 
to  give  a  proper  idea  of  the  situation  these  people  have 
chosen  for  their  dwelling. 

The  hill  they  are  on  is  steep  and  high,  and  full  of 


FIRST  JOURNEY.  37 

immense  rocks.  The  huts  are  not  all  in  one  place,  but 
dispersed  wherever  they  have  found  a  place  levef 
enough  for  a  lodgement.  Before  you  ascend  the  hill, 
you  see  at  intervals  an  acre  or  two  of  wood,  then  an 
open  space,  with  a  few  huts  on  it ;  then  wood  again, 
and  then  an  open  space,  and  so  on;  till  the  inter- 
vening of  the  western  hills,  higher  and  steeper  still, 
and  crowded  with  trees  of  the  loveliest  shades,  closes 
the  enchanting  scene. 

immense          At  the  base  of  this  hill  stretches  an  im- 
piam.  mense  plain,  which  appears  to  the  eye,  on 

this  elevated  spot,  as  level  as  a  bowling-green.  The 
mountains  on  the  other  side  are  piled  one  upon  the 
other  in  romantic  forms,  and  gradually  retire,  till  they 
are  undiscernible  from  the  clouds  in  which  they  are 
involved.  To  the  south-south-west  this  far-extending 
plain  is  lost  in  the  horizon.  The  trees  on  it,  which 
look  like  islands  on  the  ocean,  add  greatly  to  the  beauty 
of  the  landscape  ;  while  the  rivulet's  course  is  marked 
out  by  the  aata-trees  which  follow  its  meanders. 

Not  being  able  to  pursue  the  direct  course  from 
hence  to  the  next  Indian  habitation,  on  account  of  the 
floods  of  water  which  fall  at  this  time  of  the  year,  you 
take  a  circuit  westerly  along  the  mountain's  foot. 

At  last  a  large  and  deep  creek  stops  your  progress  : 
it  is  wide  and  rapid,  and  its  banks  very 

Creek.  .       r     '  . 

steep,  ihere  is  neither  curial  nor  canoe, 
nor  purple-heart  tree  in  the  neighbourhood  to  make  a 
wood  skin  to  carry  you  over,  so  that  you  are  obliged  to 
swim  across  ;  and  by  the  time  you  have  formed  a  kind 
of  raft,  composed  of  boughs  of  trees  and  coarse  grass,  to 
ferry  over  your  baggage,  the  day  will  be  too  far  spent 
to  think  of  proceeding.  You  must  be  very  cautious 


38  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

before  you  venture  to  swim  across  this  creek,  for  the 
alligators  are  numerous,  and  near  twenty  feet  long.  On 
the  present  occasion,  the  Indians  took  uncommon  pre- 
cautions, lest  they  should  be  devoured  by  this  cruel 
and  voracious  reptile.  They  cut  long  sticks,  and  ex- 
amined closely  the  side  of  the  creek  for  half  a  mile 
above  and  below  the  place  where  it  was  to  be  crossed  ; 
and  as  soon  as  the  boldest  had  swum  over,  he  did  the 
same  on  the  other  side,  and  then  all  followed. 

After  passing  the  night  on  the  opposite  bank,  which 
is  well  wooded,  it  is  a  brisk  walk  of  nine  hours  before 
you  reach  four  Indian  huts,  on  a  rising  ground,  a  few 
hundred  paces  from  a  little  brook,  whose  banks  are 
covered  over  with  coucourite  and  aeta  trees. 

This  is  the  place  you  ought  to  have  come  to,  two 
days  ago,  had  the  water  permitted  you.  In  crossing 
the  plain  at  the  most  advantageous  place,  you  are 
above  ankle-deep  in  water  for  three  hours ;  the  re- 
mainder of  the  way  is  dry,  the  ground  gently  rising. 
As  the  lower  parts  of  this  spacious  plain  put  on  some- 
what the  appearance  of  a  lake,  during  the  periodical 
rains,  it  is  not  improbable  but  that  this  is  the  place 
which  hath  given  rise  to  the  supposed  existence  of  the 
famed  Lake  Parima,  or  El  Dorado ;  but  this  is  mere 
conjecture. 

A  few  deer  are  feeding  on  the  coarse  rough  grass 
of  this  far-extending  plain  ;  they  keep  at  a 

Deer. 

distance  from  you,  and  are  continually  on 
the  look-out. 

The  spur-winged  plover,  and  a  species  of  the  curlew, 
black,  with  a  white  bar  across  the  wings,  nearly  as 
large  again  as  the  scarlet  curlew  on  the  sea-coast, 
frequently  rise  before  you.  Here,  too,  the  Moscovy 


FIRST  JOURNEY.  39 

duck  is  numerous ;  and  large  flocks  of  two  other  kinds 
wheel  round  you  as  you  'pass  on,  but  keep  out  of 
gun-shot.  The  milk-white  egrets,  and  jabirus,  are  dis- 
tinguished at  a  great  distance  ;  and  in  the  seta  and 
coucourite  trees,  you  may  observe  flocks  of  scarlet  and 
blue  aras  feeding  on  the  seeds. 

It  is  to  these  trees  that  the  largest  sort  of  toucan 
resorts.     He  is  remarkable  by  a  large  black 

The  Toucan.  .  J  ° 

spot  on  the  point  ol  his  tine  yellow  bill. 
He  is  very  scarce  in  Demerara,  and  never  seen  except 
near  the  sea-coast. 

The  ants'  nests  have  a  singular  appearance  on  this 

plain  ;  they  are  in  vast  abundance  on  those 

parts  of  it  free  from  water,  and  are  formed 

of  an  exceedingly  hard  yellow  clay.    They  rise  eight  or 

ten  feet  from  the  ground,  in  a  spiral  form,  impenetrable 

to  the  rain,  and  strong  enough  to  defy  the  severest 

tornado. 

The  wourali  poison,  procured  in  these  last-mentioned 
huts  seemed  very  good,  and  proved  afterwards  to  be 
very  strong. 

There  are  now  no  more  Indian  settlements  betwixt 

you  and  the  Portuguese  frontiers.     If  you 

Portuguese  -yyish  to  visit  their  fort,  it  would  be  advisable 

frontiers. 

to  send  an  Indian  with  a  letter  from  hence, 
and  wait  his  return.  On  the  present  occasion  a  very 
fortunate  circumstance  occurred.  The  Portuguese  com- 
mander had  sent  some  Indians  and  soldiers  to  build  a 
canoe,  not  far  from  this  settlement ;  they  had  just 
finished  it,  and  those  who  did  not  stay  with  it  had 
stopped  here  on  their  return. 

The  soldier  who  commanded  the  rest  said,  he  durst 
not,  upon  any  account,  convey  a  stranger  to  the  fort  ; 


40  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

but  he  added,  as  there  were  two  canoes,  one  of  them 
might  be  despatched  with  a  letter,  and  then  we  could 
proceed  slowly  on  in  the  other. 

About  three  hours  from  this  settlement,  there  is  a 
river  called  Pirarara;  and  here  the  soldiers  had  left 
their  canoes  while  they  were  making  the  new  one. 
From  the  Pirarara  you  get  into  the  river  Maou,  and 
then  into  the  Tacatou;  and  just  where  the  Tacatou 
falls  into  the  Rio  Branco,  there  stands  the  Portuguese 
frontier  fort,  called  Fort  St.  Joachim.  From  the  time 
of  embarking  in  the  river  Pirarara,  it  takes  you  four 
days  before  you  reach  this  fort. 

There  was  nothing  very  remarkable  in  passing  down 
these  rivers.  It  is  an  open  country,  producing  a  coarse 
grass,  and  interspersed  with  clumps  of  trees.  The 
banks  have  some  wood  on  them,  but  it  appears  stinted 
and  crooked,  like  that  on  the  bleak  hills  in  England. 

The  tapir  frequently  plunged  into  the  river ;  he  was 
by  no  means  shy,  and  it  was  easy  to  get  a  shot  at  him 
on  land.  The  kessi-kessi  paroquets  were  in  great 
abundance  ;  and  the  fine  scarlet  aras  innumerable  in 
the  coucourite  trees  at  a  distance  from  the  river's  bank. 
In  the  Tacatou  was  seen  the  troupiale.  It  was  charm- 
ing to  hear  the  sweet  and  plaintive  notes  of  this  pretty 
songster  of  the  wilds.  The  Portuguese  call  it  the 
nightingale  of  Guiana. 

Towards  the  close  of  the  fourth  evening,  the  canoe, 
-,  which  had  been  sent  on  with  a  letter,  met  us 

Message 

from  the  For-  with  the  commander's  answer.      During  its 

tuguese  com- 
mander,         absence,  the  nights  had  been  cold  and  stormy, 

the  rain  had  fallen  in  torrents,  the  days  cloudy,  and 
there  was  no  sun  to  dry  the  wet  hammocks.  Ex- 
posed thus,  day  and  night,  to  the  chilling  blast  and 


FIRST   JOURNEY.  41 

pelting  shower,  strength  of  constitution  at  last  failed, 
and  a  severe  fever  came  on.  The  commander's  answer 
was  very  polite.  He  remarked,  he  regretted  much  to 
say,  that  he  had  received  orders  to  allow  no  stranger  to 
enter  the  frontier,  and  this  being  the  case,  he  hoped  I 
would  not  consider  him  as  uncivil :  "  However,"  con- 
tinued he,  "  I  have  ordered  the  soldier  to  land  you  at  a 
certain  distance  from  the  fort,  where  we  can  consult 
together." 

We  had  now  arrived  at  the  place,  and  the  canoe 
which  brought  the  letter  returned  to  the  fort,  to  tell 
the  commander  I  had  fallen  sick. 

The  sun  had  not  risen  above  an  hour  the  morning 
after,  when  the  Portuguese  officer  came  to  the  spot 
where  we  had  landed  the  preceding  evening.  He  was 
tall  and  spare,  and  appeared  to  be  from  fifty  to  fifty- 
five  years  old;  and  though  thirty  years  of  service 
under  an  equatorial  sun  had  burnt  and  shrivelled  up 
his  face,  still  there  was  something  in  it  so  inexpressibly 
affable  and  kind,  that  it  set  you  immediately  at  your 
ease.  He  came  close  up  to  the  hammock,  and  taking 
hold  of  my  wrist  to  feel  the  pulse,  "  I  am  sorry,  sir," 
said  he,  "  to  see  that  the  fever  has  taken  such  hold  of 
you.  You  shall  go  directly  with  me,"  continued  he, 
"  to  the  fort ;  and  though  we  have  no  doctor  there,  I 
trust,"  added  he,  "  we  shall  soon  bring  you  about  again. 
The  orders  I  have  received  forbidding  the  admission  of 
strangers,  were  never  intended  to  be  put  in  force  against 
a  sick  English  gentleman." 

As  the  canoe  was  proceeding  slowly  down  the  river 
towards  the  fort,  the  commander  asked,  with  much  more 
interest  than  a  question  in  ordinary  conversation  is 
asked,  where  was  I  on  the  night  of  the  1st  of  May  ? 


42  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

On  telling  him  that  I  was  at  an  Indian  settlement  a 
little  below  the  great  fall  in  the  Demerara,  and  that  a 
strange  and  sudden  noise  had  alarmed  all  the  Indians, 
he  said  the  same  astonishing  noise  had  roused  every 
man  in  Fort  St.  Joachim,  and  that  they  remained  under 
arms  till  morning.  He  observed,  that  he  had  been 
quite  at  a  loss  to  form  any  idea  what  could  have  caused 
the  noise ;  but  now  learning  that  the  same  noise  had 
been  heard  at  the  same  time  far  away  from  th&  Bio 
Branco,  it  struck  him  there  must  have  been  an  earth- 
quake somewhere  or  other. 

Good  nourishment  and  rest,  and  the  unwearied  atten- 
tion and  kindness  of  the  Portuguese  commander,  stopped 
the  progress  of  the  fever,  and  enabled  me  to  walk  about 
in  six  days. 

Fort  St.  Joachim  was  built  about  five-and- 
JoacMnf*'  forty  years  ago,  under  the  apprehension,  it 
is  said,  that  the  Spaniards  were  coming  from 
the  Rio  Kegro  to  settle  there.  It  has  been  much  neg- 
lected ;  the  floods  of  water  have  carried  away  the  gate, 
and  destroyed  the  wall  on  each  side  of  it ;  but  the 
present  commander  is  putting  it  into  thorough  repair. 
When  finished,  it  will  mount  six  nine,  and  six  twelve 
pounders. 

In  a  straight  line  with  the  fort,  and  within  a  few 
yards  of  the  river,  stand  the  commander's  house,  the 
barracks,  the  chapel,  the  father  confessor's  house,  and 
two  others,  all  at  little  intervals  from  each  other  ;  and 
these  are  the  only  buildings  at  Fort  St.  Joachim.  The 
neighbouring  extensive  plains  afford  good  pasturage  for 
a  fine  breed  of  cattle,  and  the  Portuguese  make  enough 
of  butter  and  cheese  for  their  own  consumption. 

On  asking  the  old  officer  if  there  were  such  a  place 


FIRST   JOURNEY.  43 

as  Lake  Pariina,  or  El  Dorado,  lie  replied,  he  looked 
upon  it  as  imaginary  altogether.  "  I  have  been  above 
forty  years,"  added  he,  "in  Portuguese  Guiana,  but 
have  never  yet  met  with  anybody  who  has  seen  the 
lake." 

So  much  for  Lake  Parima,  or  El  Dorado,  or  the 
"White  Sea.  Its  existence  at  best  seems  doubtful ;  some 
affirm  that  there  is  such  a  place,  and  others  deny  it. 

"  Grammatici  certant,  et  adliuc  sub  judice  lis  est." 

Having  now  reached  the  Portuguese  inland  frontier, 

Wovraiipoi-  an(^   collected  a  sufficient   quantity  of  the 

"^  wourali  poison,  nothing  remains  but  to  give 

a  brief  account  of  its  composition,  its  effects,  its  uses, 

and  its  supposed  antidotes. 

It  has  been  already  remarked,  that  in  the  extensive 
wilds  of  Demerara  and  Essequibo,  far  away  from  any 
European  settlement,  there  is  a  tribe  of  Indians  who 
are  known  by  the  name  of  Macoushi. 

Though  the  wourali  poison  is  used  by  all  the  South 
American  savages  betwixt  the  Amazons  and  the  Oroo- 
noque,  still  this  tribe  makes  it  stronger  than  any  of  the 
rest.  The  Indians  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Eio  Negro 
are  aware  of  this,  and  come  to  the  Macoushi  country  to 
purchase  it. 

Much  has  been  said  concerning  this  fatal  and  extra- 
ordinary poison.  Some  have  affirmed  that 
its  effects  are  almost  instantaneous,  provided 
the  minutest  particle  of  it  mixes  with  the  blood ;  and 
others  again  have  maintained  that  it  is  not  strong 
enough  to  kill  an  animal  of  the  size  and  strength  of  a 
man.  The  first  have  erred  by  lending  a  too  willing  ear 
to  the  marvellous,  and  believing  assertions  without 


44  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

sufficient  proof.     The  following  short  story  points  out 
the  necessity  of  a  cautious  examination. 

One   day,   on  asking   an  Indian  if    lie 

Anecdote.      ,•,•,.,•,  •  -,  -,    -,  ••,-,  -, 

thought  the  poison  would  kill  a  man,  he 
replied,  that  they  always  go  to  battle  with  it ;  that 
he  was  standing  by  when  an  Indian  was  shot  with  a 
poisoned  arrow,  and  that  he  expired  almost  immedi- 
ately. Hot  wishing  to  dispute  this  apparently  satisfac- 
tory information,  the  subject  was  dropped.  However, 
about  an  hour  after,  having  purposely  asked  him  in 
what  part  of  the  body  the  said  Indian  was  wounded,  he 
answered  without  hesitation,  that  the  arrow  entered 
betwixt  his  shoulders,  and  passed  quite  through  his 
heart.  Was  it  the  weapon,  or  the  strength  of  the 
poison,  that  brought  an  immediate  dissolution  in  this 
case  1  Of  course  the  weapon. 

The  second  have  been  misled  by  disappoinment, 
caused  by  neglect  in  keeping  the  poisoned  arrows,  or 
by  not  knowing  how  to  use  them,  or  by  trying  inferior 
poison.  If  the  arrows  are  not  kept  dry,  the  poison 
loses  its  strength,  and  in  wet  or  damp  weather  it  turns 
mouldy,  and  becomes  quite  soft.  In  shooting  an  arrow 
in  this  state,  upon  examining  the  place  where  it  has 
entered,  it  will  be  observed  that,  though  the  arrow  has 
penetrated  deep  into  the  flesh,  still  by  far  the  greatest 
part  of  the  poison  has  shrunk  back,  and  thus,  instead 
of  entering  with  the  arrow,  it  has  remained  collected  at 
the  mouth  of  the  wound.  In  this  case  the  arrow  might 
as  well  have  not  been  poisoned.  Probably,  it  was  to 
this  that  a  gentleman,  some  time  ago,'  owed  his  disap- 
pointment, when  he  tried  the  poison  on  a  horse  in  the 
town  of  Stabroek,  the  capital  of  Demerara ;  the  horse 
never  betrayed  the  least  symptom  of  being  affected  by  it. 


FIRST  JOURNEY.  45 

"Wishful  to  obtain  the  best  information  concerning 
this  poison,  and  as  repeated  inquiries,  in  lieu  of  dissi- 
pating the  surrounding  shade,  did  but  tend  more  and 
more  to  darken  the  little  light  that  existed ;  I  deter- 
mined to  penetrate  into  the  country  where  the  poisonous 
ingredients  grow,  where  this  pernicious  composition  is 
prepared,  and  where  it  is  constantly  used.  Success 
attended  the  adventure  ;  and  the  information  acquired 
made  amends  for  one  hundred  and  twenty  days  passed 
in  the  solitudes  of  Guiana,  and  afforded  a  balm  to  the 
wounds  and  bruises  which  every  traveller  must  expect 
to  receive  who  wanders  through  a  thorny  and  obstructed 
path. 

Thou  must  not,  courteous  reader,  expect  a  disserta- 
tion on  the  manner  in  which  the  wourali  poison  ope- 
rates on  the  system ;  a  treatise  has  been  already  written 
on  the  subject,  and,  after  all,  there  is  probably  still 
reason  to  doubt.  It  is  supposed  to  affect  the  nervous 
system,  and  thus  destroy  the  vital  functions ;  it  is  also 
said  to  be  perfectly  harmless,  provided  it  does  not 
touch  the  blood.  However,  this  is  certain,  when  a  suf- 
ficient quantity  of  it  enters  the  blood,  death  is  the 
inevitable  consequence ;  but  there  is  no  alteration  in 
the  colour  of  the  blood,  and  both  the  blood  and  flesh 
may  be  eaten  with  safety. 

All  that  thou  wilt  find  here  is  a  concise,  unadorned 
account  of  the  wourali  poison.  It  may  be  of  service  to 
thee  some  time  or  other,  shouldst  thou  ever  travel 
through  the  wilds  where  it  is  used.  Neither  attribute 
to  cruelty,  nor  to  a  want  of  feeling  for  the  sufferings 
of  the  inferior  animals,  the  ensuing  experiments.  The 
larger  animals  were  destroyed  in  order  to  have  proof 
positive  of  the  strength  of  a  poison  which  hath  hitherto 


46  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

been  doubted ;  and  the  smaller  ones  were  killed  with 
the  hope  of -substantiating  that  which  has  commonly 
been  supposed  to  be  an  antidote. 

It  makes  a  pitying  heart  ache  to  see  a  poor  creature 
in  distress  and  pain ;  and  too  often  has  the  compas- 
sionate traveller  occasion  to  heave  a  sigh  as  he  journeys 
on.  However,  here,  though  the  kind-hearted  will  be 
sorry  to  read  of  an  unoffending  animal  doomed  to  death, 
in  order  to  satisfy  a  doubt,  still  it  will  be  a  relief  to 
know  that  the  victim  was  not  tortured.  The  wourali 
poison  destroys  life's  action  so  gently,  that  the  victim 
appears  to  be  in  no  pain  whatever  ;  and  probably,  were 
the  truth  known,  it  feels  none,  saving  the  momentary 
smart  at  the  time  the  arrow  enters. 

A  day  or  two  before  the  Macoushi  Indian  prepares 
his  poison,  he  goes  into  the  forest,  in  quest  of  the  in- 
gredients. A  vine  grows  in  these  wilds,  which  is  called 
wourali.  It  is  from  this  that  the  poison  takes  its  name, 
and  it  is  the  principal  ingredient.  When  he  has  pro- 
cured enough  of  this,  he  digs  up  a  root  of  a  very  bitter 
taste,  ties  them  together,  and  then  looks  for  about  two 
kinds  of  bulbous  plants,  which  contain  a  green  and 
glutinous  juice.  He  fills  a  little  quake,  which  he 
carries  on  his  back,  with  the  stalks  of  these;  and 
lastly,  ranges  up  and  down  till  he  finds  two  species  of 
ants.  One  of  them  is  very  large  and  black,  and  so 
venomous,  that  its  sting  produces  a  fever ;  it  is  most 
commonly  to  be  met  with  on  the  ground.  The  other 
is  a  little  red  ant,  which  stings  like  a  nettle,  and  gene- 
rally has  its  nest  under  the  leaf  of  a  shrub.  After 
obtaining  these,  he  has  no  more  need  to  range  the 
forest. 

A  quantity  of  the  strongest  Indian  pepper  is  used ; 


FIRST   JOURNEY.  47 

"but  this  he  has  already  planted  round  his  hut.  The 
pounded  fangs  of  the  Labarri  snake,  and  those  of  the 
Counacouchi,  are  likewise  added.  These  he  commonly 
has  in  store ;  for  when  he  kills  a  snake,  he  generally 
extracts  the  fangs,  and  keeps  them  by  him. 

Having  thus  found  the   necessary  ingredients,   he 
scrapes  the  wourali  vine  and  bitter  root  into 

Preparation  .  . 

of  the  wourali  thin  shavings,  and  puts  them  into  a  kind  ot 
colander  made  of  leaves  :  this  he  holds  over 
an  earthen  pot,  and  pours  water  on  the  shavings  :  the 
liquor  which  comes   through  has   the   appearance   of 
coffee.     When  a  sufficient  quantity  has  been  procured, 
the  shavings  are  thrown  aside.     He  then  bruises  the 
bulbous  stalks,  and  squeezes  a  proportionate  quantity 
of  their  juice  through  his  hands  into  the  pot.     Lastly, 
the  snake's  fangs,  ants,  and  pepper  are  bruised,  and 
thrown  into  it.    It  is  then  placed  on  a  slow  fire,  and  as 
it  boils,  more  of  the  juice  of  the  wourali  is  added,  ac- 
cording as  it  may  be  found  necessary,  and  the  scum  is 
taken  off  with  a  leaf :  it  remains  on  the  fire  till  reduced 
to  a  thick  syrup  of  a  deep  brown  colour.    As  soon  as  it 
has  arrived  at  this  state  a  few  arrows  are  poisoned  with 
it,  to  try  its  strength.     If  it  answer  the  expectations,  it 
is  poured  out  into  a  calabash,  or  little  pot  of  Indian 
manufacture,  which  is  carefully  covered  with  a  couple 
of  leaves,  and  over  them  a  piece  of  deer's  skin,  tied 
round  with  a  cord.     They  keep  it  in  the  most  dry  part 
of  the  hut ;  and  from  time  to  time  suspend  it  over  the 
fire,  to  counteract  the  effects  of  dampness. 

The  act  of  preparing  this  poison  is  not  considered  as 
a  common  one :  the  savage  may  shape  his  bow,  fasten 
the  barb  on  the  point  of  his  arrow,  and  make  his  other 
implements  of  destruction,  either  lying  in  his  hammock, 


48  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

or  in  the  midst  of  his  family;  "but,  if  he  has  to  prepare 
the  wourali  poison,  many  precautions  are  supposed  to 
be  necessary. 

The  women  and  young  girls  are  not  allowed  to  be 
present,  lest  the  Yabahou,  or  evil  spirit, 
e  Yabahou,  or  shouicl  do  them  harm.  The  shed  under 
which  it  has  been  boiled,  is  pronounced 
polluted,  and  abandoned  ever  after.  He  who  makes 
the  poison  must  eat  nothing  that  morning,  and  must 
continue  fasting  as  long  as  the  operation  lasts.  The 
pot  in  which  it  is  boiled  must  be  a  new  one,  and  must 
never  have  held  anything  before,  otherwise  the  poison 
would  be  deficient  in  strength :  add  to  this,  that  the 
operator  must  take  particular  care  not  to  expose  him- 
self to  the  vapour  which  arises  from  it  while  on  the 
fire. 

Though  this  and  other  precautions  are  taken,  such  as 
frequently  washing  the  face  and  hands,  still  the  Indians 
think  that  it  aifects  the  health  ;  and  the  operator  either 
is,  or,  what  is  more  probable,  supposes  himself  to  be, 
sick  for  some  days  after. 

Indian  su-  Thus  it  appears  that  the  making  the 
perstition.  wourali  poison  is  considered  as  a  gloomy 
and  mysterious  operation ;  and  it  would  seem  that  they 
imagine  it  affects  others  as  well  as  him  who  boils  it ; 
for  an  Indian  agreed  one  evening  to  make  some  for  me, 
but  the  next  morning  he  declined  having  anything  to 
do  with  it,  alleging  that  his  wife  was  with  child  ! 

Here  it  might  be  asked,  are  all  the  ingredients  just 
mentioned  necessary,  in  order  to  produce  the  wourali 
poison  1  Though  our  opinions  and  conjectures  may 
militate  against  the  absolute  necessity  of  some  of  them, 
still  it  would  be  hardly  fair  to  pronounce  them  added 


FIRST  JOURNET.  49 

by  the  hand  of  superstition,  till  proof  positive  can  be 
obtained. 

We  might  argue  on  the  subject,  and  by  bringing 
forward  instances  of  Indian  superstition,  draw  our 
conclusion  by  inference,  and  still  remain  in  doubt  on 
this  head.  You  know  superstition  to  be  the  offspring 
of  ignorance,  and  of  course  that  it  takes  up  its  abode 
amongst  the  rudest  tribes  of  uncivilized  man.  It  even 
too  often  resides  with  man  in  his  more  enlightened 
state. 

The  Augustan  age  furnishes  numerous  examples.  A 
bone  snatched  from  the  jaws  of  a  fasting  bitch,  and  a 
feather  from  the  wing  of  a  night  owl — "  ossa  ab  ore 
rapta  jejuna  canis,  plumamque  nocturnae  strigis," — were 
necessary  for  Canidia's  incantations.  And  in  aftertimes, 
parson  Evans,  the  Welshman,  was  treated  most  ungen- 
teelly  by  an  enraged  spirit,  solely  because  he  had  for- 
gotten a  fumigation  in  his  witch-work. 

If,  then,  enlightened  man  lets  his  better  sense  give 
way,  and  believes,  or  allows  himself  to  be  persuaded, 
that  certain  substances  and  actions,  in  reality  of  no 
avail,  possess  a  virtue  which  renders  them  useful  in 
producing  the  wished-for  effect ;  may  not  the  wild,  un- 
taught, unenlightened  savage  of  Guiana,  add  an  ingre- 
dient which,  on  account  of  the  harm  it  does  him,  he 
fancies  may  be  useful  to  the  perfection  of  his  poison, 
though,  in  fact,  it  be  of  no  use  at  all  1  If  a  bone 
snatched  from  the  jaws  of  a  fasting  bitch  be  thought 
necessary  in  incantation ;  or  if  witchcraft  have  recourse 
to  the  raiment  of  the  owl,  because  it  resorts  to  the 
tombs  and  mausoleums  of  the  dead,  and  wails  and 
hovers  about  at  the  time  that  the  rest  of  animated 
nature  sleeps ;  certainly  the  savage  may  imagine  that 
E 


50  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

the  ants,  whose  sting  causes  a  fever,  and  the  teeth  of 
the  Labarri  and  Counacouchi  snakes,  which  convey 
death  in  a  very  short  space  of  time,  are  essentially 
necessary  in  the  composition  of  his  poison ;  and  being 
once  impressed  with  this  idea,  he  will  add  them  every 
time  he  makes  the  poison,  and  transmit  the  absolute  use 
of  them  to  his  posterity.  The  question  to  be  answered 
seems  not  to  be,  if  it  is  natural  for  the  Indians  to 
mix  these  ingredients,  but,  if  they  are  essential  to 
make  the  poison. 

'  So  much  for  the  preparing  of  this  vegetable  essence  ; 
terrible  importer  of  death,  into  whatever  animal  it 
enters.  Let  us  now  see  how  it  is  used  ;  let  us  examine 
the  weapons  which  bear  it  to  its  destination,  and  take 
a  view  of  the  poor  victim,  from  the  time  he  receives 
his  wound,  till  death  comes  to  his  relief. 

When  a  native  of  Macoushia  goes  in  quest 
of  the  blow-  of  feathered  game  or  other  birds,  he  seldom 
carries  his  bow  and  arrows.  It  is  the  blow- 
pipe he  then  uses.  This  extraordinary  tube  of  death 
is,  perhaps,  one  of  the  greatest  natural  curiosities  of 
Guiana.  It  is  not  found  in  the  country  of  the  Macoushi. 
Those  Indians  tell  you  that  it  grows  to  the  south-west 
of  them,  in  the^vilds  which  extend  betwixt  them  and 
the  Rio  Negro.  The  reed  must  grow  to  an  amazing 
length,  as  the  part  the  Indians  use  is  from  ten  to  eleven 
feet  long,  and  no  tapering  can  be  perceived  in  it,  one 
end  being  as  thick  as  the  other.  It  is  of  a  bright  yellow 
colour,  perfectly  smooth  both  inside  and  out.  It  grows 
hollow  ;  nor  is  there  the  least  appearance  of  a  knot  or 
joint  throughout  the  whole  extent.  The  natives  call  it 
Ourah.  This,  of  itself,  is  too  slender  to  answer  the  end 
of  a  blow-pipe  ;  but  there  is  a  species  of  palma,  larger 


FIRST   JOTJRXEY.  51 

and  stronger,  and  common  in  Guiana,  and  this  the 
Indians  make  use  of  as  a  case,  in  which  they  put  the 
ourah.  It  is  brown,  susceptible  of  a  fine  polish,  and 
appears  as  if  it  had  joints  five  or  six  inches  from  each 
other.  It  is  called  Samourah,  and  the  pulp  inside 
is  easily  extracted,  by  steeping  it  for  a  few  days  in 
water. 

Thus  the  ourah  and  samourah,  one  within  the  other, 
form  the  blow-pipe  of  Guiana.  The  end  which  is  ap- 
plied to  the  mouth  is  tied  round  with  a  small  silk-grass 
cord,  to  prevent  its  splitting  ;  and  the  other  end,  which 
is  apt  to  strike  against  the  ground,  is  secured  by  the 
seed  of  the  acuero  fruit,  cut  horizontally  through  the 
middle,  with  a  hole  made  in  the  end,  through  which  is 
put  the  extremity  of  the  blow-pipe.  It  is  fastened  on 
with  string  on  the  outside,  and  the  inside  is  filled  up 
with  wild  bees'  -wax. 

The  arrow  is  from  nine  to  ten  inches  long. 

The  arrow. 

It  is  made  out  of  the  leal  of  a  species  of 
palm-tree,  called  Coucourite,  hard  and  brittle,  and 
pointed  as  sharp  as  a  needle.  About  an  inch  of  the 
pointed  end  is  poisoned.  The  other  end  is  burnt  to 
make  it  still  harder,  and  wild  cotton  is  put  round  it  for 
about  an  inch  and  a  half.  It  requires  considerable 
practice  to  put  on  this  cotton  well.  It  must  just  be 
large  enough  to  fit  the  hollow  of  the  tube,  and  taper 
off  to  nothing  downwards.  They  tie  it  on  with  a 
thread  of  the  silk-grass,  to  prevent  its  slipping  off 
the  arrow. 

The  Indians   have    shown   ingenuity  in 

The  quiver.  . 

making  a  quiver  to  hold  the  arrows.  It  will 
contain  from  five  to  six  hundred.  It  is  generally  from 
twelve  to  fourteen  inches  long,  and  in  shape  resembles 

£  2 


52  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH  AMERICA. 

a  dice-box  used  at  backgammon.  The  inside  is  prettily 
done  in  basket  work,  with  wood  not  unlike  bamboo, 
and  the  outside  has  a  coat  of  wax.  The  cover  is  all 
of  one  piece,  formed  out  of  the  skin  of  the  tapir. 
Eound  the  centre  there  is  fastened  a  loop,  large 
enough  to  admit  the  arm  and  shoulder,  from  which  it 
hangs  when  used.  To  the  rim  is  tied  a  little  bunch 
of  silk-grass,  and  half  of  the  jaw-bone  of  the  fish  called 
pirai,  with  which  the  Indian  scrapes  the  point  of  his 
arrow. 

Before  he  puts  the  arrows  into  the  quiver,  he  links 
them  together  by  two  strings  of  cotton,  one  string  at 
each  end,  and  then  folds  them  round  a  stick,  which  is 
nearly  the  length  of  the  quiver.  The  end  of  the  stick, 
which  is  uppermost,  is  guarded  by  two  little  pieces 
of  wood  crosswise,  with  a  hoop  round  their  extre- 
mities, which  appears  something  like  a  wheel ;  and 
this  saves  the  hand  from  being  wounded  when  the 
quiver  is  reversed,  in  order  to  let  the  bunch  of  arrows 
drop  out. 

There  is  also  attached  to  the  quiver  a  little  kind  of 
basket,  to  hold  the  wild  cotton  which  is  put  on  the 
blunt  end  of  the  arrow.  With  a  quiver  of  poisoned 
arrows  slung  over  his  shoulder,  and  with  his  blow-pipe 
in  his  hand,  in  the  same  position  as  a  soldier  carries  his 
musket,  see  the  Macoushi  Indian  advancing  towards 
the  forest  in  quest  of  powises,  maroudis,  waracabas, 
and  other  feathered  game. 

These  generally  sit  high  up  in  the  tall  and  tufted 
trees,  but  still  are  not  out  of  the  Indian's 

The  Indian  .  . 

in  pursuit  of  reach ;    ior  his  blow-pipe,  at    its    greatest 

elevation,  will  send  an  arrow  three  hundred 

feet.     Silent  as  midnight  he  steals  under  them,  and  so 


FIRST  JOURNEY.  53 

cautiously  does  he  tread  the  ground  that  the  fallen  leaves 
rustle  not  beneath  his  feet.  His  ears  are  open  to  the 
least  sound,  while  his  eye,  keen  as  that  of  the  lynx,  is 
employed  in  finding  out  the  game  in  the  thickest  shade. 
Often  he  imitates  their  cry,  and  decoys  them  from  tree 
to  tree,  till  they  are  within  range  of  his  tube.  Then 
taking  a  poisoned  arrow  from  his  quiver,  he  puts  it 
in  the  blow-pipe,  and  collects  his  breath  for  the  fatal 
puff. 

About  two  feet  from  the  end  through  which  he 
blows,  there  are  fastened  two  teeth  of  the  acouri,  and 
these  serve  him  for  a  sight.  Silent  and  swift  the 
arrow  flies,  and  seldom  fails  to  pierce  the  object  at 
which  it  is  sent.  Sometimes  the  wounded  bird  remains 
in  the  same  tree  where  it  was  shot,  and  in  three 
minutes  falls  down  at  the  Indian's  feet.  Should  he 
take  wing,  his  flight  is  of  short  duration,  and  the 
Indian,  following  the  direction  he  has  gone,  is  sure  to 
find  him  dead. 

It  is  natural  to  imagine  that,  when  a  slight  wound 
only  is  inflicted,  the  game  will  make  its  escape.  Far 

Effects  of  otherwise  ;  the  wourali  poison  almost  in- 
thePwou°nd°d  stantaneously  mixes  with  blood  or  water, 
bird-  so  that  if  you  wet  your  finger,  and  dash  it 

along  the  poisoned  arrow  in  the  quickest  manner  pos- 
sible, you  are  sure  to  carry  off  some  of  the  poison. 
Though  three  minutes  generally  elapse  before  the  con- 
vulsions come  on  in  the  wounded  bird,  still  a  stupor 
evidently  takes  place  sooner,  and  this  stupor  manifests 
itself  by  an  apparent  unwillingness  ia  the  bird  to  move. 
This  was  very  visible  in  a  dying  fowl. 

Having  procured  a  healthy  full-grown  one,  a  short 
piece  of  a  poisoned  blow-pipe  arrow  was  broken  oft"  and 


§4  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

run  up  into  its  thigh,  as  near  as  possible  betwixt  the 
skin  and  the  flesh,  in  order  that  it  might  not  be  in- 
commoded by  the  wound.  For  the  first  minute  it 
walked  about,  but  walked  very  slowly,  and  did  not 
appear  the  least  agitated.  During  the  second  minute  it 
stood  still,  and  began  to  peck  the  ground  ;  and  ere  half 
another  had  elapsed,  it  frequently  opened  and  shut  its 
mouth.  The  tail  had  now  dropped,  and  the  wings 
almost  touched  the  ground.  By  the  termination  of 
the  third  minute  it  had  sat  down,  scarce  able  to  support 
its  head,  which  nodded,  and  then  recovered  itself,  and 
then  nodded  again,  lower  and  lower  every  time,  like 
that  of  a  weary  traveller  slumbering  in  an  erect  posi- 
tion ;  the  eyes  alternately  open  and  shut.  The  fourth 
minute  brought  on  convulsions,  and  life  and  the  fifth 
terminated  together. 

The  flesh  of  the  game  is  not  in  the  least  injured  by 
the  poison,  nor  does  it  appear  to  corrupt  sooner  than 
that  killed  by  the  gun  or  knife.  The  body  of  this  fowl 
was  kept  for  sixteen  hours,  in  a  climate  damp  and  rainy, 
and  within  seven  degrees  of  the  equator ;  at  the  end  of ' 
which  time  it  had  contracted  no  bad  smell  whatever, 
and  there  were  no  symptoms  of  putrefaction,  saving 
that,  just  round  the  wound,  the  flesh  appeared  some- 
what discoloured. 

The  Indian,  on  his  return  home,  carefully  suspends 
his  blow-pipe  from  the  top  of  his  spiral  roof ;  seldom 
placing  it  in  an  oblique  position,  lest  it  should  receive  a 
cast. 

Here  let  the  blow-pipe  remain  suspended,  while  you 
take  a  view  of  the  arms  which  are  made  to  slay  the 
larger  beasts  of  the  forest. 

When  the   Indian  intends  to  chase  the  peccari,  or 


FIRST   JOURNEY.  __  55' 

surprise  the  deer,  or  rouse  the  tapir  from  his  marshy  - 
retreat,  he  carries  his  bow  and  arrows,  which  are  very- 
different  from  the  weapons  already  described. 

The  bow  is  generally  from  six  to  seven  feet  long, 
and  strung  with    a    cord  spun  out  of  the 

The    bow 

used  for  the  silk-grass.     The   forests  of  Guiana  furnish 

chase. 

many  species  of  hard  wood,  tough  and 
elastic,  out  of  which  beautiful  and  excellent  bows  are 
formed. 

The  arrows  are  from  four  to  five  feet  in 
Arrows.  iength,  made  of  a  yellow  reed  without  a 
knot  or  joint  It  is  found  in  great  plenty  up  and 
down  throughout  Guiana.  A  piece  of  hard  wood, 
about  nine  inches  long,  is  inserted  into  the  end  of  the 
reed,  and  fastened  with  cotton  well  waxed.  A  square 
hole,  an  inch  deep,  is  then  made  in  the  end  of  this 
piece  of  hard  wood,  done  tight  round  with  cotton  to 
keep  it  from  splitting.  Into  this  square  hole  is  fitted 
a  spike  of  Coucourite  wood,  poisoned,  and  which  may 
be  kept  there  or  taken  out  at  pleasure.  A  joint  of 
bamboo,  about  as  thick  as  your  finger,  is  fitted  on 
over  the  poisoned  spike,  to  prevent  accidents  and 
defend  it  from  the  rain,  and  is  taken  off  when  the 
arrow  is  about  to  be  used.  Lastly,  two  feathers  are 
fastened  on  the  other  end  of  the  reed,  to  steady  it  in 
its  flight.  . 

Besides  his  bow  and  arrows,  the  Indian  carries  a 

little  box,  made  of  bamboo,  which  holds  a  dozen  or 

fifteen   poisoned   spikes,  six  inches  long.      They  are 

poisoned  in  the  following  manner  : — A  small 

Spikes.  .  .  j °  . 

piece  ot  wood  is  dipped  in  the  poison,  and 
with  this  they  give  the  spike  a  first  coat.  It  is  then 
exposed  to  the  sun  or  fire.  After  it  is  dry,  it  receives 


56  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

another  coat,  and  is  then  dried  again ;  after  this  a  third 
coat,  and  sometimes  a  fourth. 

They  take  great  care  to  put  the  poison  on  thicker 
at  the  middle  than  at  the  sides,  by  which  means  the 
spike  retains  the  shape  of  a  two-edged  sword.  It 
is  rather  a  tedious  operation  to  make  one  of  these 
arrows  complete ;  and  as  the  Indian  is  not  famed  for 
industry,  except  when  pressed  by  hunger,  he  has  hit 
upon  a  plan  of  preserving  his  arrows  which  deserves 
notice. 

About  a  quarter  of  an  inch  above  the  part  where  the 
Coucourite  spike  is  fixed  into  the  square  hole,  he  cuts 
it  half  through ;  and  thus,  when  it  has  entered  the 
animal,  the  weight  of  the  arrow  causes  it  to  break  off 
there,  by  which  means  the  arrow  falls  to  the  ground 
uninjured ;  so  that,  should  this  be  the  only  arrow  he 
happens  to  have  with  him,  and  should  another  shot 
immediately  occur,  he  has  only  to  take  another  poisoned 
spike  out  of  his  little  bamboo  box,  fit  it  on  his  arrow, 
and  send  it  to  its  destination. 

Thus  armed  with  deadly  poison,  and  hungry  as  the 
hysena,  he  ranges  through  the  forest  in  quest  of  the 
wild  beasts'  track.  No  hound  can  act  a  surer  part. 
Without  clothes  to  fetter  him,  or  shoes  to  bind  his  feet, 
he  observes  the  footsteps  of  the  game,  where  an  Euro- 
pean eye  could  not  discern  the  smallest  vestige.  He 
pursues  it  through  all  its  turns  and  windings  with 
astonishing  perseverance,  and  success  generally  crowns 
his  efforts.  The  animal,  after  receiving  the  poisoned 
arrow,  seldom  retreats  two  hundred  paces  before  it 
drops. 

In  passing  overland  from  the  Essequibo  to  the 
Demerara,  we  fell  in  with  a  herd  of  wild  hogs.  Though 


FIRST   JOURNEY.  57 

encumbered  with  baggage,  and  fatigued  with  a  hard 

day's   walk,  an    Indian  got  his   bow  ready,  and   let 

fly  a  poisoned  arrow  at  one  of  them.     It 

hojm  a  wild  entered  the  cheek-bone,  and  broke  off.    The 

wild  hog  was  found  quite  dead  about  one 

hundred  and  seventy  paces  from  the  place  where  he  had 

been  shot.    He  afforded  us  an  excellent  and  wholesome 

supper. 

Thus  the  savage  of  Guiana,  independent  of  the  com- 
mon weapons  of  destruction,  has  it  in  his  power  to 
prepare  a  poison,  by  which  he  can  generally  ensure  to 
himself  a  supply  of  animal  food ;  and  the  food  so  de- 
stroyed imbibes  no  deleterious  qualities.  Nature  has 
been  bountiful  to  him.  She  has  not  only  ordered 
poisonous  herbs  and  roots  to  grow  in  the  unbounded 
forests  through  which  he  strays,  but  has  also  furnished 
an  excellent  reed  for  his  arrows,  and  another,  still  more 
singular,  for  his  blow-pipe ;  and  planted  trees  of  an 
amazing  hard,  tough,  and  elastic  texture,  out  of  which 
he  forms  his  bows.  And  in  order  that  nothing  might 
be  wanting,  she  has  superadded  a  tree  which  yields  him 
a  fine  wax,  and  disseminated  up  and  down  a  plant  not 
unlike  that  of  the  pine-apple,  which  affords  him  capital 
bow-strings. 

Having  now  followed  the  Indian  in  the  chase,  and 
described  the  poison,  let  us  take  a  nearer  view  of  its 
action,  and  observe  a  large  animal  expiring  under  the 
weight  of  its  baneful  virulence. 

Many  have  doubted  the  strength  of  the  wourali 
poison.  Should  they  ever  by  chance  read  what  follows, 
probably  their  doubts  on  that  score  will  be  settled 
for  ever. 

In  the  former  experiment  on  the  hog,  some  faint 


58  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

resistance  on  the  part  of  nature  was  observed,  as  if 
Further  re-  existence  struggled  for  superiority ;  but  in  the 
virulence  of  following  instance  of  the  sloth,  life  sank  in 
e  poison,  (jgg^  without  the  least  apparent  contention, 
without  a  cry,  without  a  struggle,  and  without  a  groan. 
This  was  an  Ai,  or  three-toed  sloth.  It  was  in  the 
possession  of  a  gentleman  who  was  collecting  curiosities. 
He  wished  to  have  it  killed,  in  order  to  preserve  the 
skin,  and  the  wourali  poison  was  resorted  to  as  the 
easiest  death. 

Of  all  animals,  not  even  the  toad  and  tortoise  ex- 
cepted,  this  poor  ill-formed  creature  is  the  most  tena- 
cious of  life.  It  exists  long  after  it  has  received 
wounds  which  would  have  destroyed  any  other  animal ; 
and  it  may  be  said,  on  seeing  ar  mortally  wounded 
sloth,  that  life  disputes  with  death  every  inch  of  flesh 
in  its  body. 

The  Ai  was  wounded  in  the  leg,  and  put  down  on 
the  floor,  about  two  feet  from  the  table ;  it  contrived 
to  reach  the  leg  of  the  table,  and  fastened  itself  on  it, 
as  if  wishful  to  ascend.  But  this  was  its  last  advancing 
step :  life  was  ebbing  fast,  though  imperceptibly ;  nor 
could  this  singular  production  of  nature,  which  has 
been  formed  of  a  texture  to  resist  death  in  a  thousand 
shapes,  make  any  stand  against  the  wourali  poison. 

First,  one  fore-leg  let  go  its  hold,  and  dropped  down 
motionless  by  its  side ;  the  other  gradually  did  the 
same.  The  fore-legs  having  now  lost  strength,  the  sloth 
slowly  doubled  its  body,  and  placed  its  head  betwixt 
its  hind  legs,  which  still  adhered  to  the  table ;  but 
when  the  poison  had  affected  these  also,  it  sank  to  the 
ground,  but  sank  so  gently,  that  you  could  not  distin- 
guish the  movement  from  an  ordinary  motion;  and  had 


FIRST  JOURNEY.  59 

you  been  ignorant  that  it  was  wounded  with  a  poisoned 
arrow,  you  would  never  have  suspected  that  it  was 
dying.  Its  mouth  was  shut,  nor  had  any  froth  or 
saliva  collected  there. 

There  was  no  subsultus  tendinum,  or  any  visible 
alteration  in  its  breathing.  During  the  tenth  minute 
from  the  time  it  was  wounded  it  stirred,  and  that  was 
all ;  and  the  minute  after,  life's  last  spark  went  out. 
From  the  time  the  poison  began  to  operate,  you  would 
have  conjectured  that  sleep  was  overpowering  it,  and 
you  would  have  exclaimed,  "  Pressitque  jacentem,  dulcis 
et  alta  quies,  placidseque  simillima  morti." 

There  are  now  two  positive  proofs  of  the  effect  of 
this  fatal  poison  :  viz.  the  death  of  the  hog,  and  that 
of  the  sloth.  But  still  these  animals  were  nothing 
remarkable  for  size  ;  and  the  strength  of  the  poison  in 
large  animals  might  yet  be  doubted,  were  it  not  for 
what  follows. 

A  large  well-fed  ox,  from  nine  hundred 
u^anc*nt  *°  a  thousand  pounds'  weight,  was  tied  to 
a  stake  by  a  rope  sufficiently  long  to  allow 
him  to  move  to  and  fro.  Having  no  large  Coucourite 
spikes  at  hand,  it  was  judged  necessary,  on  account  of 
his  superior  size,  to  put  three  wild-hog  arrows  into  him. 
One  was  sent  into  each  thigh  just  above  the  hock,  in 
order  to  avoid  wounding  a  vital  part,  and  the  third  was 
shot  transversely  into  the  extremity  of  the  nostril. 

The  poison  seemed  to  take  effect  in  four  minutes. 
Conscious  as  though  he  would  fall,  the  ox  set  himself 
firmly  on  his  legs,  and  remained  quite  still  in  the  same 
place,  till  about  the  fourteenth  minute,  when  he  smelled 
the  ground,  and  appeared  as  if  inclined  to  walk.  He 
advanced  a  pace  or  two,  staggered,  and  fell,  and  re- 


60  WANDERINGS    IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

mained  extended  on  his  side,  with  his  head  on  the 
ground.  His  eye,  a  few  minutes  ago  so  bright  and 
lively,  now  became  fixed  and  dim ;  and  though  you  put 
your  hand  close  to  it,  as  if  to  give  him  a  blow  there,  he 
never  closed  his  eyelid. 

His  legs  were  convulsed,  and  his  head  from  time  to 
time  started  involuntarily ;  but  he  never  showed  the 
least  desire  to  raise  it  from  the  ground ;  he  breathed 
hard,  and  emitted  foam  from  his  mouth.  The  startings, 
or  subsultus  tendinum,  now  became  gradually  weaker 
and  weaker ;  his  hinder  parts  were  fixed  in  death  ;  and 
in  a  minute  or  two  more  his  head  and  fore-legs  ceased 
to  stir. 

Nothing  now  remained  to  show  that  life  was  still 
within  him,  except  that  his  heart  faintly  beat  and 
fluttered  at  intervals.  In  five-and-twenty  minutes  from 
the  time  of  his  being  wounded,  he  was  quite  dead.  His 
flesh  was  very  sweet  and  savoury  at  dinner. 

On  taking  a  retrospective  view  of  the  two 
sections °b"  different  kinds  of  poisoned  arrows,  and  the 
animals  destroyed  by  them,  it  would  appear 
that  the  quantity  of  poison  must  be  proportioned  to  the 
animal ;  and  thus  those  probably  labour  under  an  error 
who  imagine  that  the  smallest  particle  of  it  introduced 
into  the  blood  has  almost  instantaneous  effects. 

Make  an  estimate  of  the  difference  in  size  betwixt 
the  fowl  and  the  ox,  and  then  weigh  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  poison  for  a  blow-pipe  arrow,  with  which 
the  fowl  was  killed,  and  weigh  also  enough  poison  for 
three  wild-hog  arrows,  which  destroyed  the  ox,  and  it 
will  appear  that  the  fowl  received  much  more  poison  in 
proportion  than  the  ox.  Hence  the  cause  why  the  fowl 
died  in  five  minutes,  and  the  ox  in  five-and-twenty. 


FIRST   JOURNEY.  61 

Indeed,  were  it  the  case  that  the  smallest  particle  of 
it  introduced  into  the  blood  has  almost  instantaneous 
effects,  the  Indian  would  not  find  it  necessary  to  make 
the  large  arrow ;  that  of  the  blow-pipe  is  much  easier 
made,  and  requires  less  poison. 

And  now  for  the  antidotes,  or  rather  the  supposed 
antidotes.  The  Indians  tell  you,  that  if  the 
wounded  animal  be  held  for  a  considerable 
time  up  to  the  mouth  in  water,  the  poison  will  not 
prove  fatal ;  also  that  the  juice  of  the  sugar-cane, 
poured  down  the  throat,  will  counteract  the  effects  of 
it.  These  antidotes  were  fairly  tried  upon  full-grown 
healthy  fowls,  but  they  all  died,  as  though  no  steps 
had  been  taken  to  preserve  their  lives.  Eum  was 
recommended,  and  given  to  another,  but  with  as  little 
success. 

It  is  supposed  by  some,  that  wind  introduced  into 
the  lungs  by  means  of  a  small  pair  of  bellows,  would 
revive  the  poisoned  patient,  provided  the  operation  be 
continued  for  a  sufficient  length  of  time.  It  may  be 
so  :  but  this  is  a  difficult  and  a  tedious  mode  of  cure, 
and  he  who  is  wounded  in  the  forest,  far  away  from  his 
friends,  or  in  the  hut  of  the  savages,  stands  but  a  poor 
chance  of  being  saved  by  it. 

Had  the  Indians  a  sure  antidote,  it  is  likely  they 
would  carry  it  about  with  them,  or  resort  to  it 
immediately  after  being  wounded,  if  at  hand ;  and 
their  confidence  in  its  efficacy  would  greatly  diminish 
the  horror  they  betray  when  you  point  a  poisoned 
arrow  at  them. 

One  day  while  we  were  eating  a  red  monkey, 
erroneously  called  a  baboon,  in  Demerara,  an  Arowack 
Indian  told  an  affecting  story  of  what  happened  to  a 


62  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

comrade  of  his.  He  was  present  at  his  death.  As  it 
did  not  interest  this  Indian  in  any  point  to  tell  a  false- 
hood, it  is  very  probable  that  his  account  was  a  true  one. 
If  so,  it  appears  that  there  is  no  certain  antidote,  or,  at 
least,  an  antidote  that  could  be  resorted  to  in  a  case  of 
xirgent  need ;  for  the  Indian  gave  up  all  thoughts  of 
life  as  soon  as  he  was  wounded. 

The  Arowack  Indian  said  it  was  but  four 
years  ago,  that  he  and  his  companion  were 
ranging  in  the  forest  in  quest  of  game.  His  companion 
took  a  poisoned  arrow,  and  sent  it  at  a  red  monkey  in 
a  tree  above  him.  It  was  nearly  a  perpendicular  shot. 
The  arrow  missed  the  monkey,  and,  in  the  descent, 
struck  him  in  the  arm,  a  little  above  the  elbow.  He 
was  convinced  it  was  all  over  with  him.  "  I  shall 
never,"  said  he  to  his  companion,  in  a  faltering  voice, 
and  looking  at  his  bow  as  he  said  it,  "  I  shall  never," 
said  he,  "  bend  this  bow  again."  And  having  said 
that,  he  took  off  his  little  bamboo  poison  box,  which 
hung  across  his  shoulder,  and  putting  it  together  with 
his  bow  and  arrows  on  the  ground,  he  laid  himself  down 
close  by  them,  bid  his  companion  farewell,  and  never 
spoke  more. 

He  who  is  unfortunate  enough  to  be  wounded  by  a 
poisoned  arrow  from  Macoushia,  had  better  not  depend 
upon  the  common  antidotes  for  a  cure.  Many  who 
have  been  in  Guiana  will  recommend  immediate  immer- 
sion in  water,  or  to  take  the  juice  of  the  sugar-cane,  or 
to  fill  the  mouth  full  of  salt ;  and  they  recommend  these 
antidotes,  because  they  have  got  them  from  the  Indians. 
But  were  you  to  ask  them  if  they  ever  saw  these  an- 
tidotes used  with  success,  it  is  ten  to  one  their  answer 
woitld  be  in  the  negative. 


FIRST   JOURNEY.  63 

Wherefore  let  him  reject  these  antidotes  as  unprofit- 
able, and  of  no  avail.  He  has  got  an  active  and  a 
deadly  foe  within  him,  which,  like  Shakspeare's 
fell  Sergeant  Death,  is  strict  in  his  arrest,  and  will 
allow  him  but  little  time — very — very  little  time.  In 
a  few  minutes  he  will  be  numbered  with  the  dead. 
Life  ought,  if  possible,  to  be  preserved,  be  the  expense 
ever  so  great.  Should  the  part  affected  admit  of  it,  let 
a  ligature  be  tied  tight  round  the  wound,  and  have 
immediate  recourse  to  the  knife  : 

"  Continue,  culpam'ferro  compesce  priusquam, 
Dira  per  iufaustum  serpant  contagia  corpus." 

And  now,  kind  reader,  it  is  time  to  bid  thee  farewell. 
The  two  ends  proposed  have  been  obtained.  The  Por- 
tuguese inland  frontier  fort  has  been  reached,  and  the 
Macoushi  wourali  poison  acquired.  The  account  of  this 
excursion  through  the  interior  of  Guiana  has  been  sub- 
mitted to  thy  perusal,  in  order  to  induce  thy  abler 
genius  to  undertake  a  more  extensive  one.  If  any  diffi- 
culties have  arisen,  or  fevers  come  on,  they  have  been 
caused  by  the  periodical  rains,  which  fall  in  torrents, 
as  the  sun  approaches  the  tropic  of  Cancer.  In  dry 
weather  there  would  be  no  difficulties  or  sickness. 

Amongst  the  many  satisfactory  conclusions  which 
thou  Avouldst  be  able  to  draw  during  the  journey, 
there  is  one  which,  perhaps,  would  please  thee  not  a 
little  ;  and  that  is,  with  regard  to  dogs.  Many  a  time, 
no  doubt,  thou  hast  heard  it  hotly  disputed,  that  dogs 
existed  in  Guiana  previous  to  the  arrival  of  the  Spaniards 
in  those  parts.  Whatever  the  Spaniards  introduced, 
and  which  bore  no  resemblance  to  anything  the  Indians 
had  been  accustomed  to  see,  retains  its  Spanish  name 
to  this  day. 


64  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

Thus  the  Warrow,  the  Arowack,  the  Acoway,  the 
Macoushi,  and  Carib  tribes,  call  a  hat,  sombrero ;  a 
shirt,  or  any  kind  of  cloth,  camisa ;  a  shoe,  zapato ; 
a  letter,  carta;  a  fowl,  gallina;  gunpowder,  colvora 
(Spanish,  polvora) ;  ammunition,  bala ;  a  cow,  vaca ; 
and  a  dog,  perro. 

This  argues  strongly  against  the  existence  of  dogs  in 
Guiana,  before  it  was  discovered  by  the  Spaniards,  and 
probably  may  be  of  use  to  thee,  in  thy  next  canine 
dispute. 

In  a  political  point  of  view,  this  country 
presents  a  large  field  for  speculation.  A  few 
years  ago,  there  was  but  little  inducement  for  any 
Englishman  to  explore  the  interior  of  these  rich  and 
fine  colonies,  as  the  British  Government  did  not  con- 
sider them  worth  holding  at  the  peace  of  Amiens. 
Since  that  period  their  mother  country  has  been  blotted 
out  from  the  list  of  nations,  and  America  has  unfolded 
a  new  sheet  of  politics.  On  one  side,  the  crown  of 
Braganza,  attacked  by  an  ambitious  chieftain,  has  fled 
from  the  palace  of  its  ancestors,  and  now  seems  fixed 
on  the  banks  of  the  Janeiro.  Cayenne  has  yielded  to 
its  arms.  La  Plata  has  raised  the  standard  of  indepen- 
dence, and  thinks  itself  sufficiently  strong  to  obtain 
a  Government  of  its  own.  On  the  other  side,  the 
Caraccas  are  in  open  revolt ;  and  should  Santa  Fe 
Join  them  in  good  earnest,  they  may  form  a  powerful 
association. 

Thus,  on  each  side  of  ci-devant  Dutch  Guiana,  most 
unexpected  and  astonishing  changes  have  taken  place. 
Will  they  raise  or  lower  it  in  the  scale  of  estimation  at 
the  Court  of  St.  James's  ?  "Will  they  be  of  benefit  to 
these  grand  and  extensive  colonies  1  Colonies  enjoy- 


FIRST   JOURNEY.  60 

ing  perpetual  summer.  Colonies  of  the  richest  soil. 
Colonies  containing  within  themselves  everything  ne- 
cessary for  their  support.  Colonies,  in  fine,  so  varied 
in  their  quality  and  situation,  as  to  be  capable  of 
bringing  to  perfection  every  tropical  production  ;  and 
only  wanting  the  support  of  Government,  and  an  en- 
lightened governor,  to  render  them  as  fine  as  the  finest 
portions  of  the  equatorial  regions.  Kind  reader,  fare 
thee  well. 


LETTER  TO  THE  PORTUGUESE  COMMANDER. 

MUY  SEXOR, 

Como  no  tengo  el  honor,  de  ser  conocido  de  VM.  lo  pienso 
major,  y  mas  decoroso,  quedarme  aqui,  hastaque  huviere  recibido 
su  respitesta.  Haviendo  caminado  hasta  la  chozo,  adonde  estoi, 
no  quisiere  volverme,  antes  de  haver  visto  la  fortaleza  de  los 
Portugueses ;  y  pido  licencia  de  VM.  para  que  me  adelante. 
Honradissimos  son  mis  motivos,  ni  tengo  proyecto  ninguno,  o 
de  comercio,  o  de  la  soldadesca,  no  sieudo  yo,  o  comerciante,  o 
oficial.  Hidalgo  catolico  soy,  -de  hacienda  in  Ynglatierra,  y 
muchos  anos  de  mi  vida  he  pasado  en  caminar.  Ultimamente, 
de  Demeraria  vengo,  la  qual  dexe  el  5  dia  de  Abril,  para  ver 
este  hermoso  pais,  y  coger  unas  curiosidades,  especialmente,  el 
veneno,  que  se  llama  wourali.  Las  mas  recentes  noticias  que 
tenian  en  Demeraria,  antes  de  mi  salida,  eran  medias  tristes, 
medias  alegres.  Tristes  digo,  viendo  que  Valencia  ha  caido  en 
poder  del  enemigo  comun,  y  el  General  Blake,  y  sus  valientes 
tropas  quedan  prisioneros  de  guerra.  Alegres,  al  contrario, 
porque  Milord  Wellington  se  ha  apoderado  de  Ciudad  Rodrigo. 
A  pesar  de  la  caida  de  Valencia,  parece  claro  al  mundo,  que  las 
cosas  del  enemigo,  estan  andando,  de  pejor  a  pejor  cada  dia. 
Nosotros  debemos  dar  gracias  al  Altissimo,  por  haver  sido  ser- 
vido  dexarnos  castigar  ultimamente,  a  los  robadores  de  sus 
santas  Yglesias.  Se  vera  VM.  que  yo  no  escribo  Portugues  ni 
aun  lo  hablo,  pero,  haviendo  aprendido  el  Castellano,  no  nos 
faltara  medio  de  communicar  y  tener  conversacion.  Ruego  se 


66  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

escuse  esta  carta  escrita  sin  tinta,  porque  un  Indio  dcxo  caer  mi 
tintero  y  quebrose.  Dios  le  de  a  VM.  muckos  aiios  de  salud. 
Entretanto,  tengo  el  honor  de  ser 

Su  mas  obedeciente  servidor, 

CARLOS  WATERTON. 


EEMAEKS. 

"Incertus,  quo  fata  ferant,  ubi  sistere  detur." 

KIND  and  gentle  reader,  if  the  journey  in  quest  of 

the  wourali  poison  has  engaged  thy  attention,  probably 

thou  mayest  recollect  that  the  traveller  took  leave  of 

thee  at  Fort  St.  Joachim,  on  the  Rio  Branco.    Shouldst 

thou  wish  to  know  what  befell  him  after- 

Illness   at 

Fort  st.  Jo-   -wards,   excuse  the  following  uninteresting 

achim. 

narrative. 

Having  had  a  return  of  fever,  and  aware  that  the 

further  he  advanced  into  these  wild  and  lonely  regions, 

the  less  would  be  the  chance  of  regaining  his  health ; 

Returns  to  he  gave  UP  a^  idea  of  proceeding  onwards, 

Demerara.       ^  went  giowiv  ^ck  towards  the  Deme- 

fara,  nearly  by  the  same  route  he  had  come. 
Fails  of  the       On  descending  the  falls  in  the  Essequibo, 
iseqmbo.      -which  form  an  oblique  line  quite  across  the 
river,  it  was  resolved  to  push  through  them,  the  down- 
ward stream  being  in  the  canoe's  favour.     At  a  little 
distance  from  the  place,  a  large  tree  had  fallen  into  the 
river,  and  in  the  meantime  the  canoe  was  lashed  to  one 
of  its  branches. 

The  roaring  of  the  water  was  dreadful;  it  foamed 
and  dashed  over  the  rocks  with  a  tremendous  spray, 
like  breakers  on  a  lee  shore,  threatening  destruction  to 
whatever  approached  it.  You  would  have  thought,  by 
she  confusion  it  caused  in  the  river,  and  the  whirlpools 


FIRST   JOURNEY.  67 

it  made,  that  Scylla  and  Charybdis,  and  their  whole  pro- 
geny, had  left  the  Mediterranean,  and  come  and  settled 
here.  The  channel  was  barely  twelve  feet  wide,  and 
the  torrent  in  rushing  down  formed  transverse  furrows, 
which  showed  how  near  the  rocks  were  to  the  surface. 

Nothing  could  surpass  the  skill  of  the  Indian  who 
steered  the  canoe.  He  looked  stedfastly  at  it,  then  at 
the  rocks,  then  cast  an  eye  on  the  channel,  and  then 
looked  at  the  canoe  again.  It  was  in  vain  to  speak. 
The  sound  was  lost  in  the  roar  of  waters ;  but  his  eye 
showed  that  he  had  already  passed  it  in  imagination. 
He  held  up  his  paddle  in  a  position,  as  much  as  to 
say,  that  he  would  keep  exactly  amid  channel ;  and 
then  made  a  sign  to  cut  the  bush-rope  that  held  the 
canoe  to  the  fallen  tree.  The  canoe  drove  down  the 
torrent  with  inconceivable  rapidity.  It  did  not  touch 
the  rocks  once  all  the  way.  The  Indian  proved  to  a 
nicety,  "  niedio  tutissimus  ibis." 

Shortly  after  this  it  rained  almost  day  and  night,  the 
Thunder  and  lightning  flashing  incessantly,  and  the  roar 
of  thunder  awful  beyond  expression. 

The  fever  returned,  and  pressed  so  heavy  on  him, 

Fever  re-  that  to  all  appearance  his  last  day's  march 

was  over.     However,  it  abated ;  his  spirits 

rallied,  and  he  marched  again ;  and  after  delays  and 

inconveniences  he  reached  the  house  of  his  worthy 

Reaches  Mi-  friend  Mr.  Edmonstone,  in  Mibiri  Creek, 

bin  creek.      wWch  falls  j^  the  Demerara.     No  words 

of  his  can  do  justice  to  the  hospitality  of  that  gentleman, 
whose  repeated  encounters  with  the  hostile  negroes  in 
the  forest  have  been  publicly  rewarded,  and  will  be 
remembered  in  the  colony  for  years  to  come. 

Here  he  learned  that  an  eruption  had  taken  place  in 


68  WANDERINGS    IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

St.  Vincent's ;  and  thus  the  noise  heard  in  the  night 
of  the  first  of  May,  which  had  caused  such  terror 
amongst  the  Indians,  and  made  the  garrison  at  Fort 
St.  Joachim  remain  under  arms  the  rest  of  the  night,  is 
accounted  for. 

Sails  for  After  experiencing  every  kindness  and 
attention  from  Mr.  Edmonstone,  he  sailed 
for  Granada,  and  from  thence  to  St.  Thomas's,  a  few 
days  before  poor  Captain  Peake  lost  his  life  on  his  own 
quarter-deck,  bravely  fighting  for  his  country  on  the 
coast  of  Guiana. 

St.  Thomas's  At  St.  Thomas's  they  show  you  a  tower, 
a  little  distance  from  the  town,  which  they 
say  formerly  belonged  to  a  bucanier  chieftain.  Probably 
the  fury  of  besiegers  has  reduced  it  to  its  present  dis- 
mantled state.  What  still  remains  of  it  bears  testimony 
of  its  former  strength,  and  may  brave  the  attack  of 
time  for  centuries.  You  cannot  view  its  ruins  without 
calling  to  mind  the  exploits  of  those  fierce  and  hardy 
hunters,  long  the  terror  of  the  western  world.  While 
you  admire  their  iindaunted  courage,  you  lament  that 
it  was  often  stained  with  cruelty  ;  while  you  extol  their 
scrupulous  justice  to  each  other,  you  will  find  a  want 
of  it  towards  the  rest  of  mankind.  Often  possessed  of 
enormous  wealth,  often  in  extreme  poverty,  often  trium- 
phant on  the  ocean,  and  often  forced  to  fly  to  the 
forests ;  their  life  was  an  .  ever-changing  scene  of  ad- 
vance and  retreat,  of  glory  and  disorder,  of  luxury  and 
famine.  Spain  treated  them  as  outlaws  and  pirates, 
while  other  European  powers  publicly  disowned  them. 
They,  on  the  other  hand,  maintained  that  injustice 
on  the  part  of  Spain  first  forced  them  to  take  up 
arms  in  self-defence;  and  that,  whilst  they  kept  in- 


FIRST   JOURNEY.  69 

violable  the  laws  which  they  had  framed  for  their  own 
common  benefit  and  protection,  they  had  a  right  to 
consider  as  foes  those  who  treated  them  as  outlaws. 
Under  this  impression  they  drew  the  sword,  and  rushed 
on  as  though  in  lawful  war,  and  divided  the  spoils  of 
victory  in  the  scale  of  justice. 

After  leaving  St.  Thomas's,  a  severe  ter- 
ThomasXami  ^an  ague»  every  now  and  then,  kept  putting 
a  t'ertknilue  the  traveller  in  mind  that  his  shattered 
Eiit'ian™310  frame>  "  starting  and  shivering  in  the  incon- 
stant blast,  meagre  and  pale,  the  ghost  of 
what  it  was,"  wanted  repairs.  Three  years  elapsed 
after  arriving  in  England,  before  the  ague  took  its  final 
leave  of  him. 

During  that  time  several  experiments  were 

Experi-  .      r 

mentsinLon-  made  with  the  wourali  poison.     In  London 

don     of    the  r 

wourali   poi-  an  ass  was  inoculated  with  it,  and  died  in 

son. 

twelve  minutes.  The  poison  was  inserted 
into  the  leg  of  another,  round  which  a  bandage  had 
been  previously  tied  a  little  above  the  place  where  the 
wourali  was  introduced.  He  walked  about  as  usual, 
and  ate  his  food  as  though  all  were  right.  After  an 
hour  had  elapsed,  the  bandage  was  untied,  and  ten 
minutes  after,  death  overtook  him. 

A  she-ass  received  the  wourali  poison  in  the  shoulder, 
and  died  apparently  in  ten  minutes.  An  incision  was 
then  made  in  its  windpipe,  and  through  it  the  lungs 
were  regularly  inflated  for  two  hours  with  a  pair  of 
bellows.  Suspended  animation  returned.  The  ass  held 
up  her  head,  and  looked  around;  but  the  inflating 
being  discontinued,  she  sunk  once  more  in  apparent 
death.  The  artificial  breathing  was  immediately  recom- 
menced, and  continued  without  intermission  for  two 


70  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

hours  more.  This  saved  the  ass  from  final  dissolution  : 
she  rose  up  and  walked  about ;  she  seemed  neither  in 
agitation  nor  in  pain.  The  -wound  through  which  the 
poison  entered  was  healed  without  difficulty.  Her  con- 
stitution, however,  was  so  severely  affected,  that  it  was 
long  a  doubt  if  ever  she  would  be  well  again.  She 
looked  lean  and  sickly  for  above  a  year,  but  began  to 
mend  the  spring  after  ;  and  by  Midsummer  became 
fat  and  frisky. 

The  kind-hearted  reader  will  rejoice  on  learning  that 
Earl  Percy,  pitying  her  misfortunes,  sent  her  down 
from  London  to  Walton  Hall,  near  "VVakefield.  There 
she  goes  by  the  name  of  Wouralia.  Wouralia  shall  be 
sheltered  from  the  wintry  storm ;  and  when  summer 
comes,  she  shall  feed  in  the  finest  pasture.  ~No  burden 
shall  be  placed  upon  her,  and  she  shall  end  her  days  in 
peace.* 

For  three  revolving  autumns,  the  ague-beaten  wan- 
derer never  saw,  without  a  sigh,  the  swallow  bend  her 
flight  towards  warmer  regions.  He  wished  to  go  too, 
but  could  not ;  for  sickness  had  enfeebled  him,  and 
prudence  pointed  out  the  folly  of  roving  again,  too 
soon,  across  the  northern  tropic.  To  be  sure,  the  Con- 
tinent was  now  open,  and  change  of  air  might  prove 
beneficial ;  but  there  was  nothing  very  tempting  in  a 
trip  across  the  Channel ;  and  as  for  a  tour  through 
England  ! — England  has  long  ceased  to  be  the  land  for 
adventures.  Indeed,  when  good  King  Arthur  reappears 
to  claim  his  crown,  he  will  find  things  strangely  altered 
here ;  and  may  we  not  look  for  his  coming  ?  for  there 
is  written  upon  his  grave -stone  : — 

*  Poor  Wouralia  breathed  her  last  on  the  15th  of  February,  1839,  having 
survived  the  operation  nearly  flve-and-twenty  years. 


FIRST  JOURNEY.  71 

"Hie  jacet  Arturus,  Rex  quondam  Rexque  futurus." 

"  Here  Arthur  lies,  who  formerly 
Was  king— and  king  again  to  be." 

Don  Quixote  was  always  of  opinion  that  this  famous 
king  did  not  die,  but  that  he  was  changed  into  a  raven 
by  enchantment,  and  that  the  English  are  momentarily 
expecting  his  return.  Be  this  as  it  may,  it  is  certain 
that  when  he  reigned  here,  all  was  harmony  and  joy 
The  browsing  herds  passed  from  vale  to  vale,  the  swains 
sang  from  the  bluebell-teeming  groves,  and  nymphs, 
with  eglantine  and  roses  in  their  neatly-braided  hair, 
went  hand  in  hand  to  the  flowery  mead,  to  weave  gar- 
lauds  for  their  lambkins.  If  by  chance  some  rude  un- 
civil fellow  dared  to  molest  them,  or  attempted  to  throw 
thorns  in  their  path,  there  was  sure  to  be  a  knight- 
errant,  not  far  off,  ready  to  rush  forward  in  their  de- 
fence. But,  alas  !  in  these  degenerate  days  it  is  not  so. 
Should  a  harmless  cottage  maid  wander  out  of  the 
highway  to  pluck  a  primrose  or  two  in  the  neighbour- 
ing field,  the  haughty  owner  sternly  bids  her  retire ; 
and  if  a  pitying  swain  hasten  to  escort  her  back,  he  is 
perhaps  seized  by  the  gaunt  house-dog  ere  he  reach  her  ! 

^Eneas's  route  on  the  other  side  of  Styx  could  not 
have  been  much  worse  than  this,  though,  by  his  account, 
when  he  got  back  to  earth,  it  appears  that  he  had  fallen 
in  with  "  Bellua  Lernae,  horrendum  stridens,  flammis- 
que,  armata  Chimsera." 

Moreover,  he  had  a  sybil  to  guide  his  steps  ;  and  as 
such  a  conductress,  now-a-days,  could  not  be  got  for 
love  or  money,  it  was  judged  most  prudent  to  refrain 
from  sauntering  through  this  land  of  freedom,  and  wait 
with  patience  the  return  of  health.  At  last  this  long- 
looked-for,  ever-welcome  stranger,  came. 


72  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 


SECOND  JOURNEY. 


Sails  for  Per-  IN  the  year  1816,  two  days  before  the 
aco'  vernal  equinox,  I  sailed  from  Liverpool  for 
Pernambuco,  in  the  southern  hemisphere,  on  the  coast 
of  Brazil  There  is  little  at  this  time  of  the  year,  in 
the  European  part  of  the  Atlantic,  to  engage  the  atten- 
tion of  the  naturalist.  As  you  go  down  the  channel, 
you  see  a  few  divers  and  gannets.  The  middle-sized 
gulls,  with  a  black  spot  at  the  end  of  the  wings,  attend 
you  a  little  way  into  the  Bay  of  Biscay.  When  it 
blows  a  hard  gale  of  wind,  the  stormy  petrel  makes  its 
appearance.  While  the  sea  runs  mountains  high,  and 
every  wave  threatens  destruction  to  the  labouring  vessel, 
this  little  harbinger  of  storms  is  seen  enjoying  itself, 
on  rapid  pinion,  up  and  down  the  roaring  billows. 
When  the  storm  is  over,  it  appears  no  more.  It  is 
known  to  every  English  sailor  by  the  name  of  Mother 
Carey's  chicken.  It  must  have  been  hatched  in  ^Eolus's 
cave,  amongst  a  clutch  of  squalls  and  tempests ;  for 
whenever  they  get  out  upon  the  ocean,  it  always  con- 
trives to  be  of  the  party. 

Though  the  calms,  and  storms,  and  adverse 

Trade  winds.  .  °  . 

winds  in  these  latitudes  are  vexatious,  still, 
when  you.  reach  the  trade  winds  you  are  amply  repaid 
for  all  disappointments  and  inconveniences.  The  trade 
winds  prevail  about  thirty  degrees  on  each  side  of  the 
equator.  This  part  of  the  ocean  may  be  called  the 
Elysian  Fields  of  Neptune's  empire ;  and  the  torrid 
zone,  notwithstanding  Ovid's  remark,  "  non  est  habita- 
bilis  sestu,"  is  rendered  healthy  and  pleasant  by  these 


SECOND   JOURNEY.  73 

gently-blowing  breezes.  The  ship  glides  smoothly  on, 
and  you  soon  find  yourself  within  the  northern  tropic. 
When  you  are  on  it,  Cancer  is  just  over  your  head,  and 
betwixt  him  and  Capricorn  is  the  high  road  to  the  zodiac, 
forty- seven  degrees  wide,  famous  for  Phaeton's  misad- 
venture. His  father  begged  and  entreated  him  not  to 
take  it  into  his  head  to  drive  parallel  to  the  five  zones, 
but  to  mind  and  keep  on  the  turnpike  which  runs 
obliquely  across  the  equator.  "There  you  will  dis- 
tinctly see,"  said  he,  "the  ruts  of  my  chariot  wheels, 
'  manifesta  rotre  vestigia  cernes.'  "  "  But,"  added  he, 
"  even  suppose  you  keep  on  it,  and  avoid  the  by-roads, 
nevertheless,  my  dear  boy,  believe  me,  you  will  be  most 
sadly  put  to  your  shifts  ;  '  ardua  prima  via  est,'  the 
first  part  of  the  road  is  confoundedly  steep  !  '  ultima  via 
prona  est,'  and  after  that  it  is  all  down  hill !  More- 
over, 'per  insidias  iter  est,  formasque  ferarum,'  the 
road  is  full  of  nooses  and  bull-dogs,  '  Haemoniosque 
arcus,'  and  spring  guns,  '  ssevaque '  circuitu,  curvan- 
tem  brachia  longo,  Scorpio,'  and  steel  traps  of  uncom- 
mon size  and  shape."  These  were  nothing  in  the  eyes 
of  Phaeton  :  go  he  would  ;  so  off  he  set,  full  speed, 
four-in-hand.  He  had  a  tough  drive  of  it ;  and  after 
doing  a  prodigious  deal  of  mischief,  very  luckily  for 
the  world,  he  got  thrown  out  of  the  box,  and  tumbled 
into  the  river  Po. 

Some  of  our  modern  bloods  have  been  shallow  enough 
to  try  to  ape  this  poor  empty-headed  coachman,  on  a 
little  scale,  making  London  their  zodiac.  Well  for  them 
if  tradesmen's  bills,  and  other  trivial  perplexities,  have 
not  caused  them  to  be  thrown  into  the  King's  Bench. 
The  productions  of  the  torrid  zone  are  un- 

Torrid  zone. 

commonly  grand.    Its  plains,  its  swamps,  its 


74  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

savannas,  and  forests,  abound'  with  the  largest  serpents 
and  wild  beasts  ;  and  its  trees  are  the  habitation  of  the 
most  beautiful  of  the  feathered  race.  "While  the  tra- 
veller in  the  old  world  is  astonished  at  the  elephant, 
the  tiger,  the  lion,  and  the  rhinoceros,  he  who  wanders 
through  the  torrid  regions  of  the  new,  is  lost  in  admi- 
ration at  the  cotingas,  the  toucans,  the  humming-birds, 
and  aras. 

The  ocean,  likewise,  swarms  with  curiosi- 
ties. Probably  the  flying-fish  may  be  con- 
sidered as  one  of  the  most  singular.  This  little  scaled 
inhabitant  of  water  and  air  seems  to  have  been  more 
favoured  than  the  rest  of  its  finny  brethren.  It  can 
rise  out  of  the  waves,  and  on  wing  visit  the  domain  of 
the  birds.  After  flying  two  or  three  hundred  yards,  the 
intense  heat  of  the  sun  has  dried  its  pellucid  wings, 
and  it  is  obliged  to  wet  them,  in  order  to  continue  its 
flight.  It  just  drops  into  the  ocean  for  a  moment,  and 
then  rises  again  and  flies  on ;  and  then  descends  to  re- 
moisten  them,  and  then  up  again  into  the  air :  thus 
passing  its  life,  sometimes  wet,  sometimes  dry,  sometimes 
in  sunshine,  arid  sometimes  in  the  pale  moon's  nightly 
beam,  as  pleasure  dictates,  or  as  need  requires.  The 
additional  assistance  of  wings  is  not  thrown  away  upon 
it.  It  has  full  occupation  both  for  fins  and  wings,  as 
its  life  is  in  perpetual  danger. 

The  bonito  and  albicore  chase  it  day  and  night ;  but 
the  dolphin  is  its  worst  and  swiftest  foe.  If  it  escape 
into  the  air,  the  dolphin  pushes  on  with  proportional 
velocity  beneath,  and  is  ready  to  snap  it  up  the  moment 
it  descends  to  wet  its  wings. 

You  will  often  see  above  one  hundred  of  these  little 
marine  aerial  fugitives  on  the  wing  at  once.  They 


SECOND   JOURNEY.  75 

appear  to  use  every  exertion  to  prolong  their  flight,  hut 
vain  are  all  their  efforts;  for  when  the  last  drop  of 
water  on  their  wings  is  dried  up,  their  flight  is  at  an 
end,  and  they  must  drop  into  the  ocean.  Some  are 
instantly  devoured  by  their  merciless  pursuer,  part 
escape  by  swimming,  and  others  get  out  again  as  quick 
as  possible,  and  trust  once  more  to  their  wings. 

It  often  happens  that  this  unfortunate  little  creature, 
after  alternate  dips  and  flights,  finding  all  its  exertions 
of  no  avail,  at  last  drops  on  board  the  vessel,  verifying 
the  old  remark, 

"  Ineidit  in  Scyllam,  cupiens  vitare  Chary bdim." 

There,  stunned  by  the  fall,  it  beats  the  deck  with  its 
tail  and  dies.  When  eating  it,  you  would  take  it  for  a 
fresh  herring.  The  largest  measure  from  fourteen  to 
fifteen  inches  in  length.  The  dolphin,  after  pursuing 
it  to  the  ship,  sometimes  forfeits  his  own  life. 

In  days  of  yore,  the  musician  used  to  play  in  softest, 
sweetest  strain,  and  then  take  an  airing  amongst  the 
dolphins  ;  "  inter  delphinas  Arion."  But  now-a-days, 
our  tars  have  quite  capsized  the  custom ;  and  instead 
of  riding  ashore  on  the  dolphin,  they  invite  the  dolphin 
aboard.  While  he  is  darting  and  playing  around  the 
vessel,  a  sailor  goes  out  to  the  spritsailyard-arm,  and 
with  a  long  staff,  leaded  at  one  end,  and  armed  at  the 
other  with  five  barbed  spikes,  he  heaves  it  at  him.  If 
successful  in  his  aim,  there  is  a  fresh  mess  for  all  hands. 
The  dying  dolphin  affords  a  superb  and  brilliant  sight: 

"  Mille  trahit  moriens,  adverse  sole  colores." 

All  the  colours  of  the  rainbow  pass  and  repass  in  rapid 
succession  over  his  body,  till  the  dark  hand  of  death 
closes  the  scene. 


76  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

From  the  Cape  de  Verd  islands  to  the  coast  of 
Brazil,  you  see  several  different  kinds  of  gulls,  which, 
probably,  are  bred  in  the  island  of  St.  Paul.  Some- 
times the  large  bird  called  the  Frigate  Pelican,  soars 
majestically  over  the  vessel,  and  the  tropic  bird  comes 
near  enough  to  let  you  have  a  fair  view  of  the  long 
feathers  in  his  tail.  On  the  line,  when  it  is  calm, 
sharks  of  a  tremendous  size  make  their  appearance. 
They  are  descried  from  the  ship  by  means  of  the  dorsal 
fin,  which  is  above  the  Avater. 

On  entering  the  bay  of  Pernambuco,  the 

cj,f  gate  Peli"  Frigate  Pelican  is  seen  watching  the  shoals 

of  fish  from  a  prodigious  height.     It  seldom 

descends  without  a  successful  attack  on  its  numerous 

prey  below. 

As  you  approach  the  shore,  the  view  is 
charming.  The  hills  are  clothed  with  wood, 
gradually  rising  towards  the  interior,  none  of  them  of 
any  considerable  height.  A  singular  reef  of  rocks  runs 
parallel  to  the  coast,  and  forms  the  harbour  of  Pernam- 
buco. The  vessels  are  moored  betwixt  it  and  the 
town,  safe  from  every  storm.  You  enter  the  harbour 
through  a  very  narrow  passage,  close  by  a  fort  built  on 
the  reef.  The  hill  of  Olinda,  studded  with  houses  and 
convents,  is  on  your  right  hand,  and  an  island  thickly 
planted  with  cocoa-nut  trees  adds  considerably  to  the 
scene  on  your  left.  There  are  two  strong  forts  on  the 
isthmus,  betwixt  Olinda  and  Pernambuco,  and  a  pillar 
midway  to  aid  the  pilot. 

Pernambuco   probably  contains  upwards 

Pernambuco 

of  fifty  thousand  souls.     It  stands  on  a  flat,  > 
and  is  divided  into  three  parts ;  a  peninsula,  an  island, 
and  the  continent.     Though  within  a  few  degrees  of 


SECOND   JOURNEY.  77 

the  line,  its  climate  is  remarkably  salubrious,  and  ren- 
dered almost  temperate  by  the  refreshing  sea-breeze. 
Had  art  and  judgment  contributed  their  portion  to  its 
natural  advantages,  Pernambuco,  at  this  day,  would 
have  been  a  stately  ornament  to  the  coast  of  Brazil. 
On  viewing  it,  it  will  strike  you  that  every  one  has 
built  his  house  entirely  for  himself,  and  deprived  public 
convenience  of  the  little  claim  she  had  a  right  to  put  in. 
You  would  wish  that  this  city,  so  famous  for  its  har- 
bour, so  happy  in  its  climate,  and  so  well  situated  for 
commerce,  could  have  risen  under  the  flag  of  Dido,  in 
lieu  of  that  of  Braganza. 

As  you  walk  down  the  streets,  the  appearance  of  the 

houses  is  not  much  in  their  favour.     Some 

housed*8  and  °^  ^em  are  very  high,  and  some  very  low  ; 

some  newly  whitewashed,  and  others  stained, 

and  mouldy,  and  neglected,  as  though  they  had  no  owner. 

The  balconies,  too,  are  of  a  dark  and  gloomy  appear- 
ance. They  are  not,  in  general,  open,  as  in  most 
tropical  cities,  but  grated  like  a  farmer's  dairy  window, 
though  somewhat  closer. 

There  is  a  lamentable  want  of  cleanliness  in  the 
streets.  The  impurities  from  the  houses,  and  the  accu- 
mulation of  litter  from  the  beasts  of  burden,  are  un- 
pleasant sights  to  the  passing  stranger.  He  laments 
the  want  of  a  police  as  he  goes  along ;  and  when  the 
wind  begins  to  blow,  his  nose  and  eyes  are  too  often 
exposed  to  a  cloud  of  very  unsavoury  dust. 

When  you  view  the  port  of  Pernambuco,  full  of 

ships  of  all  nations ;  when  you  know  that 

nambuco  Per~  ^ie  Behest  commodities  of  Europe,  Africa, 

and  Asia  are  brought  to  it ;  when  you  see 

immense  quantities  of  cotton,  dye-wood,  and  the  choicest 


78  "WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

fruits  pouring  into  the  town,  you  are  apt  to  wonder  at 
the  little  attention  these  people  pay  to  the  common 
comforts  which  one  always  expects  to  find  in  a  large 
and  opulent  city.  However,  if  the  inhabitants  are 
satisfied,  there  is  nothing  more  to  be  said.  Should 
they  ever  be  convinced  that  inconveniences  exist,  and 
that  nuisances  are  too  frequent,  the  remedy  is  in  their 
own  hands.  At  present,  certainly,  they  seem  perfectly 
regardless  of  them;  and  the  Cap  tain- General  of  Per- 
nambuco  walks  through  the  streets  with  as  apparent 
content  and  composure,  as  an  English  statesman  would 
proceed  down  Charing-cross.  Custom  reconciles  every- 
thing. In  a  week  or  two  the  stranger  himself  begins 
to  feel  less  the  things  which  annoyed  him  so  much 
upon  his  first  arrival,  and  after  a  few  months'  residence, 
he  thinks  no  more  about  them,  while  he  is  partaking 
of  the  hospitality,  and  enjoying  the  elegance  and 
splendour  within  doors  in  this  great  city. 

Close   by  the  river-side  stands  what  is 

Pslcics    of 

the  Captain-   called  the, palace  of  the  Captain-General  of 
Pernambuco.     Its  form  and  appearance  alto- 
gether, strike  the  traveller  that  it  was  never  intended 
for  the  use  it  is  at  present  put  to. 

Eeader,  throw  a  veil  over  thy  recollection  for  a  little 
while,  and  forget  the  cruel,  unjust,  and  unmerited  cen- 
sures thou  hast  heard  against  an  unoffending  order. 
This  palace -was  once  the  Jesuits'  college,  and  originally 
built  by  those  charitable  fathers.  Ask  the  aged  and 
respectable  inhabitants  of  Pernambuco,  and  they  will 
tell  thee  that  the  destruction  of  the  Society 

Destruction 

of  the  Society  of  Jesus  was  a  terrible  disaster  to  the  public, 

of  Jesus. 

and  its  consequences  severely  felt  to   the 
present  day. 


SECOND   JOURNEY.  79 

"When  Pombal  took  the  reins  of  power  into  his  own 
hands,  virtue  and  learning  beamed  bright  within  the 
college  walls.  Public  catechism  to  the  children,  and 
religious  instruction  to  all,  flowed  daily  from  the  mouths 
of  its  venerable  priests. 

They  were  loved,  revered,  and  respected  throughout 
the  whole  town.  The  illuminating  philosophers  of  the 
day  had  sworn  to  exterminate  Christian  knowledge,  and 
the  college  of  Pernambuco  was  doomed  to  founder  in 
the  general  storm.  To  the  long-lasting  sorrow  and  dis- 
grace of  Portugal,  the  philosophers  blinded  her  king, 
and  nattered  her  prime  minister.  Pombal  was  exactly 
the  tool  these  sappers  of  every  public  and  private  virtue 
wanted.  He  had  the  naked  sword  of  power  in  his  own 
hand,  and  his  heart  was  as  hard  as  flint.  He  struck  a 
mortal  blow,  and  the  Society  of  Jesus,  throughout  the 
Portuguese  dominions,  was  no  more. 

One  morning  all  the  fathers  of  the  college  in  Per- 
nambuco, some  of  them  very  old  and  feeble,  were  sud- 
denly ordered  into  the  refectory.  They  had  notice 
beforehand  of  the  fatal  storm,  in  pity  from  the  governor, 
but  not  one  of  them  abandoned  his  charge.  They  had 
done  their  duty  and  had  nothing  to  fear.  They  bowed 
with  resignation  to  the  will  of  Heaven.  As  soon  as 
they  had  all  reached  the  refectory,  they  were  all  locked 
up,  and  never  more  did  they  see  their  rooms,  their 
friends,  their  scholars,  or  acquaintance.  In  the  dead  of 
the  following  night,  a  strong  guard  of  soldiers  literally 
drove  them  through  the  streets  to  the  water's  edge. 
They  were  then  conveyed  in  boats  aboard  a  ship,  and 
steered  for  Bahia.  Those  who  survived  the  barbarous 
treatment  they  experienced  from  Pombal's  creatures, 
were  at  last  ordered  to  Lisbon.  The  college  of  Per- 


80  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

nambuco  was  plundered,  and  sortie  time  after  an  ele- 
phant was  kept  there. 

Thus  the  arbitrary  hand  of  power,  in  one  night, 
smote  and  swept  away  the  sciences  ;  to  which  succeeded 
the  low  vulgar  buffoonery  of  a  showman.  Virgil  and 
Cicero  made  way  for  a  wild  beast  from  Angola  !  and 
now  a  guard  is  on  duty  at  the  very  gate  where,  in  times 
long  past,  the  poor  were  daily  fed  !  !  ! 

Trust  not,  kind  reader,  to  the  envious  remarks  which 
their  enemies  have  scattered  far  and  near ;  believe  not 
the  stories  of  those  who  have  had  a  hand  in  the  sad 
tragedy.  Go  to  Brazil,  and  see  with  thine  own  eyes 
the  effect  of  Pombal's  short-sighted  policy.  There  vice 
reigns  triumphant,  and  learning  is  at  its  lowest  ebb. 
Neither  is  this  to  be  wondered  at.  Destroy  the  com- 
pass, and  will  the  vessel  find  her  far  distant  port  ? 
Will  the  flock  keep  together,  and  escape  the  wolves, 
after  the  shepherds  are  all  slain  ?  The  Brazilians  were 
told,  that  public  education  would  go  on  just  as  usual. 
They  might  have  asked  Government,  who  so  able  to 
instruct  our  youth,  as  those  whose  knowledge  is  prover- 
bial 1  who  so  fit,  as  those  who  enjoy  our  entire  confidence? 
who  so  worthy,  as  those  whose  lives  are  irreproachable  1 

They  soon  found  that  those  who  succeeded  the  fathers 
of  the  Society  of  Jesus,  had  neither  their  manner  nor 
their  abilities.  They  had  not  made  the  instruction  of 
youth  their  particular  study.  Moreover,  they  entered 
on  the  field  after  a  defeat,  where  the  officers  had  all 
been  slain  ;  where  the  plan  of  the  campaign  was  lost ; 
where  all  was  in  sorrow  and  dismay.  ISTo  exertions  of 
theirs  could  rally  the  dispersed,  or  skill  prevent  the 
fatal  consequences.  At  the  present  day,  the  seminary 
of  Olinda,  in  comparison  with  the  former  Jesuits' 


SECOND   JOURNEY.  81 

college,  is  only  as  the  waning  moon's  beam  to  the  sun's 
meridian  splendour. 

When  you  visit  the  places  where  those  learned  fathers 
once  flourished,  and  see,  with  your  own  eyes,  the  evils 
their  dissolution  has  caused ;  when  you  hear  the  inha- 
bitants telling  you  how  good,  how  clever,  how  cha- 
ritable they  were, — what  will  you  think  of  our  poet 
laureate,  for  calling  them,  in  his  "  History  of  Brazil," 
"  Missioners,  whose  zeal  the  most  fanatical  was  directed 
by  the  coolest  policy  1 " 

"Was  it  fanatical  to  renounce  the  honours  and  com- 
forts of  this  transitory  life,  in  order  to  gain  eternal 
glory  in  the  next,  by  denying  themselves,  and  taking 
up  the  cross  ?  Was  it  fanatical  to  preach  salvation  to 
innumerable  wild  hordes  of  Americans  ?  to  clothe  the 
naked  ?  to  encourage  the  repenting  sinner  ?  to  aid  the 
dying  Christian  ?  The  fathers  of  the  Society  of  Jesus 
did  all  this.  And  for  this  their  zeal  is  pronounced  to 
be  "  the  most  fanatical,  directed  by  the  coolest  policy." 
It  will  puzzle  many  a  clear  brain  to  comprehend  how  it 
is  possible,  in  the  nature  of  things,  that  zeal  the  most 
fanatical  Should  be  directed  by  the  coolest  policy.  Ah, 
Mr.  Laureate,  Mr.  Laureate,  that  "  quidlibet  audendi " 
of  yours  may  now  and  then  gild  the  poet,  at  the  same 
time  that  it  makes  the  historian  cut  a  sorry  figure  ! 

Could  Father  ^obrega  rise  from  the  tomb,  he  would 
thus  address  you  : — "  Ungrateful  Englishman,  you  have 
drawn  a  great  part  of  your  information  from  the  writings 
of  the  Society  of  Jesus,  and  in  return  you  attempt  to 
stain  its  character  by  telling  your  countrymen  that  '  we 
taught  the  idolatry  we  believed  ! '  In  speaking  of  me, 
you  say,  it  was  my  happy  fortune  to  be  stationed  in  a 
country  where  none  but  the  good  principles  of  my  order 

G 


82  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

were  called  into  action.  Ungenerous  laureate,  the  nar- 
row policy  of  the  times  has  kept  your  countrymen  in 
the  dark  with  regard  to  the  true  character  of  the  Society 
of  Jesus  ;  and  you  draw  the  bandage  still  tighter  over 
their  eyes,  by  a  malicious  insinuation.  I  lived,  and 
taught,  and  died  in  Brazil,  where  you  state  that  none 
but  the  good  principles  of  my  order  were  called  into 
action,  and  still,  in  most  absolute  contradiction  to  this, 
you  remark  we  believed  the  idolatry  we  taught  in  Brazil. 
Thus  we  brought  none  but  good  principles  into  action, 
and  still  taught  idolatry. 

"Again,  you  state  there  is  no  individual  to  whose 
talents  Brazil  is  so  greatly  and  permanently  indebted  as 
mine,  and  that  I  must  be  regarded  as  the  founder  of 
that  system  so  successfully  pursued  by  the  Jesuits  in 
Paraguay ;  a  system  productive  of  as  much  good  as  is 
compatible  with  pious  fraud.  Thus  you  make  me,  at 
one  and  the  same  time,  a  teacher  of  none  but  good 
principles,  and  a  teacher  of  idolatry,  and  a  believer  in 
idolatry,  and  still  the  founder  of  a  system  for  which 
Brazil  is  greatly  and  permanently  indebted  to  me, 
though,  by  the  bye,  the  system  was  only  productive  of 
as  much  good  as  is  compatible  with  pious  fraud  ! 

"  "What  means  all  this  ?  After  reading  such  incom- 
parable nonsense,  should  your  countrymen  wish  to  be 
properly  informed  concerning  the  Society  of  Jesus, 
there  are  in  England  documents  enough  to  show  that 
the  system  of  the  Jesuits  was  a  system  of  Christian 
charity  towards  their  fellow-creatures,  administered  in 
a  manner  which  human  prudence  judged  best  calculated 
to  ensure  success ;  and  that  the  idolatry  which  you  un- 
charitably affirm  they  taught,  was  really  and  truly  the 
very  same  faith  which  the  Catholic  church  taught  for 


SECOND   JOURNEY.  83 

centuries  in  England,  which  she  still  teaches  to  those 
who  wish  to  hear  her,  and  which  she  will  continue  to 
teach,  pure  and  unspotted,  till  time  shall  be  no  more." 

The  environs  of  Pernambuco  are  very  pretty.  You 
see  country  houses  in  all  directions,  and  the 
p«-nambucof  appearance  of  here  and  there  a  sugar  plan- 
tation enriches  the  scenery.  Palm-trees, 
cocoa-nut-trees,  orange  and  lemon  groves,  and  all  the 
different  fruits  peculiar  to  Brazil,  are  here  in  the  greatest 
abundance. 

At  Olinda  there  is  a  national  botanical  garden ;  it 
wants  space,  produce,  and  improvement.  The  forests, 
which  are  several  leagues  off,  abound  with  birds,  beasts, 
insects,  and  serpents.  Besides  a  brilliant  plumage, 
many  of  the  birds  have  a  very  fine  song.  The  troupiale, 
noted  for  its  rich  colours,  sings  delightfully  in  the 
environs  of  Pernambuco.  The  red-headed  finch,  larger 
than  the  European  sparrow,  pours  forth  a  sweet  and 
varied  strain,  in  company  with  two  species  of  wrens,  a 
little  before  daylight.  There  are  also  several  species  of 
the  thrush,  which  have  a  song  somewhat  different  from 
that  of  the  European  thrush ;  and  two  species  of  the 
linnet,  whose  strain  is  so  soft  and  sweet  that  it  dooms 
them  to  captivity  in  the  houses.  A  bird  called  here 
Sangre  do  Buey,  blood  of  the  ox,  cannot  fail  to  engage 
your  attention :  he  is  of  the  passerine  tribe,  and  very 
common  about  the  houses  ;  the  wings  and  tail  are  black, 
and  every  other  part  of  the  body  a  flaming  red.  In 
Guiana,  there  is  a  species  exactly  the  same  as  this  in 
shape,  note,  and  economy,  but  differing  in  colour,  its 
whole  body  being  like  black  velvet;  on  its  breast  a 
tinge  of  red  appears  through  the  black.  Thus  nature 
has  ordered  this  little  Tangara  to  put  on  mourning 


84  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

to  the  north  of  the  line,  and  wear  scarlet  to  the  south 
of  it. 

For  three  months  in  the  year  the  environs  of  Pernam- 
buco  are  animated  beyond  description.  From 
November  to  March  the  weather  is  particu- 
larly fine ;  then  it  is  that  rich  and  poor,  young  and  old, 
foreigners  and  natives,  all  issue  from  the  city  to  enjoy 
the  country  till  Lent  approaches,  when  back  they  hie 
them.  Villages  and  hamlets,  where  nothing  before  but 
rags  was  seen,  now  shine  in  all  the  elegance  of  dress ; 
every  house,  every  room,  every  shed  become  eligible 
places  for  those  whom  nothing  but  extreme  necessity 
could  have  forced  to  live  there  a  few  weeks  ago  :  some 
join  in  the  merry  dance,  others  saunter  up  and  down 
the  orange-groves;  and  towards  evening  the  roads 
become  a  moving  scene  of  silks  and  jewels.  The  gaming- 
tables have  constant  visitors ;  there  thousands  are  daily 
and  nightly  lost  and  won ;  parties  even  sit  down  to  try 
their  luck  round  the  outside  of  the  door  as  well  as  in 
the  room : — 

"  Vestibulum  ante  ipsum  primisque  in  faucibus  aulas 
Luctus  et  ul  trices,  posuere  sedilia  curse." 

About  six  or  seven  miles  from  Pernambuco  stands  a 

pretty  little  village  called  Monteiro;   the 

river  runs  close  by  it,  and  its  rural  beauties 

seem  to  surpass  all  others  in  the  neighbourhood ;  there 

the  Captain-General  of  Pernambuco  resides  during  this 

time  of  merriment  and  joy. 

The  traveller  who  allots  a  portion  of  his  time  to  peep 
at  his  fellow-creatures  in  their  relaxations,  and  accustoms 
himself  to  read  their  several  little  histories  in  their 
looks  and  gestures  as  he  goes  musing  on,  may  have  full 
occupation  for  an  hour  or  two  every  day  at  this  season 


SECOND   JOURNEY.  85 

amid  the  variegated  scenes  around  the  pretty  village  of 
Monteiro.  In  the  evening  groups  sitting  at  the  door, 
he  may  sometimes  see  with  a  sigh  how  wealth  and  the 
prince's  favour  cause  a  booby  to  pass  for  a  Solon,  and 
be  reverenced  as  such,  while  perhaps  a  poor  neglected 
Camoens  stands  silent  at  a  distance,  awed  by  the 
dazzling  glare  of  wealth  and  power.  Retired  from  the 
public  road  he  may  see  poor  Maria  sitting  under  a  palm- 
tree,  with  her  elbow  in  her  lap,  and  her  head  leaning 
on  one  side  within  her  hand,  weeping  over  her  for- 
bidden bans.  And  as  he  moves  on  "  with  wandering 
step  and  slow,"  he  may  hear  a  broken-hearted  nymph 
ask  her  faithless  swain, — 

"  How  could  you  say  my  face  was  fair, 

And  yet  that  face  forsake  ? 
How  could  you  win  my  virgin  heart, 
Yet  leave  that  heart  to  break?" 

One  afternoon,  in  an  unfrequented  part  not  far  from 
Monteiro,  these  adventures  were  near  being  brought  to 
a  speedy  and  a  final  close  :  six  or  seven  blackbirds,  with 
a  white  spot  betwixt  the  shoulders,  were  making  a 
noise,  and  passing  to  and  fro  on  the  lower  branches  of 
a  tree  in  an  abandoned,  weed-grown,  orange  orchard. 
In  the  long  grass  underneath  the  tree,  apparently  a  pale 
green  grasshopper  was  fluttering,  as  though  it  had  got 
entangled  in  it.  When  you  once  fancy  that  the  thing 
you  are  looking  at  is  really  what  you  take  it  for,  the 
more  you  look  at  it  the  more  you  are  convinced  it  is  so. 
In  the  present  case,  this  was  a  grasshopper  beyond  all 
doubt,  and  nothing  more  remained  to  be  done  but  to 
wait  in  patience  till  it  had  settled,  in  order  that  you 
might  run  no  risk  of  breaking  its  legs  in  attempting  to 
lay  hold  of  it  while  it  was  fluttering — it  still  kept 
fluttering ;  and  having  quietly  approached  it,  intending 


86  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH    AMERICA. 

to  make  sure  of  it — behold,  the  head  of  a  large  rattle- 
snake appeared  in  the  grass  close  by  :  an  instantaneous 
spring  backwards  prevented  fatal  consequences.  What 
had  been  taken  for  a  grasshopper  was,  in  fact,  the 
-elevated  rattle  of  the  snake  in  the  act  of  announcing 
that  he  was  quite  prepared,  though  unwilling,  to  make 
a  sure  and  deadly  spring.  He  shortly  after  passed 
slowly  from  under  the  orange-tree  to  the  neighbouring- 
wood  on  the  side  of  a  hill :  as  he  moved  over  a  place 
bare  of  grass  and  weeds,  he  appeared  to  be  about  eight 
feet  long  :  it  was  he  who  had  engaged  the  attention  of 
the  birds,  and  made  them  heedless  of  danger  from 
another  quarter  :  they  flew  away  on  his  retiring ;  one 
alone  left  his  little  life  in  the  air,  destined  to  become  a 
specimen,  mute  and  motionless,  for  the  inspection  of 
the  curious  in  a  far  distant  clime. 

It  was  now  the  rainy  season  ;  the  birds 

Rainy  Season. 

were  moulting  :  fifty-eight  specimens  of  the 
handsomest  of  them  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Pemam- 
buco  had  been  collected ;  and  it  was  time  to  proceed 
elsewhere.  The  conveyance  to  the  interior  was  by 
horses ;  and  this  mode,  together  with  the  heavy  rains, 
would  expose  preserved  specimens  to  almost  certain 
damage.  The  journey  to  Maranham  by  land,  would 
take  at  least  forty  days.  The  route  was  not  wild 
enough  to  engage  the  attention  of  an  explorer,  or 
civilized  enough  to  afford  common  comforts  to  a 
traveller.  By  sea  there  were  no  opportunities,  except 
slave  ships.  As  the  transporting  poor  negroes  from 
port  to  port  for  sale  pays  well  in  Brazil,  the  ships'  decks 
are  crowded  with  them.  This  would  not  do. 

Excuse  here,  benevolent  reader,  a  small  tribute  of 
gratitude  to  an  Irish  family,  whose  urbanity  and  goodness 


SECOND   JOURNEY.  87 

have  long  gained  it  the  esteem  and  respect  of  all  ranks 
in  Pernambuco.  The  kindness  and  attention  I  received 
from  Dennis  Kearney,  Esq.  and  his  amiable  lady,  will 
be  remembered  with  gratitude  to  my  dying  day. 

After  wishing  farewell  to  this  hospitable 
cEyeaneksf°r  family,  I  embarked  on  board  a  Portuguese 
brig,  with  poor  accommodations,  for  Cayenne 
in  Guiana.  The  most  eligible  bed-room  was  the  top  of 
a  hen-coop  on  deck.  Even  here,  an  unsavoury  little 
beast,  called  bug,  was  neither  shy  nor  deficient  in 
appetite. 

The  Portuguese  seamen  are  famed  for  catching  fish. 
One  evening,  under  the  line,  four  sharks  made  their 
appearance  in  the  wake  of  the  vessel.  The  sailors 
caught  them  all. 

On  the  fourteenth  day  after  leaving  Pernambuco,  the 
brig  cast  anchor  off  the  island  of  Cayenne.  The 
entrance  is  beautiful.  To  windward,  not  far  off,  there 
are  two  bold  wooded  islands,  called  the  Eather  and 
Mother;  and  near  them  are  others,  their  children, 
smaller,  though  as  beautiful  as  their  parents.  Another 
is  seen  a  long  way  to  leeward  of  the  family,  and  seems 
as  if  it  had  strayed  from  home,  and  cannot  find  his 
way  back.  The  French  call  it  "1'enfant  perdu."  As 
you  pass  the  islands,  the  stately  hills  on  the  main, 
ornamented  with  ever-verdant  foliage,  show  you  that 
this  is  by  far  the  sublimest  scenery  on  the  sea-coast, 
from  the  Amazons  to  the  Oroonoquo.  On  casting  your 
eye  towards  Dutch  Guiana,  you  will  see  that  the  moun- 
tains become  unconnected  and  few  in  number;  and  long 
before  you  reach  Surinam,  the  Atlantic  wave  washes  a 
flat  and  muddy  shore. 

Considerably  to  windward  of   Cayenne,  and  about 


88  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

> 

twelve  leagues  from  land,  stands  a  stately 

Constable  rock.  J 

and  towering  rock,  called  the  Constable.  As 
nothing  grows  on  it  to  tempt  greedy  and  aspiring  man 
to  claim  it  as  his  own,  the  sea-fowl  rest  and  raise  their 
offspring  there.  The  bird  called  the  frigate  is  ever 
soaring  round  its  rugged  summit.  Hither  the  phaeton 
bends  his  rapid  flight,  and  flocks  of  rosy  flamingos  here 
defy  the  fowler's  cunning.  All  along  the  coast,  opposite 
the  Constable,  and  indeed  on  every  uncultivated  part 
of  it  to  windward  and  leeward,  are  seen  innumerable 
quantities  of  snow-white  egrets,  scarlet  curlews,  spoon- 
bills, and  flamingos. 

Cayenne  is  capable  of  being  a  noble  and 
Cayenne*7  °f  productive  colony.    At  present  it  is  thought 

to  be  the  poorest  on  the  coast  of  Guiana. 
Its  estates  are  too  much  separated  one  from  the  other, 
by  immense  tracts  of  forest ;  and  the  revolutionary  war, 
like  a  cold  eastern  wind,  has  chilled  their  zeal,  and 
blasted  their  best  expectations. 

The  clove-tree,  the  cinnamon,  pepper  and  nutmeg, 
and  many  other  choice  spices  and  fruits  of  the  Eastern 
and  Asiatic  regions,  produce  abundantly  in  Cayenne. 

The  town  itself  is  prettily  laid  out,  and 

was  once  well  fortified.  They  tell  you  it 
might  easily  have  been  defended  against  the  invading 
force  of  the  two  united  nations  ;  but  Victor  Hugues, 
its  governor,  ordered  the  tri-coloured  flag  to  be  struck  ; 
and  ever  since  that  day,  the  standard  of  Braganza  has 
waved  on  the  ramparts  of  Cayenne. 

Governor  of  He  who  has  received  humiliations  from 
cayenne.  ^  hand  of  thig  haughty,  iron-hearted 

governor  may  see  him  now  in  Cayenne,  stripped  of  all 
his  revolutionary  honours,  broken  down  and  ruined, 


SECOND    JOURNEY.  89 

and  under  arrest  in  his  own  house.  He  has  four 
accomplished  daughters,  respected  hy  the  whole  town. 
Towards  the  close  of  day,  when  the  sun's  rays  are  no 
longer  oppressive,  these  much-pitied  ladies  are  seen 
walking  up  and  down  the  balcony  with  their  aged 
parent,  trying,  by  their  kind  and  filial  attention,  to 
remove  the  settled  gloom  from  his  too  guilty  brow. 
This  was  not  the  time  for  a  traveller  to  enjoy  Cayenne. 

The  hospitality  of  the  inhabitants  was  the 
tantsf Ichabl"  same  as  ever,  but  they  had  lost  their  wonted 

gaiety  in  public,  and  the  stranger  might 
read  in  their  countenances,  as  the  recollection  of  recent 
humiliations  and  misfortunes  every  now  and  then  kept 
breaking  in  upon  them,  that  they  were  still  in  sorrow 
for  their  fallen  country :  the  victorious  hostile  cannon 
of  Waterloo  still  sounded  in  their  ears  :  their  Emperor 
was  a  prisoner  amongst  the  hideous  rocks  of  St. 
Helena ;  and  many  a  Frenchman  who  had  fought  and 
bled  for  France  was  now  amongst  them,  begging  for  a 
little  support  to  prolong  a  life  which  would  be  forfeited 
on  the  parent  soil.  To  add  another  handful  to  the 
cypress  and  wormwood  already  scattered  amongst  these 
polite  colonists,  they  had  just  received  orders  from  the 
court  of  Janeiro  to  put  on  deep  mourning  for  six 
months,  and  half-mourning  for  as  many  more,  on 
account  of  the  death  of  the  Queen  of  Portugal. 

About  a  day's  journey  in  the  interior,  is  the  cele- 
brated national  plantation.  This  spot  was  judiciously 
chosen,  for  it  is  out  of  the  reach  of  enemies'  cruisers. 
Plantation  of  ^  is  called  La  Gabrielle.  No  plantation 
LaGabrieUe.  ^  fl^  western  W0rld  can  vie  with  La 

Gabrielle.     Its  spices  are  of  the  choicest  kind  ;  its  soil 
particularly  favourable  to  them ;  its  arrangements  beau- 


90  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

tiful ;  and  its  director.  Monsieur  Martin,  a  botanist  of 
first-rate  abilities.  This  indefatigable  naturalist  ranged 
through  the  East,  under  a  royal  commission,  in  quest  of 
botanical  knowledge ;  and  during  his  stay  in  the  western 
regions,  has  sent  over  to  Europe  from  twenty  to  twenty- 
five  thousand  specimens,  in  botany  and  zoology.  La 
Gabrielle  is  on  a  far-extending  range  of  woody  hills. 
Figure  to  yourself  a  hill  in  the  shape  of  a  bowl  reversed, 
with  the  buildings  on  the  top  of  it,  and  you  will  have 
an  idea  of  the  appearance  of  La  Gabrielle.  You 
approach  the  house  through  a  noble  avenue,  five 
hundred  toises  long,  of  the  choicest  tropical  fruit-trees, 
planted  with  the  greatest  care  and  judgment;  and 
should  you  chance  to  stray  through  it,  after  sunset, 
when  the  clove-trees  are  in  blossom,  you  would  fancy 
yourself  in  the  Idalian  groves,  or  near  the  banks  of 
the  Nile,  where  they  were  burning  the  finest  incense, 
as  the  Queen  of  Egypt  passed. 

On  La  Gabrielle  there  are  twenty-two  thousand  clove- 
trees  in  full  bearing.  They  are  planted  thirty  feet 
asunder.  Their  lower  branches  touch  the  ground.  In 
general  the  trees  are  topped  at  five-and-twenty  feet 
high ;  though  you  will  see  some  here  towering  up  above 
sixty.  The  black  pepper,  the  cinnamon,  and  nutmeg 
are  also  in  great  abundance  here,  and  very  productive. 

While  the  stranger  views  the  spicy  groves  of  La 
Gabrielle,  and  tastes  the  most  delicious  fruits  which 
have  originally  been  imported  hither  from  all  parts  of 
the  tropical  world,  he  will  thank  the  government  which 
has  supported,  and  admire  the  talents  of  the  gentleman 
who  has  raised  to  its  present  grandeur,  this  noble 
collection  of  useful  fruits.  There  is  a  large  nursery 
attached  to  La  Gabrielle,  where  plants  of  all  the 


SECOND   JOURNEY.  91 

different  species  are  raised  and  distributed  gratis  to 
those  colonists  who  wish  to  cultivate  them. 

Not  far  from  the  hanks  of  the  river  Oyapoc,  to 

windward  of  Cayenne,  is  a  mountain  which 
thehRockCk  °f  contains  an  immense  cavern.  Here  the 

Cock  of  the  Rock  is  plentiful.  He  is  about 
the  size  of  a  fan-tail  pigeon,  his  colour  a  bright  orange, 
and  his  wings  and  tail  appear  as  though  fringed ;  his 
head  is  ornamented  with  a  superb  double-feathery  crest, 
edged  with  purple.  He  passes  the  day  amid  gloomy 
damps  and  silence,  and  only  issues  out  for  food  a  short 
time  at  sunrise  and  sunset.  He  is  of  the  gallinaceous 
tribe.  The  South- American  Spaniards  call  him  "  Gallo 
del  Rio  Negro,"  (Cock  of  the  Black  River,)  and  suppose 
that  he  is  only  to  be  met  with  in  the  vicinity  of  that 
far-inland  stream ;  but  he  is  common  in  the  interior  of 
Demerara,  amongst  the  huge  rocks  in  the  forests  of 
Macousliia ;  and  he  has  been  shot  south  of  the  line,  in 
the  captainship  of  Para. 

The  bird  called  by  Buffon  Grand  Gobe-mouche,  has 
never  been  found  in  Demerara,  although  very  common 
in  Cayenne.  He  is  not  quite  so  large  as  the  jackdaw, 
and  is  entirely  black,  except  a  large  spot  under  the 
throat,  which  is  a  glossy  purple. 

You  may  easily   sail  from   Cayenne   to  the  river 

Surinam  'in  two  days.      Its  capital,   Para- 

Paramaribo.  .,         .     .        , 

man  bo,  is  handsome,  rich,  and  populous  : 
hitherto  it  has  been  considered  by  far  the  finest  town 
in  Guiana ;  but  probably  the  time  is  not  far  off  when 
the  capital  of  Demerara  may  claim  the  prize  of 
superiority.  You  may  enter  a  creek  above  Paramaribo, 
and  travel  through  the  interior  of  Surinam,  till  you 
come  to  the  Nlcari,  which  is  close  to  the  large  river 


92  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

Coryntin.  "When  yon  have  passed  this  river,  there  is  a 
good  public  road  to  New  Amsterdam,  the  capital  of 
Berbice. 

On    viewing   New   Amsterdam,   it    will 
sterdam  Am   immediately  strike  you  that  something  or 

other  has  intervened  to  prevent  its  arriving 
at  that  state  of  wealth  and  consequence  for  which  its 
original  plan  shows  it  was  once  intended.  What  has 
caused  this  stop  in  its  progress  to  the  rank  of  a  fine  and 
populous  city,  remains  for  those  to  find  out  who  are 
interested  in  it ;  certain  it  is,  that  New  Amsterdam  has 
been  languid  for  some  years,  and  now  the  tide  of  com- 
merce seems  ebbing  fast  from  the  shores  of  Berbice. 

Gay  and  blooming  is  the  sister  colony  of 

Demerara.  Perhaps,  kind  reader,  thou  hast 
not  forgot  that  it  was  from  Stabroek,  the  capital  of 
Demerara,  that  the  adventurer  set  out,  some  years  ago, 
to  reach  the  Portuguese  frontier  fort,  and  collect  the 
wourali  poison.  It  was  not  intended,  when  this  second 
sally  was  planned  in  England,  to  have  visited  Stabroek 
again  by  the  route  here  described.  The  plan  was,  to 
have  ascended  the  Amazons  from  Para,  and  got  into  the 
Kio  Negro,  and  from  thence  to  have  returned  towards 
the  source  of  the  Essequibo,  in  order  to  examine  the 
crystal  mountains,  and  look  once  more  for  Lake  Parima, 
or  the  White  Sea;  but  on  arriving  at  Cayenne,  the 
current  was  running  with  such  amazing  rapidity  to 
leeward,  that  a  Portuguese  sloop,  which  had  been 
beating  up  towards  Para  for  four  weeks,  was  then  only 
half-way.  Finding,  therefore,  that  a  beat  to  the  Amazons 
would  be  long,  tedious,  and  even  uncertain,  and  aware 
that  the  season  for  procuring  birds  with  fine  plumage 
had  already  set  in,  I  left  Cayenne  in  an  American  ship 


SECOND   JOURNEY.  93 

for  Paramaribo,  went  through  the  interior  to  the 
Coryntin,  stopped  a  few  days  in  New  Amsterdam,  and 
proceeded  to  Demerara.  If,  gentle  reader,  thy  patience 
be  not  already  worn  out,  and  thy  eyes  half  closed  in 
slumber,  by  perusing  the  dull  adventures  of  this  second 
sally,  perhaps  thou  wilt  pardon  a  line  or  two  on  De- 
merara ;  and  then  we  will  retire  to  its  forests,  to  collect 
and  examine  the  economy  of  its  most  rare  and  beautiful 
birds,  and  give  the  world  a  new  mode  of  preserving 
them. 

Stabroek,  the  capital  of  Demerara,  has  been  rapidly 
increasing  for  some  years  back  :  and  if  pro- 

Stabroek.  D  .    J  ' 

sperity  go  hand  in  hand  with  the  present 
enterprising  spirit,  Stabroek,  ere  long,  will  be  of  the 
first  colonial  consideration.  It  stands  on  the  eastern 
bank  at  the  mouth  of  the  Demerara,  and  enjoys  all  the 
advantages  of  the  refreshing  sea  breeze ;  the  streets  are 
spacious,  well  bricked,  and  elevated,  the  trenches  clean, 
the  bridges  excellent,  and  the  houses  handsome.  Almost 
every  commodity  and  luxury  of  London  may  be  bought 
in  the  shops  at  Stabroek  :  its  market  wants  better  regu- 
lations. The  hotels  are  commodious,  clean,  and  well 
attended.  Demerara  boasts  as  fine  and  well-disciplined 
militia  as  any  colony  in  the  western  world. 

The  court  of  justice,  where,  in  times  of  old,  the 

bandage  was  easily  removed  from  the  eyes  of 
OoartoUM-  the  goddess,  and  her  scales  thrown  out  of 

equilibrium,  now  rises  in  dignity  under  the 

firmness,  talents,  and  urbanity  of  Mr.  President  Rough. 

The  plantations  have  an  appearance   of 

Thepianta-  high  cultivation:  a  tolerable  idea  may  be 

tions.  » 

formed  of  their  value,  when  you  know  that 
last  year  Demerara  numbered  seventy-two  thousand 


94  WANDERINGS    IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

nine  hundred  and  ninety-nine  slaves.  They  made  about 
forty-four  million  pounds  of  sugar,  near  two  million 
gallons  of  rum,  above  eleven  million  pounds  of  coffee, 
and  three  million  eight  hundred  and  nineteen  thousand 
five  hundred  and  twelve  pounds  of  cotton  ;  the  receipt 
into  the  public  chest  was  five  hundred  and  fifty-three 
thousand  nine  hundred  and  fifty-six  guilders ;  the 
public  expenditure,  four  hundred  and  fifty-one  thousand 
six  hundred  and  three  guilders. 

Slavery  can  never  be  defended  ;  he  whose 
heart  is  not  of  iron  can  never  wish  to  be  able 
to  defend  it :  while  he  heaves  a  sigh  for  the  poor  negro 
in  captivity,  he  wishes  from  his  soul  that  the  traffic  had 
been  stifled  in  its  birth  ;  but,  unfortunately,  the  govern- 
ments of  Europe  nourished  it,  and  now  that  they  are 
exerting  themselves  to  do  away  the  evil,  and  ensure 
liberty  to  the  sons  of  Africa,  the  situation  of  the 
plantation  slaves  is  depicted  as  truly  deplorable,  and 
their  condition  wretched.  It  is  not  so.  A  Briton's 
heart,  proverbially  kind  and  generous,  is  not  changed 
by  climate,  or  its  streams  of  compassion  dried  up  by 
the  scorching  heat  of  a  Demerara  sun ;  he  cheers  his 
negroes  in  labour,  comforts  them  in  sickness,  is  kind  to 
them  in  old  age,  and  never  forgets  that  they  are  his 
fellow-creatures. 

Instances  of  cruelty  and  depravity  certainly  occur 
here  as  well  as  all  the  world  over ;  but  the  edicts  of 
the  colonial  government  are  well  calculated  to  prevent 
them ;  and  the  British  planter,  except  here  and  there 
one,  feels  for  the  wrongs  done  to  a  poor  ill-treated  slave, 
and  shows  that  his  heart  grieves  for  him  by  causing 
immediate  redress,  and  preventing  a  repetition. 

Long  may  ye  flourish,  peaceful  and  liberal  inhabitants 


SECOND   JOURNEY.  95 

of  Demerara.  Your  doors  are  ever  open  to  harbour  the 
harbourless ;  your  purses  never  shut  to  the  wants  of  the 
distressed  ;  many  a  ruined  fugitive  from  Oroonoque 
will  bless  your  kindness  to  him  in  the  hour  of  need, 
when,  flying  from  the  woes  of  civil  discord,  without  food 
or  raiment,  he  begged  for  shelter  underneath  your  roof. 
The  poor  sufferer  in  Trinidad,  who  lost  his  all  in  the 
devouring  flames,  will  remember  your  charity  to  his 
latest  moments.  The  traveller,  as  he  leaves  your  port, 
casts  a  longing,  lingering  look  behind  ;  your  attentions, 
your  hospitality,  your  pleasantry,  and  mirth  are  upper- 
most in  his  thoughts ;  your  prosperity  is  close  to  his 
heart.  Let  us  now,  gentle  reader,  retire  from  the  busy 
scenes  of  man,  and  journey  on  towards  the  wilds  in 
quest  of  the  feathered  tribe. 

Leave  behind  you  your  high-seasoned  dishes,  your 
wines,  and  your  delicacies  :  carry  nothing  but 

Instructions 

to  future  ad-  what  is  necessary  for  your  own  comfort,  and 

venturers.  .          .  ....  , 

the  object  in  view,  and  depend  upon  the 
skill  of  an  Indian,  or  your  own,  for  fish  and  game.  A 
sheet,  about  twelve  feet  long,  ten  wide,  painted,  and  with 
loop-holes  on  each  side,  will  be  of  great  service;  in  a  few 
minutes  you  can  suspend  it  betwixt  two  trees  in  the 
shape  of  a  roof.  Under  this,  in  your  hammock,  you 
may  defy  the  pelting  shower,  and  sleep  heedless  of  the 
dews  of  night.  A  hat,  a  shirt,  and  a  light  pair  of 
trowsers  will  be  all  the  raiment  you  require.  Custom 
will  soon  teach  you  to  tread  lightly  and  barefoot  on  the 
little  inequalities  of  the  ground,  and  show  you  how  to 
pass  on,  unwounded,  amid  the  mantling  briers. 

Snakes,  in  these  wilds,  are  certainly  an  annoyance, 
though,  perhaps,  more  in  imagination  than 
reality ;  for  you  must  recollect  that  the 


96  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

serpent  is  never  the  first  to  offend  :  his  poisonous  fang 
was  not  given  him  for  conquest :  he  never  inflicts  a 
wound  with  it  but  to  defend  existence.  Provided  you 
walk  cautiously,  and  do  not  absolutely  touch  him,  you 
may  pass  in  safety  close  by  him.  As  he  is  often  coiled 
up  on  the  ground,  and  amongst  the  branches  of  the 
trees  above  you,  a  degree  of  circumspection  is  necessary, 
lest  you  unwarily  disturb  him. 

Tigers  are  too  few,  and  too  apt  to  fly  before 
the  noble  face  of  man,  to  require  a  moment 
of  your  attention. 

The  bite  of  the  most  noxious  of  the 
insects,  at  the  very  worst,  only  causes  a 
transient  fever,  with  a  degree  of  pain  more  or  less. 

Birds  in  general,  with  a  few  exceptions, 

Birds. 

are  not  common  in  the  very  remote  parts  of 
the  forest.  The  sides  of  rivers,  lakes,  and  creeks,  the 
borders  of  savannas,  the  old  abandoned  habitations  of 
Indians  and  wood-cutters,  seem  to  be  their  favourite 
haunts. 

Though  least  in  size,  the  glittering  mantle 
bird™111111118"   of  the  humming-bird  entitles  it  to  the  first 

place  in  the  list  of  the  birds  of  the  new 
world.  It  may  truly  be  called  the  bird  of  paradise ; 
and  had  it  existed  in  the  old  world,  it  would  have 
claimed  the  title  instead  of  the  bird  which  has  now  the 
honour  to  bear  it.  See  it  darting  through  the  air 
almost  as  quick  as  thought ! — now  it  is  within  a  yard  of 
your  face  ! — in  an  instant  gone  ; — now  it  flutters  from 
flower  to  flower  to  sip  the  silver  dew — it  is  now  a  ruby 
— now  a  topaz — now  an  emerald — now  all  burnished 
with  gold  !  It  would  be  arrogant  to  pretend  to  describe 
this  winged  gem  of  nature  after  Buffon's  elegant  de- 
scription of  it 


SECOND   JOURNEY.  97 

Cayenne  and  Demerara  produce  the  same  humming- 
birds.    Perhaps  you  would  wish  to  know 

Haunts  of  . 

the  humming-  something  of  their  haunts.     Chiefly  in  the 

birds. 

months  of  July  and  August,  the  tree  called 
Bois  Immortel,  very  common  in  Demerara,  bears  abun- 
dance of  red  blossom,  which  stays  on  the  tree  for  some 
weeks  ;  then  it  is  that  most  of  the  different  species  of 
humming-birds  are  very  plentiful.  The  wild  red  sage  is 
also  their  favourite  shrub,  and  they  buzz  like  bees  round 
the  blossom  of  the  wallaba-tree.  Indeed,  there  is  scarce  a 
flower  in  the  interior,  or  on  the  sea-coast,  but  what  receives 
frequent  visits  from  one  or  other  of  the  species. 

On  entering  the  forests,  on  the  rising  land  in  the  in- 
terior, the  blue  and  green,  the  smallest  brown,  no  bigger 
than  the  humble  bee,  with  two  long  feathers  in  the  tail, 
and  the  little  forked-tail  purple- throated  humming-birds, 
glitter  before  you  in  ever-changing  attitudes.  One  species 
alone  never  shows  his  beauty  in  the  sun ;  and  were  it 
not  for  his  lovely  shining  colours,  you  might  almost  be 
tempted  to  class  him  with  the  goat-suckers,  on  account 
of  his  habits.  He  is  the  largest  of  all  the  humming-birds, 
and  is  all  red  and  changing  gold  green,  except  the  head, 
which  is  black.  He  has  two  long  feathers  in  the  tail, 
which  cross  each  other,  and  these  have  gained  him  the 
name  of  Karabimiti,  or  Ara  humming-bird,  from  the 
Indians.  You  never  find  him  on  the  sea-coast,  or  where 
the  river  is  salt,  or  in  the  heart  of  the  forest,  unless  fresh 
water  be  there.  He  keeps  close  by  the  side  of  woody 
fresh-water  rivers,  and  dark  and  lonely  creeks.  He  leaves 
his  retreat  before  sunrise  to  feed  on  the  insects  over  the 
water ;  he  returns  to  it  as  soon  as  the  sun's  rays  cause  a 
glare  of  light,  is  sedentary  all  day  long,  and  comes  out 
again  for  a  short  time  after  sunset.  He  builds  his  nest 

H 


98  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

on  a  twig  over  the  water  in  the  unfrequented  creeks ;  it 
looks  like  tanned  cow  leather. 

As  you  advance  towards  the  mountains  of  Demerara, 
other  species  of  huniniing-birds  present  themselves  before 
you.  It  seems  to  be  an  erroneous  opinion,  that  the  hum- 
ming-bird lives  entirely  on  honey-dew.  Almost  every 
flower  of  the  tropical  climates  contains  insects  of  one 
kind  or  other ;  now,  the  humming-bird  is  most  busy 
about  the  flowers  an  hour  or  two  after  sunrise,  and  after  a 
shower  of  rain,  and  it  is  just  at  this  time  that  the  insects 
come  out  to  the  edge  of  the  flower,  in  order  that  the  sun's 
rays  may  dry  the  nocturnal  dew  and  rain  which  they 
have  received.  On  opening  the  stomach  of  the  hum- 
ming-bird, dead  insects  are  almost  always  found  there. 

Next  to  the  humming-birds,  the  cotingas 
TheCotingas.  '  f 

display  the  gayest  plumage.    Iney  are  ol  the 

order  of  passeres,  and  you  number  five  species  betwixt 
the  sea-coast  and  the  rock  Saba.  Perhaps  the  scarlet  co- 
tinga  is  the  richest  of  the  five,  and  is  one  of  those  birds 
which  are  found  in  the  deepest  recesses  of  the  forest.  His 
crown  is  flaming  red ;  to  this  abruptly  succeeds  a  dark 
shining  brown,  reaching  half  way  down  the  back  :  the 
remainder  of  the  back,  the  rump,  and-tail,  the  extremity 
of  which  is  edged  with  black,  are  a  lively  red ;  the  belly 
is  a  somewhat  lighter  red ;  the  breast  reddish  black  ;  the 
wings  brown.  He  has  no  song,  is  solitary,  and  utters  a 
monotonous  whistle  which  sounds  like  "quet."  He  is 
fond  of  the  seeds  of  the  hitia-tree,  and  those  of  the 
siloabali  and  bastard  siloabali-trees,  which  ripen  in 
December,  and  continue  on  the  trees  for  about  two 
months.  He  is  found  throughout  the  year  in  Demerara ; 
still  nothing  is  known  of  Ins  incubation.  The  Indians  all 
agree  in  telling  you  that  they  have  never  seen  his  nest. 


SECOND   JOURNEY.  99 

The  ur  le-       ^ne  Purple-breasted  cotinga  has  the  throat 
breasted  Co-  an(j  breast  of  a  deep  purple,  the  wings  and 
tail  black,  and  all  the  rest  of  the  body  a 
most  lively  shining  blue. 

The  purple-throated  cotinga  has  black  wings  and  tail, 
and  every  other  part  a  light  and  glossy  blue,  save  the 
throat,  which  is  purple. 

The    Pompadour    cotinga  is   entirely   purple,    ex- 
cept his  wings,  which  are  white,  their  foiir 

The  Pom-         r 

padour   Co-    first  feathers  tipped  with  brown.     The  great 

tinga.  J  r 

coverts  of  the  wings  are  stiff,  narrow,  and 
pointed,  being  shaped  quite  different  from  those  of  any 
other  bird.  When  you  are  betwixt  this  bird  and  the 
sun  in  his  flight,  he  appears  uncommonly  brilliant.  He 
makes  a  hoarse  noise,  which  sounds  like  "  Wallababa." 
Hence  his  name  amongst  the  Indians. 

None  of  these  three  cotingas  have  a  song.  They  feed 
on  the  hitia,  siloabali,  and  bastard  siloabali  seeds,  the 
wild  guava,  the  fig,  and  other  fruit-trees  of  the  forest. 
They  are  easily  shot  in  these  trees  during  the  months  of 
December,  January,  and  part  of  February.  The  greater 
part  of  them  disappear  after  this,  and  probably  retire 
far  away  to  breed.  Their  nests  have  never  been  found 
in  Demerara. 

The  fifth  species  is  the  celebrated  Campanero  of  the 
The  Cam-  Spaniards,  called  Dara  by  the  Indians,  and 
panero.  Bell-bird  by  the  English.  He  is  about  the 
size  of  the  jay.  His  plumage  is  white  as  snow.  On 
his  forehead  rises  a  spiral  tube  nearly  three  inches  long. 
It  is  jet  black,  dotted  all  over  with  small  white  feathers. 
It  has  a  communication  with  the  palate,  and  when  filled 
with  air,  looks  like  a  spire ;  when  empty,  it  becomes 
pendulous.  His  note  is  loud  and  clear,  like  the  sound 

H2 


100  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH    AMERICA. 

of  a  bell,  and  may  be  beard  at  the  distance  of  three 
miles.  In  the  midst  of  these  extensive  wilds,  generally 
on  the  dried  top  of  an  aged  mora,  almost  out  of  gun 
reach,  you  will  see  the  campanero.  No  sound  or  song 
from  any  of  the  winged  inhabitants  of  the  forest,  not 
even  the  clearly  pronounced  "Whip-poor-will "  from 
the  goat-sucker,  causes  such  astonishment  as  the  toll  of 
the  campanero. 

With  many  of  the  feathered  race,  he  pays  the  common 
tribute  of  a  morning  and  an  evening  song ;  and  even 
when  the  meridian  sun  has  shut  in  silence  the  mouths 
of  almost  the  whole  of  animated  nature,  the  campanero 
still  cheers  the  forest.  You  hear  his  toll,  and  then  a 
pause  for  a  minute,  then  another  toll,  and  then  a  pause 
again,  and  then  a  toll,  and  again  a  pause.  Then  he  is 
silent  for  six  or  eight  minutes,  and  then  another  toll, 
and  so  on.  Acteon  would  stop  in  mid  chace,  Maria  would 
defer  her  evening  song,  and  Orpheus  himself  would  drop 
his  lute  to  listen  to  him,  so  sweet,  so  novel,  and  romantic 
is  the  toll  of  the  pretty  snow-white  campanero.  He  is 
never  seen  to  feed  with  the  other  cotingas,  nor  is  it 
known  in  what  part  of  Guiana  he  makes  his  nest. 

While  the  cotingas  attract  your  attention 

TheToucan.  .  °  J  . 

by  their  superior  plumage,  the  singular  form 
of  the  toucan  makes  a  lasting  impression  on  your 
memory.  There  are  three  species  of  toucans  in  Demerara, 
and  three  diminutives,  which  may  be  called  toucanets. 
The  largest  of  the  first  species  frequents  the  mangrove 
trees  on  the  sea-coast.  He  is  never  seen  in  the  interior 
till  you  reach  Macoushia,  where  he  is  found  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  the  river  Tacatou.  The  other  two 
species  are  very  common.  They  feed  entirely  on  the 
fruits  of  the  forest,  and  though  of  the  pie  kind,  never 


SECOND    JOURNEY.  101 

kill  the  young  of  other  birds,  or  touch  carrion.  The 
larger  is  called  Bouradi  "by  the  Indians,  (which  means 
nose,)  the  other,  Scirou.  They  seem  partial  to  each 
other's  company,  and  often  resort  to  the  same  feeding 
tree,  and  retire  together  to  the  same  shady  noon-day 
retreat.  They  are  very  noisy  in  rainy  weather  at  all  hours 
of  the  day,  and  in  fair  weather,  at  morn  and  eve.  The 
sound  which  the  bouradi  makes,  is  like  the  clear  yelping 
of  a  puppy  dog,  and  you  fancy  he  says  "pia-po-o-co,"  and 
thus  the  South  American  Spaniards  call  him  Piapoco. 

All  the  toucanets  feed  on  the  same  trees  on  which  the 
toucan  feeds,  and  every  species  of  this  family  of  enor- 
mous bill  lays  its  eggs  in  the  hollow  trees.  They  are 
social,  but  not  gregarious.  You  may  sometimes  see 
eight  or  ten  in  company,  and  from  this  you  would 
suppose  they  are  gregarious  ;  but,  upon  a  closer  exami- 
nation, you  will  find  it  has  only  been  a  dinner  party, 
which  breaks  up  and  disperses  towards  roosting  time. 

You  will  be  at  a  loss  to  conjecture  for  what  ends 
nature  has  overloaded  the  head  of  this  bird  with  such  an 
enormous  bill.  It  cannot  be  for  the  offensive,  as  it  has 
no  need  to  wage  war  with  any  of  the  tribes  of  animated 
nature ;  for  its  food  is  fruits  and  seeds,  and  those  are 
in  superabundance  throughout  the  whole  year  in  the 
regions  where  the  toucan  is  found.  It  can  hardly  be 
for  the  defensive,  as  the  toucan  is  preyed  upon  by  no 
bird  in  South  America,  and  were  it  obliged  to  be  at 
war,  the  texture  of  the  bill  is  ill  adapted  to  give  or 
receive  blows,  as  you  will  see  in  dissecting  it.  It  can- 
not be  for  any  particular  protection  to  the  tongue,  as 
the  tongue  is  a  perfect  feather. 

The  flight  of  the  toucan  is  by  jerks  :  in 

Its  flight.  "  .  .  ' 

the  action  of  flying  it  seems  incommoded  by 


JLU2  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AJU^A^^. 

this  huge  disproportioned  feature,  and  the  head  seems 
as  if  bowed  down  to  the  earth  by  it  against  its  will. 
If  'the  extraordinary  form  and  size  of  the  bill  expose 
the  toucan  to  ridicule,  its  colours  make  it  amends. 

Were  a  specimen  of  each  species  of  the 
thf  bin"*  °f  toucan  presented  to  you,  you  would  pro- 
nounce the  bill  of  the  bouradi  the  most  rich 
and  beautiful ;  on  the  ridge  of  the  upper  mandible  a 
broad  stripe  of  most  lovely  yellow  extends  from  the 
head  to  the  point ;  a  stripe  of  the  same  breadth,  though 
somewhat  deeper  yellow,  falls  from  it  at  right  angles 
next  the  head  down  to  the  edge  of  the  mandible  ;  then 
follows  a  black  stripe,  half  as  broad,  falling  at  right 
angles  from  the  ridge,  and  running  narrower  along  the 
edge  to  within  half  an  inch  of  the  point.  The  rest  of 
the  mandible  is  a  deep  bright  red.  The  lower  mandible 
has  no  yellow ;  its  black  and  red  are  distributed  in  the 
same  manner  as  on  the  upper  one,  with  this  difference, 
that  there  is  black  about  an  inch  from  the  point.  The 
stripe  corresponding  to  the  deep  yellow  stripe  on  the 
upper  mandible  is  sky  blue.  It  is  worthy  of  remark 
that  all  these  brilliant  colours  of  the  bill  are  to  be 
found  in  the  plumage  of  the  body,  and  the  bare  skin 
round  the  eye. 

All  these  colours,  except  the  blue,  are  inherent  in 
the  horn ;  that  part  which  appears  blue  is  in  reality 
transparent  white,  and  receives  its  colour  from  a  thin 
piece  of  blue  skin  inside.  This  superb  bill  fades  in 
death,  and  in  three  or  four  days'  time,  has  quite  lost  its 
original  colours. 

Till  within  these  few  years,  no  idea  of  the  true  colours 
of  the  bill ,  could  be  formed  from  the  stuffed  toucans 
brought  to  Europe.  About  eight  years  ago,  while  eating 


SECOND   JOURNEY.  103 

a  "boiled  toucan,  the  thought  struck  me  that  the  colours 
in  the  bill  of  a  preserved  specimen  might  be  kept  as 

bright  as  those  in  life.  A  series  of  experiments 
a'Mii  of  the  proved  this  beyond  a  doubt.  If  you  take 

your  penknife  and  cut  away  the  roof  of  the 
upper  mandible,  you  will  find  that  the  space  betwixt  it 
and  the  outer  shell  contains  a  large  collection  of  veins, 
and  small  osseous  fibres  running  in  all  directions 
through  the  whole  extent  of  the  bill.  Clear  away  all 
these  with,  your  knife,  and  you  will  come  to  a  substance 
more  firm  than  skin,  but  of  not  so  strong  a  texture  as 
the  horn  itself;  cut  this  away  also,  and  behind  it  is 
discovered  a  thin  and  tender  membrane  ;  yellow,  where 
it  has  touched  the  yellow  part  of  the  horn;  blue,  where 
it  has  touched  the  red  part,  and  black  towards  the  edge 
and  point.  "When  dried,  this  thin  and  tender  membrane 
becomes  nearly  black  ;  as  soon  as  it  is  cut  away,  nothing 
remains  but  the  outer  horn,  red  and  yellow,  and  now 
become  transparent ;  the  under  mandible  must  undergo 
the  same  operation.  Great  care  must  be  taken,  and  the 
knife  used  very  cautiously,  when  you  are  cutting  through 
the  different  parts  close  to  where  the  bill  joins  on  to  the 
head.  If  you  cut  away  too  much,  the  bill  drops  off;  if 
you  press  too  hard,  the  knife  comes  through  the  horn  ; 
if  you  leave  too  great  a  portion  of  the  membrane,  it 
appears  through  the  horn,  and  by  becoming  black  when 
dried,  makes  the  horn  appear  black  also,  and  has  a 
bad  effect ;  judgment,  caution,  skill,  and  practice,  will 
ensure  success. 

You  have  now  cleared  the  bill  of  all  those  bodies 
which  are  the  cause  of  its  apparent  fading  ;  for,  as  has 
been  said  before,  these  bodies  dry  in  death,  and  become 
quite  discoloured,  and  appear  so  through  the  horn ;  and 


104  WANDERINGS    IN    SOUTH    AMERICA. 

reviewing  the  bill  in  this  state,  you  conclude  that  its 
former  bright  colours  are  lost. 

Something  still  remains  to  be  done.  You  have  ren- 
dered the  bill  transparent  by  the  operation,  and  that 
transparency  must  be  done  away  to  make  it  appear 
perfectly  natural.  Pound  some  clean  chalk,  and  give  it 
enough  water  till  it  be  of  the  consistency  of  tar ;  add 
a  proportion  of  gum  arabic  to  make  it  adhesive ;  then 
take  a  camel-hair  brush,  and  give  the  inside  of  both 
mandibles  a  coat ;  apply  a  second  when  the  first  is  dry, 
then  another,  and  a  fourth  to  finish  all.  The  gum 
arabic  will  prevent  the  chalk  from  cracking  and  falling 
off.  If  you  remember,  there  is  a  little  space  of  trans- 
parent white  in  the  lower  mandible,  which  originally 
appeared  blue,  but  which  became  transparent  white  as 
soon  as  the  thin  piece  of  blue  skin  was  cut  away ;  this 
must  be  painted  blue  inside.  When  all  this  is  com- 
pleted, the  bill  will  please  you  ;  it  will  appear  in  its 
original  colours.  Probably  your  own  abilities  will 
suggest  a  cleverer  mode  of  operating  than  the  mode 
here  described.  A  small  gouge  would  assist  the  pen- 
knife, and  render  the  operation  less  difficult. 

The  Houtou  ranks  high  in  beauty  amongst 
the  birds  of  Demerara ;  his  whole  body  is 
green,  with  a  bluish  cast  in  the  wings  and  tail ;  his 
crown,  which  he  erects  at  pleasure,  consists  of  black  in 
the  centre,  surrounded  with  lovely  blue  of  two  different 
shades :  he  has  a  triangular  black  spot,  edged  with  blue, 
behind  the  eye  extending  to  the  ear  ;  and  on  his  breast 
a  sable  tuft,  consisting  of  nine  feathers  edged  also  with 
blue.  This  bird  seems  to  suppose  that  its  beauty  can 
be  increased  by  trimming  the  tail,  which  undergoes 
the  same  operation  as  our  hair  in  a  barber's  shop,  only 


SECOND   JOURNEY.  105 

with  this  difference,  that  it  uses  its  own  beak,  which 
is  serrated,  in  lieu  of  a  pair  of  scissors.  As  soon  as  his 
tail  is  full  grown,  he  begins  about  an  inch  from  the 
extremity  of  the  two  longest  feathers  in  it,  and  cuts 
away  the  web  on  both  sides  of  the  shaft,  making  a  gap 
about  an  inch  long  :  both  male  and  female  Adonise 
their  tails  in  this  manner,  which  gives  them  a  remark- 
able appearance  amongst  all  other  birds.  While  we 
consider  the  tail  of  the  houtou  blemished  and  defective, 
were  he  to  come  amongst  us,  he  would  probably  con- 
sider our  heads,  cropped  and  bald,  in  no  better  light. 
He  who  wishes  to  observe  this  handsome 
bird  in  his  native  haunts,  must  be  in  the 
forest  at  the  morning's  dawn.  The  houtou  shuns  the 
society  of  man  :  the  plantations  and  cultivated  parts  are 
too  much  disturbed  to  engage  it  to  settle  there  ;  the  thick 
and  gloomy  forests  are  the  places  preferred  by  the  soli- 
tary houtou.  In  those  far-extending  wilds,  about  day- 
break, you  hear  him  articulate,  in  a  distinct  and  mourn- 
ful tone,  "houtou,  houtou."  Move  cautiously  on  to 
where  the  sound  proceeds  from,  and  you  will  see  him 
sitting  in  the  underwood,  about  a  couple  of  yards  from 
the  ground,  his  tail  moving  up  and  down  every  time 
he  articulates  "houtou."  He  lives  on  insects  and  the 
berries  amongst  the  underwood,  and  very  rarely  is  seen 
in  the  lofty  trees,  except  the  bastard  siloabali-tree,  the 
fruit  of  which  is  grateful  to  him.  He  makes  no  nest, 
but  rears  his  young  in  a  hole  in  the  sand,  generally  on 
the  side  of  a  hill. 

While  in  quest  of  the  houtou,  you  will  now  and 

then  fall  in  with  the  jay  of  Guiana,    called   by  the 

,  Indians  Ibibirou.    Its  forehead  is  black,  the 

The  Jay  of 

Guiana.          rest  of  the   head   white ;    the   throat   and 


106  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH  AMERICA. 

breast  like  the  English  magpie  :  about  an  inch  of  the 
extremity  of  the  tail  is  white,  the  other  part  of  it, 
together  with  the  back  and  wings,  a  greyish  changing 
purple  ;  the  belly  is  white.  There  are  generally  six  or 
eight  of  them  in  company ;  they  are  shy  and  garrulous, 
and  tarry  a  very  short  time  in  one  place;  they  are 
never  seen  in  the  cultivated  parts. 

Through  the  whole  extent  of  the  forest,  chiefly  from 

sunrise  till  nine  o'clock  in  the  morning,  you  hear  a 

sound  of  "  wow,  wow,  wow,  wow."     This  is  the  bird 

called  Boclora  by  the  Indians.     It  is  smaller 

The  Boclora.    ,,          .,  ... 

than  the  common  pigeon,  and  seems,  in  some 
measure,  to  partake  of  its  nature  :  its  head  and  breast 
are  blue  ;  the  back  and  rump  somewhat  resemble  the 
colour  on  the  peacock's  neck ;  its  belly  is  a  bright 
yellow ;  the  legs  are  so  very  short  that  it  always  appears 
as  if  sitting  on  the  branch  •  it  is  as  ill  adapted  for 
walking  as  the  swallow ;  its  neck,  for  about  an  inch  all 
round,  is  quite  bare  of  feathers ;  but  this  deficiency  is 
not  seen,  for  it  always  sits  with  its  head  drawn  in  upon 
its  shoulders.  It  sometimes  feeds  with  the  cotingas  on 
the  guava  and  hitia-trees  ;  but  its  chief  nutriment 
seems  to  be  insects,  and,  like  most  birds  which  follow 
this  prey,  its  chaps  are  well  armed  with  bristles  :  it  is 
found  in  Demerara  at  all  times  of  the  year,  and  makes 
a  nest  resembling  that  of  the  stock  dove.  This  bird 
never  takes  long  flights,  and  when  it  crosses  a  river  or 
creek,  it  goes  by  long  jerks. 

The  boclora  is  very  unsuspicious,  appearing  quite 
heedless  of  danger  :  the  report  of  a  gun  within  twenty 
yards  will  not  cause  it  to  leave  the  branch  on  which  it 
is  sitting,  and  you  may  often  approach  it  so  near  as 
almost  to  touch  it  with  the  end  of  your  bow.  Perhaps 


SECOND   JOURNEY.  107 

there  is  no  bird  known  whose  feathers  are  so  slightly 
fixed  to  the  skin  as  those  of  the  boclora.  After  shoot- 
ing it,  if  it  touch  a  branch  in  its  descent,  or  if  it  drop 
on  hard  ground,  whole  heaps  of  feathers  fall  off :  on 
this  account  it  is  extremely  hard  to  procure  a  specimen 
for  preservation.  As  soon  as  the  skin  is  dry  in  the 
preserved  specimen,  the  feathers  become  as  well  fixed 
as  those  in  any  other  bird. 

Another  species,  larger  than  the  boclora. 

TheCuia.  r  \i       •     a.  -1,1 

attracts  much  of  your  notice  in  these  wilds  : 

it  is  called  Cuia  by  the  Indians,  from  the  sound  of  its 
voice ;  its  habits  are  the  same  as  those  of  the  boclora, 
but  its  colours  different;  its  head,  breast,  back,  and 
rump,  are  a  shining,  changing  green ;  its  tail  not 
quite  so  bright;  a  black  bar  runs  across  the  tail  to- 
wards the  extremity,  and  the  outside  feathers  are 
partly  white  as  in  the  boclora  ;  its  belly  is  entirely  ver- 
milion, a  bar  of  white  separating  it  from  the  green  on 
the  breast. 

There  are  diminutives  of  both  these  birds;  they 
have  the  same  habits,  with  a  somewhat  different 
plumage,  and  about  half  the  size.  Arrayed  from  head 
to  tail  in  a  robe  of  richest  sable  hue,  the 
bird16  Bice"  kird  called  Eice-bird  loves  spots  cultivated 
by  the  hand  of  man.  The  woodcutter's 
house  on  the  hills  in  the  interior,  and  the  planter's 
habitation  on  the  sea-coast,  equally  attract  this  songless 
species  of  the  order  of  pie,  provided  the  Indian  corn 
be  ripe  there.  He  is  nearly  of  the  jackdaw's  size,  and 
makes  his  nest  far  away  from  the  haunts  of  men ;  he 
may  truly  be  called  a  blackbird  :  independent  of  his 
plumage,  his  beak,  inside  and  out,  his  legs,  his  toes, 
and  claws  are  jet  black. 


108  WANDERINGS    IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

Mankind,  by  clearing  the  ground,  and  sowing  a 
variety  of  seeds,  induces  many  kinds  of  birds  to  leave 
their  native  haunts,  and  come  and  settle  near  him  : 
their  little  depredations  on  his  seeds  and  fruits  prove 
that  it  is  the  property,  and  not  the  proprietor,  which 
has  the  attractions. 

One  bird,  however,  in  Demerara  is  not 
sique.6  Cas  actuated  by  selfish  motives  :  this  is  the 
Cassique  ;  in  size,  he  is  larger  than  the  star- 
ling; he  courts  the  society  of  man,  but  disdains  to 
live  by  his  labours.  When  nature  calls  for  support, 
he  repairs  to  the  neighbouring  forest,  and  there  par- 
takes of  the  store  of  fruits  and  seeds  which  she  has 
produced  in  abundance  for  her  aerial  tribes.  When 
his  repast  is  over,  he  returns  to  man,  and  pays  the  little 
tribute  which  he  owes  him  for  his  protection  ;  Le  takes 
his  station  on  a  tree  close  to  his  house,  and  there,  for 
hours  together,  pours  forth  a  succession  of  imitative 
notes.  His  own  song  is  sweet,  but  very  short.  If  a 
toucan  be  yelping  in  the  neighbourhood,  he  drops  it, 
and  imitates  him.  Then  he  will  amuse  his  protector 
with  the  cries  of  the  different  species  of  the  wood- 
pecker ;  and  when  the  sheep  bleat,  he  will  distinctly 
answer  them.  Then  comes  his  own  song  again,  and  if 
a  puppy  dog,  or  a  Guinea  fowl  interrupt  him,  he  takes 
them  off  admirably,  and  by  his  different  gestures 
during  the  time,  you  would  conclude  that  he  enjoys 
the  sport. 

The  cassique  is  gregarious,  and  imitates  any  sound 
he  hears  with  such  exactness,  that  he  goes  by  no  other 
name  than  that  of  Mocking-bird  amongst  the  colonists. 

At  breeding  time,  a  number  of  the  pretty  choristers 
resort  to  a  tree  near  the  planter's  house,  and  from  its 


SECOND   JOURNEY.  109 

outside  branches  weave  their  pendulous  nests.  So 
conscious  do  they  seem  that  they  never  give  offence, 
and  so  little  suspicious  are  they  of  receiving  any  injury 
from  man,  that  they  will  choose  a  tree  within  forty 
yards  from  his  house,  and  occupy  the  branches  so  low 
down,  that  he  may  peep  into  the  nests.  A  tree  in 
Waratilla  creek  affords  a  proof  of  this. 

The  proportions  of  the  cassique  are  so  fine,  that  he 
may  be  said  to  be  a  model  of  symmetry  in  ornithology. 
On  each  wing  he  has  a  bright  yellow  spot,  and  his 
rump,  belly,  and  half  the  tail,  are  of  the  same  colour. 
All  the  rest  of  the  body  is  black.  His  beak  is  the 
colour  of  sulphur,  but  it  fades  in  death,  and  requires 
the  same  operation  as  the  bill  of  the  toucan  to  make  it 
keep  its  colours.  Up  the  rivers,  in  the  interior,  there 
is  another  cassique,  nearly  the  same  size,  and  of  the 
same  habits,  though  not  gifted  with  its  powers  of  imi- 
tation. Except  in  breeding  time,  you  will  see  hundreds 
of  them  retiring  to  roost,  amongst  the  moca-moca-trees 
and  low  shrubs  on  the  banks  of  the  Demerara,  after 
you  pass  the  first  island.  They  are  not  common  6n 
the  sea-coast.  The  rump  of  the  cassique  is  a  flaming 
scarlet.  All  the  rest  of  the  body  is  a  rich  glossy  black. 
His  bill  is  sulphur  colour.  You  may  often  see  numbers 
of  this  species  weaving  their  pendulous  nests  on  one 
side  of  a  tree,  while  numbers  of  the  other  species  are 
busy  in  forming  theirs  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  same 
tree.  Though  such  near  neighbours,  the  females  are 
never  observed  to  kick  up  a  row,  or  come  to  blows  ! 

Another  species  of  cassique,  as  large  as  a  crow,  is 
very  common  in  the  plantations.  In  the 

Another  J  r 

species  of  the  morning  he  generally  repairs  to  a  large  tree, 
and  there,  with  his  tail  spread  over  his  back, 


110  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

and  shaking  his  lowered  wings,  he  produces  notes 
which  though  they  cannot  be  said  to  amount  to  a  song, 
still  have  something  very  sweet  and  pleasing  in  them. 
He  makes  his  nest  in  the  same  form  as  the  other 
cassiques.  It  is  above  four  feet  long ;  and  when  you 
pass  under  the  tree,  which  often  contains  fifty  or  sixty 
of  them,  you  cannot  help  stopping  to  admire  them  as 
they  wave  to  and  fro,  the  sport  of  every  storm  and 
breeze.  The  rump  is  chestnut ;  ten  feathers  of  the 
tail  are  a  fine  yellow,  the  remaining  two,  which  are  the 
middle  ones,  are  black,  and  an  inch  shorter  than  the 
others.  His  bill  is  sulphur  colour  ;  all  the  rest  of  the 
body  black,  with  here  and  there  shades  of  brown.  He 
has  five  or  six  long  narrow  black  feathers  on  the  back 
of  his  head,  which  he  erects  at  pleasure. 

There  is  one  more  species  of  cassique  in  Demerara, 
Avhich  always  prefers  the  forests  to  the  cultivated  parts. 
His  economy  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  other  cassiques. 
He  is  rather  smaller  than  the  last  described  bird.  His 
body  is  greenish,  and  his  tail  and  rump  paler  than  those 
of  the  former.  Half  of  his  beak  is  red. 

,    .  You  would  not  be  long  in  the  forests  of 

peckers'1"  Demerara,  without  noticing  the  woodpeckers. 
You  meet  with  them  feeding  at  all  hours  of 
the  day.  Well  may  they  do  so.  Were  they  to  follow 
the  example  of  most  of  the  other  birds,  and  only  feed 
in  the  morning  and  evening,  they  would  be  often  on 
short  allowance,  for  they  sometimes  have  to  labour 
three  or  four  hours  at  the  tree  before  they  get  to  their 
food.  The  sound  which  the  largest  kind  makes  in 
hammering  against  the  bark  of  the  tree,  is  so  loud,  that 
you  would  never  suppose  it  to  proceed  from  the  efforts 
of  a  bird.  You  would  take  it  to  be  the  woodman,  with 


SECOND   JOURNEY.  Ill 

his  axe,  trying  by  a  sturdy  blow,  often  repeated, 
whether  the  tree  were  sound  or  not.  There  are  four- 
teen species  here  ;  the  largest  the  size  of  a  magpie,  the 
smallest  no  bigger  than  the  wren.  They  are  all  beauti- 
ful ;  and  the  greater  part  of  them  have  their  heads 
ornamented  with  a  fine  crest,  movable  at  pleasure. 

It  is  said  if  you  once  give  a  dog  a  bad  name,  whether 
innocent  or  guilty,  he  never  loses  it.  It  sticks  close  to 
him  wherever  he  goes.  He  has  many  a  kick  and  many 
a  blow  to  bear  on  account  of  it ;  and  there  is  nobody 
to  stand  up  for  him.  The  woodpecker  is  little  better 
off.  The  proprietors  of  woods,  in  Europe,  have  long 
accused  him  of  injuring  their  timber,  by  boring  holes 
in  it,  and  letting  in  the  water,  which  soon  rots  it.  The 
colonists  in  America  have  the  same  complaint  against 
him.  Had  he  the  power  of  speech,  which  Ovid's  birds 
possessed  in  days  of  yore,  he  could  soon  make  a  defence. 
"  Mighty  lord  of  the  woods,"  he  would  say  to  man, 
"  why  do  you  wrongfully  accuse  me  1  why  do  you  hunt 
me  up  and  down  to  death  for  an  imaginary  offence  ]  I 
have  never  spoiled  a  leaf  of  your  property,  much  less 
your  wood.  Your  merciless  shot  strikes  me,  at  the 
very  time  I  am  doing  you  a  service.  But  your  short- 
sightedness Avill  not  let  you  see  it,  or  your  pride  is  above 
examining  closely  the  actions  of  so  insignificant  a  little 
bird  as  I  am.  If  there  be  that  spark  of  feeling  in 
your  breast,  which  they  say  man  possesses,  or  ought  to 
possess,  above  all  other  animals,  do  a  poor  injured 
creature  a  little  kindness,  and  watch  me  in  your  woods 
only  for  one  day.  I  never  wound  your  healthy  trees. 
I  should  perish  for  want  in  the  attempt.  The  sound 
bark  would  easily  resist  the  force  of  my  bill ;  and  were 
I  even  to  pierce  through  it,  there  would  be  nothing 


112  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

inside  that  I  could  fancy,  or  my  stomach  digest.  I 
often  visit  them,  it  is  true,  but  a  knock  or  two  convince 
me  that  I  must  go  elsewhere  for  support ;  and  were  you 
to  listen  attentively  to  the  sound  which  my  bill  causes, 
you  would  know  whether  I  am  upon  a  healthy  or  an 
unhealthy  tree.  Wood  and  bark  are  not  my  food.  I 
live  entirely  upon  the  insects  which  have  already  formed 
a  lodgement  in  the  distempered  tree.  When  the  sound 
informs  me  that  my  prey  is  there,  I  labour  for  hours 
together  till  I  get  at  it ;  and  by  consuming  it,  for  my 
own  support,  I  prevent  its  further  depredations  in  that 
part.  Thus  I  discover  for  you  your  hidden  and  un- 
suspected foe,  which  has  been  devouring  your  wood  in 
such  secrecy,  that  you  had  not  the  least  suspicion  it 
was  there.  The  hole  which  I  make  in  order  to  get  at 
the  pernicious  vermin,  will  be  seen  by  you  as  you  pass 
under  the  tree.  I  leave  it  as  a  signal  to  tell  you,  that 
your  tree  has  already  stood  too  long.  It  is  past  its 
prime.  Millions  of  insects,  engendered  by  disease,  are 
preying  upon  its  vitals.  Ere  long  it  will  fall  a  log  in 
useless  ruins.  Warned  by  this  loss,  cut  down  the  rest 
in  time,  and  spare,  0  spare  the  unoffending  wood- 
pecker." 

In  the  rivers,  and  different  creeks,  you 
fisiwr6  King"  number  six  species  of  the  King-fisher.  They 
make  their  nest  in  a  hole  in  the  sand  on  the 
side  of  the  bank.  As  there  is  always  plenty  of  foliage 
to  protect  them  from  the  heat  of  the  sun,  they  feed  at 
all  hours  of  the  day.  Though  their  plumage  is  prettily 
varied,  still  it  falls  far  short  of  the  brilliancy  dis- 
played by  the  English  king-fisher.  This  little  native 
of  Britain  would  outweigh  them  altogether  in  the  scale 
of  beauty. 


SECOND   JOURNEY.  113 

A  bird  called  Jacamar  is  often  taken  for  a 
mar16  3ac!l~     king-fisher,  but  it  has  no  relationship  to  that 

tribe  ;  it  frequently  sits  in  the  trees  over  the 
water,  and  as  its  beak  bears  some  resemblance  to  that  of 
the  king-fisher,  this  may  probably  account  for  its  being 
taken  for  one.  It  feeds  entirely  upon  insects  ;  it  sits  on 
a  branch  in  motionless  expectation,  and  as  soon  as  a  fly, 
butterfly,  or  moth  passes  by,  it  darts  at  it,  and  returns 
to  the  branch  it  had  just  left.  It  seems  an  indolent, 
sedentary  bird,  shunning  the  society  of  all  others  in  the 
forest.  It  never  visits  the  plantations,  but  is  found  at 
all  times  of  the  year  in  the  woods.  There  are  four  species 
of  jacamar  in  Demerara ;  they  are  all  beautiful ;  the 
largest,  rich  and  superb  in  the  extreme.  Its  plumage  is 
of  so  fine  a  changing  blue  and  golden  green,  that  it  may 
be  ranked  with  the  choicest  of  the  humming-birds.  Ma- 
ture has  denied  it  a  song,  but  given  a  costly  garment  in 
lieu  of  it.  The  smallest  species  of  jacamar  is  very  common 
in  the  dry  savannas.  The  second  size,  all  golden  green 
on  the  back,  must  be  looked  for  in  the  wallaba  forest. 
The  third  is  found  throughout  the  whole  extent  of  these 
wilds ;  and  the  fourth,  which  is  the  largest,  frequents 
the  interior,  where  you  begin  to  perceive  stones  in  the 
ground. 

When  you  have  penetrated  far  into  Ma- 
naie16  Tr°U"    cousnia>  y°u  hear  the  pretty  songster,  called 

Troupiale,  pour  forth  a  variety  of  sweet  and 
plaintive  notes.  This  is  the  bird  which  the  Portuguese 
call  the  nightingale  of  Guiana ;  its  predominant  colours 
are  rich  orange  and  shining  black,  arrayed  to  great 
advantage ;  his  delicate  and  well-shaped  frame  seems 
unable  to  bear  captivity.  The  Indians  sometimes  bring 
down  troupiales  to  Stabroek,  but  in  a  few  months  they 


114  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

languish  and  die  in  a  cage.  They  soon  become  very 
familiar  ;  and  if  you  allow  them  the  liberty  of  the  house, 
they  live  longer  than  in  a  cage,  and  appear  in  better 
spirits ;  but,  when  you  least  expect  it,  they  drop  down 
and  die  in  epilepsy. 

Smaller  in  size,  and  of  colour  not  so  rich, 
cies  of  Trou-  and  somewhat  differently  arranged,  another 

species  of  troupiale  sings  melodiously  in 
Demerara.  The  woodcutter  is  particularly  favoured 
by  him  ;  for  while  the  hen  is  sitting  on  her  nest  built 
in  the  roof  of  the  woodcutter's  house,  he  sings  for  hours 
together  close  by  :  he  prefers  the  forests  to  the  culti- 
vated parts. 
You  would  not  grudge  to  stop  for  a  few  minutes  as 

you  are  walking  in  the  plantations,  to  ob- 

Third    spe-   J  ....         6.  .'      . 

cies  of  Trou-  serve  a  third  species  of  troupiale  :  his  wings, 
tail,  and  throat  are  black,  all  the  rest  of  the 
body  is  a  bright  yellow.  There  is  something  very  sweet 
and  plaintive  in  his  song,  though  much  shorter  than 
that  of  the  troupiale  in  the  interior. 

A  fourth  species  goes  in  flocks  from  place 

Fourth  spe- 
cies of  Trou-  to  place  in  the  cultivated  parts  at  the  time 

the  Indian  corn  is  ripe ;  he  is  all  black, 
except  the  head  and  throat,  which  are  yellow ;  his 
attempt  at  song  is  not  worth  attending  to. 

Wherever  there  is  a  wild  fig-tree  ripe,  a 
desDgara8pe~  numer°us  species  of  birds,  called  Tangara,  is 

sure  to  be  on  it.  There  are  eighteen  beau- 
tiful species  here.  Their  plumage  is  very  rich  and 
diversified  ;  some  of  them  boast  six  separate  colours  ; 
others  have  the  blue,  purple,  green,  and  black  so  kindly 
blended  into  each  other,  that  it  would  be  impossible  to 
mark  their  boundaries;  while  others  again  exhibit  them 


SECOND   JOURNEY.  115 

strong,  distinct,  and  abrupt :  many  of  these  tangaras 
have  a  fine  song.  They  seem  to  partake  much  of  the 
nature  of  our  linnets,  sparrows,  and  finches.  Some  of 
them  are  fond  of  the  plantations  ;  others  are  never  seen 
there,  preferring  the  wild  seeds  of  the  forest  to  the 
choicest  fruits  planted  by  the  hand  of  man. 

On  the  same  fig-trees  to  which  they  repair, 
Manikin      an(j   often  accidentally   up   and  down  the 

species. 

forest,  you  fall  in  with  four  species  of 
Manikin.  The  largest  is  white  and  black,  with  the 
feathers  on  the  throat  remarkably  long  ;  the  next  in  size 
is  half  red  and  half  black ;  the  third,  black,  with  a  white 
crown  ;  the  fourth,  black,  with  a  golden  crown,  and  red 
feathers  at  the  knee.  The  half  red  and  half  black 
species  is  the  scarcest.  There  is  a  creek  in  the  Demerara 
called  Camouni.  About  ten  minutes  from  the  mouth 
you  see  a  common-sized  fig-tree  on  your  right  hand,  as 
you  ascend,  hanging  over  water  ;  it  bears  a  very  small 
fig  twice  a  year.  When  its  fruit  is  ripe,  this  manikin 
is  on  the  tree  from  morn  till  eve. 

On  all  the  ripe  fig-trees  in  the  forest  you 
TvThev5™,a11     see   the  bird   called  the   small   Tiger-bird. 

Tiger-bird. 

Like  some  of  our  belles  and  dandies,  it  has  a 
gaudy  vest  to  veil  an  ill-shaped  body ;  the  throat,  and 
part  of  the  head,  are  a  bright  red  ;  the  breast  and  belly 
have  black  spots  on  a  yellow  ground ;  the  wings  are  a 
dark  green,  black,  and  white ;  and  the  rump  and  tail 
black  and  green.  Like  the  manikin,  it  has  no  song  :  it 
depends  solely  upon  a  showy  garment  for  admiration. 
Devoid,  too,  of  song,  and  in  a  still  superber  garb,  the 

Yawaraciri  comes  to  feed  on  the  same  tree. 

It  has  a  bar  like  black  velvet  from  the  eyes 

• 

to  the  beak ;  its  legs  are  yellow  ;  its  throat, 
i2 


116  WANDERINGS    IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

wings,  and  tail,  black ;  all  the  rest  of  the  body  a  charm- 
ing blue.  Chiefly  in  the  dry  savannas,  and  here  and 
there  accidentally  in  the  forest,  you  see  a  songless 
yawaraciri  still  lovelier  than  the  last :  his  crown  is 
whitish  blue,  arrayed  like  a  coat  of  mail ;  his  tail  is 
black,  his  wings  black  and  yellow  ;  legs  red ;  and  the 
whole  body  a  glossy  blue.  Whilst  roving  through  the 
forest,  ever  and  anon  you  see  individuals  of  the  wren 
species,  busy  amongst  the  fallen  leaves,  or  seeking  in- 
sects at  the  roots  of  the  trees. 

Here,  too,  you  find  six  or  seven  species  of  small  birds, 
Avhose  backs  appear  to  be  overloaded  with  silky  plumage. 
One  of  these,  with  a  chestnut  breast,  smoke-coloured 
back,  tail  red,  white  feathers  like  horns  on  his  head, 
and  white  narrow- pointed  feathers  under  the  jaw,  feeds 
entirely  upon  ants.  When  a  nest  of  large  light  brown 
ants  emigrates,  one  following  the  other  in  meandering 
lines  above  a  mile  long,  you  see  this  bird  watching 
them,  and  .every  now  and  then  picking  them  up.  When 
they  disappear  he  is  seen  no  more  :  perhaps  this  is  the 
only  kind  of  ant  he  is  fond  of :  when  these  ants  are 
stirring,  you  are  sure  to  find  him  near  them.  You  can- 
not well  mistake  the  ant  after  you  have  once 
been  in  its  company,  for  its  sting  is  very 
severe,  and  you  can  hardly  shoot  the  bird,  and  pick  it 
up,  without  having  five  or  six  upon  you. 

Parrots  and  Parrots  and  Paroquets  are  very  numerous 
Paroquets.  here,  an(j  of  manv  different  kinds.  You  will 
know  when  they  are  near  you  in  the  forest,  not  only  by 
the  noise  they  make,  but  also  by  the  fruits  and  seeds 
which  they  let  fall  while  they  are  feeding. 

The  Hia-hia  parrot,  called  in  England  the 

TheHia-hia.  .  b 

parrot  oi  the  sun,  is  very  remarkable  :  he  can 


SECOND   JOURNEY.  117 

erect  at  pleasure  a  fine  radiated  circle  of  tartan  feathers 
quite  round  the  back  of  his  head  from  jaw  to  jaw.  The 
fore  part  of  his  head  is  white;  his  back,  tail,  and  wings, 
green  ;  and  his  breast  and  belly,  tartan. 

Superior  in  size  and  beauty  to  every  parrot 
of  South  America,  the  Ara  will  force  you  to 
take  your  eyes  from  the  rest  of  animated  nature,  and 
gaze  at  him  :  his  commanding  strength,  the  flaming 
scarlet  of  his  body,  the  lovely  variety  of  red,  yellow, 
blue,  and  green  in  his  wings,  the  extraordinary  length 
of  his  scarlet  and  blue  tail,  seem  all  to  join  and  demand 
for  him  the  title  of  emperor  of  all  the  parrots.  He  is 
scarce  in  Demerara  till  you  reach  the  confines  of  the 
Macoushi  country  ;  there  he  is  in  vast  abundance  ;  he 
mostly  feeds  on  trees  of  the  palm  species.  When  the 
coucourite-trees  have  ripe  fruit  on  them,  they  are  covered 
with  this  magnificent  parrot :  he  is  not  shy  or  wary ; 
you  may  take  your  blow-pipe  and  quiver  of  poisoned 
arrows,  and  kill  more  than  you  are  able  to  carry  back 
to  your  hut.  They  are  very  vociferous,  and,  like  the 
common  parrots,  rise  up  in  bodies  towards  sunset,  and 
fly  two  and  two  to  their  place  of  rest.  It  is  a  grand 
sight  in  ornithology  to  see  thousands  of  aras  flying  over 
your  head,  low  enough  to  let  you  have  a  full  view  of 
their  flaming  mantle.  The  Indians  find  their  flesh  very 
good,  and  the  feathers  serve  for  ornaments  in  their 
head-dresses.  They  breed  in  the  holes  of  trees,  are 
easily  reared  and  tamed,  and  learn  to  speak  pretty 
distinctly. 

Another  species  frequents  the  low  lands  of  Demerara. 
He  is  nearly  the  size  of  the  scarlet  ara,  but  much  in- 
ferior in  plumage.  Blue  and  yellow  are  his  predomi- 
nant colours. 


113  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

The  Bittern        Along  the  creeks  and  river  sides,  and  in 
the  wet  savannas,  six  species  of  the  Bittern 
will  engage  your  attention.     They  are  all  handsome. 
The  smallest  not  so  large  as  the  English  water-hen. 

In  the  savannas,  too,  you  will  sometimes 
white  Burette  surPrise  the  Snow- white  Egrette,  whose  back 
is  adorned  with  the  plumes  from  which  it 
takes  its  name.  Here  too  the  spur-winged  water-hen, 
the  blue  and  green  water-hen,  and  two  other  species  of 
ordinary  plumage,  are  found.  "While  in  quest  of  these, 
the  blue  heron,  the  large  and  small  brown  heron,  the 
boat-bill,  and  Muscovy  duck,  now  and  then  rise  up 
before  you. 

When  the  sun  has  sunk  in  the  western  woods,  no 
longer  agitated  by  the  breeze  ;  when  you  can  only  see 
a  straggler  or  two  of  the  feathered  tribe  hastening  to 
join  its  mate,  already  at  its  roosting-place, 
sucker  G°at  then  it  is  that  the  goatsucker  comes  out  of 
the  forest,  where  it  has  sat  all  day  long  in 
slumbering  ease,  unmindful  of  the  gay  and  busy  scenes 
around  it.  Its  eyes  are  too  delicately  formed  to  bear  the 
light,  and  thus  it  is  forced  to  shun  the  flaming  face  of 
day,  and  wait  in  patience  till  Night  invites  him  to  par- 
take of  the  pleasures  her  dusky  presence  brings. 

The  harmless,  unoffending  goatsucker,  from  the  time 
of  Aristotle  down  to  the  present  day,  has  been  in 
disgrace  with  man.  Father  has  handed  down  to  son, 
and  author  to  author,  that  this  nocturnal  thief  subsists 
by  milking  the  flocks.  Poor  injured  little  bird  of  night, 
how  sadly  hast  thou  suffered,  and  how  foul  a  stain  has 
inattention  to  facts  put  upon  thy  character  !  Thou  hast 
never  robbed  man  of  any  part  of  his  property,  nor 
deprived  the  kid  of  a  drop  of  milk. 


SECOND   JOURNEY.  119 

When  the  moon  shines  bright,  you  may  have  a  fair 
opportunity  of  examining  the  goatsucker.  You  will  see 
it  close  by  the  cows,  goats,  and  sheep,  jumping  up  every 
now  and  then,  under  their  bellies.  Approach  a  little 
nearer, — he  is  not  shy,  "he  fears  no  danger,  for  he  knows 
no  sin."  See  how  the  nocturnal  flies  are  tormenting  the 
herd,  and  with  what  dexterity  he  springs  up  and  catches 
them,  as  fast  as  they  alight  on  the  belly,  legs,  and  udder 
of  the  animals.  Observe  how  quiet  they  stand,  and  how 
sensible  they  seem  of  his  good  offices,  for  they  neither 
strike  at  him,  nor  hit  him  with  their  tail,  nor  tread  on 
him,  nor  try  to  drive  him  away  as  an  uncivil  intruder. 
Were  you  to  dissect  him,  and  inspect  his  stomach,  you 
would  find  no  milk  there.  It  is  full  of  the  flies  which 
have  been  annoying  the  herd. 

The  prettily  mottled  plumage  of  the  goat- 
sucker, like  that  of  the  owl,  wants  the  lustre 
which  is  observed  in  the  feathers  of  the  birds  of  day. 
This,  at  once,  marks  him  as  a  lover  of  the  pale  moon's 
nightly  beams.  There  are  nine  species  here.  The  largest 
appears  nearly  the  size  of  the  English  wood  owl.  Its  cry 
is  so  remarkable,  that  having  once  heard  it  you  will  never 
forget  it.  When  night  reigns  over  these  immeasurable 
wilds,  whilst  lying  in  your  hammock,  you  will  hear  this 
goatsucker  lamenting  like  one  in  deep  distress.  A 
stranger  would  never  conceive  it  to  be  the  cry  of  a  bird. 
He  would  say  it  was  the  departing  voice  of  a  midnight 
murdered  victim,  or  the  last  wailing  of  Xiobe  for  her 
poor  children,  before  she  was  turned  into  stone.  Sup- 
pose yourself  in  hopeless  sorrow,  begin  with  a  high  loud 
note,  and  pronounce,  "ha,  ha,  ha,  ha,  ha,  ha,  ha,"  each 
note  lower  and  lower,  till  the  last  is  scarcely  heard, 
pausing  a  moment  or  two  betwixt  every  note,  and  you 


120  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

will  have  some  idea  of  the  moaning  of  the  largest  goat- 
sucker in  Demerara. 

Four  other  species  of  the  goatsucker  articulate  some 
words  so  distinctly,  that  they  have  received  their  names 
from  the  sentences  they  utter,  and  absolutely  hewilder 
the  stranger  on  his  arrival  in  these  parts.  The  most 
common  one  sits  down  close  by  your  door,  and  flies  and 
alights  three  or  four  yards  before  you,  as  you  walk  along 
the  road,  crying,  "  Who-are-you,  who-who-who-are-you." 
Another  bids  you,  "Work-away,  work-work-work-away." 
A  third  cries,  mournfully,  "  Willy-come-go.  Willy- 
"VYilly-Willy-come-go."  And  high  up  in  the  country, 
a  fourth  tells  you  to  "  Whip-poor- Will.  Whip-whip- 
whip-poor-Will." 

You  will  never  persuade  the  negro  to  destroy  these 
birds,  or  get  the  Indian  to  let  fly  his  arrow  at  them. 
They  are  birds  of  omen,  and  reverential  dread.  Jumbo, 
the  demon  of  Africa,  has  them  under  his  command ;  and 
they  equally  obey  the  Yabahou,  or  Demerara  Indian 
devil.  They  are  the  receptacles  for  departed  souls,  who 
come  back  again  to  earth,  unable  to  rest  for  crimes  done 
in  their  days  of  nature  ;  or  they  are  expressly  sent  by 
Jumbo,  or  Yabahou,  to  haunt  cruel  and  hard-hearted 
masters,  and  retaliate  injuries  received  from  them.  If 
the  largest  goatsucker  chance  to  cry  near  the  white  man's 
door,  sorrow  and  grief  will  soon  be  inside ;  and  they  ex- 
pect to  see  the  master  waste  away  with  a  slow  consum- 
ing sickness.  If  it  be  heard  close  to  the  negro's  or 
Indian's  hut,  from  that  night  misfortune  sits  brooding 
over  it ;  and  they  await  the  event  in  terrible  suspense. 

You  will  forgive  the  poor  Indian  of  Guiana  for  this. 
He  knows  no  better ;  he  has  nobody  to  teach  him.  But 
shame  it  is,  that  in  our  own  civilized  country,  the  black 


SECOND   JOURNEY.  121 

cat  and  broomstaff  should  be  considered  as  conductors 
to  and  from  the  regions  of  departed  spirits. 

Many  years  ago  I  knew  poor   harmless 

Anecdote 

Mary ;  old  age  had  marked  her  strongly,  just 
as  he  will  mark  you  and  me,  should  we  arrive  at  her 
years  and  carry  the  weight  of  grief  which  bent  her  double. 
The  old  men  of  the  village  said  she  had  been  very  pretty 
in  her  youth ;  and  nothing  could  be  seen  more  comely 
than  Mary  when  she  danced  on  the  green.  He  who  had 
gained  her  heart  left  her  for  another,  less  fair,  though 
richer  than  Mary.  From  that  time  she  became  sad  and 
pensive ;  the  rose  left  her  cheek,  and  she  was  never 
more  seen  to  dance  round  the  May-pole  on  the  green  : 
her  expectations-  were  blighted ;  she  became  quite  in- 
different to  everything  around  her,  and  seemed  to  think 
of  nothing  but  how  she  could  best  attend  her  mother, 
who  was  lame,  and  not  long  for  this  life.  Her  mother 
had  begged  a  black  kitten  from  soim  boys  who  were 
going  to  drown  it,  and  in  her  last  illness  she  told  Mary 
to  be  kind  to  it  for  her  sake. 

When  age  and  want  had  destroyed  the  symmetry  of 
Mary's  fine  form,  the  village  began  to  consider  her  as 
one  who  had  dealings  with  spirits  ;  her  cat  confirmed 
the  suspicion.  If  a  cow  died,  or  a  villager  wasted  away 
with  an  unknown  complaint,  Mary  and  her  cat  had  it 
to  answer  for.  Her  broom  sometimes  served  her  for  a 
walking-stick  :  and  if  ever  she  supported  her  tottering 
frame  with  it  as  far  as  the  May-pole,  where  once,  in 
youthful  bloom  and/ beauty,  she  had  attracted  the  eyes 
of  all,  the  boys  woUld  surround  her,  and  make  sport  of 
her,  while  her  ca^  had  neither  friend  nor  safety  beyond 
the  cottage  wall:  Nobody  considered  it  cruel  or  un- 
charitable to  torment  a  witch ;  and  it  is  probable,  long 


122  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

before  this,  that  cruelty,  old  age,  and  want  have  worn 
her  out,  and  that  both  poor  Mary  and  her  cat  have 
ceased  to  be. 

Would  you  wish  to  pursue  the  different  species  of 
game,  well-stored  and  boundless  is  your  range  in  Deme- 
rara.  Here  no  one  dogs  you,  and  afterwards  clandes- 
tinely inquires  if  you  have  a  hundred  a  year  in  land  to 
entitle  you  to  enjoy  such  patrician  sport.  Here  no  saucy 
intruder  asks  if  you  have  taken  out  a  licence,  by  virtue 
of  which  you  are  allowed  to  kill  the  birds  which  have 
bred  upon  your  own  property.  Here 

"  You  are  as  free  as  when  God  first  made  man, 
Ere  the  vile  laws  of  servitude  began, 
And  wild  in  woods  the  noble  savage  ran." 

Before  the  morning's  dawn  you  hear  a  noise  in  the 
forest,  which  sounds  like  "duraquaura  "  often  repeated. 
This  is  the  partridge,  a  little  smaller,  and 
F&r~  differing  somewhat  in  colour  from  the  Eng- 
lish partridge :  it  lives  entirely  in  the  forest, 
and  probably  the  young  brood  very  soon  leave  their 
parents,  as  you  never  flush  more  than  two  birds  in  the 
same  place,  and  in  general  only  one. 

About  the  same  hour,  and  sometimes  even 

Two  species  .       . 

of  the  Maam  at  midnight,  you  hear  two  species  oi  Maarn, 
or  Tinamou,  send  forth  their  long  and  plain- 
tive whistle  from  the  depth  of  the  forest.  The  flesh 
of  both  is  delicious.  The  largest  is  plumper,  and  almost 
equals  in  size  the  black  cock  of  Northumberland.  The 
quail  is  said  to  be  here,  though  rare. 

The  Hannaquoi,  which  some  have  compared  to  the 
TheHanna-  pheasant,  though  with  little  reason,  is  very 
iuoi-  common. 

Here  are  also  two  species  of  the  Powise,  or  Hocco, 


SECOND   JOURNEY.  123 

and  two  of  the  small  wild  Turkeys  called  Maroudi ; 

they  feed  on  the  ripe  fruits  of  the  forest,  and 
o^Hocco™6  are  found  in  all  directions  in  these  extensive 

wilds.  You  will  admire  the  horned  screamer 
as  a  stately  and  majestic  bird  :  he  is  almost  the  size  of 
the  turkey  cock ;  on  his  head  is  a  long  slender  horn, 
and  each  wing  is  armed  with  a  strong,  sharp,  triangular 
spur,  an  inch  long. 

Sometimes  you  will  fall  in  with  flocks  of 

Flocks    of 

waracabas  or  two  or  three  hundred  "Waracabas,  or  Trum- 

Trumpeters.  ,.    ,  „  .  , 

peters,  called  so  irom  the  singular  noise 
they  produce.  Their  breast  is  adorned  with  beautiful 
changing  blue  and  purple  feathers  ;  their  head  and 
neck  like  velvet ;  their  wings  and  back  grey,  and 
belly  black.  They  run  with  great  swiftness,  and  when 
domesticated,  attend  their  master  in  his  walks,  with  as 
much  apparent  affection  as  his  dog.  They  have  no 
spurs,  but  still,  such  is  their  high  spirit  and  activity, 
that  they  browbeat  every  dunghill  fowl  in  the  yard, 
and  force  the  Guinea  birds,  dogs,  and  turkeys  to  own 
their  superiority. 

If,  kind  and  gentle  reader,  thou  shouldst  ever  visit 
these  regions  with  an  intention  to  examine  their  pro- 
ductions, perhaps  the  few  observations  contained  in 
these  wanderings  may  be  of  service  to  thee ;  excuse 
their  brevity :  more  could  have  been  written,  and  each 
bird  more  particularly  described,  but  it  would  have 
been  pressing  too  hard  upon  thy  time  and  patience. 

Soon  after  arriving  in  these  parts,  thou  wilt  find  that 
the  species  here  enumerated  are  only  as  a  handful  from 
a  well-stored  granary.  Nothing  has  been  said  of  the 
eagles,  the  falcons,  the  hawks,  and  shrikes  ;  nothing  of 
the  different  species  of  vultures,  the  king  of  which  is 


124  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

very  handsome,  and  seems  to  be  the  only  bird  which 
claims  regal  honours  from  a  surrounding  tribe.  It  is  a 
fact  beyond  all  dispute,  that  when  the  scent  of  carrion 
has  drawn  together  hundreds  of  the  common  vultures, 
they  all  retire  from  the  carcase  as  soon  as  the  king  of 
the  vultures  makes  his  appearance.  When  his  majesty 
has  satisfied  the  cravings  of  his  royal  stomach  with  the 
choicest  bits  from  the  most  stinking  and  corrupted  parts, 
he  generally  retires  to  a  neighbouring  tree,  and  then  the 
common  vultures  return  in  crowds  to  gobble  down  his 
leavings.  The  Indians,  as  well  as  the  Whites,  have 
observed  this ;  for  when  one  of  them,  who  has  learned 
a  little  English,  sees  the  king,  and  wishes  you  to  have 
a  proper  notion  of  the  bird,  he  says,  "There  is  the 
governor  of  the  carrion  crows." 

Now,  the  Indians  have  never  heard  of  a  personage  in 
Demerara  higher  .than  that  of  governor  ;  and  the  colo- 
nists, through  a  common  mistake,  call  the  vultures 
carrion  crows.  Hence  the  Indian,  in  order  to  express 
the  dominion  of  this  bird  over  the  common  vultures, 
tells  you  he  is  governor  of  the  carrion  crows.  The 
Spaniards  have  also  observed  it,  for,  through  all  the 
Spanish  Main,  he  is  called  Eey  de  Zamuros,  king  of  the 
vultures.  The  many  species  of  owls,  too,  have  not  been 
noticed ;  and  no  mention  made  of  the  columbine  tribe. 
The  prodigious  variety  of  water  fowl,  on  the  sea-shore, 
has  been  but  barely  hinted  at. 

There,  and  on  the  borders  and  surface  of  the  inland 
waters,  in  the  marshes  and  creeks,  besides  the  flamingos, 
scarlet  curlew,  and  spoonbills,  already  mentioned,  will 
be  found ;  greenish-brown  curfews,  sand-pipers,  rails, 
coots,  gulls,  pelicans,  jabirus,  nandapoas,  crabiers,  snipes, 
plovers,  ducks,  geese,  cranes,  and  anhingas  ;  most  of 


SECOND   JOURNEY.  125 

them  in  vast  abundance ;  some  frequenting  only  the 
sea-coast,  others  only  the  interior,  according  to  their 
different  natures;  all  worthy  the  attention  of  the 
naturalist,  all  worthy  of  a  place  in  the  cabinet  of  the 
curious. 

Should  thy  comprehensive  genius  not  confine  itself  to 
birds  alone,  grand  is  the  appearance  of  other  objects  all 
around.  Thou  art  in  a  land  rich  in  botany  and  mine- 
ralogy, rich  in  zoology  and  entomology.  Animation  will 
glow  in  thy  looks,  and  exercise  will  brace  thy  frame  in 
vigour.  The  very  time  of  thy  absence  from  the  tables 
of  heterogeneous  luxury  will  be  profitable  to  thy 
stomach,  perhaps  already  sorely  drenched  with  Londo- 
Parisian  sauces,  and  a  new  stock  of  health  will  bring 
thee  an  appetite  to  relish  the  wholesome  food  of  the 
chase.  Never-failing  Sleep  will  wait  on  thee  at  the  time 
she  comes  to  soothe  the  rest  of  animated  nature ;  and, 
ere  the  sun's  rays  appear  in  the  horizon,  thou  wilt 
spring  from  thy  hammock  fresh  as  April  lark.  Be 
convinced  also,  that  the  dangers  and  difficulties  which 
are  generally  supposed  to  accompany  the  traveller 
in  his  journey  through  distant  regions,  are  not  half 
so  numerous  or  dreadful  as  they  are  commonly  thought 
to  be. 

Dangers  to  T^16  youth  who  incautiously  reels  into  the 
e,i,aPnortehreai  lobby  of  Drury  Lane,  after  leaving  the  table 

bu'timaginary.  ^^     to     tne   god    of  ^j^    £g    expose<l   to 

more  certain  ruin,  sickness,  and  decay,  than  he  who 
wanders  a  whole  year  in  the  wilds  of  Demerara.  But 
this  will  never  be  believed ;  because  the  disasters  arising 
from  dissipation  are  so  common  and  frequent  in  civilized 
life,  that  man  becomes  quite  habituated  to  them ;  and 
sees  daily  victims  sink  into  the  tomb  long  before  their 


126  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

time,  without  ever  once  taking  alarm  at  the  causes 
which  precipitated  them  headlong  into  it. 

But  the  dangers  which  a  traveller  exposes  himself  to 
in  foreign  parts  are  novel,  out-of-the-way  things  to  a 
man  at  home.  The  remotest  apprehension  of  meeting  a 
tremendous  tiger,  of  being  carried  off  by  a  flying  dragon, 
or  having  his  bones  picked  by  a  famished  cannibal ;  oh, 
that  makes  him  shudder  !  It  sounds  in  his  ears  like  the 
bursting  of  a  bomb-shell.  Thank  Heaven,  he  is  safe  by 
his  own  fire-side  ! 

Prudence  and  resolution  ought  to  be  the  traveller'^ 
constant  companions.  The  first  will  cause  him  to  avoid 
a  number  of  snares  which  he  will  find  in  the  path  as  he 
journeys  on ;  and  the  second  will  always  lend  a  hand  to 
assist  him  if  he  has  unavoidably  got  entangled  in  them. 
The  little  distinctions  which  have  been  shown  him  at 
his  own  home,  ought  to  be  forgotten  when  he  travels 
over  the  world  at  large  ;  for  strangers  know  nothing  of 
his  former  merits,  and  it  is  necessary  that  they  should 
witness  them  before  they  pay  him  the  tribute  which  he 
was  wont  to  receive  within  his  own  doors.  Thus,  to  be 
kind  and  affable  to  those  we  meet,  to  mix  in  their 
amusements,  to  pay  a  compliment  or  two  to  their  man- 
ners and  customs,  to  respect  their  elders,  to  give  a  little 
to  their  distressed  and  needy,  and  to  feel,  as  it  were,  at 
home  amongst  them,  is  the  sure  way  to  enable  you  to 
pass  merrily  on,  and  to  find  other  comforts  as  sweet  and 
palatable  as  those  which  you  were  accustomed  to  partake 
of  amongst  your  friends  and  acquaintance  in  your  own 
native  land.  We  will  now  ascend  in  fancy  on  Icarian 
wing,  and  take  a  view  of  Guiana  in  general.  See  an 
immense  plain  !  betwixt  two  of  the  largest  rivers  in  the 
world,  level  as  a  bowling-green,  save  at  Cayenne,  and 


SECOND   JOURNEY.  127 

covered  with  trees  along  the  coast  quite  to  the  Atlantic 
wave,  except  where  the  plantations  make  a  little 
vacancy  amongst  the  foliage. 

Though  nearly  in  the  centre  of  the  torrid  zone,  the 
sun's  rays  are  not  so  intolerable  as  might  be  imagined, 
on  account  of  the  perpetual  verdure  and  refreshing 
north-east  breeze.  See  what  numbers  of  broad  and  rapid 
rivers  intersect  it  in  their  journey  to  the  ocean,  and  that 
not  a  stone  or  a  pebble  is  to  be  found  on  their  banks,  or 
in  any  part  of  the  country,  till  your  eye  catches  the  hills 
in  the  interior.  How  beautiful  and  magnificent  are  the 
lakes  in  the  heart  of  the  forests,  and  how  charming  the 
forests  themselves,  for  miles  after  miles  on  each  side  of 
the  rivers  !  How  extensive  appear  the  savannas  or 
natural  meadows,  teeming  with  innumerable  herds  of 
cattle  where  the  Portuguese  and  Spaniards  are  settled, 
but  desert  as  Saara,  where  the  English  and  Dutch  claim 
dominion  !  How  gradually  the  face  of  the  country  rises  ! 
See  the  sand-hills  all  clothed  in  wood  first  emerging 
from  the  level,  then  hills  a  little  higher,  rugged  with 
bold  and  craggy  rocks,  peeping  out  from  amongst  the 
most  luxuriant  timber.  Then  come  plains,  and  dells, 
and  far-extending  valleys,  arrayed  in  richest  foliage  ; 
and  beyond  them,  mountains  piled  on  mountains,  some 
bearing  prodigious  forests,  others  of  bleak  and  barren 
aspect.  Thus  your  eye  wanders  on,  over  scenes  of 
varied  loveliness  and  grandeur,  till  it  rests  on  the 
stupendous  pinnacles  of  the  long-continued  Cordilleras 
de  los  Andes,  which  rise  in  towering  majesty,  and  com- 
mand all  America. 

How  fertile  must  the  lowlands  be,  from  the  accumu- 
lation of  fallen  leaves  and  trees  for  centuries  !  How 
propitious  the  swamps  and  slimy  beds  of  the  rivers, 


128  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH    AMERICA. 

heated  by  a  downward  sun,  to  the  amazing  growth  of 
alligators,  serpents,  and  innumerable  insects !  How 
inviting  the  forests  to  the  feathered  tribes,  where  you 
see  buds,  blossoms,  green  and  ripe  fruit,  full-grown  and 
fading  leaves,  all  on  the  same  tree  !  How  secure  the 
wild  beasts  may  rove  in  endless  mazes  !  Perhaps  those 
mountains  too,  which  appear  so  bleak  and  naked,  as  if 
quite  neglected,  are,  like  Potosi,  full  of  precious  metals. 
Let  us  now  return  the  pinions  we  bor- 

Conclusion. 

rowed  Irom  Icarus,  and  prepare  to  bid 
farewell  to  the  wilds.  The  time  allotted  to  these  wander- 
ings is  drawing  fast  to  a  close.  Every  day  for  the  last 
six  months  has  been  employed  in  paying  close  attention 
to  natural  history  in  the  forests  of  Demerara.  Above 
two  hundred  specimens  of  the  finest  birds  have  been 
collected,  and  a  pretty  just  knowledge  formed  of  their 
haunts  and  economy.  From  the  time  of  leaving  Eng- 
land, in  March  1816,  to  the  present  day,  nothing  has 
intervened  to  arrest  a  fine  flow  of  health,  saving  a 
quartan  ague,  which  did  not  tarry,  but  fled  as  suddenly 
as  it  appeared. 

And  now  I  take  leave  of  thee,  kind  and  gentle  reader. 
The  new  mode  of  preserving  birds,  heretofore  promised 
thee,  shall  not  be  forgotten.  The  plan  is  already  formed 
in  imagination,  and  can  be  penned  down  during  the 
passage  across  the  Atlantic.  If  the  few  remarks  in 
these  wanderings  shall  have  any  weight  in  inciting  thee 
to  sally  forth,  and  explore  the  vast  and  well-stored 
regions  of  Demerara,  I  have  gained  my  end.  Adieu  ! 

CHARLES  WATERTON. 
April  6th,  1817. 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  129 


THIRD  JOURNEY. 


"  Desertosque  videre  locos,  littusque  relictum.' 


GENTLE  reader,  after  staying  a  few  months  in  Eng- 
land, I  strayed  across  the  Alps  and  the  Apennines^  and 
returned  home,  but  could  not  tarry.  Guiana  still 
whispered  in  my  ear,  and  seemed  to  invite  me  once 
more  to  wander  through  her  distant  forests. 

Shouldst  thou  have  a  leisure  hour  to  read  what 
follows,  I  pray  thee  pardon  the  frequent  use  of  that 
unwelcome  monosyllable  I.  It  could  not  well  be 
avoided,  as  will  be  seen  in  the  sequel.  In  February, 
1820,  I  sailed  from  the  Clyde,  on  board  the  Glenbervie, 
a,  fine  West-Indiaman.  She  was  driven  to  the  north- 
west of  Ireland,  and  had  to  contend  with  a  foul  and 
wintry  wind  for  above  a  fortnight.  At  last  it  changed, 
and  we  had  a  pleasant 'passage  across  the  Atlantic. 
Yellow  fever  ^a^  anc^  roournful  was  the  story  we  heard 
at  Demerara.  on  entering  the  river  Demerara.  The  yellow 
fever  had  swept  off  numbers  of  the  old  inhabitants, 
and  the  mortal  remains  of  many  a  new  comer  were  daily 
passing  down  the  streets,  in  slow  and  mute  procession 
to  their  last  resting-place. 

Residence  at  -^^  staying  a  few  days  in  the  town,  I 
Mibiri  creek.  went  up  the  Demerara  to  the  former  habita- 
tion of  my  worthy  friend,  Mr.  Edmonstone,  in  Mibiri 
creek. 


130  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

The  house  had  been  abandoned  for  some  years.  On 
arriving  at  the  hill,  the  remembrance  of  scenes  long  past 
and  gone,  naturally  broke  in  upon  the  mind.  All  was 
changed  ;  the  house  was  in  ruins,  and  gradually  sinking 
under  the  influence  of  the  sun  and  rain ;  the  roof  had 
nearly  fallen  in  ;  and  the  room,  where  once  governors 
and  generals  had  caroused,  was  now  dismantled,  and 
tenanted  by  the  vampire.  You  would  have  said, 

"  "Tis  now  the  vampire's  bleak  abode, 
'Tis  now  the  apartment  of  the  toad ; 
'Tis  here  the  painful  Cliegoe  feeds, 
'Tis  here  the  dire  Labarri  breeds, 
Conceal'd  in  ruins,  moss,  and  weeds." 

On  the  outside  of  the  house,  nature  had  nearly  re- 
assumed  her  ancient  right :  a  few  straggling  fruit-trees 
were  still  discernible  amid  the  varied  hue  of  the  near 
approaching  forest ;  they  seemed  like  strangers  lost,  and 
bewildered,  and  unpitied,  in  a  foreign  land,  destined  to 
linger  a  little  longer,  and  then  sink  down  for  ever. 

I  hired  some  negroes  from  a  woodcutter 

Conrerted  into  . 

the  author's  in  another  creek  to  repair  the  roof ;  and 
then  the  house,  or  at  least  what  remained  of 
it,  became  head-quarters  for  natural  history.  The  frogs, 
and  here  and  there  a  snake,  deceived  that  attention 
which  the  weak  in  this  world  generally  experience 
from  the  strong,  and  which  the  law  commonly  denomi- 
nates an  ejectment.  But  here,  neither  the  frogs  nor 
serpents  were  ill-treated ;  they  sallied  forth,  without 
buffet  or  rebuke,  to  choose  their  place  of  residence; 
the  world  was  all  before  them.  The  owls  went  away 
of  their  own  accord,  preferring  to  retire  to  a  hollow 
tree  rather  than  to  associate  with  their  new  landlord. 
The  bats  and  vampires  stayed  with  me,  and  went  in  and 
out  as  usual. 


THIRD  JOURNEY.  131 

It  was  upon  this  hill  in  former  days  that  I  first  tried 
to  teach  John,  the  black  slave  of  my  friend  Mr.  Edmon- 
stone,  the  proper  way  to  do  birds.  But  John  had  poor 
abilities,  and  it  required  much  time  and  patience  to 
drive  anything  into  him.  Some  years  after  this  his 
master  took  him  to  Scotland,  where,  becoming  free, 
John  left  him,  and  got  employed  in  the  Glasgow, 
and  then  the  Edinburgh  museum.  Mr.  Robert  Ednion- 
stone,  nephew  to  the  above  gentleman,  had  a  fine 
mulatto,  capable  of  learning  anything.  He  requested 
me  to  teach  him  the  art.  I  did  so.  He  was  docile 
and  active,  and  was  with  me  all  the  time  in  the  forest ; 
I  left  him  there  to  keep  up  this  new  art  of  preserving 
birds,  and  to  communicate  it  to  others.  Here  then  I 
fixed  my  head-quarters,  in  the  ruins  of  this  once  gay 
and  hospitable  house.  Close  by,  in  a  little  hut,  which, 
in  times  long  past,  had  served  for  a  store  to  keep  pro- 
visions in,  there  lived  a  coloured  man  and  his  wife,  by 
name  Backer.  Many  a  kind  turn  they  did  to  me  ;  and 
I  was  more  than  once  a  service  to  them  and  their 
children,  by  bringing  to  their  relief,  in  time  of  sickness, 
what  little  knowledge  I  had  acquired  of  medicine. 

I  would  here,  gentle  reader,  wish  to  draw  thy  atten- 
Raimentand  *i°n>  ^or  a  ^ew  minutes,  to  physic,  raiment, 
and  diet.  Shouldst  thou  ever  wander 
through  these  remote  and  dreary  wilds,  forget  not  to 
carry  with  thee  bark,  laudanum,  calomel,  and  jalap,  and 
the  lancet.  There  are  no  druggist  shops  here,  nor  sons 
of  Galen  to  apply  to  in  time  of  need.  I  never  go  en- 
cumbered with  many  clothes.  A  thin  flannel  waistcoat 
under  a  check  shirt,  a  pair  of  trowsers,  and  a  hat,  were 
all  my  wardrobe  ;  shoes  and  stockings  I  seldom  had  on. 
In  dry  weather  they  would  have  irritated  the  feet,  and 

K2 


132  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

retarded  me  in  the  chase  of  wild  beasts ;  and  in  the 
rainy  season  they  would  have  kept  me  in  a  perpetual 
state  of  damp  and  moisture.  I  eat  moderately,  and 
never  drink  wine,  spirits,  or  fermented  liquors  in  any 
climate.  This  abstemiousness  has  ever  proved  a  faith- 
ful friend  ;  it  carried  me  triumphant  through  the  epi- 
demia  at  Malaga,  where  death  made  such  havoc  about 
the  beginning  of  the  present  century  ;  and  it  has  since 
befriended  me  in  many  a  fit  of  sickness,  brought  on  by 
exposure  to  the  noon-day  sun,  to  the  dews  of  night,  to 
the  pelting  shower,  and  unwholesome  food. 

Perhaps  it  will  be  as  well,  here,  to  mention  a  fever 
which  came  on,  and  the  treatment  of  it ;  it  may  pos- 
sibly be  of  use  to  thee,  shouldst  thou  turn  wanderer  in 
the  tropics  :  a  word  OP  two  also  of  a  wound  I  got  in 
the  forest,  and  then  we  will  say  no  more  of  the  little 
accidents  which  sometimes  occur,  and  attend  solely  to 
natural  history.  "We  shall  have  an  opportunity  of  see- 
ing the  wild  animals  in  their  native  haunts,  undisturbed 
and  unbroken  in  upon  by  man.  We  shall  have  time 
and  leisure  to  look  more  closely  at  them,  and  probably 
rectify  some  errors  which,  for  want  of  proper  informa- 
tion, or  a  near  observance,  have  crept  into  their  several 
histories. 

It  was  in  the  month  of  June,  when  the  sun  was 
Severe  at-   within  a  few  days  of  Cancer,  that  I  had  a 

tack  of  fever.   gevere  attack   of  fever>      Tnere  had    been  a 

deluge  of  rain,  accompanied  with  tremendous  thunder 
and  lightning,  and  very  little  sun.  Nothing  could 
exceed  the  dampness  of  the  atmosphere.  For  two  or 
three  days  I  had  been  in  a  kind  of  twilight  state  of 
health,  neither  ill  nor  what  you  may  call  well ;  I 
yawned  and  felt  weary  without  exercise,  and  my  sleep 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  133 

was  merely  slumber.  This  was  the  time  to  have  taken 
medicine ;  but  I  neglected  to  do  so,  though  I  had  just 
been  reading,  "  0  navis  referent  in  mare  te  novi  fluctus, 
0  quid  agis  ?  fortiter  occupa  portum."  I  awoke  at 
midnight ;  a  cruel  headache,  thirst,  and  pain  in  the 
small  of  the  back,  informed  me  what  the  case  was. 
Had  Chiron  himself  been  present,  he  could  not  have 
told  me  more  distinctly  that  I  was  going  to  have  a  tight 
brush  of  it,  and  that  I  ought  to  meet  it  with  becoming 
fortitude.  I  dozed,  and  woke,  and  startled,  and  then 
dozed  again,  and  suddenly  awoke,  thinking  I  was 
falling  down  a  precipice. 

The  return  of  the  bats  to  their  diurnal  retreat,  which 
was  in  the  thatch  above  my  hammock,  informed  me 
that  the  sun  was  now  fast  approaching  to  the  eastern 
horizon.  I  arose,  in  languor  and  in  pain,  the  pulse  at 
one  hundred  and  twenty.  I  took  ten  grains  of  calomel 
and  a  scruple  of  jalap,  and  drank  during  the  day  large 
draughts  of  tea,  weak  and  warm.  The  physic  did  its 
duty  ;  but  there  was  no  remission  of  fever  or  headache, 
though  the  pain  of  the  back  was  less  acute.  I  was 
saved  the  trouble  of  keeping  the  room  cool,  as  the  wind 
beat  in  at  every  quarter. 

At  five  in  the  evening  the  pulse  had  risen  to  one 
hundred  and  thirty,  and  the  headache  almost  insup- 
portable, especially  on  looking  to  the  right  or  left.  I 
now  opened  a  vein,  and  made  a  large  orifice,  to  allow 
the  blood  to  rush  out  rapidly ;  I  closed  it  after  losing 
sixteen  ounces.  I  then  steeped  my  feet  in  warm  water, 
and  got  into  the  hammock.  After  bleeding,  the  pulse 
fell  to  ninety,  and  the  head  was  much  relieved ;  but 
during  the  night,  which  was  very  restless,  the  pulse 
rose  again  to  one  hundred  and  twenty,  and  at  times  the 


134  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH    AMERICA. 

headache  was  distressing.  I  relieved  the  headache  from 
time  to  time,  by  applying  cold  water  to  the  temples,  and 
holding  a  wet  handkerchief  there.  The  next  morning 
the  fever  ran  very  high,  and  I  took  five  more  grains  of 
calomel  and  ten  of  jalap,  determined,  whatever  might 
be  the  case,  this  should  be  the  last  dose  of  calomel. 
About  two  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  the  fever  remitted, 
and  a  copious  perspiration  came  on  ;  there  was  no  more 
headache,  nor  thirst,  nor  pain  in  the  back,  and  the 
following  night  was  comparatively  a  good  one.  The 
next  morning  I  swallowed  a  large  dose  of  castor  oil :  it 
was  genuine,  for  Louisa  Backer  had  made  it  from  the 
seeds  of  the  trees  which  grew  near  the  door.  I  was 
now  entirely  free  from  all  symptoms  of  fever,  or  appre- 
hensions of  a  return  ;  and  the  morning  after  I  began  to 
take  bark,  and  continued  it  for  a  fortnight.  This  put 
all  to  rights. 
Meets  with  The  story  of  the  wound  I  got  in  the  forest, 

an  accident.      &n(j  the  mode  Qf  cm^  aJ.Q  ve]y  short—  I  had 

pursued  a  red-headed  woodpecker  for  above  a  mile  in  the 
forest,  without  being  able  to  get  a  shot  at  it.  Thinking 
more  of  the  woodpecker,  as  I  ran  along,  than  of  the 
way  before  me,  I  trod  upon  a  little  hardwood  stump, 
which  was  just  about  an  inch  or  so  above  the  ground  ; 
it  entered  the  hollow  part  of  my  foot,  making  a  deep 
and  lacerated  wound  there.  It  had  brought  me  to  the 
ground,  and  there  I  lay  till  a  transitory  fit  of  sickness 
went  off.  I  allowed  it  to  bleed  freely,  and  on  reaching 
head-quarters,  washed  it  well  and  probed  it,  to  feel  if 
any  foreign  body  was  left  within  it.  Being  satisfied 
that  there  was  none,  I  brought  the  edges  of  the  wound 
together,  and  then  put  a  piece  of  lint  on  it,  and  over 
that  a  very  large  poultice,  which  was  changed  morning, 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  135 

noon,  and  night.  Luckily,  Backer  had  a  cow  or  two 
upon  the  hill ;  now,  as  heat  and  moisture  are  the  two 
principal  virtues  of  a  poultice,  nothing  could  produce 
those  two  qualities  better  than  fresh  cow-dung  boiled : 
had  there  been  no  cows  there,  I  could  have  made  it 
with  boiled  grass  and  leaves.  I  now  took  entirely  to 
the  hammock,  placing  the  foot  higher  than  the  knee  ; 
this  prevented  it  from  throbbing,  and  was,  indeed,  the 
only  position  in  which  I  could  be  at  ease.  When  the 
inflammation  was  completely  subdued,  I  applied  a  wet 
cloth  to  the  wound,  and  every  now  and  then  steeped 
the  foot  in  cold  water  duiing  the  day,  and  at  night 
again  applied  a  poultice.  The  wound  was  now  healing 
fast,  and  in  three  weeks  from  the  time  of  the  accident 
nothing  but  a  scar  remained  ;  so  that  I  again  sallied 
forth  sound  and  joyful,  and  said  to  myself — 

"  I,  pedes  quo  t«  rapiunt  et  aura 
Dum  favet  sol,  et  locus,  i  secundo 
Online,  et  conto  latebras,  ut  olim, 

Rumpe  ferarum." 

Now,  this  contus  was  a  tough  light  pole,  eight  feet  long, 
on  the  end  of  which  was  fixed  an  old  bayonet.  I  never 
went  into  the  canoe  without  it ;  it  was  of  great  use  in 
starting  the  beasts  and  snakes  out  of  the  hollow  trees, 
and  in  case  of  need,  was  an  excellent  defence. 

In  1819,  I  had  the  last  conversation  with 

Lastconver-  _.     _  _      .  ,  ...  , 

sation  with  sir  bir  Joseph  .Banks.  I  saw  with  sorrow  that 
death  was  going  to  rob  us  of  him.  We  talked 
much  of  the  present  mode  adopted  by  all  museums  in 
stuffing  quadrupeds,  and  condemned  it  as  being  very 
imperfect :  still  we  could  not  find  out  a  better  way  ;  and 
at  last  concluded,  that  the  lips  and  nose  ought  to  be  cut 
off,  and  replaced  with  wax ;  it  being  impossible  to  make 
those  parts  appear  like  life,  as  they  shrink  to  nothing,  and 


136  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

render  the  stuffed  specimens  in  the  different  museums 
horrible  to  look  at.     The  defects  in  the  legs  and  feet 
would  not  he  quite  so  glaring,  being  covered  with  hair. 
I  had  paid  great  attention  to  this  subject 

Stuffing 

birds  and       for  above  fourteen  years  ;  still  it  would  not 

quadrupeds.  . 

do  :  however,  one  night,  while  I  was  lying 
in  the  hammock,  and  harping  on  the  string  on  which 
hung  all  my  solicitude,  I  hit  upon  the  proper  mode 
by  inference ;  it  appeared  clear  to  me  that  it  was  the 
only  true  way  of  going  to  work,  and  ere  I  closed  my 
eyes  in  sleep,  I  was  able  to  prove  to  myself  that  there 
could  not  be  any  other  way  that  would  answer.  I 
tried  it  the  next  day,  and  succeeded  according  to  ex- 
pectation. 

By  means  of  this  process,  which  is  very  simple,  we 
can  now  give  every  feature  back  again  to  the  animal's 
face,  after  it  has  been  skinned;  and  when  necessary, 
stamp  grief,  or  pain,  or  pleasure,  or  rage,  or  mildness 
upon  it.  But  more  of  this  hereafter. 

Let  us  now  turn  our  attention  to  the 
Sloth,  whose  native  haunts  have  hitherto 
been  so  little  known,  and  probably  little  looked  into. 
Those  who  have  written  on  this  singular  animal,  have 
remarked  that  he  is  in  a  perpetual  state  of  pain,  that 
he  is  proverbially  slow  in  his  movements,  that  he  is  a 
prisoner  in  space,  and  that  as  soon  as  he  has  consumed 
all  the  leaves  of  the  tree  upon  which  he  had  mounted, 
he  rolls  himself  up  in  the  form  of  a  ball,  and  then  falls 
to  the  ground.  This  is  not  the  case. 

If  the  naturalists  who  have  written  the  history  of 
the  sloth  had  gone  into  the  wilds,  in  order  to  examine 
his  haunts  and  economy,  they  would  not  have  drawn 
the  foregoing  conclusions  ;  they  would  have  learned, 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  137 

that  though  all  other  quadrupeds  may  be  described 
while  resting  upon  the  ground,  the  sloth  is  an  exception 
to  this  rule,  and  that  his  history  must  be  written  while 
he  is  in  the  tree. 

This  singular  animal  is  destined  by  nature  to  be  pro- 
duced, to  live,  and  to  die  in  the  trees ;  and  to  do  justice 
to  him,  naturalists  must  examine  him  in  this  his  upper 
element.  He  is  a  scarce  and  solitary  animal,  and  being 
good  food,  he  is  never  allowed  to  escape.  He  inhabits 
remote  and  gloomy  forests,  where  snakes  take 

Lives  in  .... 

gloomy  fo-      up  their  abode,  and  where  cruelly  stinging 

rests.  . 

ants  and  scorpions,  and  swamps,  and  innu- 
merable thorny  shrubs  and  bushes,  obstruct  the  steps 
of  civilized  man.  Were  you  to  draw  your  own  con- 
clusions from  the  descriptions  which  have  been  given 
of  the  sloth,  you  would  probably  suspect,  that  no 
naturalist  has  actually  gone  into  the  wilds  with  the 
fixed  determination  to  find  him  out  and  examine  his 
haunts,  and  see  whether  nature  has  committed  any 
blunder,  in  the  formation  of  this  extraordinary  creature, 
which  appears  to  us  so  forlorn  and  miserable,  so  ill  put 
together,  and  so  totally  unfit  to  enjoy  the  blessings 
which  have  been  so  bountifully  given  to  the  rest  of 
animated  nature ;  for,  as  it  has  formerly  been  remarked, 
he  has  no  soles  to  his  feet,  and  he  is  evidently  ill  at 
ease  when  he  tries  to  move  on  the  ground,  and  it  is 
then  that  he  looks  up  in  your  face  with  a  countenance 
that  says,  "  Have  pity  on  me,  for  I  am  in  pain  and 
sorrow." 

It  mostly  happens  that  Indians  and  Negroes  are  the 
people  who  catch  the  sloth,  and  bring  it  to  the  white 
man  :  hence  it  may  be  conjectured  that  the  erroneous 
accounts  we  have  hitherto  had  of  the  sloth,  have  not 


138  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

been  penned  down  with  the  slightest  intention  to  mis- 
lead the  reader,  or  give  him  an  exaggerated  history,  hut 
that  these  errors  have  naturally  arisen  by  examining 
the  sloth  in  those  places  where  nature  never  intended 
that  he  should  be  exhibited. 

However,  we  are  now  in  his  own  domain.  Man  but 
little  frequents  these  thick  and  noble  forests,  which  ex- 
tend far  and  wide  on  every  side  of  us.  This,  then,  is 
the  proper  place  to  go  in  quest  of  the  sloth.  We  will 
first  take  a  near  view  of  him.  By  obtaining  a  know- 
Anatomy  of  ledge  of  his  anatomy,  we  shall  be  enabled 
the  sloth.  £O  account  for  his  movements  hereafter,  when 
we  see  him  in  his  proper  haunts.  His  fore-legs,  or, 
more  correctly  speaking,  his  arms,  are  apparently  much 
too  long,  while  his  hind-legs  are  very  short,  and  look 
as  if  they  could  be  bent  almost  to  the  shape  of  a  cork- 
screw. Both  the  fore  and  hind-legs,  by  their  form, 
and  by  the  manner  in  which  they  are  joined  to  the 
body,  are  quite  incapacitated  from  acting  in  a  perpen- 
dicular direction,  or  in  supporting  it  on  the  earth  as  the 
bodies  of  other  quadrupeds  are  supported,  by  their  legs. 
Hence,  when  you  place  him  on  the  floor,  his  belly 
touches  the  ground.  Now,  granted  that  he  supported 
himself  on  his  legs  like  other  animals,  nevertheless  he 
would  be  in  pain,  for  he  has  no  soles  to  his  feet,  and 
his  claws  are  very  sharp  and  long,  and  curved;  so  that, 
were  his  body  supported  by  his  feet,  it  would  be  by 
their  extremities,  just  as  your  body  would  be,  were 
you  to  throw  yourself  on  all  fours,  and  try  to  support 
it  on  the  ends  of  your  toes  and  fingers — a  trying 
position.  "Were  the  floor  of  glass,  or  of  a  polished 
surface,  the  sloth  would  actually  be  quite  stationary ; 
but  as  the  ground  is  generally  rough,  with  little  pro- 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  139 

tuberances  upon  it,  such  as  stones,  or  roots  of  grass,  &c., 
this  just  suits  the  sloth,  and  he  moves  his  fore-legs  in 
all  directions,  in  order  to  find  something  to  lay  hold  of; 
and  when  he  has  succeeded,  he  pulls  himself  forward, 
and  is  thus  enabled  to  travel  onwards,  but  at  the  same 
time  in  so  tardy  and  awkward  a  manner,  as  to  acquire 
him  the  name  of  sloth. 

Indeed  his  looks  and  his  gestures  evidently  betray 
his  uncomfortable  situation ;  and  as  a  sigh  every  now 
and  then  escapes  him,  we  may  be  entitled  to  conclude 
that  he  is  actually  in  pain. 

Some  years  ago  I  kept  a  sloth  in  my  room  for  several 
months.  I  often  took  him  out  of  the  house  and  placed 
him  upon  the  ground,  in  order  to  have  an  opportunity 
of  observing  his  motions.  If  the  ground  were  rough, 
he  would  pull  himself  forwards,  by  means  of  his  fore- 
legs, at  a  pretty  good  pace ;  and  he  invariably  imme- 
diately shaped  his  course  towards  the  nearest  tree  :  but 
if  I  put  him  upon  a  smooth  and  well-trodden  part  of 
the  road,  he  appeared  to  be  in  trouble  and  distress. 
His  favourite  abode  was  the  back  of  a  chair ;  and  after 
getting  all  his  legs  in  a  line  upon  the  topmost  part  of 
it,  he  would  hang  there  for  hours  together,  and  often, 
with  a  low  and  inward  cry,  would  seem  to  invite  me  to 
take  notice  of  him. 

The  sloth,  in  its  wild  state,  spends  its  whole  life  in 
trees,  and  never  leaves  them  but  through  force,  or  by 
accident.  An  all-ruling  Providence  has  ordered  man  to 
tread  on  the  surface  of  the  earth,  the  eagle  to  soar  in 
the  expanse  of  the  skies,  and  the  monkey  and  squirrel 
to  inhabit  the  trees :  still  these  may  change  their  relative 
situations  without  feeling  much  inconvenience :  but  the 
sloth  is  doomed  to  spend  his  whole  life  in  the  trees ;  and 


140  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

what  is  more  extraordinary,  not  upon  the  branches,  like 
the  squirrel  and  the  monkey,  but  under  them.  He 
moves  suspended  from  the  branch,  he  rests  suspended 
from  it,  and  he  sleeps  suspended  from  it.  To  enable 
him  to  do  this,  he  must  have  a  very  different  formation 
from  that  of  any  other  known  quadruped. 

Hence,  his  seemingly  bungled  conformation  is  at  once 
accounted  for ;  and  in  lieu  of  the  sloth  leading  a  painful 
F.fe,  and  entailing  a  melancholy  and  miserable  existence 
on  its  progeny,  it  is  but  fair  to  surmise  that  it  just 
enjoys  life  as  much  as  any  other  animal,  and  that  its 
extraordinary  formation  and  singular  habits  are  but 
further  proofs  to  engage  us  to  admire  the  wonderful 
works  of  Omnipotence. 

It  must  be  observed,  that  the  sloth  does  not  hang 
head  downwards  like  the  vampire.  When  asleep,  he 
supports  himself  from  a  branch  parallel  to  the  earth. 
He  first  seizes  the  branch  with  one  arm,  and  then  with 
the  other ;  and  after  that,  brings  up  both  his  legs,  one 
by  one,  to  the  same  branch,  so  that  all  four  are  in 
a  line :  he  seems  perfectly  at  rest  in  this  position. 
Now,  had  he  a  tail,  he  would  be  at  a  loss  to  know  what 
to  do  with  it  in  this  position :  were  he  to  draw  it  up 
within  his  legs,  it  would  interfere  with  them ;  and  were 
he  to  let  it  hang  down,  it  would  become  the  sport  of 
the  winds.  Thus  his  deficiency  of  tail  is  a  benefit  to 
him;  it  is  merely  an  apology  for  a  tail,  scarcely  ex- 
ceeding an  inch  and  a  half  in  length. 

I  observed,  when  he  was  climbing,  he  never  used  his 
arms  both  together,  but  first  one  and  then  the  other, 
and  so  on  alternately.  There  is  a  singularity  in  his 
hair,  different  from  that  of  all  other  animals,  and,  I 
believe,  hitherto  unnoticed  by  naturalists ;  his  hair  is 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  1 

thick  and  coarse  at  the  extremity,  and  gradually  tapers 
to  the  root,  where  it  becomes  fine  as  a  spider's  web. 
His  fur  has  so  much  the  hue  of  the  moss  which  grows 
on  the  branches  of  the  trees,  that  it  is  very  difficult  to 
make  him  out  when  he  is  at  rest. 

The  male  of  the  three-toed  sloth  has  a  longitudinal 
bar  of  very  fine  black  hair  on  his  back,  rather  lower 
than  the  shoulder-blades  ;  on  each  side  of  this  black  bar 
there  is  a  space  of  yellow  hair,  equally  fine  ;  it  has  the 
appearance  of  being  pressed  into  the  body,  and  looks 
exactly  as  if  it  had  been  singed.  If  we  examine  the 
anatomy  of  his  fore-legs,  we  shall  immediately  perceive, 
by  their  firm  and  muscular  texture,  how  very  capable 
they  are  of  supporting  the  pendent  weight  of  his  body, 
both  in  climbing  and  at  rest ;  and,  instead  of  pronounc- 
ing them  a  bungled  composition,  as  a  celebrated  natu- 
ralist has  done,  we  shall  consider  them  as  remarkably 
well  calculated  to  perform  their  extraordinary  functions. 

As  the  sloth  is  an  inhabitant  of  forests  within  the 
tropics,  where  the  trees  touch  each  other  in  the  greatest 
profusion,  there  seems  to  be  no  reason  why  he  should 
confine  himself  to  one  tree  alone  for  food,  and  entirely 
strip  it  of  its  leaves.  During  the  many  years  I  have 
ranged  the  forests,  I  have  never  seen  a  tree  in  such  a 
state  of  nudity ;  indeed,  I  would  hazard  a  conjecture, 
that,  by  the  time  the  animal  had  finished  the  last  of  the 
old  leaves,  there  would  be  a  new  crop  on  the  part  of 
the  tree  he  had  stripped  first,  ready  for  him  to  begin 
again,  so  quick  is  the  process  of  vegetation  in  these 
countries. 

There  is  a  saying  amongst  the  Indians,  that  when 
the  wind  blows,  the  sloth  begins  to  travel.  In  calm, 
weather  he  remains  tranquil,  probably  not  liking  to 


142  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

cling  to  the  brittle  extremity  of  the  branches,  lest  they 
should  break  with  him  in  passing  from  one  tree  to 
another  ;  but,  as  soon  as  the  wind  rises,  the  branches 
of  the  neighbouring  trees  become  interwoven,  and  then 
the  sloth  seizes  hold  of  them,  and  pursues  his  journey 
in  safety.  There  is  seldom  an  entire  day  of  calm  in 
these  forests.  The  trade-wind  generally  sets  in  about 
ten  o'clock  in  the  morning,  and  thus  the  sloth  may  set 
off  after  breakfast,  and  get  a  considerable  way  before 
dinner.  He  travels  at  a  good  round  pace ;  and  were 
you  to  see  him  pass  from  tree  to  tree,  as  I  have  done, 
you  would  never  think  of  calling  him  a  sloth. 

Thus,  it  would  appear  that  the  different  histories  we 
have  of  this  quadruped  are  erroneous  on  two  accounts : 
first,  that  the  writers  of  them,  deterred  by  difficulties 
and  local  annoyances,  have  not  paid  sufficient  attention 
to  him  in  his  native  haunts  ;  and  secondly,  they  have 
described  him  in  a  situation  in  which  he  was  never 
intended  by  nature  to  cut  a  figure  ;  I  mean  on  the 
ground.  The  sloth  is  as  much  at  a  loss  to  proceed  on 
his  journey  upon  a  smooth  and  level  floor,  as  a  man 
would  be  who  had  to  walk  a  mile  in  stilts  upon  a  line 
of  feather  beds. 

One  day,  as  we  were  crossing  the  Essequibo,  I  saw 

•The  two-  a  large  two-toed  sloth  on  the  ground  upon 
toed  sloth.  the  bank.  how  he  had  got  there  nobody 

could  tell  :  the  Indian  said  he  had  never  surprised  a 
sloth  in  such  a  situation  before  :  he  would  hardly  have 
come  there  to  drink,  for  both  above  and  below  the 
place,  the  branches  of  the  trees  touched  the  water,  and 
afforded  him  an  easy  and  safe  access  to  it.  Be  this  as  it 
may,  though  the  trees  were  not  above  twenty  yards 
from  him,  he  could  not  make  his  way  through  the  sand 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  143 

time  enough  to  escape  before  we  landed.  As  soon  as 
we  got  up  to  him  he  threw  himself  upon  his  back,  and 
defended  himself  in  gallant  style  with  his  fore-legs. 
"  Come,  poor  fellow,"  said  I  to  him,  "  if  thou  hast  got 
into  a  hobble  to-day,  thou  shalt  not  suffer  for  it :  I'll  take 
no  advantage  of  thee  in  misfortune  ;  the  forest  is  large 
enough  both  for  thee  and  me  to  rove  in  :  go  thy  ways 
up  above,  and  enjoy  thyself  in  these  endless  wilds  :  it  is 
more  than  probable  thou  wilt  never  have  another  inter- 
view with  man.  So  fare  thee  well."  On  saying  this,  I 
took  a  long  stick  which  was  lying  there,  held  it  for  him 
to  hook  on,  and  then  conveyed  him  to  a  high  and 
stately  mora.  He  ascended  with  wonderful  rapidity, 
and  in  about  a  minute  he  was  almost  at  the  top  of  the 
tree.  He  now  went  off  in  a  side  direction,  and  caught 
hold  of  the  branch  of  a  neighbouring  tree;  he  then 
proceeded  towards  the  heart  of  the  forest.  I  stood 
looking  on,  lost  in  amazement  at  his  singular  mode  of 
progress.  I  followed  him  with  my  eye  till  the  inter- 
vening branches  closed  in  betwixt  us  ;  and  then  I  lost 
sight  for  ever  of  the  two-toed  sloth.  I  was  going  to 
add,  that  I  never  saw  a  sloth  take  to  his  heels  in  such 
earnest ;  but  the  expression  will  not  do,  for  the  sloth 
has  no  heels. 

That  which  naturalists  have  advanced  of  his  being  so 
tenacious  of  life,  is  perfectly  true.  I  saw  the  heart  of 
one  beat  for  half  an  hour  after  it  was  taken  out  of  the 
body.  The  wourali  poison  seems  to  be  the  only  thing 
that  will  kill  it  quickly.  On  reference  to  a  former  part 
of  these  Wanderings,  it  will  be  seen  that  a  poisoned 
arrow  killed  the  sloth  in  about  ten  minutes. 

So  much  for  this  harmless,  unoffending  animal.  He 
holds  a  conspicuous  place  in  the  catalogue  of  the  animals 


144  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

of  the  new  world.  Though  naturalists  have  made  no 
mention  of  what  follows,  still  it  is  not  less  true  on  that 
account.  The  sloth  is  the  only  quadruped  known 
which  spends  its  whole  life  from  the  branch  of  a  tree, 
suspended  by  his  feet.  I  have  paid  uncommon  attention 
to  him  in  his  native  haunts.  The  monkey  and  squirrel 
will  seize  a  branch  with  their  fore-feet,  and  pull  them- 
selves up,  and  rest  or  run  upon  it ;  but  the  sloth,  after 
seizing  it,  still  remains  suspended,  and  suspended  moves 
along  under  the  branch,  till  he  can  lay  hold  of  another. 
Whenever  I  have  seen  him  in  his  native  woods,  whether 
at  rest,  or  asleep,  or  on  his  travels,  I  have  always  ob- 
served that  he  was  suspended  from  the  branch  of  a  tree. 
When  his  form  and  anatomy  are  attentively  considered, 
it  will  appear  evident  that  the  sloth  cannot  be  at  ease 
in  any  situation,  where  his  body  is  higher,  or  above  his 
feet.  We  will  now  take  our  leave  of  him. 

In  the  far-extending  wilds  of  Guiana,  the 
traveller  will  be  astonished  at  the  immense 
quantity  of  ants  which  he  perceives  on  the  ground  and 
in  the  trees.  They  have  nests  in  the  branches,  four  or 
five  times  as  large  as  that  of  the  rook  ;  and  they  have 
a  covered  way  from  them  to  the  ground.  In  this 
covered  way  thousands  are  perpetually  passing  and 
repassing ;  and  if  you  destroy  part  of  it,  they  turn  to, 
and  immediately  repair  it. 

Other  species  of  ants  again  have  no  covered  way ;  but 
travel,  exposed  to  view,  upon  the  surface  of  the  earth. 
You  will  sometimes  see  a  string  of  these  ants  a  mile 
long,  each  carrying  in  its  mouth  to  its  nest  a  green  leaf, 
the  size  of  a  sixpence.  It  is  wonderful  to  observe  the 
order  in  which  they  move,  and  with  what  pains  and 
labour  they  surmount  the  obstructions  of  the  path. 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  145 

Three  species       The  ants  have  their  enemies,  as  well  as 
the  rest  of  animated  nature.     Amongst  the 
foremost  of  these  stand  the  three  species  of  Ant-bears. 
The  smallest  is  not  much  larger  than  a  rat ;  the  next 
is  nearly  the  size  of  a  fox  ;  and  the  third  a  stout  and 
powerful  animal,  measuring  about  six  feet  from  the 
snout  to  the  end  of  the  tail.    He  is  the  most  inoffensive 
of  all  animals,  and  never  injures  the  property  of  man. 
He  is  chiefly  found  in  the  inmost  recesses  of  the  forest, 
and  seems  partial  to  the  low  and  swampy  parts  near 
creeks,  where  the  troely-tree  grows.     There  he  goes  up 
and  down  in  quest  of  ants,  of  which  there  is  never  the 
least   scarcity;   so  that   he   soon   obtains  a  sufficient 
supply  of  food,  with  very  little  trouble.     He  cannot 
travel  fast ;  man  is  superior  to  him  in  speed.     "With- 
out swiftness  to  enable  him  to  escape  from  his  enemies, 
without  teeth,  the  possession  of  which  would  assist  him 
in  self-defence,  and  without  the  power  of  burrowing  in 
the  ground,  by  which  he  might  conceal  himself  from 
his  pursuers,  he  still  is  capable   of  ranging  through 
these  wilds  in  perfect  safety ;  nor  does  he  fear  the  fatal 
pressure   of  the   serpent's   fold,  or  the  teeth  of  the 
famished   jaguar.      Xature   has   formed   his   fore-legs 
wonderfully   thick,   and   strong,    and    muscular,    and 
armed    his    feet   with  three    tremendous    sharp    and 
crooked  claws.     Whenever  he  seizes  an  animal  with 
these  formidable  weapons,  he  hugs  it  close  to  his  body, 
and  keeps  it  there  till  it  dies  through  pressure,   or 
through  want  of  food.     JSor  does  the  ant-bear,  in  the 
meantime,  suffer  much  from  loss  of  aliment,  as  it  is  a 
well-known  fact,  that  he  can  go  longer  without  food 
than,  perhaps,  any  other  animal,  excepting  the  land- 
tortoise.     His  skin  is  of  a  texture  that  perfectly  resists 
L 


146  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

the  bite  of  a  dog;  his  hinder  parts  are  protected  by 
thick  and  shaggy  hair,  while  his  immense  tail  is  large 
enough  to  cover  his  whole  body. 

The  Indians  have  a  great  dread  of  coming  in  contact 
with  the  ant-bear ;  and  after  disabling  him  in  the  chase, 
never  think  of  approaching  him  till  he  be  quite  dead. 
It  is  perhaps  on  account  of  this  caution,  that  naturalists 
have  never  yet  given  to  the  world  a  true  and  correct 
drawing  of  this  singular  animal,  or  described  the  pecu- 
liar position  of  his  fore-feet  when  he  walks  or  stands. 
If,  in  taking  a  drawing  from  a  dead  ant-bear,  you  judge 
of  the  position  in  which  he  stands  from  that  of  all  other 
terrestrial  animals,  the  sloth  excepted,  you  will  be  in 
error.     Examine  only  a  figure  of  this  animal  in  books 
of  natural  history,  or  inspect  a  stuffed  specimen  in  the 
best  museums,  and  you  will  see  that  the  fore-claws  are 
just  in  the  same  forward  attitude  as  those  of  a  dog,  or 
a  common  bear,  when  he  walks  or  stands.     But  this  is 
a  distorted  and  unnatural  position  ;  and  in  life,  would 
be  a  painful  and  intolerable  attitude  for  the  ant-bear. 
The  length  and  curve  of  his  claws  cannot  admit  of  such 
a  position.     When  he  walks  or  stands,  his  feet  have 
somewhat  the  appearance  of  a  club-hand.      He  goes 
entirely  on  the  outer  side  of  his  fore-feet,  which  are 
quite  bent  inwards ;  the  claws  collected  into  a  point, 
and  going  under  the  foot.     In  this  position  he  is  quite 
at  ease ;   while  his  long  claws  are  disposed   of  in  a 
manner  to  render  them  harmless  to  him,  and  are  pre- 
vented from  becoming  dull  and  worn,  like  those  of  the 
dog,  which  would   inevitably  be   the  case,  did  thei 
points  come  in  actual  contact  with  the  ground ;  for  his 
claws  have  not  that  retractile  power  which  is  given 
animals  of  the  feline  species,  by  which  they  are  enabled 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  147 

to  preserve  the  sharpness  of  their  claws  on  the  most 
flinty  path.  A  slight  inspection  of  the  fore-feet  of  the 
ant-bear  will  immediately  convince  you  of  the  mistake 
artists  and  naturalists  have  fallen  into,  by  putting  his 
fore-feet  in  the  same  position  as  those  of  other  quad- 
rupeds ;  for  you  will  perceive  that  the  whole  outer  side 
of  his  foot  is  not  only  deprived  of  hair,  but  is  hard 
and  callous — proof  positive  of  its  being  in  perpetual 
contact  with  the  ground.  Now,  on  the  contrary,  the 
inner  side  of  the  bottom  of  his  foot  is  soft  and  rather 
hairy. 

Peculiarity  There  is  another  singularity  in  the 
onfttheanl^ryanatomy  of  the  ant-bear,  I  believe,  as  yet 
bear-  unnoticed  in  the  page  of  natural  history. 

He  has  two  very  large  glands  situated  below  the  root 
of  the  tongue.  From  these  is  emitted  a  glutinous 
liquid,  with  which  his  long  tongue  is  lubricated  when 
he  puts  it  into  the  ants'  nests.  These  glands  are  of  the 
same  substance  as  those  found  in  the  lower  jaw  of  the 
woodpecker.  The  secretion  from  them,  when  wet,  is 
very  clammy  and  adhesive,  but  on  being  dried  it  loses 
these  qualities,  and  you  can  pulverize  it  betwixt  your 
finger  and  thumb ;  so  that,  in  dissection,  if  any  of  it 
has  got  upon  the  fur  of  the  animal,  or  the  feathers  of 
the  bird,  allow  it  to  dry  there,  and  then  it  may  be 
removed  without  leaving  the  least  stain  behind. 

The  ant-bear  is  a  pacific  animal.  He  is  never  the 
first  to  begin  the  attack.  His  motto  may  be,  "  Noli  me 
tangere."  As  his  habits  and  his  haunts  differ  materially 
from  those  of  every  other  animal  in  the  forest,  their 
interests  never  clash,  and  thus  he  might  live  to  a  good 
old  age,  and  die  at  last  in  peace,  were  it  not  that  his 
flesh  is  good  food.  On  this  account,  the  Indian  wages 

L2 


148  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

perpetual  war  against  him,  and  as  he  cannot  escape  by 
flight,  he  falls  an  easy  prey  to  the  poisoned  arrow, 
shot  from,  the  Indian's  bow  at  a  distance.  If  ever  he 
be  closely  attacked  by  dogs,  he  immediately  throws 
himself  on  his  back,  and  if  he  be  fortunate  enough  to 
catch  hold  of  his  enemy  with  his  tremendous  claws,  the 
invader  is  sure  to  pay  for  his  rashness  with  the  loss 
of  life. 

We  will  now  take  a  view  of  the  Vampire.  As  there 
was  a  free  entrance  and  exit  to  the  vampire, 
in  the  loft  where  I  slept,  I  had  many  a  fine 
opportunity  of  paying  attention  to  this  nocturnal  sur- 
geon. He  does  not  always  live  on  blood.  When  the 
moon  shone  bright,  and  the  fruit  of  the  banana-tree 
was  ripe,  I  could  see  him  approach  and  eat  it.  He 
would  also  bring  into  the  loft,  from  the  forest,  a  green 
round  fruit,  something  like  the  wild  guava,  and  about 
the  size  of  a  nutmeg.  There  was  something  also,  in 
the  blossom  of  the  sawarri  nut-tree,  which  was  grateful 
to  him  ;  for  on  coming  up  Waratilla  creek,  in  a  moon- 
light night,  I  saw  several  vampires  fluttering  round  the 
top  of  the  sawarri-tree,  and  every  now  and  then  the 
blossoms,  which  they  had  broken  off,  fell  into  the 
water.  They  certainly  did  not  drop  off  naturally,  for 
on  examining  several  of  them,  they  appeared  quite 
fresh  and  blooming.  So  I  concluded  the  vampires 
pulled  them  from  the  tree,  either  to  get  at  the  incipient 
fruit,  or  to  catch  the  insects  which  often  take  up  their 
abode  in  flowers. 

The  vampire,  in  general,  measures  about  twenty-six 
inches  from  wing  to  wing  extended,  though  I  once 
killed  one  which  measured  thirty-tv^o  inches.  He  fre- 
quents old  abandoned  houses  and  hollow  trees;  and 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  149 

sometimes  a  cluster  of  them  may  be  seen  in  the  forest 
hanging  head  downwards  from  the  branch  of  a  tree. 

Goldsmith  seems  to  have  been  aware  that  the  vam- 
pire hangs  in  clusters  ;  for  in  the  "  Deserted  Village," 
speaking  of  America,  he  says, — 

"  And  matted  woods,  where  birds  forget  to  sing, 
But  silent  bats  in  drowsy  clusters  cling." 

The  vampire  has  a  curious  membrane,  which  rises 
from  the  nose,  and  gives  it  a  very  singular  appearance. 
It  has  been  remarked  before,  that  there  are  two  species 
of  vampire  in  Guiana,  a  larger  and  a  smaller.  The 
larger  sucks  men  and  other  animals ;  the  smaller  seems 
to  confine  himself  chiefly  to  birds.  I  learnt  from  a 
gentleman,  high  up  in  the  river  Demerara,  that  he  was 
completely  unsuccessful  with  his  fowls,  on  account  of 
the  small  vampire.  He  showed  me  some  that  had  been 
sucked  the  night  before,  and  they  were  -scarcely  able 
to  walk. 

Some  years  ago  I  went  to  the  river  Paumaron  with  a 
Scotch  gentleman,  by  name  Tarbet.  We 
hung  our  hammocks  in  the  thatched  loft  of  a 
planter's  house.  Next  morning  I  heard  this  gentleman 
muttering  in  his  hammock,  and  now  and  then  letting 
fall  an  imprecation  or  two,  just  about  the  time  he  ought 
to  have  been  saying  his  morning  prayers.  "  What  is- 
the  matter,  Sir,"  said  I,  softly;  "  is  anything  amiss  ?  " 
"  What's  the  matter  ! "  answered  he,  surlily  ;  "  why, 
the  vampires  have  been  sucking  me  to  death."  As  soon 
as  there  was  light  enough,  I  went  to  his  hammock,  and 
saw  it  much  stained  with  blood.  "  There,"  said  her 
thrusting  his  foot  out  of  the  hammock,  "  see  how  these 
infernal  imps  have  been  drawing  my  life's  blood."  On 


150  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

examining  his  foot,  I  found  the  vampire  had  tapped 
his  great  toe  :  there  was  a  wound  somewhat  less  than 
that  made  by  a  leech ;  the  "blood  was  still  oozing  from 
it ;  I  conjectured  he  might  have  lost  from  ten  to  twelve 
ounces  of  blood.  Whilst  examining  it,  I  think  I  put 
him  into  a  worse  humour  by  remarking,  that  a  European 
surgeon  would  not  have  been  so  generous  as  to  have 
blooded  him  without  making  a  charge.  He  looked  up 
in,  my  face,  but  did  not  say  a  word  :  I  saw  he  was  of 
opinion  that  I  had  better  have  spared  this  piece  of  ill- 
timed  levity. 

Species  of  -^  was  no*  *ke  last  punishment  of  this 
large  red  Ant.  g00(j  gentleman  in  the  river  Paumaron. 
The  next  night  he  was  doomed  to  undergo  a  kind  of 
ordeal  unknown  in  Europe.  There  is  a  species  of  large 
red  ant  in  Guiana,  sometimes  called  Hanger,  sometimes 
Coushie.  These  ants  march  in  millions  through  the 
country,  in  compact  order,  like  a  regiment  of  soldiers  ; 
they  eat  up  every  insect  in  their  march;  and  if  a  house 
obstruct  their  route,  they  do  not  turn  out  of  the  way, 
but  go  quite  through  it.  Though  they  sting  cruelly 
when  molested,  the  planter  is  not  sorry  to  see  them  in 
his  house  ;  for  it  is  but  a  passing  visit,  and  they  destroy 
every  kind  of  insect  vermin  that  had  taken  shelter 
under  his  roof. 

Now,  in  the  British  plantations  of  Guiana,  as  well  as 
in  Europe,  there  is  always  a  little  temple  dedicated  to 
the  goddess  Cloacina.  Our  dinner  had  chiefly  consisted 
of  crabs,  dressed  in  rich  and  different  ways.  Paumaron 
is  famous  for  crabs,  and  strangers  who  go  thither  con- 
sider them  the  greatest  luxury.  The  Scotch  gentleman 
made  a  very  capital  dinner  on  crabs ;  but  this  change 
of  diet  was  productive  of  unpleasant  circumstances  :  he 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  151 

awoke  in  the  night  in  that  state  in  which  Virgil  de- 
scribes Cseleno  to  have  been,  viz.  "  foedissima  ventris 
proluvies."  Up  he  got,  to  verify  the  remark, 

"  Berius  aut  citius,  sedem  properamus  ad  unam." 

Now,  unluckily  for  himself,  and  the  nocturnal  tran- 
quillity of  the  planter's  house,  just  at  that  unfortunate 
hour  the  coushie  ants  were  passing  across  the  seat  of 
Cloacina's  temple  ;  he  had  never  dreamed  of  this  ;  and 
so,  turning  his  face  to  the  door,  he  placed  himself  in 
the  usual  situation  which  the,  votaries  of  the  goddess 
generally  take.  Had  a  lighted  match  dropped  upon  a 
pound  of  gunpowder,  as  he  afterwards  remarked,  it 
could  not  have  caused  a  greater  recoil.  Up  he  jumped, 
and  forced  his  way  out,  roaring  for  help  and  for  a  light, 
for  he  was  worried  alive  by  ten  thousand  devils.  The 
fact  is,  he  had  sat  down  upon  an  intervening  body  of 
coushie  ants.  Many  of  those  which  escaped  being 
crushed  to  death,  turned  again";  and,  in  revenge,  stung 
the  unintentional  intruder  most  severely.  The  watch- 
man had  fallen  asleep,  and  it  was  some  time  before  a 
light  could  be  procured,  the  fire  having  gone  out ;  in 
the  meantime,  the  poor  gentleman  was  suffering  an  in- 
describable martyrdom,  and  would  have  found  himself 
more  at  home  in  the  Augean  stable  than  in  the  planter's 
house. 

I  had  often  wished  to  have  been  once  sucked  by  the 
vampire,  in  order  that  I  might  have  it  in  my  power  to 
say  it  had  really  happened  to  me.  There  can  be  no 
pain  in  the  operation,  for  the  patient  is  always  asleep 
when  the  vampire  is  sucking  him  ;  and  as  for  the  loss 
of  a  few  ounces  of  blood,  that  would  be  a  trifle  in  the 
long  run.  Many  a  night  have  I  slept  with  my  foot  out 


152  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

of  the  hammock  to  tempt  this  winged  surgeon,  expect- 
ing that  he  would  be  there ;  but  it  was  all  in  vain  ;  the 
vampire  never  sucked  me,  and  I  could  never  account 
for  his  not  doing  so,  for  we  were  inhabitants  of  the 
same  loft  for  months  together. 

The  Anna-  The  Armadillo  is  very  common  in  these 
forests ;  he  burrows  in  the  sand-hills  like  a 
rabbit  As  it  often  takes  a  considerable  time  to  dig 
him  out  of  his  hole,  it  would  be  a  long  and  laborious 
business  to  attack  each  hole  indiscriminately  without 
knowing  whether  the  animal  were  there  or  not.  To 
prevent  disappointment,  the  Indians  carefully  examine 
the  mouth  of  the  hole,  and  put  a  short  stick  down  it. 
Now  if,  on  introducing  the  stick,  a  number  of  mosquitos 
come  out,  the  Indians  know  to  a  certainty  that  the 
armadillo  is  in  it :  wherever  there  are  no  mosquitos 
in  the  hole,  there  is  no  armadillo.  The  Indian  having 
satisfied  himself  that  the  armadillo  is  there,  by  the 
mosquitos  which  come  out,  he  immediately  cuts  a  long 
and  slender  stick,  and  introduces  it  into  the  hole  ;  he 
carefully  observes  the  line  the  stick  takes,  and  then 
sinks  a  pit  in  the  sand  to  catch  the  end  of  it :  this 
done,  he  puts  it  further  into  the  hole,  and  digs  another 
pit,  and  so  on,  till  at  last  he  comes  up  with  the  arma- 
dillo, which  had  been  making  itself  a  passage  in  the 
sand  till  it  had  exhausted  all  its  strength  through  pure 
exertion.  I  have  been  sometimes  three  quarters  of  a 
day  in  digging  out  one  armadillo,  and  obliged  to  sink 
half-a-dozen  pits,  seven  feet  deep,  before  I  got  up  to  it. 
The  Indians  and  negroes  are  very  fond  of  the  flesh,  but 
I  consider  it  strong  and  rank. 

On  laying  hold  of  the  armadillo  you  must  be  cautious 
not  to  come  in  contact  with  his  feet :  they  are  armed 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  153 

with  sharp  claws,  and  with  them  he  will  inflict  a  severe 
wound  in  self-defence  :  when  not  molested,  he  is  very 
harmless  and  innocent ;  he  would  put  you  in  mind  of 
the  hare  in  Gay's  Fables, — 

"  Whose  care  was  never  to  offend, 
And  every  creature  was  her  friend." 

The  armadillo  swims  well  in  time  of  need,  but  does 
not  go  into  the  water  by  choice.  He  is  very  seldom 
seen  abroad  during  the  day ;  and  when  surprised,  he  is 
sure  to  be  near  the  mouth  of  his  hole.  Every  part  of 
the  armadillo  is  well  protected  by  his  shell,  except  his 
ears.  In  life,  this  shell  is  very  limber,  so  that  the 
animal  is  enabled  to  go  at  full  stretch,  or  roll  himself 
up  into  a  ball,  as  occasion  may  require. 

On  inspecting  the  arrangement  of  the  shell,  it  puts 
you  very  much  in  mind  of  a  coat  of  armour ;  indeed  it 
is  a  natural  coat  of  armour  to  the  armadillo,  and  being 
composed  both  of  scale  and  bone,  it  affords  ample 
security,  and  has  a  pleasing  effect. 

The  Land  Often,  when  roving  in  the  wilds,  I  would 
tortoise.  fa^  jn  wj^  ^e  Lanci  tortoise ;  he  too  adds 
another  to  the  list  of  unoffending  animals  ;  he  subsists 
on  the  fallen  fruits  of  the  forest.  When  an  enemy 
approaches  he  never  thinks  of  moving,  but  quietly 
draws  himself  under  his  shell,  and  there  awaits  his 
doom  in  patience.  He  only  seems  to  have  two  enemies 
who  can  do  him  any  damage  ;  one  of  these  is  the  boa 
constrictor :  this  snake  swallows  the  tortoise  alive,  shell 
and  all.  But  a  boa  large  enough  to  do  this  is  very 
scarce,  and  thus  there  is  not  much  to  apprehend  from 
that  quarter.  The  other  enemy  is  man,  who  takes  up 
the  tortoise,  and  carries  him  away.  Man  also  is  scarce 
in  these  never-ending  wilds,  and  the  little  depredations 


154  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH  AMERICA. 

lie  may  commit  upon  the  tortoise  will  be  nothing,  or  a 
mere  trifle.  The  tiger's  teeth  cannot  penetrate  its  shell, 
nor  can  a  stroke  of  his  paws  do  it  any  damage.  It  is 
of  so  compact  and  strong  a  nature,  that  there  is  a  com- 
mon saying,  a  London  waggon  might  roll  over  it  and 
not  break  it. 

Ere  we  proceed,  let  us  take  a  retrospective  view  of 
the  five  animals  just  enumerated ;  they  are  all  quad- 
rupeds, and  have  some  very  particular  mark,  or  mode  of 
existence,  different  from  all  other  animals.  The  sloth 
has  four  feet,  but  never  can  use  them  to  support  his 
body  on  the  earth  ;  they  want  soles,  which  are  a  marked 
feature  in  the  feet  of  other  animals.  The  ant-bear  has 
not  a  tooth  in  his  head,  still  he  roves  fearless  on,  in 
the  same  forests  with  the  jaguar  and  boa  constrictor. 
The  vampire  does  not  make  use  of  his  feet  to  walk,  but 
to  stretch  a  membrane,  which  enables  him  to  go  up  into 
an  element,  where  no  other  quadruped  is  seen.  The 
armadillo  has  only  here  and  there  a  straggling  hair,  and 
has  neither  fur,  nor  wool,  nor  bristles,  but  in  lieu  of 
them  has  received  a  movable  shell,  on  which  are  scales 
very  much  like  those  of  fishes.  The  tortoise  is  oviparous, 
entirely  without  any  appearance  of  hair,  and  is  obliged 
to  accommodate  itself  to  a  shell  which  is  quite  hard 
and  inflexible,  and  in  no  point  of  view  whatever 
obedient  to  the  will  or  pleasure  of  the  bearer.  The  egg 
of  the  tortoise  has  a  very  hard  shell,  while  that  of  the 
turtle  is  quite  soft. 

In  some  parts  of  these  forests  I  saw  the 

The  Vanilla.  .  . 

Vanilla  growing  luxuriantly.  It  creeps  up 
the  trees  to  the  height  of  thirty  or  forty  feet.  I  found 
it  difficult  to  get  a  ripe  pod,  as  the  monkeys  are  very 
fond  of  it,  and  generally  take  care  to  get  there  before 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  155 

me.  The  pod  hangs  from  the  tree  in  the  shape  of  a 
little  scabbard.  Yayna  is  the  Spanish  for  a  scabbard, 
and  Vanilla  for  a  little  scabbard.  Hence  the  name. 

In  Mibiri  creek  there  was  a  Cayman  of 

Shoots  a  .  . 

Cayman  in     the  small  species,  measuring  about  five  ieet 

Mibiri  creek.     .  .  i  <? 

in  length ;  I  saw  it  in  the  same  place  tor 
months,  but  could  never  get  a  shot  at  it ;  for  the 
moment  I  thought  I  was  sure  of  it,  it  dived  under  the 
water  before  I  could  pull  the  trigger.  At  last  I  got  an 
Indian  with  his  bow  and  arrow ;  he  stood  up  in  the 
canoe  with  his  bow  already  bent,  and  as  we  drifted  past 
the  place,  he  sent  his  arrow  into  the  cayman's  eye,  and 
killed  it  dead.  The  skin  of  this  little  species  is  much 
harder  and  stronger  than  that  of  the  large  kind  ;  it  is 
good  food,  and  tastes  like  veal. 

Negro  ser-  ^7  friend,  Mr.  Edmonstone,  had  very 
kindly  let  me  have  one  of  his  old  negroes, 
and  he  constantly  attended  me ;  his  name  was  Daddy 
Quashi ;  he  had  a  brave  stomach  for  heterogeneous 
food  ;  it  could  digest,  and  relish  too,  caymen,  monkeys, 
hawks,  and  grubs.  The  Daddy  made  three  or  four 
meals  on  this  cayman  while  it  was  not  absolutely 
putrid,  and  salted  the  rest.  I  could  never  get  him  to 
face  a  snake ;  the  horror  he  betrayed  on  seeing  one 
was  beyond  description  :  I  asked  him  why  he  was  so 
terribly  alarmed ;  he  said  it  was  by  seeing  so  many 
dogs,  from  time  to  time,  killed  by  them. 

Here  I  had  a  fine  opportunity  of  examin- 

Speeies  of     .  rr  J . 

the  Capri-  ing  several  species  of  the  Caprimulgus.  I 
am  fully  persuaded  that  these  innocent  little 
birds  never  suck  the  herds ;  for  when  they  approach 
them,  and  jump  up  at  their  udders,  it  is  to  catch  the 
flies  and  insects  there.  When  the  moon  shone  bright, 


156  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

I  would  frequently  go  and  stand  within  three  yards  of  a 
cow,  and  distinctly  see  the  oaprinmlgus  catch  the  flies 
on  its  udder.  On  looking  for  them  in  the  forest,  during 
the  day,  I  either  found  them  on  the  ground,  or  else 
invariably  sitting  longitudinally  on  the  branch  of  a  tree, 
not  crosswise,  like  all  other  birds. 

The   Wasps,    or   Maribuntas.    are   great 

The  Wasps,      .  .       f  •        XT. 

or  Maribnn-  plagues  in  these  forests,  and  require  the 
naturalist  to  be  cautious  as  he  wanders  up 
and  down.  Some  make  their  nests  pendent  from  the 
branches ;  others  have  them  fixed  to  the  underside  of 
a  leaf.  Now,  in  passing  on,  if  you  happen  to  disturb 
one  of  these,  they  sally  forth  and  punish  you  severely. 
The  largest  kind  is  blue ;  it  brings  blood  where  its 
sting  enters,  and  causes  pain  and  inflammation  enough 
to  create  a  fever.  The  Indians  make  a  fire  under  the 
nest,  and  after  killing,  or  driving  away  the  old  ones, 
they  roast  the  young  grubs  in  the  comb  and  eat  them. 
I  tried  them  once  by  way  of  dessert  after  dinner,  but 
my  stomach  was  offended  at  their  intrusion  ;  probably 
it  was  more  the  idea  than  the  taste  that  caused  the 
stomach  to  rebel. 

Time  and  experience  have  convinced  me  that  there 

Snakes  and  is  n°t  much  danger  in  roving  amongst  snakes 

wild  beasts.     an(j  wild  beastS;  provided  only  that  you  have 

self-command.  You  must  never  approach  them  ab- 
ruptly ;  if  so,  you  are  sure  to  pay  for  your  rashness ; 
because  the  idea  of  self-defence  is  predominant  in  every 
animal,  and  thus  the  snake,  to  defend  himself  from 
what  he  considers  an  attack  upon  him,  makes  the 
intruder  feel  the  deadly  effect  of  his  poisonous  fangs. 
The  jaguar  flies  at  you,  and  knocks  you  senseless  with  a 
stroke  of  his  paw ;  whereas,  if  you  had  not  come  upon 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  157 

him  too  suddenly,  it  is  ten  to  one  but  that  he  had 
retired,  in  lieu  of  disputing  the  path  with  you.  The 
labarri  snake  is  very  poisonous,  and  I  have  often 
approached  within  two  yards  of  him  without  fear.  I 
took  care  to  move  very  softly  and  gently,  without 
moving  niy  arms,  and  he  always  allowed  me  to  have  a 
fine  view  of  him,  without  showing  the  least  inclination 
to  make  a  spring  at  me.  He  would  appear  to  keep  his 
eye  fixed  on  me,  as  though  suspicious,  but  that  was  all. 
Sometimes  I  have  taken  a  stick  ten  feet  long,  and 
placed  it  on  the  labarri's  back.  He  would  then  glide 
away  without  offering  resistance.  But  when  I  put  the 
end  of  the  stick  abruptly  to  his  head,  he  immediately 
opened  his  mouth,  flew  at  it,  and  bit  it. 

One  day,  wishful  to  see  how  the  poison 
live  Labarri  comes  out  of  the  fang  of  the  snake,  I  caught 
a  labarri  alive.  He  was  about  eight  feet  long. 
I  held  him  by  the  neck,  and  my  hand  was  so  near  his 
jaw,  that  he  had  not  room  to  move  his  head  to  bite  it. 
This  was  the  only  position  I  could  have  held  him  in 
with  safety  and  effect.  To  do  so,  it  only  required  a  little 
resolution  and  coolness.  I  then  took  a  small  piece  of 
stick  in  the  other  hand,  and  pressed  it  against  the  fang, 
which  is  invariably  in  the  upper  jaw.  Towards  the 
point  of  the  fang,  there  is  a  little  oblong  aperture  on 
the  convex  side  of  it.  Through  this,  there  is  a  com- 
munication down  the  fang  to  the  root,  at  which  lies  a 
little  bag  containing  the  poison.  Is"ow,  when  the  point 
of  the  fang  is  pressed,  the  root  of  the  fang  also  presses 
against  the  bag,  and  sends  up  a  portion  of  the  poison 
therein  contained.  Thus,  when  I  applied  a  piece  of 
stick  to  the  point  of  the  fang,  there  came  out  of  the 
hole  a  liquor  thick  and  yellow,  like  strong  camomile 


158  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

tea.  This  was  the  poison,  which  is  so  dreadful  in  its 
effects,  as  to  render  the  labarri  snake  one  of  the  most 
poisonous  in  the  forests  of  Guiana.  I  once  caught  a 
fine  labarri,  and  made  it  bite  itself.  I  forced  the 
poisonous  fang  into  its  belly.  In  a  few  minutes  I 
thought  it  was  going  to  die,  for  it  appeared  dull  and 
heavy.  However,  in  half  an  hour's  time,  he  was  as 
brisk  and  vigorous  as  ever,  and  in  the  course  of  the  day 
showed  no  symptoms  of  being  affected.  Is  then  the  life 
of  the  snake  proof  against  its  own  poison  1  This  subject 
is  not  unworthy  of  the  consideration  of  the  naturalist. 
The  Bete-  ^n  Guiana  there  is  a  little  insect  in  the 
grass,  and  on  the  shrubs,  which  the  French 
call  Bete-rouge.  It  is  of  a  beautiful  scarlet  colour, 
and  so  minute,  that  you  must  bring  your  eye  close 
to  it  before  you  can  perceive  it.  It  is  most  numerous 
in  the  rainy  season.  Its  bite  causes  an  intolerable 
itching.  The  best  way  to  get  rid  of  it,  is  to  rub  the 
part  affected  with  oil  or  rum.  You  must  be  careful 
not  to  scratch  it.  If  you  do  so,  and  break  the  skin, 
you  expose  yourself  to  a  sore.  The  first  year  I  was 
in  Guiana,  the  bete-rouge,  and  my  own  want  of  know- 
ledge, and,  I  may  add,  the  little  attention  I  paid  to  it, 
created  an  ulcer  above  the  ankle,  which  annoyed  me  for 
six  months,  and  if  I  hobbled  out  into  the  grass,  a 
number  of  bete-rouge  would  settle  on  the  edges  of  the 
sore,  and  increase  the  inflammation. 

Tho  Still  more  inconvenient,  painful,  and  an- 

Chegoe.  n0ying  is  another  little  pest,  called  the 
Chegoe.  It  looks  exactly  like  a  very  small  flea,  and  a 
stranger  would  take  it  for  one.  However,  in  about 
four  and  twenty  hours,  he  would  have  several  broad 
hints  that  he  had  made  a  mistake  in  his  ideas  of  the 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  159 

animal.  It  attacks  different  parts  of  the  body,  but 
chiefly  the  feet,  betwixt  the  toe-nails  and  the  flesh. 
There  it  buries  itself,  and  at  first  causes  an  itching  not 
unpleasant.  In  a  day  or  so,  after  examining  the  part, 
you  perceive  a  place  about  the  size  of  a  pea,  somewhat 
discoloured,  rather  of  a  blue  appearance.  Sometimes  it 
happens  that  the  itching  is  so  trivial,  you  are  not  aware 
that  the  miner  is  at  work.  Time,  they  say,  makes 
great  discoveries.  The  discoloured  part  turns  out  to  be 
the  nest  of  the  chegoe,  containing  hundreds  of  eggs, 
which,  if  allowed  to  hatch  there,  the  young  ones  will 
soon  begin  to  form  other  nests,  and  in  time  cause  a 
spreading  ulcer.  As  soon  as  you  perceive  that  you 
have  got  the  chegoe  in  your  flesh,  you  must  take  a 
needle,  or  a  sharp-pointed  knife,  and  take  it  out.  If 
the  nest  be  formed,  great  care  must  be  taken  not  to 
break  it,  otherwise  some  of  the  eggs  remain  in  the  flesh, 
and  then  you  will  soon  be  annoyed  with  more  chegoes. 
After  removing  the  nest,  it  is  well  to  drop  spirit  of 
turpentine  into  the  hole ;  that  will  most  effectually 
destroy  any  chegoe  that  may  be  lurking  there.  Some- 
times I  have  taken  four  nests  out  of  my  feet  in  the 
course  of  the  day. 

Every  evening,  before  sun-down,  it  was  part  of  my 
toilette  to  examine  my  feet,  and  see  that  they  were 
clear  of  chegoes.  Now  and  then  a  nest  would  escape 
the  scrutiny,  and  then  I  had  to  smart  for  it  a  day  or 
two  after.  A  chegoe  once  lit  upon  the  back  of  my 
hand  ;  wishful  to  see  how  he  worked,  I  allowed  him  to 
take  possession.  He  immediately  set  to  work,  head 
foremost,  and  in  about  half  an  hour  he  had  completely 
buried  himself  in  the  skin.  I  then  let  him  feel  the 
point  of  my  knife,  and  exterminated  him. 


160  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

More  than  once,  after  sitting  down  upon 

Ticks. 

a  rotten  stump,  I  have  found  myself  covered 
with  Ticks.  There  is  a  short  and  easy  way  to  get  quit 
of  these  unwelcome  adherents.  Make  a  large  fire  and 
stand  close  to  it,  and  if  you  be  covered  with  ticks,  they 
will  aU  faU  off. 

Let  us  now  forget  for  awhile  the  quadrupeds,  ser- 
pents, and  insects,  and  take  a  transitory  view  of  the 
native  Indians  of  these  forests. 

Principal  There  are  five  principal  nations  or  tribes 
tribeTof  in-  °f  Indians  in  ci-devant  Dutch  Guiana,  com- 
monly known  by  the  name  of  Warow,  Aro- 
wack,  Acoway,  Carib,  and  Macoushi.  They  live  in  small 
hamlets,  which  consist  of  a  few  huts,  never  exceeding 
twelve  in  number.  These  huts  are  always  in  the  forest, 
near  a  river  or  some  creek.  They  are  open  on  all 
sides,  (except  those  of  the  Macoushi,)  aud  covered 
with  a  species  of  palm  leaf. 

Their  principal  furniture  is  the  hammock.     It  serves 
Their  ham-  them   both  for  chair  and  bed.     It  is  com- 
monly made  of  cotton  ;  though  those  of  the 
Warows  are  formed  from  the  asta-tree.     At  night  they 
always  make  a  fire  close  to  it.     The  heat  keeps  them 
warm,  and  the  smoke  drives  away  the  mosquitos  and 
sand-flies.    You  sometimes  find  a  table  in  the  hut ;  but 
it  was  not  made  by  the  Indians,  but  by  some  negro,  or 
mulatto  carpenter. 

They  cut  down  about  an  acre  or  two  of 
the  trees  which  surround  the  huts,  and  there 
plant  pepper,  papaws,  sweet  and  bitter  cassava,  plan- 
tains, sweet  potatoes,  yams,  pine-apples,  and  silk-grass. 
Besides  these,  they  generally  have  a  few  acres  in  some 
fertile  part  of  the  forest  for  their  cassava,  which  is  as 


THIRD  JOURNEY.  161 

bread  to  them.  They  make  earthen  pots  to  boil  their 
provisions  in ;  and  they  get  from  the  white  men  flat 
circular  plates  of  iron,  on  which  they  bake  their  cas- 
sava. They  have  to  grate  the  cassava  before  it  is 
pressed,  preparatory  to  baking ;  and  those  Indians  who 
are  too  far  in  the  wilds  to  procure  graters  from  the 
white  men,  make  use  of  a  flat  piece  of  wood,  studded  with 
sharp  stones.  They  have  no  cows,  horses,  mules,  goats, 
sheep,  or  asses.  The  men  hunt  and  fish,  and  the  women 
work  in  the  provision-ground,  and  cook  their  victuals. 
-  Fermented  -"-n  eacn  hamlet  there  is  the  trunk  of  a 
liquor.  large  tree,  hollowed  out  like  a  trough.  In 

this,  from  their  cassava,  they  make  an  abominable  ill- 
tasted  and  sour  kind  of  fermented  liquor,  called  piwarri. 
They  are  very  fond  of  it,  and  never  fail  to  get  drunk 
after  every  brewing.  The  frequency  of  the  brewing 
depends  upon  the  superabundance  of  cassava. 

Both  men  and  women  go  without  clothes.     The  men 
have  a  cotton  wrapper,  and  the  women  a 

Their  habits.     ,        , 

bead-ornamented  square  piece  of  cotton, 
about  the  ske  of  your  hand,  for  the  fig-leaf.  Those  far 
away  in  the  interior,  use  the  bark  of  a  tree  for  this 
purpose.  They  are  a  very  clean  people,  and  wash  in 
the  river,  or  creek,  at  least  twice  every  day.  They 
paint  themselves  with  the  roucou,  sweetly  perfumed 
with  hayawa  or  accaiari.  Their  hair  is  black  and  lank, 
and  never  curled.  The  women  braid  it  up  fancifully, 
something  in  the  shape  of  Diana's  head-dress  in  ancient 
pictures.  They  have  very  few  diseases.  Old  age  and 
pulmonary  complaints  seem  to  be  the  chief  agents  for 
removing  them  to  another  world.  The  pulmonary  com- 
plaints are  generally  brought  on  by  a  severe  cold,  which 
they  do  not  know  how  to  arrest  in  its  progress,  by  the 
M 


162  WANDERINGS   IN   SOOTH   AMERICA. 

use  of  the  lancet.  I  never  saw  an  idiot  amongst  them, 
nor  could  I  perceive  any  that  were  deformed  from  their 
birth.  Their  women  never  perish  in  childbed,  owing, 
no  doubt,  to  their  never  wearing  stays. 

They  have  no  public  religious  ceremony. 

Religious     _          J  .  J 

customs  and    They  acknowledge  two  superior  beings, — a 

ceremonies. 

good  one  and  a  bad  one.  They  pray  to  the 
latter  not  to  hurt  them,  and  they  are  of  opinion  that 
the  former  is  too  good  to  do  them  an  injury.  I  suspect, 
if  the  truth  were  known,  the  individuals  of  the  village 
never  offer  up  a  single  prayer  or  ejaculation.  They 
have  a  kind  of  priest,  called  a  Pee-ay-man,  who  is  an 
enchanter.  He  finds  out  things  lost.  He  mutters 
prayers  to  the  evil  spirit  over  them  and  their  children 
when  they  are  sick.  If  a  fever  be  in  the  village,  the 
Pee-ay-man  goes  about  all  night  long,  howling  and 
making  dreadful  noises,  and  begs  the  bad  spirit  to 
depart.  But  he  has  very  seldom  to  perform  this  part 
of  his  duty,  as  fevers  seldom  visit  the  Indian  hamlets. 
However,  when  a  fever  does  come,  and  his  incantations 
are  of  no  avail,  which  I  imagine  is  most  commonly  the 
case,  they  abandon  the  place  for  ever,  and  make  a  new 
settlement  elsewhere.  They  consider  the  owl  and  the 
goatsucker  as  familiars  of  the  evil  spirit,  and  never 
destroy  them. 

I  could  find  no  monuments  or  marks  of  antiquity 
amongst  these  Indians;  so  that  after  penetrating  to 
the  Bio  Branco,  from  the  shores  of  the  Western  Ocean, 
had  anybody  questioned  me  on  this  subject,  I  should 
have  answered,  I  have  seen  nothing  amongst  these 
Indians  which  tells  me  that  they  have  existed  here 
for  a  century ;  though,  for  aught  I  know  to  the  con- 
trary, they  may  have  been  here  before  the  Kedemption ; 


THIRD  JOURNEY.  163 

but  their  total  want  of  civilization  has  assimilated 
them  to  the  forests  in  which  they  wander.  Thus,  an 
aged  tree  falls  and  moulders  into  dust,  and  you  cannot 
tell  what  was  its  appearance,  its  beauties,  or  its  diseases 
amongst  the  neighbouring  trees ;  another  has  shot  up 
in  its  place,  and  after  nature  has  had  her  course,  it  will 
make  way  for  a  successor  in  its  turn.  So  it  is  with  the 
Indian  of  Guiana  :  he  is  now  laid  low  in  the  dust  j  he 
has  left  no  record  behind  him,  either  on  parchment,  or 
on  a  stone,  or  in  earthenware,  to  say  what  he  has  done. 
Perhaps  the  place  where  his  buried  ruins  lie  was  un- 
healthy, and  the  survivors  have  left  it  long  ago,  and 
gone  far  away  into  the  wilds.  All  that  you  can  say  is, 
the  trees  where  I  stand  appear  lower  and  smaller  than 
the  rest,  and  from  this  I  conjecture  that  some  Indians 
may  have  had  a  settlement  here  formerly.  Were  I  by 
chance  to  meet  the  son  of  the  father  who  moulders 
here,  he  could  tell  me  that  his  father  was  famous  for 
slaying  tigers  and  serpents  and  caymen,  and  noted  in 
the  chase  of  the  tapir  and  wild  boar,  but  that  he  re- 
members little  or  nothing  of  his  grandfather. 

They  are  very  jealous  of  their  liberty,  and  much 
attached  to  their  own  mode  of  living.  Though  those 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  European  settlements  have 
constant  communication  with  the  whites,  they  have  no 
inclination  to  become  civilized.  Some  Indians  who 
have  accompanied  white  men  to  Europe,  on  returning 
to  their  own  land,  have  thrown  off  their  clothes,  and 
gone  back  into  the  forests. 

In  George-town,  the  capital  of  Demerara,  there  is  a 
large  shed,  open  on  all  sides,  built  for  them  by  order  of 
government.  Hither  the  Indians  come  with  monkeys, 
parrots,  bows  and  arrows,  and  pegalls.  They  sell  these 

M2 


164  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

to  the  white  men  for  money,  and  too  often  purchase 
rum  with  it,  to  which  they  are  wonderfully  addicted. 

Government  allows  them  annual  presents,  in  order  to 
have  their  services  when  the  colony  deems  it  necessary 
to  scour  the  forests  in  quest  of  runaway  negroes.  For- 
merly these  expeditions  were  headed  by  Charles  Edmon- 
stone,  Esq.  now  of  Cardross-park,  near  Dumbarton. 
This  brave  colonist  never  returned  from  the  woods 
without  being  victorious.  Once,  in  an  attack  upon  the 
rebel  negroes'  camp,  he  led  the  way,  and  received  two 
balls  in  his  body;  at  the  same  moment  that  he  was 
wounded,  two  of  his  Indians  fell  dead  by  his  side  ;  he 
recovered  after  his  life  was  despaired  of,  but  the  balls 
could  never  be  extracted. 

Since  the  above  appeared  in  print,  I  have  had  the 
account  of  this  engagement  with  the  negroes  in  the 
forest  from  Mr.  Edmonstone' s  own  mouth. 

He  received  four  slugs  in  his  body,  as  will  be  seen  in 
the  sequel. 

The  plantations  of  Demerara  and  Essequibo  are 
bounded  by  an  almost  interminable  extent  of  forest. 
Hither  the  runaway  negroes  repair,  and  form  settle- 
ments, from  whence  they  issue  to  annoy  the  colonists, 
as  occasion  may  offer. 

In  1801,  the  runaway  slaves  had  increased  to  an 
alarming  extent.  The  Governor  gave  orders,  that  an 
expedition  should  be  immediately  organized,  and  pro- 
ceed to  the  woods,  under  the  command  of  Charles 
Edmonstone,  Esq.  General  Hislop  sent  him  a  corporal, 
a  sergeant,  and  eleven  men,  and  he  was  joined  by  a  part 
of  the  colonial  militia,  and  by  sixty  Indians. 

With  this  force  Mr.  Edmonstone  entered  the  forest, 
and  proceeded  in  a  direction  towards  Mahaica. 


THIRD  JOURNEY.  165 

He  marched  for  eight  days  through  swamps,  and  over 
places  obstructed  by  fallen  trees  and  the  bush-rope  ; 
tormented  by  myriads  of  mosquitos,  and  ever  in  fear 
of  treading  on  the  poisonous  snakes,  which  can  scarcely 
be  distinguished  from  the  fallen  leaves. 

At  last  he  reached  a  wooded  sand-hill,  where  the 
Maroons  had  intrenched  themselves  in  great  force.  Not 
expecting  to  come  so  soon  upon  them,  Mr.  Edmonstone, 
his  faithful  man  Coffee,  and  two  Indian  chiefs,  found 
themselves  considerably  a-head  of  their  own  party.  As 
yet,  they  were  unperceived  by  the  enemy,  but,  unfortu- 
nately, one  of  the  Indian  chiefs  fired  a  random  shot  at 
a  distant  Maroon.  Immediately  the  whole  negro  camp 
turned  out,  and  formed  themselves  in  a  crescent,  in 
front  of  Mr.  Edmonstone.  Their  chief  was  an  uncom- 
monly fine  negro,  about  six  feet  in  height ;  and  his 
head-dress  was  that  of  an  African  warrior,  ornamented 
with  a  profusion  of  small  shells.  He  advanced  un- 
dauntedly with  his  gun  in  his  hand,  and,  in  insulting 
language,  called  out  to  Mr.  Edmonstone  to  come  on  and 
fight  him. 

Mr.  Edmonstone  approached  him  slowly,  in  order 
to  give  his  own  men  time  to  come  up  ;  but  they  were 
yet  too  far  off  for  him  to  profit  by  this  manoeuvre. 
Coffee,  who  carried  his  master's  gun,  now  stepped  up 
behind  him,  and  put  the  gun  into  his  hand,  which 
Mr.  Edmonstone  received  without  advancing  it  to  his 
shoulder. 

He  was  now  within  a  few  yards  of  the  Maroon  chief, 
who  seemed  to  betray  some  symptoms  of  uncertainty  ; 
for  instead  of  firing  directly  at  Mr.  Edmonstone,  he 
took  a  step  sideways  and  rested  his  gun  against  a  tree, 
no  doubt  with  the  intention  of  taking  a  surer  aim. 


166  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

Mr.  Edmonstone,  on  perceiving  this,  immediately  cocked 
his  gun,  and  fired  it  off,  still  holding  it  in  the  position 
in  which  he  had  received  it  from  Coffee. 

The  whole  of  the  contents  entered  the  negro's  body, 
and  he  dropped  dead  on  his  face. 

The  negroes,  who  had  formed  in  a  crescent,  now  in 
their  turn  fired  a  volley,  which  brought  Mr.  Edmon- 
stone and  his  two  Indian  chiefs  to  the  ground.  The 
Maroons  did  not  stand  to  reload,  but  on  Mr.  Edmon- 
stone's  party  coming  up,  they  fled  precipitately  into  the 
surrounding  forest. 

Four  slugs  had  entered  Mr.  Edmonstone's  body. 
After  coming  to  himself,  on  looking  around  he  saw  one 
of  the  fallen  Indian  chiefs  bleeding  by  his  side.  He 
accosted  him  by  name,  and  said  he  hoped  he  was  not 
much  hurt.  The  dying  Indian  had  just  strength  enough 
to  answer,  "  Oh  no," — and  then  expired.  The  other 
chief  was  lying  quite  dead.  He  must  have  received 
his  mortal  wound  just  as  he  was  in  the  act  of  cocking 
his  gun  to  fire  on  the  negroes  ;  for  it  appeared  that  the 
ball  which  gave  him  his  death-wound  had  carried  off 
the  first  joint  of  his  thumb,  and  passed  through  his 
forehead.  By  this  time  his  wife,  who  had  accompanied 
the  expedition,  came  up.  She  was  a  fine  young  woman, 
and  had  her  long  black  hair  fancifully  braided  in  a 
knot  on  the  top  of  her  head,  fastened  with  a  silver 
ornament.  She  unloosed  it,  and  falling  on  her  hus- 
band's body,  covered  it  with  her  hair,  bewailing  his 
untimely  end  with  the  most  heart-rending  cries. 

The  blood  was  now  running  out  of  Mr.  Edmonstone's 
shoes.  On  being  raised  up,  he  ordered  his  men  to  pur- 
sue the  flying  Maroons,  requesting  at  the  same  time 
that  he  might  be  left  where  he  had  fallen,  as  he  felt 


THIRD  JOURNEY.  167 

that  lie  was  mortally  wounded.  They  gently  placed 
him  on  the  ground,  and  after  the  pursuit  of  the 
Maroons  had  ended,  the  corporal  and  sergeant  returned 
to  their  commander,  and  formed  their  men.  On  his 
asking  what  this  meant,  the  sergeant  replied,  "  I  had 
the  General's  orders,  on  setting  out  from  town,  not  to 
leave  you  in  the  forest,  happen  what  might."  By  slow 
and  careful  marches,  as  much  as  the  obstructions  in  the 
woods  would  admit  of,  the  party  reached  Plantation 
Alliance,  on  the  bank  of  the  Demerara,  and  from  thence 
it  crossed  the  river  to  Plantation  Vredestein. 

The  news  of  the  rencounter  had  been  spread  far  and 
wide  by  the  Indians,  and  had  already  reached  town. 
The  General,  Captains  Macrai  and  Johnstone,  and 
Doctor  Dunkin,  proceeded  to  Vredestein.  On  examin- 
ing Mr.  Edmonstone's  wounds,  four  slugs  were  found 
to  have  entered  the  body ;  one  was  extracted,  the  rest 
remained  there  till  the  year  1824,  when  another  was 
cut  out  by  a  professional  gentleman  of  Port-Glasgow. 
The  other  two  still  remain  in  the  body ;  and  it  is  sup- 
posed that  either  one  or  both  have  touched  a  nerve, 
as  they  cause  almost  continual  pain.  Mr.  Edmonstone 
has  commanded  fifteen  different  expeditions  in  the 
forest  in  quest  of  the  Maroons.  The  Colonial  Govern- 
ment has  requited  his  services,  by  freeing  his  pro- 
perty from  all  taxes,  and  presenting  him  a  handsome 
sword,  and  a  silver  urn  bearing  the  following  inscrip- 
tion : — 

"  Presented  to  CHARLES  EDMONSTONE,  Esq.  by  the  Governor 
and  Court  of  Policy  of  the  Colony  of  Demerara;  as  a  token  of 
their  esteem,  and  the  deep  sense  they  entertain  of  the  very  great 
activity  and  spirit  manifested  by  him,  on  various  occasions,  in 
his  successful  exertions  for  the  internal  security  of  the  Colony. — 
January  1st,  1809." 


168  'WANDERINGS  IN  SOUTH  AMERICA. 

I  do  not  believe  that  there  is  a  single  Indian  in  ci- 
devant  Dutch  Guiana  who  can  read  or  write, 
General  Re-  nor  am  j  aware  that  any  white  man  has 
reduced  their  language  to  the  rules  of  gram- 
mar ;  some  may  have  made  a  short  manuscript  vocabu- 
lary of  the  few  necessary  words,  but  that  is  all.     Here 
and  there  a  white  man,  and  some  few  people  of  colour, 
talk  the  language  well.     The  temper  of  the  Indian  of 
Guiana  is  mild  and  gentle,  and  he  is  very  fond  of  his 
children. 

Some  ignorant  travellers  and  colonists  call  these 
Indians  a  lazy  race.  Men  in  general  will  not  be  active 
without  an  object.  Now,  when  the  Indian  has  caught 
plenty  of  fish,  and  killed  game  enough  to  last  him  for 
a  week,  what  need  has  he  to  range  the  forest  ?  He  has 
no  idea  of  making  pleasure-grounds.  Money  is  of  no 
use  to  him,  for  in  these  wilds  there  are  no  markets  for 
him  to  frequent,  nor  milliners'  shops  for  his  wife  and 
daughters ;  he  has  no  taxes  to  pay,  no  highways  to 
keep  up,  no  poor  to  maintain,  nor  army  nor  navy  to 
supply ;  he  lies  in  his  hammock  both  night  and  day, 
(for  he  has  no  chair  or  bed,  neither  does  he  want  them,) 
and  in  it  he  forms  his  bow,  and  makes  his  arrows,  and 
repairs  his  fishing-tackle.  But  as  soon  as  he  has  con- 
sumed his  provisions,  he  then  rouses  himself,  and,  like 
the  lion,  scours  the  forest  in  quest  of  food.  He  plunges 
into  the  river  after  the  deer  and  tapir,  and  swims  across 
it ;  passes  through  swamps  and  quagmires,  and  never 
fails  to  obtain  a  sufficient  supply  of  food.  Should 
the  approach  of  night  stop  his  career  while  he  is  hunt- 
ing the  wild  boar,  he  stops  for  the  night,  and  continues 
the  chase  the  next  morning.  In  my  way  through  the 
wilds  to  the  Portuguese  frontier,  I  had  a  proof  of  this. 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  169 

We  were  eight  in  number,  six  Indians,  a  negro,  and 
myself.  About  ten  o'clock  in  the  morning  we  observed 
the  feet-mark  of  the  wild  boars  ;  we  judged  by  the  fresh- 
ness of  the  marks  that  they  had  passed  that  way  early 
the  same  morning.  As  we  were  not  gifted,  like  the 
hound,  with  scent,  and  as  we  had  no  dog  with  us,  we 
followed  their  track  by  the  eye.  The  Indian  after  game 
is  as  sure  with  his  eye  as  the  dog  is  with  his  nose. 
We  followed  the  herd  till  three  in  the  afternoon,  then, 
gave  up  the  chase  for  the  present ;  made  our  fires  close 
to  a  creek  where  there  was  plenty  of  fish,  and  then 
arranged  the  hammocks.  In  an  hour  the  Indians  shot 
more  fish  with  their  arrows  than  we  could  consume. 
The  night  was  beautifully  serene  and  clear,  and  the  moon 
shone  as  bright  as  day.  ISText  morn  we  rose  at  dawn,  got 
breakfast,  packed  up,  each  took  his  burden,  and  then  we 
put  ourselves  on  the  track  of  the  wild  boars,  which  we 
had  been  following  the  day  before.  We  supposed  that 
they,  too,  would  sleep  that  night  in  the  forest,  as  we 
had  done  ;  and  thus  the  delay  on  our  part  would  be  no 
disadvantage  to  us.  This  was  just  the  case,  for  about 
nine  o'clock  their  feet-mark  became  fresher  and  fresher  : 
we  now  doubled  our  pace,  but  did  not  give  mouth  like 
hounds.  We  pushed  on  in  silence,  and  soon  came  up 
with  them ;  there  were  about  one  hundred  of  them ; 
we  killed  six,  and  the  rest  took  off  in  different  direc- 
tions. But  to  the  point. 

Amongst  us  the  needy  man  works  from  light  to  dark 
for  a  maintenance.  Should  this  man  chance  to  acquire 
a  fortune,  he  soon  changes  his  habits.  I^o  longer  under 
"  strong  necessity's  supreme  command,"  he  contrives  to 
get  out  of  bed  between  nine  and  ten  in  the  morning. 
His  servant  helps  him  to  dress,  he  walks  on  a  soft 


170  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

carpet  to  his  breakfast  table,  his  wife  pours  out  his  tea, 
and  his  servant  hands  him  his  toast.  After  breakfast, 
the  doctor  advises  a  little  gentle  exercise  in  the  car- 
riage for  an  hour  or  so.  At  dinner-time  he  sits  down 
to  a  table  groaning  beneath  the  weight  of  heteroge- 
neous luxury ;  there  he  rests  upon  a  chair  for  three  or 
four  hours,  eats,  drinks,  and  talks  (often  unmeaningly) 
till  tea  is  announced.  He  proceeds  slowly  to  the  draw- 
ing-room, and  there  spends  best  part  of  his  time  in 
sitting,  till  his  wife  tempts  him  with"  something  warm, 
for  supper.  After  supper,  he  still  remains  on  his  chair 
at  rest,  till  he  retires  for  the  night.  He  mounts 
leisurely  upstairs  upon  a  carpet,  and  enters  his  bed- 
room :  there,  one  would  hope  that  at  least  he  mutters 
a  prayer  or  two,  though  perhaps  not  on  bended  knee : 
he  then  lets  himself  drop  into  a  soft  and  downy  bed, 
over  which  has  just  passed  the  comely  Jenny's  warm- 
ing-pan. Now,  could  the  Indian  in  his  turn  see  this 
he  would  call  the  white  men  a  lazy,  indolent  set. 

Perhaps  then,  upon  due  reflection,  you  would  draw 
this  conclusion;  that  men  will  always  be  indolent 
where  there  is  no  object  to  rouse  them. 

As  the   Indian  of  Guiana  has   no  idea 

Indian  me- 
thod '.of  com-  whatever  of  communicating  his  intentions 

inunication. 

by  writing,  he  has  fallen  upon  a  plan  of 
communication  sure  and  simple.  When  two  or  three 
families  have  determined  to  come  down  the  river  and 
pay  you  a  visit,  they  send  an  Indian  beforehand  with  a 
string  of  beads.  You  take  one  bead  off  every  day ; 
and  on  the  day  that  the  string  is  beadless,  they  arrive 
at  your  house. 

In  finding  their  way  through  these  pathless  wilds, 
the  sun  is  to  them  what  Ariadne's  clue  was  to  Theseus. 


THIRD  JOURNEY.  171 

"When  lie  is  on  the  meridian,  they  generally  sit  down, 
and  rove  onwards  again  as  soon  as  he  has  sufficiently 
declined  to  the  west ;  they  require  no  other  compass. 
When  in  chase,  they  break  a  twig  on  the  bushes  as 
they  pass  by,  every  three  or  four  hundred  paces,  and 
this  often  prevents  them  from  losing  their  way  on  their 
return. 

You  will  not  be  long  in  the  forests  of  Guiana  before 
you  perceive  how  very  thinly  they  are  inhabited.  You 
may  wander  for  a  week  together  without  seeing  a  hut. 
The  wild  beasts,  the  snakes,  the  swamps,  the  trees,  the 
uncurbed  luxuriance  of  everything  around  you,  conspire 
to  inform  you  that  man  has  no  habitation  here — man 
has  seldom  passed  this  way. 

Let  us  now  return  to  natural  history.  There  was  a 
person  making  shingles,  with  twenty  or  thirty  negroes, 
not  far  from  Mibiri-hill.  I  had  offered  a  reward  to  any 
of  them  who  would  find  a  good-sized  snake  in  the 
forest,  and  come  and  let  me  know  where  it  was.  Often 
had  these  negroes  looked  for  a  large  snake,  and  as  often 
been  disappointed. 

One  Sunday  morning  I  met  one  of  them  in  the 
forest,  and  asked  him  which  way  he  was  going  :  he  said 
he  was  going  towards  Warratilla  Creek  to  hunt  an  arma- 
dillo :  and  he  had  his  little  dog  with  him.  On  coming 
back,  about  noon,  the  dog  began  to  bark  at  the  root  of 
a  large  tree,  which  had  been  upset  by  the  whirlwind, 
and  was  lying  there  in  a  gradual  state  of  decay.  The 
negro  said,  he  thought  his  dog  was  barking  at  an  acouri, 
which  had  probably  taken  refuge  under  the  tree,  and 
he  went  up  with  an  intention  to  kill  it ;  he  there  saw 
a  snake,  and  hastened  back  to  inform  me  of  it. 

The  sun  had  just  passed  the  meridian  in  a  cloudless 


172  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

sky ;   there  was   scarcely  a  bird  to  be   seen,  for  the 
winged  inhabitants  of  the  forest,  as  though  overcome 

by  heat,  had  retired  to  the  thickest  shade  :  all 
search  of  a  would  have  been  like  midnight  silence,  were 

it  not  that  the  shrill  voice  of  the  pi-pi-yo 
every  now  and  then  resounded  from  a  distant  tree.  I 
was  sitting,  with  a  little  Horace  in  my  hand,  on  what 
had  once  been  the  steps  which  formerly  led  up  to  the 
now  mouldering  and  dismantled  building.  The  negro 
and  his  little  dog  came  down  the  hill  in  haste,  and  I 
was  soon  informed  that  a  snake  had  been  discovered ; 
but  it  was  a  young  one,  called  the  Bush-master,  a  rare 
and  poisonous  snake. 

I  instantly  rose  up,  and  laying  hold  of  the  eight-foot 
lance,  which  was  close  by  me,  "Well  then,  Daddy," 
said  I,  "  we'll  go  and  have  a  look  at  the  snake."  I  was 
bare-foot,  with  an  old  hat,  check  shirt,  and  trowsers 
on,  and  a  pair  of  braces  to  keep  them  up.  The  negro 
had  his  cutlass  ;  and  as  we  ascended  the  hill,  another 
negro,  armed  with  a  cutlass,  joined  us,  judging,  from 
our  pace,  that  there  was  something  to  do.  The  little 
dog  came  along  with  us  ;  and  when  we  had  got  about 
half  a  mile  in  the  forest,  the  negro  stopped,  and  pointed 
to  the  fallen  tree  :  all  was  still  and  silent.  I  told  the 
negroes  not  to  stir  from  the  place  where  they  were,  and 
keep  the  little  dog  in,  and  that  I  would  go  in  and 
reconnoitre. 

I  advanced  up  to  the  place,  slow  and  cau- 

Finds  and  rm 

secures  an     tious.    The  snake  was  well  concealed,  but  at 

enormous  .  . 

Couiacanara    last  1  made  him  out ;  it  was  a  Coulacanara 
not  poisonous,   but  large   enough  to  have 
crushed  any  of  us  to  death.     On  measuring  him  after- 
wards, he  was  something  more  than  fourteen  feet  long. 


THIRD   JOURXEY.  173 

This  species  of  snake  is  very  rare,  and  much  thicker,  in 
proportion  to  his  length,  than  any  other  snake  in  the 
forest.  A  Coulacanara  of  fourteen  feet  in  length  is  as 
thick  as  a  common  Boa  of  twenty-four.  After  skin- 
ning this  snake  I  could  easily  get  my  head  into  his 
mouth,  as  the  singular  formation  of  the  jaws  admits  of 
wonderful  extension. 

A  Dutch  friend  of  mine,  by  name  Brouwer,  killed  a 
boa,  twenty-two  feet  long,  -with  a  pair  of  stag's  horns  in 
his  mouth :  he  had  swallowed  the  stag,  but  could  not 
get  the  horns  down. :  so  he  had  to  wait  in  patience  with 
that  uncomfortable  mouthful  till  his  stomach  digested 
the  body,  and  then  the  horns  would  drop  out.  In  this 
plight  the  Dutchman  found  him  as  he  was  going  in  his 
canoe  up  the  river,  and  sent  a  ball  through  his  head. 

On  ascertaining  the  size  of  the  serpent  which  the 
negro  had  just  found,  I  retired  slowly  the  way  I  came, 
and  promised  four  dollars  to  the  negro  who  had  shown 
it  to  me,  and  one  to  the  other  who  had  joined  us. 
Aware  that  the  day  was  on  the  decline,  and  that  the 
approach  of  night  would  be  detrimental  to  the  dissec- 
tion, a  thought  struck  me  that  I  could  take  him  alive. 
I  imagined,  if  I  could  strike  bim  with  the  lance  behind 
the  head,  and  pin  him  to  the  ground,  I  might  succeed 
in  capturing  him.  When  I  told  this  to  the  negroes, 
they  begged  and  entreated  me  to  let  them  go  for  a  gun 
and  bring  more  force,  as  they  were  sure  the  snake 
would  kill  some  of  us. 

I  had  been  at  the  siege  of  Troy  for  nine  years,  and  it 
•would  not  do  now  to  carry  back  to  Greece,  "  nil  decimo 
nisi  dedecus  anno."  I  mean,  I  had  been  in  search  of  a 
large  serpent  for  years,  and,  now  having  come  up  with 
one,  it  did  not  become  me  to  turn  soft.  So,  taking  a 


174  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH  AMERICA. 

cutlass  from  one  of  the  negroes,  and  then  ranging  both 
the  sable  slaves  behind  me,  I  told  them  to  follow 
and  that  I  would  cut  them  down  if  they  offered  to  fly. 
I  smiled  as  I  said  this,  but  they  shook  their  heads  in 
silence,  and  seemed  to  have  but  a  bad  heart  of  it. 

When  we  got  up  to  the  place,  the  serpent  had  not 
stirred,  but  I  could  see  nothing  of  his  head,  and  I 
judged  by  the  folds  [of  his  body  that  it  must  be  at  the 
farthest  side  of  his  den.  A  species  of  woodbine  had 
formed  a  complete  mantle  over  the  branches  of  the 
fallen  tree,  almost  impervious  to  the  rain  or  the  rays  of 
the  sun.  Probably  he  had  resorted  to  this  sequestered 
place  for  a  length  of  time,  as  it  bore  marks  of  aii 
ancient  settlement. 

I  now  took  my  knife,  determining  to  cut  away  the 

woodbine,  and  break  the  twigs  in  the  gentlest  manner 

possible,  till  I  could  get  a  view  of  his  head. 

Prepares  to   *"  & 

grapple  with  One  negro  stood  guard  close  behind  me  with 

the  Snake. 

the  lance;  and  near  him  the  other  with  a 
cutlass.  The  cutlass  which  I  had  taken  from  the  first 
negro  was  on  the  ground  close  by  me  in  case  of  need. 

After  working  in  dead  silence  for  a  quarter  of  an 
hour,  with  one  knee  all  the  time  on  the  ground,  I  had 
cleared  away  enough  to  see  his  head.  It  appeared 
coming  out  betwixt  the  first  and  second  coil  of  the 
body,  and  was  flat  on  the  ground.  This  was  the  very 
position  I  wished  it  to  be  in. 

I  rose  in  silence  and  retreated  very  slowly,  making 
a  sign  to  the  negroes  to  do  the  same.  The  dog  was 
sitting  at  a  distance  in  mute  observance.  I  could  now 
read  in  the  face  of  the  negroes  that  they  considered 
this  as  a  very  unpleasant  affair  :  and  they  made  another 
attempt  to  persuade  me  to  let  them  go  for  a  gun.  I 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  175 

smiled  in  a  good-natured  manner,  and  made  a  feint  to 
cut  them  down  with  the  weapon  I  had  in  my  hand. 
This  was  all  the  answer  I  made  to  their  request,  and 
they  looked  very  uneasy. 

It  must  be  observed,  we  were  now  about  twenty 
yards  from  the  snake's  den.  I  now  ranged  the  negroes 
behind  me,  and  told  him  who  stood  next  to  me,  to  lay 
hold  of  the  lance  the  moment  I  struck  the  snake,  and 
that  the  other  must  attend  my  movements.  It  now 
only  remained  to  take  their  cutlasses  from  them,  for 
I  was  sure,  if  I  did  not  disarm  them,  they  would  be 
tempted  to  strike  the  snake  in  time  of  danger,  and  thus 
for  ever  spoil  his  skin.  On  taking  their  cutlasses  from 
them,  if  I  might  judge  from  their  physiognomy,  they 
seemed  to  consider  it  as  a  most  intolerable  act  of  tyranny 
in  me.  Probably  nothing  kept  them  from  bolting,  but 
the  consolation  that  I  was  to  be  betwixt  them  and  the 
snake.  Indeed,  my  own  heart,  in  spite  of  all  I  could 
do,  beat  quicker  than  usual ;  and  I  felt  those  sensations 
which  one  has  on  board  a  merchant  vessel  in  war  tune, 
when  the  captain  orders  all  hands  on  deck  to  prepare 
for  action,  while  a  strange  vessel  is  coming  down  upon 
us  under  suspicious  colours. 

We  went  slowly  on  in  silence,  without  moving  our 
arms  or  heads,  in  order  to  prevent  all  alarm  as  much  as 
possible,  lest  the  snake  should  glide  off,  or  attack  us  in 
self-defence.  I  carried  the  lance  perpendicularly  before 
me,  with  the  point  about  a  foot  from  the  ground.  The 
snake  had  not  moved ;  and  on  getting  up  to  him  I 
struck  him  with  the  lance  on  the  near  side,  just  behind 
the  neck,  and  pinned  him  to  the  ground.  That  moment 
the  negro  next  to  me  seized  the  lance,  and  held  it  firm 
in  its  place,  while  I  dashed  head  foremost  into  the  den 


176  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

to  grapple  with  the  snake,  and  to  get  hold  of  his  tail 
before  he  could  do  any  mischief. 

On  pinning  him  to  the  ground  with  the  lance,  he 
gave  a  tremendous  loud  hiss,  and  the  little  dog  ran 
away,  howling  as  he  went.  We  had  a  sharp  fray  in 
the  den,  the  rotten  sticks  flying  on  all  sides,  and  each 
party  struggling  for  superiority.  I  called  out  to  the 
second  negro  to  throw  himself  upon  me,  as  I  found  I 
was  not  heavy  enough.  He  did  so,  and  the  additional 
weight  was  of  great  service.  I  had  now  got  firm  hold 
of  his  tail ;  and  after  a  violent  struggle  or  two,  he  gave 
in,  finding  himself  overpowered.  This  was  the  moment 
to  secure  him.  So,  while  the  first  negro  continued  to 
hold  the  lance  firm  to  the  ground,  and  the  other  was 
helping  me,  I  contrived  to  unloose  my  braces,  and  with 
them  tied  up  the  snake's  mouth. 

The  snake  now  finding  himself  in  an  unpleasant  situa- 
tion, tried  to  better  himself,  and  set  resolutely  to  work, 
but  we  overpowered  him.  "We  contrived  to  make  him 
twist  himself  round  the  shaft  of  the  lance,  and  then 
prepared  to  convey  him  out  of  the  forest.  I  stood  at 
his  head,  and  held  it  firm  under  my  arm,  one  negro 
supported  the  belly,  and  the  other  the  tail.  In  this 
order  we  began  to  move  slowly  towards  home,  and 
reached  it  after  resting  ten  times ;  for  the  snake  was 
too  heavy  for  us  to  support  him  without  stopping  to 
recruit  our  strength.  As  we  proceeded  onwards  with 
him,  he  fought  hard  for  freedom,  but  it  was  all  in  vain. 
The  day  was  now  too  far  spent  to  think  of  dissecting 
him.  Had  I  killed  him,  a  partial  putrefaction  would 
have  taken  place  before  morning.  I  had  brought  with 
me  up  into  the  forest  a  strong  bag,  large  enough  to  con- 
tain any  animal  that  I  should  want  to  dissect.  I 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  177 

considered  this  the  best  mode  of  keeping  live  wild 
animals  when  I  was  pressed  for  daylight ;  for  the  bag 
yielding  in  every  direction  to  their  efforts,  they  would 
have  nothing  solid  or  fixed  to  work  on,  and  thus  would 
be  prevented  from  making  a  hole  through  it.  I  say 
fixed,  for  after  the  mouth  of  the  bag  was  closed,  the 
bag  itself  was  not  fastened  or  tied  to  anything,  but 
moved  about  wherever  the  animal  inside  caused  it  to 
roll.  After  securing  afresh  the  mouth  of  the  coulaca- 
nara,  so  that  he  could  not  open  it,  he  was  forced  into 
this  bag,  and  left  to  his  fate  till  morning. 

I  cannot  say  he  allowed  me  to  have  a  quiet  night. 
My  hammock  was  in  the  loft  just  above  him,  and  the 
floor  betwixt  us  half  gone  to  decay,  so  that  in  parts  of 
it  no  boards  intervened  betwixt  his  lodging-room  and 
mine.  He  was  very  restless  and  fretful ;  and  had 
Medusa  been  my  wife,  there  could  not  have  been  more 
continued  and  disagreeable  hissing  in  the  bed-chamber 
that  night.  At  day-break,  I  sent  to  borrow  ten  of  the 
negroes  who  were  cutting  wood  at  a  distance  ;  I  could 
have  done  with  half  that  number,  but  judged  it  most 
prudent  to  have  a  good  force,  in  case  he  should  try  to 
escape  from  the  house  when  we  opened  the  bag.  How- 
ever, nothing  serious  occurred. 

We  untied  the  mouth  of  the  bag,  kept 

Kills  and 

dissects  the     him  down  by  main  force,  and  then  I  cut  his 

Snake. 

throat.  He  bled  like  an  ox.  By  six  o'clock 
the  same  evening,  he  was  completely  dissected.  On 
examining  his  teeth,  I  observed  that  they  were  all  bent 
like  tenter-hooks,  pointing  down  his  throat,  and  not  so 
large  or  strong  as  I  expected  to  have  found  them ;  but 
they  are  exactly  suited  to  what  they  are  intended  by 
nature  to  perform.  The  snake  does  not  masticate  his 

I 


178  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

food,  and  thus  the  only  service  his  teeth  have  to  per- 
form is  to  seize  his  prey,  and  hold  it  till  he  swallows  it 
whole. 

In  general,  the  skins  of  snakes  are  sent  to  museums 
without  the  head ;  for  when  the  Indians  and  negroes 
kill  a  snake,  they  seldom  fail  to  cut  off  the  head,  and 
then  they  run  no  risk  from  its  teeth.  When  the  skin 
is  stuffed  in  the  museum,  a  wooden  head  is  substituted, 
armed  with  teeth  which  are  large  enough  to  suit  a 
tiger's  jaw ;  and  this  tends  to  mislead  the  spectator, 
and  give  him  erroneous  ideas. 

During  this  fray  with  the  serpent,  the  old  negro, 
Daddy  Quashi,  was  in  George-town  procuring  provi- 
sions, and  just  returned  in  time  to  help  to  take  the 
skin  off.  He  had  spent  best  part  of  his  life  in  the 
forest  with  his  old  master,  Mr.  Edmonstone,  and 
amused  me  much  in  recounting  their  many  adventures 
amongst  the  wild  beasts.  The  Daddy  had  a  particular 
horror  of  snakes,  and  frankly  declared  he  could  never 
have  faced  the  one  in  question. 

The  week  following,  his  courage  was  put 

another        to  the  test,  and  he  made  good  his  words.    It 

Suake-  •  a-  4.       j  4.    i      ! 

was  a  curious  conmct,  and  took  place  near 

the  spot  where  I  had  captured  the  large  snake.  In  the 
morning  I  had  been  following  a  new  species  of  paroquet, 
and  the  day  being  rainy,  I  had  taken  an  umbrella  to 
keep  the  gun  dry,  and  had  left  it  under  a  tree  ;  in  the 
afternoon  I  took  Daddy  Quashi  with  me  to  look  for  it. 
Whilst  he  was  searching  about,  curiosity  took  me 
towards  the  place  of  the  late  scene  of  action.  There 
was  a  path  where  timber  had  formerly  been  dragged 
along.  Here  I  observed  a  young  coulacanara,  ten  feet 
long,  slowly  moving  onwards  ;  I  saw  he  was  not  thick 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  179 

enough  to  break  my  arm,  in  case  he  got  twisted  round 
it.  There  was  not  a  moment  to  be  lost.  I  laid  hold 
of  his  tail  with  the  left  hand,  one  knee  being  on  the 
ground  ;  with  the  right  I  took  off  my  hat,  and  held  it 
as  you  would  hold  a  shield  for  defence. 

The  snake  instantly  turned,  and  came  on  at  me,  with 
his  head  about  a  yard  from  the  ground,  as  if  to  ask 
me,  what  business  I  had  to  take  liberties  with  his  tail. 
I  let  him  come,  hissing  and  open-mouthed,  within  two 
feet  of  my  face,  and  then,  with  all  the  force  I  was 
master  of,  I  drove  my  fist,  shielded  by  my  hat,  full  in 
his  jaws.  He  was  stunned  and  confounded  bj'  the 
blow,  and  ere  he  could  recover  himself,  I  had  seized  his 
throat  with  both  hands,  in  such  a  position  that  he 
could  not  bite  me  ;  I  then  allowed  him  to  coil  himself 
round  my  body,  and  marched  off  with  him  as  my  lawful 
prize.  He  pressed  me  hard,  but  not  alarmingly  so. 

In  the  mean  time,  Daddy  Quashi,  having  found  the 
umbrella,  and  having  heard  the  noise  which  the  fray 
occasioned,  was  coming  cautiously  up.  As  soon  as  he 
saw  me,  and  in  what  company  I  was,  he  turned  about 
and  ran  off  home,  I  after  him,  and  shouting,  to  increase 
his  fear.  On  scolding  him  for  his  cowardice,  the  old 
rogue  begged  that  I  would  forgive  him,  for  that  the 
sight  of  the  snake  had  positively  turned  him  sick  at 
stomach. 

When  I  had  done  with  the  carcass  of  the  large 
snake,  it  was  conveyed  into  the  forest,  as  I  expected 
that  it  would  attract  the  king  of  the  vultures,  as  soon 
as  time  should  have  rendered  it  sufficiently  savoury. 
In  a  few  days  it  sent  forth  that  odour  which  a  carcass 
should  send  forth,  and  about  twenty  of  the  common 
vultures  came  and  perched  on  the  neighbouring  trees ; 

N2 


180  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

the  king  of  the  vultures  came  too ;  and  I  observed  that 
none  of  the  common  ones  seemed  inclined  to  begin 
breakfast  till  his  majesty  had  finished.  When  he  had 
consumed  as  much  snake  as  nature  informed  him  would 
do  him  good,  he  retired  to  the  top  of  a  high  mora-tree ; 
and  then  all  the  common  vultures  fell  to,  and  made  a 
hearty  meal. 

The  King  of  The  head  and  neck  of  the  king  of  the 
the  vultures.  vuitures  are  bare  of  feathers ;  but  the  beau- 
tiful appearance  they  exhibit  fades  in  death.  The 
throat  and  the  back  of  the  neck  are  of  a  fine  lemon 
colour ;  both  sides  of  the  neck,  from  the  ears  down- 
Avards,  of  a  rich  scarlet;  behind  the  corrugated  part 
there  is  a  white  spot.  The  crown  of  the  head  is  scarlet ; 
betwixt  the  lower  mandible  and  the  eye,  and  close  by 
the  ear,  there  is  a  part  which  has  a  fine  silvery  blue 
appearance ;  the  corrugated  part  is  of  a  dirty  light 
brown;  behind  it,  and  just  above  the  white  spot,  a 
portion  of  the  skin  is  blue,  and  the  rest  scarlet ;  the 
skin  which  juts  out  behind  the  neck,  and  appears  like 
an  oblong  caruncle,  is  blue  in  part,  and  part  orange. 

The  bill  is  orange  and  black,  the  caruncles 
on  his  forehead  orange,  and  the  cere  orange  ; 
the  orbits  scarlet,  and  the  irides  white.  Below  the 
bare  part  of  the  neck  there  is  a  cinereous  ruff.  The 
bag  of  the  stomach,  which  is  only  seen  when  distended 
with  food,  is  of  a  most  delicate  white,  intersected  with 
blue  veins,  which  appear  on  it  just  like  the  blue  veins 
on  the  arm  of  a  fair-complexioned  person.  The  tail 
and  long  wing-feathers  are  black,  the  belly  white,  and 
the  rest  of  the  body  a  fine  satin  colour. 

I  cannot  be  persuaded  that  the  vultures  ever  feed 
upon  live  animals,  not  even  upon  lizards,  rats,  mice,  or 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  181 

frogs  ;  I  have  watched  them  for  hours  together,  but 
never  could  see  them  touch  any  living  animals,  though 
innumerable  lizards,  frogs,  and  small  birds  swarmed  all 
around  them.  I  have  killed  lizards  and  frogs,  and  put 
them  in  a  proper  place  for  observation ;  as  soon  as  they 
began  to  stink,  the  aura  vulture  invariably  came  and 
took  them  off.  I  have  frequently  observed,  that  the 
day  after  the  planter  had  burnt  the  trash  in  a  cane-field, 
the  aura  vulture  was  sure  to  be  there,  feeding  on  the 
snakes,  lizards,  and  frogs  which  had  suffered  in  the 
conflagration.  I  often  saw  a  large  bird  (very  much 
like  the  common  gregarious  vulture  at  a  distance)  catch 
and  devour  lizards ;  after  shooting  one,  it  turned  out 
to  be  not  a  vulture,  but  a  hawk,  with  a  tail  squarer  and 
shorter  than  hawks  have  in  general.  The  vultures, 
like  the  goatsucker  and  woodpecker,  seem  to  be  in  dis- 
grace with  man.  They  are  generally  termed  a  voracious, 
stinking,  cruel,  and  ignoble  tribe.  Under  these  im- 
pressions, the  fowler  discharges  his  gun  at  them,  and 
probably  thinks  he  has  done  well  in  ridding  the  earth 
of  such  vermin. 

Some  governments  impose  a  fine  on  him  who  kills  a 
vulture.  This  is  a  salutary  law,  and  it  were  to  be 
wished  that  other  governments  would  follow  so  good 
an  example.  I  would  fain  here  say  a  word  or  two  in 
favour  of  this  valuable  scavenger. 

Kind  Providence  has  conferred  a  blessing  on  hot 
countries  in  giving  them  the  vulture ;  he  has  ordered 
it  to  consume  that  which,  if  left  to  dissolve  in  putre- 
faction, would  infect  the  air  and  produce  a  pestilence. 
When  full  of  food,  the  vulture  certainly  appears  an 
indolent  bird  ;  he  will  stand  for  hours  together  on  the 
branch  of  a  tree,  or  on  the  top  of  a  house,  with  his 


182  WANDERINGS    IN    SOUTH    AMERICA. 

wings  drooping,  and,  after  rain,  with  them  spread  and 
elevated  to  catch  the  rays  of  the  sun.  It  has  been 
remarked  "by  naturalists,  that  the  flight  of  this  bird  is 
laborious.  I  have  paid  attention  to  the  vulture  in 
Andalusia,  and  to  those  in  Guiana,  Brazil,  and  the 
West  Indies,  and  conclude  that  they  are  birds  of  long, 
even,  and  lofty  flight.  Indeed,  whoever  has  observed 
the  aura  vulture,  will  be  satisfied  that  his  flight  is 
wonderfully  majestic,  and  of  long  continuance. 

This  bird  is  above  five  feet  from  wing  to  wing 
extended.  You  will  see  it  soaring  aloft  in  the  aerial 
expanse  on  pinions  which  never  flutter,  and  which  at 
the  same  time  carry  him  through  the  fields  of  ether 
with  a  rapidity  equal  to  that  of  the  golden  eagle.  In 
Paramaribo  the  laws  protect  the  vulture,  and  the 
Spaniards  of  Angustura  never  think  of  molesting  him. 
In  1808,  I  saw  the  vultures  in  that  city  as  tame  as 
domestic  fowls  ;  a  person  who  had  never  seen  a  vulture 
would  have  taken  them  for  turkeys.  They  were  very 
useful  to  the  Spaniards ;  had  it  not  been  for  them,  the 
refuse  of  the  slaughter-houses  in  Angustura  would  have 
caused  an  intolerable  nuisance. 

otherspecies  The  common  black,  short,  square-tailed 
of  Vulture,  vulture  is  gregarious ;  but  the  aura  vulture 
is  not  so  :  for,  though  you  may  see  fifteen  or  twenty  of 
them  feeding  on  the  dead  vermin  in  a  cane-field,  after 
the  trash  has  been  set  fire  to,  still,  if  you  have  paid 
attention  to  their  arrival,  you  will  have  observed  that 
they  came  singly  and  retired  singly  ;  and  thus  their 
being  all  together  in  the  same  field  was  merely  acci- 
dental, and  caused  by  each  one  smelling  the  effluvia  as 
he  was  soaring  through  the  sky  to  look  out  for  food. 
I  have  watched  twenty  come  into  a  cane-field ;  they 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  183 

arrived  one  by  one,  and  from  different  parts  of  the 
heavens.  Hence  we  may  conclude,  that  though  the 
other  species  of  vulture  are  gregarious,  the  aura  vulture 
is  not. 

If  you  dissect  a  vulture  that  has  just  been  feeding 
on  carrion,  you  must  expect  that  your  olfactory  nerves 
will  be  somewhat  offended  with  the  rank  effluvia  from 
his  craw  ;  just  as  they  would  be  were  you  to  dissect  a 
citizen  after  the  Lord  Mayor's  dinner.  If,  on  the  con- 
trary, the  vulture  be  empty  at  the  time  you  commence 
the  operation,  there  will  be  no  offensive  smell,  but  a 
strong  scent  of  musk. 

I  had  long  wished  to  examine  the  native  haunts  of 
the  cayman ;  but  as  the  river  Demerara  did  not  afford 
a  specimen  of  the  large  kind,  I  was  obliged  to  go  to 
the  river  Essequibo  to  look  for  one. 

I  got  the  canoe  ready,  and  went  down 

Sails  in  a  ca- 
noe down  to  in  it  to  George-town:  where,  having  put  in 

the  Essequibo.  °. r 

the  necessary  articles  for  the  expedition,  not 
forgetting  a  couple  of  large  shark-hooks,  with  chains 
attached  to  them,  and  a  coil  of  strong  new  rope,  I 
hoisted  a  little  sail,  which  I  had  got  made  on  purpose, 
and  at  six  o'clock  in  the  morning  shaped  our  course  for 
the  river  Essequibo.  I  had  put  a  pair  of  shoes  on  to 
prevent  the  tar  at  the  bottom  of  the  canoe  from  sticking 
to  my  feet.  The  sun  was  flaming  hot,  and  from  eleven 
o'clock  till  two  beat  perpendicularly  upon  the  top  of 
my  feet,  betwixt  the  shoes  and  the  trowsers.  Not  feel- 
ing it  disagreeable,  or  being  in  the  least  aware  of  painful 
consequences,  as  I  had  been  barefoot  for  months,  I  neg- 
lected to  put  on  a  pair  of  short  stockings  which  I  had 
with  me.  I  did  not  reflect,  that  sitting  still  in  one 
place  with  your  feet  exposed  to  the  sun  was  very 


184  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

different  from  being  exposed  to  the  sun  while  in 
motion. 

suffers  much  We  went  ashore  in  the  Essequibo,  about 
feeTfrom  ex-  three  o'clock  in  the  afternoon,  to  choose  a 
cento  heat  place  for  tke  j^gj^g  residence,  to  collect 

fire-wood,  and  to  set  the  fish-hooks.  It  was  then  that 
I  first  began  to  find  my  legs  very  painful :  they  soon 
became  much  inflamed,  and  red,  and  blistered ;  and  it 
required  considerable  caution  not  to  burst  the  blisters, 
otherwise  sores  would  have  ensued.  I  immediately  got 
into  the  hammock,  and  there  passed  a  painful  and 
sleepless  night,  and  for  two  days  after  I  was  disabled 
from  walking. 

About  midnight,  as  I  was  lying  awake,  and  in  great 
pain,  I  heard  the  Indian  say,  "  Massa,  massa, 

Visited  in  the    e 

night  by  a  Ja-  you  no  hear  tiger  1 "     I  listened  attentively, 

guar  Tiger.        J  e 

and  heard  the  softly-sounding  tread  of  his 
feet  as  he  approached  us.  The  moon  had  gone  down  ; 
but  every  now  and  then  we  could  get  a  glance  of  him 
by  the  light  of  our  fire  :  he  was  the  jaguar,  for  I  could 
see  the  spots  on  his  body.  Had  I  wished  to  have  fired 
at  him,  I  was  not  able  to  take  a  sure  aim,  for  I  was  in 
such  pain  that  I  could  not  turn  myself  in  my  hammock. 
The  Indian  would  have  fired,  but  I  would  not  allow 
him  to  do  so,  as  I  wanted  to  see  a  little  more  of  our 
new  visitor ;  for  it  is  not  every  day  or  night  that  the 
traveller  is  favoured  with  an  undisturbed  sight  of  the 
jaguar  in  his  own  forests. 

Whenever  the  fire  got  low,  the  jaguar  came  a  little 
nearer,  and  when  the  Indian  renewed  it,  he  retired 
abruptly  :  sometimes  he  would  come  within  twenty 
yards,  and  then  we  had  a  view  of  him,  sitting  on  his 
hind  legs  like  a  dog ;  sometimes  he  moved  slowly  to 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  185 

and  fro,  and  at  other  times  we  could  hear  him  mend 
his  pace,  as  if  impatient.  At  last  the  Indian,  not 
relishing  the  idea  of  having  such  company  in  the 
neighbourhood,  could  contain  himself  no  longer,  and 
set  up  a  most  tremendous  yell.  The  jaguar  bounded 
off  like  a  race-horse,  and  returned  no  more;  it  appeared, 
by  the  print  of  his  feet  the  next  morning,  that  he  was 
a  full-grown  jaguar. 

In  two  days  after  this,  we  got  to  the  first 

Reaches  the  '  ' 

Falls  of  the  falls  in  the  Lssequibo.     There  was  a  superb 

Essequibo.  . 

barrier  ot  rocks  quite  across  the  river.  In 
the  rainy  season  these  rocks  are  for  the  most  part  under 
water ;  but  it  being  now  dry  weather,  we  had  a  fine 
view  of  them,  while  the  water  from  the  river  above 
them  rushed  through  the  different  openings  in  majestic 
grandeur.  Here,  on  a  little  hill,  jutting  out  into  the 
river,  stands  the  house  of  Mrs.  Peterson,  the  last  house 
of  people  of  colour  up  this  river ;  I  hired  a  negro  from 
her,  and  a  coloured  man,  who  pretended  that  they  knew 
the  haunts  of  the  cayman,  and  understood  everything 
about  taking  him.  We  were  a  day  in  passing  these 
falls  and  rapids,  celebrated  for  the  pacou,  the  richest 
and  most  delicious  fish  in  Guiana.  The  coloured  man 
was  now  in  his  element ;  he  stood  in  the  head  of  the 
canoe,  and  with  his  bow  and  arrow  shot  the  pacou  as 
they  were  swimming  in  the  stream.  The  arrow  had 
scarcely  left  the  bow  before  he  had  plunged  headlong 
into  the  river,  and  seized  the  fish  as  it  was  struggling 
with  it.  He  dived  and  swam  like  an  otter,  and  rarely 
missed  the  fish  he  aimed  at. 

Did  my  pen,  gentle  reader,  possess  descriptive 
powers,  I  would  here  give  thee  an  idea  of  the  enchant- 
ing scenery  of  the  Essequibo ;  but  that  not  being  the 


186  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

case,  them  must  be  contented  with  a  moderate   and 
well-intended  attempt. 

Nothing  could  be  more  lovely  than  the 
appearance  of  the  forest  on  each  side  of  this 
noble  river.  Hills  rose  on  hills  in  tine  gradation,  all 
covered  with  trees  of  gigantic  height  and  size.  Here 
their  leaves  were  of  a  lively  purple,  and  there  of  the 
deepest  green.  Sometimes  the  Caracara  extended  its 
scarlet  blossoms  from  branch  to  branch,  and  gave  the 
tree  the  appearance  as  though  it  had  been  hung  with 
garlands. 

This  delightful  scenery  of  the  Essequibo  made  the 
soul  overflow  with  joy,  and  caused  you  to  rove  in  fancy 
through  fairy-land  ;  till,  on  turning  an  angle  of  the 
river,  you  were  recalled  to  more  sober  reflections  on 
seeing  the  once  grand  and  towering  niora,  now  dead 
and  ragged  in  its  topmost  branches,  while  its  aged 
trunk,  undermined  by  the  rushing  torrent,  hung  as 
though  in  sorrow  over  the  river,  which,  ere  long,  would 
receive  it,  and  sweep  it  away  for  ever. 

During  the  day,  the  trade-wind  blew  a  gentle  and 
refreshing  breeze,  which  died  away  as  the  night  set  in, 
and  then  the  river  was  as  smooth  as  glass. 

The  moon  was  within  three  days  of  being  full,  so 
that  we  did  not  regret  the  loss  of  the  sun,  which  set 
in  all  its  splendour.  Scarce  had  he  sunk  behind  the 
western  hills,  when  the  goatsuckers  sent  forth  their 
soft  and  plaintive  cries ;  some  often  repeating,  "  Who 
are  you — who,  who,  who  are  you  ?"  and  others,  "  Willy, 
Willy,  Willy  come  go." 

The  Indian  and  Daddy  Quashi  often  shook  their 
head  at  this,  and  said  they  were  bringing  talk  from 
Yabahou,  who  is  the  evil  spirit  of  the  Essequibo.  It 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  187 

was  delightful  to  sit  on  the  branch  of  a  fallen  tree,  near 
the  water's  edge,  and  listen  to  these  harmless  birds  as 
they  repeated  their  evening  song ;  and  watch  the  owls 
and  vampires  as  they  every  now  and  then  passed  up 
and  down  the  river. 

The  Cam-  ^ne  nex^  day,  about  noon,  as  we  were 
panero.  proceeding  onwards,  we  heard  the  Campanero 
tolling  in  the  depth  of  the  forest.  Though  I  should 
not  then  have  stopped  to  dissect  even  a  rare  bird, 
having  a  greater  object  in  view,  still  I  could  not  resist 
the  opportunity  offered  of  acquiring  the  campanero. 
The  place  where  he  was  tolling  was  low  and  swampy, 
and  my  legs  not  having  quite  recovered  from  the  effects 
of  the  sun,  I  sent  the  Indian  to  shoot  the  campanero. 
He  got  up  to  the  tree,  which  he  described  as  very  high, 
with  a  naked  top,  and  situated  in  a  swamp.  He  fired 
at  the  bird,  but  either  missed  it,  or  did  not  wound  it 
sufficiently  to  bring  it  down.  This  was  the  only  oppor- 
tunity I  had  of  getting  a  campanero  during  this 
expedition.  We  had  never  heard  one  toll  before  this 
morning,  and  never  heard  one  after. 

About  an  hour  before  sunset,  we  reached  the  place 
which  |the  two  men  who  had  joined  us  at  the  Falls 
pointed  out  as  a  proper  one  to  find  a  cayman.  There 
wa*1  a  large  creek  close  by,  and  a  sand-bank  gently 
sloping  to  the  water.  Just  within  the  forest  on  this 
bank,  we  cleared  a  place  of  brushwood,  suspended  the 
hammocks  from  the  trees,  and  then  picked  up  enough 
of  decayed  wood  for  fuel. 

The  Indian  found  a  large  land-tortoise,  and  this,  with 
plenty  of  fresh  fish  which  we  had  in  the  canoe,  afforded 
a  supper  not  to  be  despised. 

The  tigers  had  kept  up  a  continual  roaring  every 


188  WANDERINGS    IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

night  since  we  had  entered  the  Essequibo.  The  sound 
was  awfully  fine.  Sometimes  it  was  in  the  immediate 
Roaring  of  neighbourhood ;  at  other  times  it  was  far 
the  Tigers.  of^  an(j  echoed  amongst  the  hills  like  dis- 
tant thunder. 

It  may,  perhaps,  not  be  amiss  to  observe  here,  that 
when  the  word  Tiger  is  used,  it  does  not  mean  the 
Bengal  tiger.  It  means  the  Jaguar,  whose  skin  is 
beautifully  spotted,  and  not  striped  like  that  of  the 
tiger  in  the  East.  It  is,  in  fact,  the  tiger  of  the  new 
world,  and  receiving  the  name  of  tiger  from  the  dis- 
coverers of  South  America,  it  has  kept  it  ever  since. 
It  is  a  cruel,  strong,  and  dangerous  beast,  but  not  so 
courageous  as  the  Bengal  tiger. 

We  now  baited  a  shark-hook  with  a  large  fish,  and 
put  it  upon  a  board  about  a  yard  long,  and  one  foot 
broad,  which  we  had  brought  on  purpose.  This  board 
was  carried  out  in  the  canoe,  about  forty  yards  into  the 
river.  By  means  of  a  string,  long  enough  to  reach  the 
bottom  of  the  river,  and  at  the  end  of  which  string  was 
fastened  a  stone,  the  board  was  kept,  as  it  were,  at 
anchor.  One  end  of  the  new  rope  I  had  bought  in 
town  was  reeved  through  the  chain  of  the  shark-hook, 
and  the  other  end  fastened  to  a  tree  on  the  sand-bank. 

It  was  now  an  hour  after  sunset.  The  sky  *vas 
cloudless,  and  the  moon  shone  beautifully  bright. 
There  was  not  a  breath  of  wind  in  the  heavens,  and 
the  river  seemed  like  a  large  plain  of  quicksilver. 
Every  now  and  then  a  huge  fish  would  strike  and 
plunge  in  the  water  ;  then  the  owls  and  goatsuckers 
would  continue  their  lamentations,  and  the  sound  of 
these  was  lost  in  the  prowling  tiger's  growl.  Then  all 
was  still  again  and  silent  as  midnight. 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  189 

The  caymen  were  now  upon  the  stir,  and  at  in- 
tervals their  noise  could  be  distinguished  amid  that  of 
Noise  of  the  *ne  Ja8uar>  *ne  owls,  the  goatsuckers,  and 
Caymen.  frogs.  It  was  a  singular  and  awful  sound. 
It  was  like  a  suppressed  sigh,  bursting  forth  all  of  a 
sudden,  and  so  loud  that  you  might  hear  it  above  a 
mile  off.  First  one  emitted  this  horrible  noise,  and 
then  another  answered  ;  and  on  looking  at  the  counte- 
nances of  the  people  round  me,  I  could  plainly  see  that 
they  expected  to  have  a  cayman  that  night. 

We  were  at  supper,  when  the  Indian,  who  seemed  to 
have  had  one  eye  on  the  turtle-pot  and  the  other  on 
the  bait  in  the  river,  said  he  saw  the  cayman  coming. 

Upon  looking  towards  the  place,  there  appeared 
something  on  the  water  like  a  black  log  of  wood.  It 
•was  so  unlike  anything  alive,  that  I  doubted  if  it  were 
a  cayman ;  but  the  Indian  smiled,  and  said,  he  was 
sure  it  was  one,  for  he  remembered  seeing  a  cayman, 
some  years  ago,  when  he  was  in  the  Essequibo. 

At  last  it  gradually  approached  the  bait,  and  the 
board  began  to  move.  The  moon  shone  so  bright,  that 
we  could  distinctly  see  him  open  his  huge  jaws,  and 
take  in  the  bait.  We  pulled  the  rope.  He  imme- 
diately let  drop  the  bait ;  and  then  we  saw  his  black 
head  retreating  from  the  board,  to  the  distance  of  a 
few  yards ;  and  there  it  remained  quite  motionless. 

He  did  not  seem  inclined  to  advance  again ;  and  so 
we  finished  our  supper.  In  about  an  hour's  time  he 
again  put  himself  in  motion,  and  took  hold  of  the  bait. 
But,  probably  suspecting  that  he  had  to  deal  with 
knaves  and  cheats,  he  held  it  in  his  mouth,  but  did  not 
swallow  it.  We  pulled  the  rope  again,  but  with  no 
better  success  than  the  first  time. 


190  WANDERINGS  IN  SOUTH  AMERICA. 

He  retreated  as  usual,  and  came  back  again  in  about 
an  hour.  We  paid  him  every  attention  till  three 
o'clock  in  the  morning;  when,  worn  out  with  disappoint- 
ment, we  went  to  the  hammocks,  turned  in,  and  fell 
asleep. 

When  day  broke,  we  found  that  he  had  contrived  to 
get  the  bait  from  the  hook,  though  we  had  tied  it  on 
with  string.  We  had  now  no  more  hopes  of  taking  a 
cayman  till  the  return  of  night.  The  Indian  took  off 
into  the  woods,  and  brought  back  a  noble  supply  of 
game.  The  rest  of  us  went  into  the  canoe,  and  pro- 
ceeded up  the  river  to  shoot  fish.  We  got  even  more 
than  we  could  use. 

As  we  approached  the  shallows,  we  could  see  the 
large  sting-rays  moving  at  the  bottom.  The  coloured 
man  never  failed  to  hit  them  with  his  arrow.  The 
weather  was  delightful.  There  was  scarcely  a  cloud  to 
intercept  the  sun's  rays. 

I  saw  several  scarlet  aras,  anihingas,  and 
ducks,  but  could  not  get  a  shot  at  them. 
The  parrots  crossed  the  river  in  innumerable  quantities, 
almost  flying  in  pairs.  Here,  too,  I  saw  the  Sun-bird, 
called  Tirana  by  the  Spaniards  in  the  Oroonoque,  and 
shot  one  of  them.  The  black  and  white  scarlet -headed 
finch  was  very  common  here.  I  could  never  see  this 
bird  in  the  Demerara,  nor  hear  of  its  being  there. 

We  at  last  came  to  a  large  sand-bank,  probably  two 
miles  in  circumference.  As  we  approached  it  we  could 
see  two  or  three  hundred  fresh- water  turtle  on  the  edge 
of  the  bank.  Ere  we  could  get  near  enough  to  let  fly 
an  arrow  at  them,  they  had  all  sunk  into  the  river,  and 
appeared  no  more. 


THIRD  JOURNEY.  191 

We  went  on  the  sand-bank  to  look  for  their  nests, 
as  this  was  the  breeding  season.  The  coloured  man 

Turtles'  showed  us  how  to  find  them.  Wherever  a 
nests.  portion  of  the  sand  seemed  smoother  than 
the  rest,  there  was  sure  to  be  a  turtle's  nest.  On  dig- 
ging down  with  our  hands,  about  nine  inches  deep,  we 
found  from  twenty  to  thirty  white  eggs ;  in  less  than 
an  hour  we  got  above  two  hundred.  Those  which  had 
a  little  black  spot  or  two  on  the  shell  we  ate  the  same 
day,  as  it  was  a  sign  that  they  were  not  fresh,  and  of 
course  would  not  keep  :  those  which  had  no  speck 
were  put  into  dry  sand,  and  were  good  some  weeks 
after. 

At  midnight,  two  of  our  people  went  to  this  sand- 
bank, while  the  rest  stayed  to  watch  the  cayman.  The 
turtle  had  advanced  on  to  the  sand  to  lay  their  eggs, 
and  the  men  got  betwixt  them  and  the  water ;  they 
brought  off  half  a  dozen  very  fine  and  well-fed  turtle. 
The  egg-shell  of  the  fresh- water  turtle  is  not  hard,  like 
that  of  the  land-tortoise,  but  appears  like  white  parch- 
ment, and  gives  way  to  the  pressure  of  the  fingers  ;  but 
it  is  very  tough,  and  does  not  break.  On  .this  sand- 
bank, close  to  the  forest,  we  found  several  guana's 
nests ;  but  they  had  never  more  than  fourteen  eggs 
a-piece.  Thus  passed  the  day,  in  exercise  and  know- 
ledge, till  the  sun's  declining  orb  reminded  us  it  was 
time  to  return  to  the  place  from  whence  we  had 
set  out. 

The  second  night's  attempt  upon  the  cayman  was  a 
repetition  of  the  first,  quite  unsuccessful.  We  went  a 
fishing  the  day  after,  had  excellent  sport,  and  returned 
to  experience  a  third  night's  disappointment.  On  the 
fourth  evening,  about  four  o'clock,  we  began  to  erect  a 


192  WANDERINGS    IN    SOUTH    AMERICA. 

stage  amongst  the  trees,  close  to  the  water's  edge. 
From  this  we  intended  to  shoot  an  arrow  into  the 
cayman  :  at  the  end  of  this  arrow  was  to  be  attached  a 
string,  which  would  be  tied  to  the  rope,  and  as  soon  as 
the  cayman  was  struck,  we  were  to  have  the  canoe 
ready,  and  pursue  him  in  the  river. 

"While  we  were  busy  in  preparing  the  stage,  a  tiger 
began  to  roar.  We  judged  by  the  sound  that  he  was 
not  above  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  us,  and  that  he  was 
close  to  the  side  of  the  river.  Unfortunately,  the 
Indian  said  it  was  not  a  jaguar  that  was  roaring,  but  a 
couguar.  The  couguar  is  of  a  pale,  brownish 
red  colour,  and  not  as  large  as  the  jaguar. 
As  there  was  nothing  particular  in  this  animal,  I 
thought  it  better  to  attend  to  the  apparatus  for  catch- 
ing the  cayman  than  to  go  in  quest  of  the  couguar. 
The  people,  however,  went  in  the  canoe  to  the  place 
where  the  couguar  was  roaring.  On  arriving  near  the 
spot,  they  saw  it  was  not  a  couguar,  but  an  immense 
jaguar,  standing  on  the  trunk  of  an  aged  mora-tree, 
which  bended  over  the  river ;  he  growled  and  showed 
his  teeth  as  they  approached ;  the  coloured  man  fired 
at  him  with  a  ball,  but  probably  missed  him,  and  the 
tiger  instantly  descended,  and  took  off  into  the  woods. 
I  went  to  the  place  before  dark,  and  we  searched  the 
forest  for  about  half  a  mile  in  the  direction  he  had 
fled  :  but  we  could  see  no  traces  of  him,  or  any  marks 
of  blood,  so  I  concluded  that  fear  had  prevented  the 
man  from  taking  steady  aim. 

We  spent  best  part  of  the  fourth  night  in  trying  for 
the  cayman,  but  all  to  no  purpose.  I  was  now  con- 
vinced that  something  was  materially  wrong.  We  ought 
to  have  been  successful,  considering  our  vigilance  and 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  193 

attention,  and  that  we  had  repeatedly  seen  the  cayman. 

It  was  useless  to  tarry  here  any  longer ;  moreover,  the 

coloured  man  began  to  take  airs,  and  fancied  that  I  could 

not  do  without  him.     I  never  admit  of  this 

Discharges     . 

the  man  of  in  any  expedition  where  I  am  commander ; 
and  so  I  convinced  the  man,  to  his  sorrow, 
that  I  could  do  without  him ;  for  I  paid  him  what  I 
had  agreed  to  give  him,  which  amounted  to  eight 
dollars,  and  ordered  him  back  in  his  own  curial  to 
Mrs.  Peterson's,  on  the  hill  at  the  first  falls.  I  then 
asked  the  negro  if  there  were  any  Indian  settlements 
in  the  neighbourhood ;  he  said  he  knew  of  one,  a  day 
and  a  half  off.  We  went  in  quest  of  it,  and  about  one 
o'clock  the  next  day  the  negro  showed  us  the  creek 
where  it  was. 

The  entrance  was  so  concealed  by  thick  bushes,  that 

Reaches  a    a  stranger  would   have   passed  it  without 

Indian   se£    kao\ving  it  to  be  a  creek.    In  going  up  it  we 

found  it  dark,  winding,  and  intricate  beyond 

any  creek  that  I  had  ever  seen  before.    When  Orpheus 

came  back  Avith  his  young  wife  from  Styx,  his  path  must 

have  been  similar  to  this ;  for  Ovid  says  it  was 

"  Arduus,  obliquus,  caligine  densus  opaca;," 

and  this  creek  was  exactly  so. 

When  we  had  got  about  two-thirds  up  it,  we  met  the 
Indians  going  a-fishing.  I  saw,  by  the  way  their  things 
were  packed  in  the  curial,  that  they  did  not  intend  to 
return  for  some  days.  However,  on  telling  them  what 
we  wanted,  and  by  promising  handsome  presents  of 
powder,  shot,  and  hooks,  they  dropped  their  expedition, 
and  invited  us  up  to  the  settlement  they  had  just  left, 
and  where  we  laid  in  a  provision  of  cassava, 
o 


194  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

They  gave  us  for  dinner  boiled  ant-bear  and  red 
monkey :  two  dishes  unknown  even  at  Beau- 

Indian  dinner.  .  ,  „ 

villiers  in  Paris,  or  at  a  London  city  least. 
The  monkey  was  very  good  indeed,  but  the  ant-bear 
had  been  kept  beyond  its  time — it  stunk  as  our  venison 
does  in  England;  and  so,  after  tasting  it,  I  preferred 
dining  entirely  on  monkey.  After  resting  here,  we  went 
back  to  the  river.  The  Indians,  three  in  number,  ac- 
companied us  in  their  own  curial,  and,  on  entering  the 
river,  pointed  to  a  place,  a  little  way  above,  well  calcu- 
lated to  harbour  a  cayman.  The  water  was  deep  and 
still,  and  flanked  by  an  immense  sand-bank ;  there  was 
also  a  little  shallow  creek  close  by. 

On  this  sand-bank,  near  the  forest,  the  people  made 
a  shelter  for  the  night.  My  own  was  already  made ;  for 
I  always  take  with  me  a  painted  sheet,  about  twelve 
feet  by  ten.  This,  thrown  over  a  pole,  supported  be- 
twixt two  trees,  makes  you  a  capital  roof  with  very 
little  trouble. 

We  showed  one  of  the  Indians  the  shark-hook.  He 
shook  his  head,  and  laughed  at  it,  and  said  it  would  not 
do.  When  he  was  a  boy,  he  had  seen  his  father  catch 
the  caymen,  and  on  the  morrow  he  would  make  some- 
thing that  would  answer. 

Jn  the  mean  time,  we  set  the  shark -hook ;  but  it 
availed  us  nought :  a  cayman  came  and  took  it,  but 
would  not  swallow  it.  Seeing  it  was  useless  to  attend 
the  shark-hook  any  longer,  we  left  it  for  the  night,  and 
returned  to  our  hammocks. 

Ere  I  fell  asleep,  a  reflection  or  two  broke  in  upon 
me.  I  considered  that,  as  far  as  the  judgment  of  civi- 
lized man  went,  everything  had  been  procured  and  done 
to  ensure  success.  We  had  hooks,  and  lines,  and  baits 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  195 

and  patience ;  we  had  spent  nights  in  watching,  had 
seen  the  cayman  come  and  take  the  bait,  and,  after 
our  expectations  had  been  wound  up  to  the  highest 
pitch,  all  ended  in  disappointment.  Probably  this 
poor  wild  man  of  the  woods  would  succeed  by  means 
of  a  very  simple  process,  and  thus  prove  to  his 
more  civilized  brother  that,  notwithstanding  books 
and  schools,  there  is  a  vast  deal  of  knowledge  to  be 
picked  up  at  every  step,  whichever  way  we  turn 
ourselves. 

In  the  morning,  as  usual,  we  found  the  bait  gone 
from  the  shark-hook.  The  Indians  went  into  the  forest 
to  hunt,  and  we  took  the  canoe  to  shoot  fish  and  get 
another  supply  of  turtles'  eggs,  which  we  found  in  great 
abundance  on  this  large  sand-bank. 

We  went  to  the  little  shallow  creek,  and  shot  some 
young  caymen,  about  two  feet  long.  It  was  astonishing 
to  see  what  spite  and  rage  these  little  things  showed 
when  the  arrows  struck  them  ;  they  turned  round  and 
bit  it,  and  snapped  at  us  when  we  went  into  the  water 
to  take  them  out.  Daddy  Quashi  boiled  one  of  them 
for  his  dinner,  and  found  it  very  sweet  and  tender.  I 
do  not  see  why  it  should  not  be  as  good  as  frog  or 
veal. 

The  day  was  now  declining  apace,  and  the  Indian 
had  made  his  instrument  to  take  the  cayman.  It  was 
very  simple.  There  were  four  pieces  of  tough  hard 
wood,  a  foot  long,  and  about  as  thick  as  your  little 
finger,  and  barbed  at  both  ends  :  they  were  tied  round 
the  end  of  the  rope  in  such  a  manner  that,  if  you  con- 
ceive the  rope  to  be  an  arrow,  these  four  sticks  would 
form  the  arrow's  head;  so  that  one  end  of  the  four 
united  sticks  answered  to  the  point  of  the  arrow-head, 
o2 


196 


WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 


while  the  other  end  of  the  sticks  expanded  at  equal 
distances  round  the  rope,  thus — 


Now,  it  is  evident  that  if  the  cayman  swallowed  this 
(the  other  end  of  the  rope,  which  was  thirty  yards  long, 
being  fastened  to  a  tree),  the  more  he  pulled,  the  faster 
the  barbs  would  stick  into  his  stomach.  This  wooden 
hook,  if  you  may  so  call  it,  was  well  baited  with  the 
flesh  of  the  acouri,  and  the  entrails  were  twisted  round 
the  rope  for  about  a  foot  above  it. 

Nearly  a  mile  from  where  we  had  our  hammocks  the 
sand-bank  was  steep  and  abrupt,  and  the  river  very 
still  and  deep  ;  there  the  Indian  pricked  a  stick  into 
the  sand.  It  was  two  feet  long,  and  on  its  extremity 
was  fixed  the  machine ;  it  hung  suspended  about  a  foot 
from  the  water,  and  the  end  of  the  rope  was  made  fast 
to  a  stake  driven  well  into  the  sand. 


The  Indian  then  took  the  empty  shell  of  a  land- 
tcrtoise,  and  gave  it  some  heavy  blows  with  an  axe.  I 
asked  why  he  did  that.  He  said  it  was  to  let  the 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  197 

cayman  hear  that  something  was  going  on.  In  fact, 
the  Indian  meant  it  as  the  cayman's  dinner-bell. 

Having  done  this,  we  went  back  to  the  hammocks, 
not  intending  to  visit  it  again  till  morning.  During 
the  night,  the  jaguars  roared  and  grumbled  in  the 
forest,  as  though  the  world  was  going  wrong  with  them, 
and  at  intervals  we  could  hear  the  distant  caymen. 
The  roaring  of  the  jaguars  was  awful ;  but  it  was  music 
to  the  dismal  noise  of  these  hideous  and  malicious 
reptiles. 

About  half-past  five  in  the  morning,  the  Indian 
, .  stole  off  silently  to  take  a  look  at  the  bait. 

Succeed  m 

hooking  a      Qn  arriving  at  the  place  he  set  up  a  tremen- 

Cayman.  °  *\  r 

dous  shout.  We  all  jumped  out  of  our  ham- 
mocks, and  ran  to  him.  The  Indians  got  there  before 
me,  for  they  had  110  clothes  to  put  on,  and  I  lost  two 
minutes  in  looking  for  my  trousers,  and  in  slipping 
into  them. 

We  found  a  cayman,  ten  feet  and  a  half  long,  fast  to 
the  end  of  the  rope.  Nothing  now  remained  to  do  but 
to  get  him  out  of  the  water  without  injuring  his  scales, 
"  hoc  opus,  hie  labor."  We  mustered  strong :  there 
were  three  Indians  from  the  creek,  there  was  my  own 
Indian  (Yan),  Daddy  Quashi  (the  negro  from  Mrs.  Pe- 
terson's), James  (Mr.  B.  Edmonstone's  man,  whom  I 
was  instructing  to  preserve  birds),  and,  lastly,  myself. 

I  informed  the  Indians  that  it  was  my  intention  to 
draw  him  quietly  out  of  the  water,  and  then  secure 
him.  They  looked  and  stared  at  each  other,  and  said 
I  might  do  it  myself,  but  they  would  have  no  hand  in 
it ;  the  cayman  would  worry  some  of  us.  On  saying 
this,  "  consedere  duces,"  they  squatted  on  their  hams 
with  the  most  perfect  indifference. 


198  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMEPICA. 

The  Indians  of  these  wilds  have  never  been  subject 
to  the  least  restraint ;  and  I  knew  enough  of  them  to 
be  aware  that  if  I  tried  to  force  them  against  their  will, 
they  would  take  off,  and  leave  me  and  my  presents 
unheeded,  and  never  return. 

Daddy  Quashi  was  for  applying  to  our  guns,  as  usual, 
considering  them  our  best  and  safest  friends.  I  imme- 
diately offered  to  knock  him  down  for  his  cowardice, 
and  he  shrank  back,  begging  that  I  would  be  cautious, 
and  not  get  myself  worried,  and  apologising  for  his  own 
want  of  resolution.  My  Indian  was  now  in  conversa- 
tion with  the  others,  and  they  asked  me  if  I  would 
allow  them  to  shoot  a  dozen  arrows  into  him,  and  thus 
disable  him.  This  would  have  ruined  all.  I  had  come 
above  three  hundred  miles  on  purpose  to  get  a  cayman 
uninjured,  and  not  to  carryback  a  mutilated  specimen. 
I  rejected  their  proposition  with  firmness,  and  darted  a 
disdainful  eye  upon  the  Indians. 

Daddy  Quashi  was  again  beginning  to  remonstrate, 
and  I  chased  him  on  the  sand-bank  for  a  quarter  of 
a  mile.  He  told  me  afterwards  her  thought  he  should 
have  dropped  down  dead  with  fright,  for  he  was  firmly 
persuaded,  if  I  had  caught  him,  I  should  have  bundled 
him  into  the  cayman's  jaws.  Here,  then,  we  stood  in 
silence,  like  a  calm  before  a  thunder-storm.  "  Hoc  res 
summa  loco.  Scinditur  in  contraria  vulgus."  They 
wanted  to  kill  him,  and  I  wanted  to  take  him  alive. 

I  now  walked  up  and  down  the  sand,  revolving  a 
dozen  projects  in  my  head.  The  canoe  was  at  a  con- 
siderable distance,  and  I  ordered  the  people  to  bring  it 
round  to  the  place  where  we  were.  The  mast  was 
eight  feet  long,  and  not  much  thicker  than  my  wrist. 
I  took  it  out  of  the  canoe,  and  wrapped  the  sail  round 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  199 

the  end  of  it.  Now,  it  appeared  clear  to  me  that  if  I 
went  down  upon  one  knee,  and  held  the  mast  in  the 
same  position  as  the  soldier  holds  his  bayonet  when 
rushing  to  the  charge,  I  could  force  it  down  the  cay- 
man's throat,  should  he  come  open-mouthed  at  me. 
When  this  was  told  to  the  Indians,  they  brightened 
up,  and  said  they  would  help  me  to  pull  him  out  of 
the  river. 

"Brave  squad  !  "  said  I  to  myself,   "  'Audax  omnia 
perpeti,'  now  that  you  have  got  me  betwixt 

Prepare    to  *  J  a 

take  the  Cay-  yourselves  and  danger."   I  then  mustered  all 

man  alive.  • 

hands  for  the  last  time  before  the  battle. 
"We  were,  four  South  American  savages,  two  negroes 
from  Africa,  a  Creole  from  Trinidad,  and  myself,  a 
white  man  from  Yorkshire ;  in  fact,  a  little  Tower 
of  Babel  group,  in  dress,  no  dress,  address,  and  lan- 
guage. 

Daddy  Quashi  hung  in  the  rear;  I  showed  him  a 
large  Spanish  knife,  which  I  always  carried  in  the 
waistband  of  my  trousers  :  it  spoke  volumes  to  him, 
and  he  shrugged  up  his  shoulders  in  absolute  despair. 
The  sun  was  just  peeping  over  the  high  forests  on  the 
eastern  hills,  as  if  coming  to  look  on,  and  bid  us  act 
with  becoming  fortitude.  I  placed  all  the  people  at 
the  end  of  the  rope,  and  ordered  them  to  pull  till  the 
cayman  appeared  on  the  surface  of  the  water ;  and 
then,  should  he  plunge,  to  slacken  the  rope  and  let  him 
go  again  into  the  deep. 

I  now  took  the  mast  of  the  canoe  in  my  hand  (the 
sail  being  tied  round  the  end  of  the  mast),  and  sunk 
down  upon  one  knee,  about  four  yards  from  the  water's 
edge,  determining  to  thrust  it  down  his  throat,  in  case 
he  gave  me  an  opportunity.  I  certainly  felt  somewhat 


200  WANDERINGS  IN  SOUTH  AMERICA. 

uncomfortable  in  this  situation,  and  I  thought  of  Cer- 
berus on  the  other  side  of  the  Styx  ferry.  The  people 
pulled  the  cayman  to  the  surface  ;  he  plunged  furiously 
as  soon  as  he  arrived  in  these  upper  regions,  and  imme- 
diately went  below  again  on  their  slackening  the  rope. 
I  saw  enough  not  to  fall  in  love  at  first  sight.  I  now 
told  them  we  would  run  all  risks,  and  have  him  on 
land  immediately.  They  pulled  again,  and  out  he 
came, — "  monstrum  horrendum,  informe."  This  was 
an  interesting  moment.  I  kept  my  position  firmly, 
with  my  eye  fixed  stedfastly  on  him. 

By  the  time  the  cayman  was  within  two  yards  of 
me,  I  saw  he  was  in  a  state  of  fear  and  perturbation  ;  I 
instantly  dropped  the  mast,  sprung  up,  and  jumped  on 
his  back,  turning  half  round  as  I  vaulted,  so  that  I 
gained  my  seat  with  my  face  in  a  right  position.  I 
immediately  seized  his  fore-legs,  and,  by  main  force, 
twisted  them  on  his  back;  thus  they  served  me  for 
a  bridle. 

He  now  seemed  to  have  recovered  from  his  surprise, 
and,  probably  fancying  himself  in  hostile  company,  he 
begun  to  plunge  furiously,  and  lashed  the  sand  with 
his  long  and  powerful  tail.  I  was  out  of  reach  of  the 
strokes  of  it,  by  being  near  his  head.  He  continued 
to  plunge  and  strike,  and  made  my  seat  very  uncom- 
fortable. It  must  have  been  a  fine  sight  for  an  un- 
occupied spectator. 

The  people  roared  out  in  triumph,  and  were  so  voci- 
ferous, that  it  was  some  time  before  they  heard  me  tell 
them  to  pull  me  and  my  beast  of  burthen  further  inland. 
I  was  apprehensive  the  rope  might  break,  and  then  there 
would  have  been  every  chance  of  going  down  to  the 
regions  under  water  with  the  cayman.  That  would 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  201 

have  been  more  perilous  than  Arion's  marine  morning 
ride  : — 

"  Delphini  insidens  vada  cserula  sulcat  Arion." 

The  people  now  dragged  us  about  forty  yards  on  the 
sand  :  it  was  the  first  and  last  time  I  was  ever  on  a  cay- 
man's back.  Should  it  be  asked,  how  I  managed  to  keep 
my  seat,  I  would  answer, — I  hunted  some  years  with 
Lord  Darlington's  fox  hounds. 

After  repeated  attempts  to  regain  his  liberty,  the  cay- 
man gave  in,  and  became  tranquil  through  exhaustion. 
I  now  managed  to  tie  up  his  jaws,  and  firmly  secured 
his  fore-feet  in  the  position  I  had  held  them.  We  had 
now  another  severe  struggle  for  superiority,  but  he  was 
soon  overcome,  and  again  remained  quiet.  While  some 
of  the  people  were  pressing  upon  his  head  and  shoulders, 
I  threw  myself  on  his  tail,  and  by  keeping  it  down  to 
the  sand,  prevented  him  from  kicking  up  another  dust. 
He  was  finally  conveyed  to  the  canoe,  and  then  to  the 
place  where  we  had  suspended  our  hammocks.  There 
I  cut  his  throat ;  and  after  breakfast  was  over,  com- 
menced the  dissection. 

Xow  that  the  affray  had  ceased,  Daddy  Quashi  played 
a  good  finger  and  thumb  at  breakfast ;  he  said  he  found 
himself  much  revived,  and  became  very  talkative  and 
useful,  as  there  was  no  longer  any  danger.  He  was  a 
faithful,  honest  negro.  His  master,  my  worthy  friend 
Mr.  Edmonstone,  had  been  so  obliging  as  to  send  out 
particular  orders  to  the  colony,  that  the  Daddy  should 
attend  me  all  the  time  I  was  in  the  forest.  He  had  lived 
in  the  wilds  of  Demerara  with  Mr.  Edmonstone  for 
many  years  ;  and  often  amused  me  with  the  account  of 
the  frays  his  master  had  had  in  the  woods  with  snakes, 
wild  beasts,  and  runaway  negroes.  Old  age  was  now 


202  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

coming  fast  upon  him  ;  he  had  been  an  able  fellow  in 
his  younger  days,  and  a  gallant  one  too,  for  he  had  a 
large  scar  over  his  eyebrow,  caused  by  the  stroke  of  a 
cutlass,  from  another  negro,  while  the  Daddy  was 
engaged  in  an  intrigue. 

The  back  of  The  back  of  the  cayman  may  be  said  to  be 
the  Cayman.  aimost  impenetrable  to  a  musket  ball,  but 
his  sides  are  not  near  so  strong,  and  are  easily  pierced 
with  an  arrow ;  indeed,  were  they  as  strong  as  the  back 
and  the  belly,  there  would  be  no  part  of  the  cayman's 
body  soft  and  elastic  enough  to  admit  of  expansion  after 
taking  in  a  supply  of  food. 

The  cayman  has  no  grinders ;  his  teeth 
are  entirely  made  for  snatch  and  swallow  ; 
there  are  thirty -two  in  each  jaw.  Perhaps  no  animal  in 
existence  bears  more  decided  marks  in  his  countenance 
of  cruelty  and  malice  than  the  cayman.  He  is  the 
scourge  and  terror  of  all  the  large  rivers  in  South 
America  near  the  line. 

One  Sunday  evening,  some  years  ago,  as  I  was  walk- 
ing with  Don  Felipe  de  Ynciarte,  governor 
of  Angustura,  on  the  bank  of  the  Oroonoque, 
"  Stop  here  a  minute  or  two,  Don  Carlos,"  said  he  to 
me,  "  while  I  recount  a  sad  accident.  One  fine  evening, 
last  year,  as  the  people  of  Angustura  were  sauntering  up 
and  down  here,  in  the  Alameda,  I  was  within  twenty 
yards  of  this  place,  when  I  saw  a  large  cayman  rush  out 
of  the  river,  seize  a  man,  and  carry  him  down,  before 
anybody  had  it  in  his  power  to  assist  him.  The  screams 
of  the  poor  fellow  were  terrible  as  the  cayman  was  run- 
ning off  with  him.  He  plunged  into  the  river  with  his 
prey ;  we  instantly  lost  sight  of  him,  and  never  saw  or 
heard  him  more." 


THIRD    JOURNEY.  203 

I  was  a  day  and  a  half  in  dissecting  our  cayman,  and 
then  we  all  got  ready  to  return  to  Demerara. 

It  was  much  more  perilous  to  descend  than  to  ascend 
the  falls  in  the  Essequibo. 

Great  danger  ^ne  place  we  had  to  pass  had  proved  fatal 
IhSofthf  to  four  Indians  about  a  month  before.  The 
Essequibo.  water  foamed,  and  dashed,  and  boiled  amongst 
the  steep  and  craggy  rocks,  and  seemed  to  warn  us  to 
be  careful  how  we  ventured  there. 

I  was  for  all  hands  to  get  out  of  the  canoe,  and  then, 
after  lashing  a  long  rope  ahead  and  astern,  we  might 
have  climbed  from  rock  to  rock,  and  tempered  her  in 
her  passage  down,  and  our  getting  out  would  have 
lightened  her  much.  But  the  negro  who  had  joined 
us  at  Mrs.  Peterson's  said  he  was  sure  it  would  be  safer 
to  stay  in  the  canoe  while  she  went  down  the  fall.  I 
was  loth  to  give  way  to  him ;  but  I  did  so  this  time 
against  my  better  judgment,  as  he  assured  me  that  he 
was  accustomed  to  pass  and  repass  these  falls. 

Accordingly  we  determined  to  push  down  :  I  was  at 
the  helm,  the  rest  at  their  paddles.  But  before  we  got 
half-way  through,  the  rushing  waters  deprived  the  canoe 
of  all  power  of  steerage,  and  she  became  the  sport  of  the 
torrent ;  in  a  second  she  was  half  full  of  water,  and  I 
cannot  comprehend  to  this  day  why  she  did  not  go 
down ;  luckily  the  people  exerted  themselves  to  the 
iitmost,  she  got  headway,  and  they  pulled  through  the 
whirlpool ;  I  being  quite  in  the  stern  of  the  canoe,  part 
of  a  wave  struck  me,  and  nearly  knocked  me  overboard. 

We  now  paddled  to  some  rocks  at  a  distance,  got  out, 
unloaded  the  canoe,  and  dried  the  cargo  in  the  sun, 
which  was  very  hot  and  powerful.  Had  it  been  the  wet 
season,  almost  everything  would  have  been  spoiled. 


204  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

After  this,  the  voyage  down  the  Essequibo  was  quick 
and  pleasant  till  we  reached  the  sea-coast :  there  we  had 
a  trying  day  of  it ;  the  wind  was  dead  against  us,  and 
the  sun  remarkably  hot ;  we  got  twice  aground  upon  a 
inud-flat,  and  were  twice  obliged  to  get  out,  up  to  the 
middle  in  mud,  to  shove  the  canoe  through  it.  Half-way 
betwixt  the  Essequibo  and  Demerara  the  tide  of  flood 
caught  us  ;  and  after  the  utmost  exertions,  it  was  half- 
past  six  in  the  evening  before  we  got  to  George-town. 
Reaches  We  had  been  out  from  six  in  the  morning 

Teorge-town.  jn  &]1  Ope-n  canoe  on  the  sea-coast,  without 

umbrella  or  awning,  exposed  all  day  to  the  fiery  rays  of 
a  tropical  sun.  My  face  smarted  so  that  I  could  get  no 
sleep  during  the  night,  and  the  next  morning  my  lips 
were  all  in  blisters.  The  Indian  Yan  went  down  to  the 
Essequibo  a  copper  colour,  but  the  reflection  of  the  sun 
from  the  sea,  and  from  the  sand-banks  in  the  river,  had 
turned  him  nearly  black.  He  laughed  at  himself,  and 
said  the  Indians  in  the  Demerara  would  not  know  him 
again.  I  stayed  one  day  in  George-town,  and  then  set 
off  the  next  morning  for  head-quarters  in  Mibiri  creek, 
where  I  finished  the  cayman. 

Here  the  remaining  time  was  spent  in  collecting  birds, 
and  in  paying  particular  attention  to  their  haunts  and 
economy.  The  rainy  season  having  set  in,  the  weather 
became  bad  and  stormy ;  the  lightning  and  thunder 
were  incessant :  the  days  cloudy,  and  the  nights  cold 
and  misty.  I  had  now  been  eleven  months  in  the 
forests,  and  collected  some  rare  insects,  two  hundred 
and  thirty  birds,  two  land  tortoises,  five  armadillos,  two 
large  serpents,  a  sloth,  an  ant-bear,  and  a  cayman. 

I  left  the  wilds  and  repaired  to  George-town  to  spend 
a  few  days  with  Mr.  K.  Edmonstone  previous  to  embark- 


THIRD  JOURNEY.  205 

ing  for  Europe.  I  must  here  return  my  sincerest  thanks 
to  this  worthy  gentleman  for  his  many  kindnesses  to 
me ;  his  friendship  was  of  the  utmost  service  to  me, 
and  he  never  failed  to  send  me  supplies  into  the  forest 
by  every  opportunity. 

Embarks  for  I  embarked  for  England,  on  board  the 
England.  j)^  West_Indiamailj  commanded  by  Cap- 
tain Grey. 

Sir  Joseph  Banks  had  often  told  me,  he  hoped  I 
would  give  a  lecture  in  public,  on  the  new  mode  I  had 
discovered  of  preparing  specimens  in  natural  history  for 
museums.  I  always  declined  to  do  so,  as  I  despaired 
of  ever  being  able  to  hit  upon  a  proper  method  of  doing 
quadrupeds ;  and  I  was  aware  that  it  would  have  been 
an  imperfect  lecture  to  treat  of  birds  only.  I  imparted 
what  little  knowledge  I  was  master  of,  at  Sir  Joseph's, 
to  the  unfortunate  gentleman  who  went  to  Africa  to 
explore  the  Congo  ;  and  that  was  all  that  took  place  in 
the  shape  of  a  lecture.  Now  that  I  had  hit  upon  the 
way  of  doing  quadrupeds,  I  drew  up  a  little  plan  on 
board  the  Dee,  which  I  trusted  would  have  been  of 
service  to  naturalists ;  and  by  proving  to  them  the 
superiority  of  the  new  plan,  they  would  probably  be  in- 
duced to  abandon  the  old  and  common  way,  which  is  a 
disgrace  to  the  present  age,  and  renders  hideous  every 
specimen  in  every  museum  that  I  have  as  yet  visited. 
I  intended  to  have  given  three  lectures  :  one  on  insects 
and  serpents  ;  one  on  birds  ;  and  one  on  quadrupeds. 
But  as  it  will  be  shortly  seen,  this  little  plan  was 
doomed  not  to  be  unfolded  to  public  view.  Illiberality 
blasted  it  in  the  bud.* 

"We  had  a  pleasant  passage  across  the  Atlantic,  and 
arrived  in  the  Mersey  in  fine  trim  and  good  spirits. 


206  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

Great  was  the  attention  I  received  from  the  commander 
of  the  Dee.  He  and  his  mate,  Mr.  Spence,  took  every 
care  of  my  collection. 

Arrives  at  On  our  landing,  the  gentlemen  of  the 
Liverpool.  Liverpool  Custom-house  received  me  as  an 
old  friend  and  acquaintance,  and  obligingly  offered 
their  services. 

Twice  before  had  I  landed  in  Liverpool,  and  twice 
had  I  reason  to  admire  their  conduct  and  liberality. 
They  knew  I  was  incapable  of  trying  to  introduce  any- 
thing contraband,  and  they  were  aware  that  I  never 
dreamed  of  turning  to  profit  the  specimens  I  had  pro- 
cured. They  considered  that  I  had  left  a  comfortable 
home  in  quest  of  science ;  and  that  I  had  wandered  into 
far-distant  climes,  and  gone  barefooted,  ill  clothed,  and 
ill  fed,  through  swamps  and  woods,  to  procure  speci- 
mens, some  of  which  had  never  been  seen  in  Europe. 
They  considered  that  it  would  be  difficult  to  fix  a  price 
upon  specimens  which  had  never  been  bought  or  sold, 
and  which  never  were  to  be,  as  they  were  intended  to 
ornament  my  own  house.  It  was  hard,  they  said,  to 
have  exposed  myself,  for  years,  to  danger,  and  then  be 
obliged  to  pay  on  return  to  my  native  land.  Under 
these  considerations,  they  fixed  a  moderate  duty,  which 
satisfied  all  parties. 

However,  this  last  expedition  ended  not  so.  It  taught 
me  how  hard  it  is  to  learn  the  grand  lesson,  "^Equam 
memento  rebus  in  arduis,  servare  men  tern." 

But  my  good  friends  in  the  Custom-house  of  Liver- 
pool were  not  to  blame.  On  the  contrary,  they  did  all 
in  their  power  to  procure  balm  for  me  instead  of  rue. 
But  it  would  not  answer. 

They  appointed  a  very  civil  officer  to  attend  me  to 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  207 

the  skip.  While  we  were  looking  into  some  of  the 
boxes,  to  see  that  the  specimens  were  properly  stowed, 
previous  to  their  being  conveyed  to  the  king's  depot, 
another  officer  entered  the  cabin.  He  was  an  entire 
stranger  to  me,  and  seemed  wonderfully  aware  of  his 
own  consequence.  Without  preface  or  apology,  he 
thrust  his  head  over  my  shoulder,  and  said,  we  had  no 
business  to  have  opened  a  single  box  without  his  per- 
mission. I  answered,  they  had  been  opened  almost 
every  day  since  they  had  come  on  board,  and  that  I 
considered  there  was  no  harm  in  doing  so. 

He  then  left  the  cabin,  and  I  said  to  myself  as  he 
went  out,  I  suspect  I  shall  see  that  man  again  at  Phi- 
lippi.  The  boxes,  ten  in  number,  were  conveyed  in 
safety  from  the  ship  to  the  depot.  I  then  proceeded 
to  the  Custom-house.  The  necessary  forms  were  gone 
through,  and  a  proportionate  duty,  according  to  circum- 
stances, was  paid. 

This  done,  we  returned  from  the  Custom-house  to  the 
depot,  accompanied  by  several  gentlemen  who  wished 
to  see  the  collection.  They  expressed  themselves  highly 
gratified.  The  boxes  were  closed,  and  nothing  now  re- 
mained but  to  convey  them  to  the  cart,  which  was  in 
attendance  at  the  door  of  the  depot.  Just  as  one  of  the 
inferior  officers  was  carrying  a  box  thither,  in  stepped 
the  man  whom  I  suspected  I  should  see  again  at  Phi- 
lippi.  He  abruptly  declared  himself  dissatisfied  with 
the  valuation  which  the  gentlemen  of  the  customs  had 
put  upon  the  collection,  and  said  he  must  detain  it. 
I  remonstrated,  but  it  was  all  in  vain. 

After  this  pitiful  stretch  of  power,  and  bad  compli- 
ment to  the  other  officers  of  the  customs,  who  had  been 
satisfied  with  the  valuation,  this  man  had  the  folly  to 


208  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

take  me  aside,  and  after  assuring  me  that  he  had  a  great 
regard  for  the  arts  and  sciences,  he  lamented  that  con- 
science ohliged  him  to  do  what  he  had  done,  and  he 
wished  he  had  been  fifty  miles  from  Liverpool  at  the 
time  that  it  fell  to  his  lot  to  detain  the  collection.  Had 
he  looked  in  my  face  as  he  said  this,  he  would  have 
seen  no  marks  of  credulity  there. 

I  now  returned  to  the  Custom-house,  and  after  ex- 
pressing my  opinion  of  the  officer's  conduct  at  the  depot, 
I  pulled  a  bunch  of  keys  (which  belonged  to  the 
detained  boxes)  out  of  my  pocket,  laid  them  on  the 
table,  took  my  leave  of  the  gentlemen  present,  and  soon 
after  set  off  for  Yorkshire. 

I  saved  nothing  from  the  grasp  of  the  stranger  officer 
"but  a  pair  of  live  Malay  fowls,  which  a  gentleman  in 
George-town  had  made  me  a  present  of.  I  had  collected 
in  the  forest  several  eggs  of  curious  birds,  in  hopes  of 
introducing  the  breed  into  England,  and  had  taken  great 
pains  in  doing  them  over  with  gum  arabic,  and  in  pack- 
ing them  in  charcoal,  according  to  a  receipt  I  had  seen 
in  the  Gazette,  from,  the  "Edinburgh  Philosophical 
Journal."  But  these  were  detained  in  the  depot,  instead 
of  being  placed  under  a  hen  ;  which  utterly  ruined  all 
my  hopes  of  rearing  a  new  species  of  birds  in  England. 
Titled  personages  in  London  interested  themselves  in 
behalf  of  the  collection,  but  all  in  vain.  And  vain  also 
were  the  public  and  private  representations  of  the  first 
officer  of  the  Liverpool  Custom-house  in  my  favour. 

At  last  there  came  an  order  from  the  Treasury  to  say, 
that  any  specimens  Mr.  Waterton  intended  to  present 
to  public  institutions  might  pass  duty  free ;  but  those 
which  he  intended  to  keep  for  himself  must  pay 
the  duty ! 


THIRD   JOURNEY.  209 

A  friend  now  wrote  to  me  from  Liverpool,  requesting 
that  I  would  come  over  and  pay  the  duty,  in  order  to 
save  the  collection,  which  had  just  been  detained  there 
six  weeks.  I  did  so.  On  paying  an  additional  duty 
(for  the  moderate  duty  first  imposed  had  already  been 
paid),  the  man  who  had  detained  the  collection  delivered 
it  up  to  me,  assuring  me  that  it  had  been  well  taken 
care  of,  and  that  a  fire  had  been  frequently  made  in  the 
room.  It  is  but  justice  to  add,  that  on  opening  the 
boxes,  there  was  nothing  injured. 

I  could  never  get  a  clue  to  these  harsh  and  unex- 
pected measures,  except  that  there  had  been  some  recent 
smuggling  discovered  in  Liverpool ;  and  that  the  man 
in  question  had  been  sent  down  from  London  to  act  the 
part  of  Argus.  If  so,  I  landed  in  an  evil  hour  :  "  nefasto 
die ;"  making  good  the  Spanish  proverb,  "  Pagan  a  las 
veces,  justos  por  pecadores  :"  At  times  the  innocent 
suffer  for  the  guilty.  After  all,  a  little  encouragement, 
in  the  shape  of  exemption  from  paying  the  duty  on  this 
collection,  might  have  been  expected  ;  but  it  turned  out 
otherwise  ;  and  after  expending  large  sums  in  pursuit  of 
natural  history,  on  my  return  home  I  was  doomed  to 
pay  for  my  success  : — 

"  Hie  finis  Caroli  fatorum,  hie  exitus  ilium 
Sortetulit!" 

Thus,  my  fleece,  already  ragged  and  torn  with  the 
thorns  and  briers  which  one  must  naturally  expect  to 
find  in  distant  and  untrodden  wilds,  was  shorn,  I  may 
say,  on  its  return  to  England. 

However,  this  is  nothing  new ;    Sancho 

Conclusion.  1. 1.  •  '    i_        j     »    •     -i  f 

Jranza  must  have  heard  of  similar  cases ;  for 
he  says,  "  Muchos  van  por  lana,  y  vuelven  trasquilados  :" 
Many  go  for  wool,  and  come  home  shorn.     In  order  to 
p 


210  WANDERINGS    IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

pick  up  matter  for  natural  history,  I  have  wandered 
through  the  wildest  parts  of  South  America's  equatorial 
regions.  I  have  attacked  and  slain  a  modern  Python, 
and  rode  on  the  hack  of  a  cayman  close  to  the  water's 
edge;  a  very  different  situation  from  that  of  a  Hyde-park 
dandy  on  his  Sunday  prancer  before  the  ladies.  Alone 
and  barefoot  I  have  pulled  poisonous  snakes  out  of  their 
lurking-places  ;  climbed  up  trees  to  peep  into  holes  for 
bats  and  vampires,  and  for  days  together  hastened 
through  sun  and  rain  to  the  thickest  parts  of  the  forest 
to  procure  specimens  I  had  never  got  before.  In  fine, 
I  have  pursued  the  wild  beasts  over  hill  and  dale, 
through  swamps  and  quagmires,  now  scorched  by  the 
noon-day  sun,  now  drenched  by  the  pelting  shower,  and 
returned  to  the  hammock,  to  satisfy  the  cravings  of 
hunger,  often  on  a  poor  and  scanty  supper. 

These  vicissitudes  have  turned  to  chestnut  hue  a  once 
English  complexion,  and  changed  the  colour  of  my  hair, 
before  father  Time  had  meddled  with  it.  The  detention 
of  the  collection  after  it  had  fairly  passed  the  Customs, 
and  the  subsequent  order  from  the  Treasury  that  I 
should  pay  duty  for  the  specimens,  unless  they  were 
presented  to  some  public  institution,  have  cast  a  damp 
upon  my  energy,  and  forced,  as  it  were,  the  cup  of  Lethe 
to  my  lips,  by  drinking  which  I  have  forgot  my  former 
intention  of  giving  a  lecture  in  public  on  preparing  spe- 
cimens to  adorn  museums.  In  fine,  it  is  this  ungenerous 
treatment  that  has  paralysed  my  plans,  and  caused  me 
to  give  up  the  idea  I  once  had  of  inserting  here  the 
newly  discovered  mode  of  preparing  quadrupeds  and 
serpents  ;  and  without  it,  the  account  of  this  last  expedi- 
tion to  the  wilds  of  Guiana  is  nothing  but  a — fragment. 

Farewell,  Gentle  Eeader. 


FOURTH   JOURNEY.  211 


FOURTH  JOURNEY. 


' '  Nunc  hue,  nunc  illuc  et  utrinque  sine  ordine  curro." 


COURTEOUS  reader,  when  I  bade  thee  last  farewell,  I 
thought  these  wanderings  were  brought  to  a  final  close ; 
afterwards  I  often  roved  in  imagination  through  distant 
countries  famous  for  natural  history,  but  felt  no  strong 
inclination  to  go  thither,  as  the  last  adventure  had  ter- 
minated in  such  unexpected  vexation.  The  departure 
of  the  cuckoo  and  swallow,  and  sumine,  birds  of  passage, 
for  warmer  regions,  once  so  interesting  to  me,  now 
scarcely  caused  me  to  turn  my  face  to  the  south ;  and  I 
continued  in  this  cold  and  dreary  climate  for  three  years. 
During  this  period,  I  seldom  or  ever  mounted  my  hobby- 
horse ;  indeed  it  may  be  said,  with  the  old  song — 

"  The  saddle  and  bridle  were  laid  on  the  shelf," 

and  only  taken  down  once,  on  the  night  that  I  was  in- 
duced to  give  a  lecture  in  the  Philosophical  Hall  of 
Leeds.  A  little  after  this,  Wilson's  "  Ornithology  of 
the  United  States  "  fell  into  my  hands. 

Sails  for  The  desire  I  had  of  seeing  that  country, 
New  York,  together  with  the  animated  description  which 
Wilson  had  given  of  the  birds,  fanned  up  the  almost 
expiring  flame.  I  forgot  the  vexations  already  alluded 
to,  and  set  off  for  New  York,  in  the  beautiful  packet 
John  Wells,  commanded  by  Captain  Harris.  The  passage 
was  long  and  cold ;  but  the  elegant  accommodations  on 
p  2 


212  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

board,  and  the  polite  attention  of  the  commander,  ren- 
dered it  very  agreeable ;  and  I  landed,  in  health  and 
merriment,  in  the  stately  capital  of  the  New  World. 

We  will  soon  pen  down  a  few  remarks  on  this  magni- 
ficent city,  but  not  just  now.  I  want  to  venture  into 
the  north-west  country,  and  get  to  their  great  canal, 
which  the  world  talks  so  much  about,  though  I  fear  it 
will  be  hard  work  to  make  one's  way  through  bugs, 
bears,  brutes,  and  buffaloes,  which  we  Europeans  imagine 
are  so  frequent  and  ferocious  in  these  never-ending 
western  wilds. 

I  left  New  York  on  a  fine  morning  in  July, 

Leaves  New  . 

York  for  Ai-  without  one  letter  ot  introduction,  ior  the 
city  of  Albany,  some  hundred  and  eighty 
miles  up  the  celebrated  Hudson.  I  seldom  care  about 
letters  of  introduction,  for  I  am  one  of  those  who  depend 
much  upon  an  accidental  acquaintance.  Full  many  a 
face  do  I  see,  as  I  go  wandering  up  and  down  the  world, 
whose  mild  eye,  and  sweet  and  placid  features,  seem  to 
beckon  to  me,  and  say,  as  it  were,  "  Speak  but  civilly 
to  me,  and  I  will  do  what  I  can  for  you."  Such  a  face 
as  this  is  worth  more  than  a  dozen  letters  of  introduc- 
tion ;  and  such  a  face,  gentle  reader,  I  found  on  board 
the  steam-boat  from  New  York  to  the  city  of  Albany. 

There  was  a  great  number  of  well-dressed  ladies  and 
gentlemen  in  the  vessel,  all  entire  strangers  to  me.  I 
fancied  I  could  see  several,  whose  countenances  invited 
an  unknown  wanderer  to  come  and  take  a  seat  beside 
them  ;  but  there  was  one  who  encouraged  me  more  than 
the  rest.  I  saw  clearly  that  he  was  an  American,  and 
I  judged  by  his  manners  and  appearance  that  he  had 
not  spent  all  his  time  upon  his  native  soil.  I  was  right 
in  this  conjecture,  for  he  afterwards  told  me  that  he  had 


FOURTH   JOURNEY.  213 

"been  in  France  and  England.  I  saluted  him  as  one 
stranger  gentleman  ought  to  salute  another  ^when  he 
wants  a  little  information ;  and  soon  after,  I  dropped  in 
a  word  or  two  by  which  he  might  conjecture  that  I  was 
a  foreigner ;  but  I  did  not  tell  him  so  :  I  wished  him 
to  make  the  discovery  himself. 

He  entered  into  conversation  with  the  openness  and 
candour  which  is  so  remarkable  in  the  American ;  and 
in  a  little  time  observed  that  he  presumed  I  was  from 
the  old  country.  I  told  him  that  I  was,  and  added, 
that  I  was  an  entire  stranger  on  board.  I  saw  his  eye 
brighten  up  at  the  prospect  he  had  of  doing  a  fellow- 
creature  a  kind  turn  or  two,  and  he  completely  won  my 
regard  by  an  affability  which  I  shall  never  forget.  This 
obliging  gentleman  pointed  out  everything  that  was 
grand  and  interesting  as  the  steam-boat  plied  her  course 
up  the  majestic  Hudson.  Here  the  Catskill  mountains 
raised  their  lofty  summit ;  and  there  the  hills  came 
sloping  down  to  the  water's  edge.  Here  he  pointed  to 
an  aged  and  venerable  oak,  which  having  escaped  the 
levelling  axe  of  man,  seemed  almost  to  defy  the  blasting 
storm,  and  desolating  hand  of  time  ;  and  there,  he  bade 
me  observe  an  extended  tract  of  wood,  by  which  I  might 
form  an  idea  how  rich  and  grand  the  face  of  the  country 
had  once  been.  Here  it  was  that,  in  the  great  and 
momentous  struggle,  the  colonists  lost  the  day ;  and 
there  they  carried  all  before  them  : — 

"  They  closed  full  fast,  on  every  side 

No  slackness  there  was  found ; 
And  many  a  gallant  gentleman 
Lay  gasping  on  the  ground." 

Here,  in  fine,  stood  a  noted  regiment ;  there,  moved 
their  great  captain ;  here,  the  fleets  fired  their  broad- 


214  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH  AMERICA. 

sides;    and    there,    the  whole    force   rushed    on    to 
battle  :— 

"  Hie  Dolopum  manus,  hie  magnus  tenebat  Achilles, 
Classibus  hie  locus,  hie  acies  eertare  solebat." 

At  tea-time  we  OOK  our  ea  ogetner,  and  the  next 
morning  this  worthy  American  walked  up  with  me  to 
the  inn  in  Albany,  shook  me  by  the  hand,  and  then 
went  his  way.  I  bade  him  farewell,  and  again  farewell, 
and  hoped  that  fortune  might  bring  us  together  again 
once  more.  Possibly  she  may  yet  do  so  ;  and  should  it 
be  in  England,  I  will  take  him  to  my  house,  as  an  old 
friend  and  acquaintance,  and  offer  him '  my  choicest 
cheer.  This  excellent  gentleman  lived  in  New  York, 
and  his  name  was  William  Tyas. 

The  great  ^  ^s  at  Albany  that  the  great  canal  opens 
canaL  jn^o  fae  j£U(jsonj  and  joins  the  waters  of 

this  river  to  those  of  Lake  Erie.  The  Hudson,  at  the 
city  of  Albany,  is  distant  from  Lake  Erie  about  360 
miles.  The  level  of  the  lake  is  564  feet  higher  than  the 
Hudson,  and  there  are  eighty-one  locks  on  the  canal. 
It  is  to  the  genius  and  perseverance  of  De  Witt  Clinton 
that  the  United  States  owe  the  almost  incalculable 
advantages  of  this  inland  navigation.  "  Exegit  rnonu- 
mentum  sere  perennius."  You  may  either  go  along  it 
all  the  way  to  Buffalo,  on  Lake  Erie,  or  by  the  stage  ; 
or  sometimes  on  one  and  then  in  the  other, 
just  as  you  think  fit.  Grand,  indeed,  is  the 
scenery  by  either  route,  and  capital  the  accommodations. 
Cold  and  phlegmatic  must  he  be  who  is  not  warmed 
into  admiration  by  the  surrounding  scenery,  and 
charmed  with  the  affability  of  the  travellers  he  meets 
on  the  way. 

This  is  now  the  season  of  roving,  and  joy  and  nierri- 


FOU  RTH   JO  URNET.  215 

ment  for  the  gentry  of  this  happy  country.  Thousands 
are  on  the  move,  from  different  parts  of  the  Union,  for 
the  springs  and  lakes,  and  the  falls  of  Magara.  There 
is  nothing  haughty  or  forbidding  in  the  Americans ; 
and  wherever  you  meet  them,  they  appear  to  be  quite 
at  home.  This  is  exactly  what  it  ought  to  be,  and  very 
much  in  favour  of  the  foreigner  who  journey  famongs 
them.  The  immense  number  of  highly  polished  females 
who  go  in  the  stages  to  visit  the  different  places  of 
amusement,  and  see  the  stupendous  natural  curiosities 
of  this  extensive  country,  incontestably  proves  that 
safety  and  convenience  are  ensured  to  them,  and  that 
the  most  distant  attempt  at  rudeness  would,  by  com- 
mon consent,  be  immediately  put  down. 

By  the  time  I  had  got  to  Schenectady,  I  began 
strongly  to  suspect  that  I  had  come  into  the  wrong 
country  to  look  for  bugs,  bears,  brutes,  and  buffaloes. 
It  is  an  enchanting  journey  from  Albany  to  Schenec- 
tady, and  from  thence  to  Lake  Erie.  The  situation  of 
the  city  of  Utica  is  particularly  attractive  ;  the  Mohawk 
running  close  by  it,  the  fertile  fields  and  woody  moun- 
tains, and  the  falls  of  Trenton,  forcibly  press  the  stran- 
ger to  stop  a  day  or  two  here,  before  he  proceeds 
onward  to  the  lake. 

At  some  far-distant  period,  when  it  will  not  be  pos- 
sible to  find  the  place  where  many  of  the  celebrated 
cities  of  the  East  once  stood,  the  world  will  have  to 
thank  the  United  States  of  America  for  bringing  their 
names  into  the  western  regions.  It  is,  indeed,  a  pretty 
thought  of  these  people  to  give  to  their  rising  towns 
the  names  of  places  so  famous  and  conspicuous  in 
former  times. 

As  I  was  sitting  one  evening  under  an  oak,  in  the 


216  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

high  grounds  behind  Utica,  I  could  not  look  down 
upon  the  city  without  thinking  of  Cato  and  his  mis- 
fortunes. Had  the  town  been  called  Crofton,  or  Warm- 
field,  or  Dewsbury,  there  would  have  been  nothing 
remarkable  in  it ;  but  Utica  at  once  revived  the  scenes 
at  school  long  past  and  half  forgotten,  and  carried  me 
with  full  speed  back  again  to  Italy,  and  from  thence  to 
Africa.  I  crossed  the  Eubicon  with  Csesar ;  fought  at 
Pharsalia ;  saw  poor  Pompey  into  Larissa,  and  tried  to 
wrest  the  fatal  sword  from  Gate's  hand  in  Utica.  When 
I  perceived  he  was  no  more,  I  mourned  over  the  noble- 
minded  man  who  took  that  part  which  he  thought 
would  most  benefit  his  country.  There  is  something 
magnificent "  in  the  idea  of  a  man  taking  by  choice 
the  conquered  side.  The  Eoman  gods  themselves  did 
otherwise. 

"  VvArix  causa  Diis  placuit,  sed  victa  Catoni." 

"  In  this  did  Cato  with  the  Gods  divide, 
Tliey  chose  the  conquering,  he  the  conquer'd  side." 

The  whole  of  the  country  from  Utica  to  Buffalo  is 
Face  of  the  pleasing  ;  and  the  intervening  of  the  inland 
lakes,  large  and  deep  and  clear,  adds  consi- 
derably to  the  effect.     The  spacious  size  of  the  inns, 
their  excellent  provisions,  and  the  attention  which  the 
traveller  receives  in  going  from  Albany  to  Buffalo,  must 
at  once  convince  him  that  this  country  is  very  much 
visited  by  strangers ;  and  he  will  draw  the  conclusion 
that  there  must  be  something  in  it  uncommonly  in- 
teresting to  cause  so  many  travellers  to  pass  to  and  fro. 
Nature  is  losing  fast  her  ancient  garb,  and  putting 
on  a  new  dress  in  these  extensive  regions.     Most  of 
the  stately  timber  has  been  carried  away ;  thousands  of 
trees  are  lying  prostrate  on  the  ground ;  while  meadows, 


FOURTH   JOURNEY.  217 

corn-fields,  villages,  and  pastures  are  ever  and  anon 
bursting  upon  the  traveller's  view  as  he  journeys  on 
through  the  remaining  tracts  of  wood.  I  wish  I  could 
say  a  word  or  two  for  the  fine  timber  which  is  yet 
standing.  Spare  it,  gentle  inhabitants,  for  your  country's 
sake ;  these  noble  sons  of  the  forest  beautify  your  land- 
scapes beyond  all  description ;  when  they  are  gone,  a 
century  will  not  replace  their  loss  ;  they  cannot,  they 
must  not  fall ;  their  vernal  bloom,  their  summer  rich- 
ness, and  autumnal  tints,  please  and  refresh  the  eye 
of  man  ;  and  even  when  the  days  of  joy  and  warmth 
are  fled,  the  wintry  blast  soothes  the  listening  ear  with 
a  sublime  and  pleasing  melancholy  as  it  howls  through 
their  naked  branches. 

"  Around  me  trees  unnumber'd  rise, 
Beautiful  in  various  dyes : 
The  gloomy  pine,  the  poplar  blue, 
The  yellow  beech,  the  sable  yew ; 
The  slender  tir,  that  taper  grows, 
The  sturdy  oak,  with  broad-spread  boughs." 

A  few  miles  before  you  reach  Buffalo,  the  road  is  low 
and  bad,  and,  in  stepping  out  of  the  stage,  I  sprained 
my  foot  very  severely  ;  it  swelled  to  a  great  size,  and 
caused  me  many  a  day  of  pain  and  mortification,  as 
will  be  seen  in  the  sequel. 

Buffalo  looks  down  on  Lake  Erie,  and 
possesses  a  fine  and  commodious  inn.  At  a 
little  distance  is  the  Black  Rock,  and  there  you  pass 
over  to  the  Canada  side.  A  stage  is  in  waiting  to  convey 
you  some  sixteen  or  twenty  miles  down  to  the  Falls. 
Long  before  you  reach  the  spot  you  hear  the  mighty 
roar  of  waters,  and  see  the  spray  of  the  far-famed  Falls 
of  Niagara,  rising  up  like  a  column  to  the  heavens,  and 
mingling  with  the  passing  clouds. 


218  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

At  this  stupendous  cascade  of  nature,  the  waters  of 
the  lake  fall  one  hundred  and  seventy-six 
Niagara.  °f  fee^  perpendicular.  It  has  been  calculated, 
I  forget  by  whom,  that  the  quantity  of 
water  discharged  down  this  mighty  fall,  is  six  hundred 
and  seventy  thousand  two  hundred  and  fifty-five  tons 
per  minute.  There  are  two  large  inns  on  the  Canada 
side  ;  but,  after  you  have  satisfied  your  curiosity  in 
viewing  the  Falls,  and  in  seeing  the  rainbow  in  the 
foam  far  below  where  you  are  standing,  do  not,  I 
pray  you,  tarry  long  at  either  of  them.  Cross  over 
to  the  American  side,  and  there  you  will  find  a 
spacious  inn,  which  has  nearly  all  the  attractions; 
there  you  meet  with  great  attention,  and  every  accom- 
modation. 

The  day  is  passed  in  looking  at  the  Falls,  and  in 
sauntering  up  and  down  the  wooded  and  rocky  environs 
of  the  Niagara ;  and  the  evening  is  often  enlivened  by 
the  merry  dance. 

Words  can  hardly  do  justice  to  the  unaf- 
ladies16"0311  f60^  ease  and  elegance  of  the  American 
ladies  who  visit  the  Falls  of  Niagara.  The 
traveller  need  not  rove  in  imagination  through  Circassia 
in  search  of  fine  forms,  or  through  England,  France, 
and  Spain,  to  meet  with  polished  females.  The 
numbers  who  are  continually  arriving  from  all  parts  of 
the  Union  confirm  the  justness  of  this  remark. 

I  was  looking  one  evening  at  a  dance,  being  unable 
to  join  in  it  on  account  of  the  accident  I  had  received 
near  Buffalo,  when  a  young  American  entered  the 
ball-room  with  such  a  becoming  air  and  grace,  that  it 
was  impossible  not  to  have  been  struck  with  her 
appearance. 


FOURTH   JOURNEY.  219 

"  Her  bloom  was  like  the  springing  flower 
That  sips  the  silver  dew, 
The  rose  was  budded  in  her  cheek, 
Just  opening  to  the  view." 

I  could  not  help  feeling  a  wish,  to  know  where  she  had 

"  Into  such  beauty  spread,  and  blown  so  fair." 

Upon  inquiry,  I  found  that  she  was  from  the  city  of 
Albany.  The  more  I  looked  at  the  fair  Alhanese,  the 
more  I  was  convinced,  that  in  the  United  States  of 
America  may  be  found  grace  and  beauty  and  symmetry 
equal  to  anything  in  the  Old  World. 

I  now  for  good  and  all  (and  well  I  might)  gave  up 
the  idea  of  finding  bugs,  bears,  brutes,  and  buffaloes  in 
this  country,  and  was  thoroughly  satisfied  that  I  had 
laboured  under  a  great  mistake  in  suspecting  that  I 
should  ever  meet  with  them. 

I  wished  to  join  in  the  dance  where  the  fair  Albanese 
was  "  to  brisk  notes  in  cadence  beating,"  but  the  state 
of  my  unlucky  foot  rendered  it  impossible ;  and  as  I 
sat  with  it  reclined  upon  a  sofa,  full  many  a  passing 
gentleman  stopped  to  inquire  the  cause  of  my  misfor- 
tune, presuming  at  the  same  time  that  I  had  got  an 
attack  of  gout.  Now  this  surmise  of  theirs  always 
mortified  me ;  for  I  never  had  a  fit  of  gout  in  my  life, 
and,  moreover,  never  expect  to  have  one. 

In  many  of  the  inns  of  the  United  States,  there  is  an 
album  on  the  table,  in  which  travellers  insert  their 
arrival  and  departure,  and  now  and  then  indulge  in  a 
little  flash  or  two  of  wit. 

I  thought,  under  existing  circumstances,  that  there 
would  be  no  harm  in  briefly  telling  my  misadventure  ; 
and  so,  taking  up  the  pen,  I  wrote  what  follows  ;  and 
was  never  after  asked  a  single  question  about  the  gout. 

"C.  Waterton,  of  Walton-hall,   in   the   county  of 


220  "WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

York,  England,  arrived  at  the  Falls  of  Niagara,  in 
July,  1824,  and  "begs  leave  to  pen  down  the  following 
dreadful  accident : — 

"  He  sprain'd  his  foot,  and  hurt  his  toe, 
On  the  rough  road  near  Buffalo. 
It  quite  distresses  him  to  stagger  a- 
Long  the  sharp  rocks  of  famed  Niagara. 
So  thus  he's  doomed  to  drink  the  measure 
Of  pain,  in  lieu  of  that  of  pleasure. 
On  Hope's  delusive  pinions  borne, 
He  came  for  wool  and  goes  back  shorn. 
N.B. — Here  he  alludes  to  nothing  but 
Th'  adventure  of  his  toe  and  foot ; 
Save  this, — he  sees  all  that  which  can 
Delight  and  charm  the  soul  of  man, 
But  feels  it  not, — because  his  toe 
And  foot  together  plague  him  so." 

I  remember  once  to  have  sprained  my  ankle  very 
violently  many  years  ago,  and  that  the  doctor  ordered 
me  to  hold  it  under  the  pump  two  or  three  times  a  day. 
Now,  in  the  United  States  of  America,  all  is  upon  a 
grand  scale,  except  taxation  ;  and  I  am  convinced  that 
the  traveller's  ideas  become  much  more  enlarged  as  he 
journeys  through  the  country.  This  being  the  case, 
I  can  easily  account  for  the  desire  I  felt  to  hold  my 
sprained  foot  under  the  fall  of  Niagara.  I  descended 
the  winding  staircase  which  has  been  made  for  the  ac- 
commodation of  travellers,  and  then  hobbled  on  to  the 
scene  of  action.  As  I  held  my  leg  under  the  fall,  I 
tried  to  meditate  on  the  immense  difference  there  was 
betwixt  a  house-pump  and  this  tremendous  cascade  of 
nature,  and  what  effect  it  might  have  upon  the  sprain ; 
but  the  magnitude  of  the  subject  was  too  overwhelming, 
and  I  was  obliged  to  drop  it. 

Perhaps,  indeed,  there  was  an  unwarrantable  tincture 
of  vanity  in  an  unknown  wanderer  wishing  to  have  it 
in  his  power  to  tell  the  world,  that  he  had  held  his 


FOURTH   JOURNEY.  221 

sprained  foot  under  a  fall  of  water,  which  discharges 
six  hundred  and  seventy  thousand  two  hundred  and 
fifty-five  tons  per  minute.  A  gentle  purling  stream 
would  have  suited  better.  Now,  it  would  have  become 
"Washington  to  have  quenched  his  battle-thirst  in  the 
fall  of  Niagara  ;  and  there  was  something  royal  in  the 
idea  of  Cleopatra  drinking  pearl-vinegar,  made  from 
the  grandest  pearl  in  Egypt ;  and  it  became  Cains 
Marius  to  send  word  that  he  was  sitting  upon  the  ruins 
of  Carthage.  Here,  we  have  the  person  suited  to  the 
thing,  and  the  thing  to  the  person. 

If,  gentle  reader,  thou  wouldst  allow  me  to  indulge 
a  little  longer  in  this  harmless  pen-errantry,  I  would 
tell  thee,  that  I  have  had  my  ups  and  downs  in  life,  as 
well  as  other  people  ;  for  I  have  climbed  to  the  point 
of  the  conductor  above  the  cross  on  the  top  of  St.  Peter's, 
in  Rome,  and  left  my  glove  there.  I  have  stood  on  one 
foot,  \ipon  the  Guardian  Angel's  head,  on  the  castle  of 
St.  Angelo;  and,  as  I  have  just  told  thee,  I  have  been 
low  down  under  the  fall  of  Niagara.  But  this  is  neither 
here  nor  there  ;  let  us  proceed  to  something  else. 

When  the  pain  of  my  foot  had  become  less  violent, 
and  the  swelling  somewhat  abated,  I  could  not  resist 
the  inclination  I  felt  to  go  down  to  Ontario,  and  so  on 
to  Montreal  and  Quebec,  and  take  Lakes  Champlain 
and  George  in  my  way  back  to  Albany. 

Just  as  I  had  made  up  my  mind  to  it,  a  family  from 
the  Bowling-green,  in  New  York,  who  was  going  the 
same  route,  politely  invited  me  to  join  their  party. 
Nothing  could  be  more  fortunate.  They  were  highly 
accomplished.  The  young  ladies  sang  delightfully  ; 
and  all  contributed  their  portion,  to  render  the  tour 
pleasant  and  amusing. 


222  WANDERINGS    IN    SOUTH    AMERICA. 

Travellers  have  already  filled  the  world  with  descrip- 
tions of  the  bold  and  sublime  scenery  from  Lake  Erie 
to  Quebec :  — 

"  The  fountain's  fall,  the  river's  flow, 
The  woody  valleys,  warm  and  low 
The  windy  summit  wild  and  high, 
Roughly  rushing  to  the  sky." 

And  there  is  scarce  one  of  them  who  has  not  described 
the  achievements  of  former  and  latter  times,  on  the 
different  battle-grounds.  Here,  great  Wolfe  expired. 
Brave  Montcalm  was  carried,  mortally  wounded, 
through  yonder  gate.  Here  fell  the  gallant  Brock  ; 
and  there  General  Sheaffee  captured  all  the  invaders. 
And  in  yonder  harbour  may  be  seen  the  mouldering 
remnants  of  British  vessels.  Their  hour  of  misfortune 
has  long  passed  away.  The  victors  have  now  no  use 
for  them  in  an  inland  lake.  Some  have  already  sunk, 
while  others,  dismantled  and  half-dismasted,  are  just 
above  the  water,  waiting,  in  shattered  state,  that 
destiny  which  must  sooner  or  later  destroy  the  fairest 
works  of  man. 

The  excellence  and  despatch  of  the  steam-boats, 
together  with  the  company  which  the  traveller  is  sure 
to  meet  with  at  this  time  of  the  year,  render  the  trip 
down  to  Montreal  and  Quebec  very  agreeable. 

The  Canadians  are  a  quiet,  and  apparently 
dians6  C&na~  a  ^appy  Pe°P^e-  They  are  very  courteous 
and  affable  to  strangers.  On  comparing 
them  with  the  character  which  a  certain  female  traveller, 
a  journalist,  has  thought  fit  to  give  them,  the  stranger 
might  have  great  doubts  whether  or  not  he  were 
amongst  the  Canadians. 

Fortifications       Montreal,  Quebec,  and  the  Falls  of  Mont- 
at  Quebec.      morency,  are  well  worth  going  to  see.     They 


FOURTH   JOURNEY.  223 

are  making  tremendous  fortifications  at  Quebec.  It 
will  be  the  Gibraltar  of  the  New  World.  When  one 
considers  its  distance  from  Europe,  and  takes  a  view 
of  its  powerful  and  enterprising  neighbour,  Virgil's  re- 
mark at  once  rushes  into  the  mind, — 

"  Sic  vos  non  vobis  nidiflcatis  aves." 

I  left  Montreal  with  regret.  I  had  the  good  fortune 
to  be  introduced  to  the  Professors  of  the  College. 
These  fathers  are  a  very  learned  and  worthy  set  of 
gentlemen  ;  and  on  my  taking  leave  of  them,  I  felt 
a  heaviness  at  heart,  in  reflecting  that  I  had  not  more 
time  to  cultivate  their  acquaintance. 

In  all  the  way  from  Buffalo  to  Quebec,  I  only  met 
with  one  bug ;  and  I  cannot  even  swear  that  it  belonged 
to  the  United  States.  In  going  down  the  St.  Lawrence, 
in  the  steam-boat,  I  felt  something  crossing  over  my 
neck  ;  and  on  laying  hold  of  it  with  my  finger  and 
thumb,  it  turned  out  to  be  a  little  half-grown,  ill- 
conditioned  bug.  Now,  whether  it  were  going  from 
the  American  to  the  Canada  side,  or  from  the  Canada 
to  the  American,  and  had  taken  the  advantage  of  my 
shoulders  to  ferry  itself  across,  I  could  not  tell.  Be 
this  as  it  may,  I  thought  of  my  uncle  Toby  and  the 
fly ;  and  so,  in  lieu  of  placing  it  upon  the  deck,  and 
then  putting  my  thumb-nail  vertically  upon  it,  I  quietly 
chucked  it  amongst  some  baggage  that  was  close  by, 
and  recommended  it  to  get  ashore  by  the  first 
opportunity. 

When  we  had  seen  all -that  was  worth  "seeing  in 
Quebec  and  at  the  Falls  of  Montmorency,  and  had 
been  on  board  the  enormous  ship  Columbus,  we  re- 
turned for  a  day  or  two  to  Montreal,  and  then  proceeded 
to  Saratoga  by  Lakes  Champlain  and  George. 


224  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

The  steam-boat  from  Quebec  to  Montreal  had  above 
five  hundred  Irish  emigrants  on  board.  They 
emigrant  were  going  "  they  hardly  knew  whither," 
far  away  from  dear  Ireland.  It  made  one's 
heart  ache  to  see  them  all  huddled  together,  without 
any  expectation  of  ever  revisiting  their  native  soil. 
We  feared  that  the  sorrow  of  leaving  home  for  ever, 
the  miserable  accommodations  on  board  the  ship  which 
had  brought  them  away,  and  the  tossing  of  the  angry 
ocean,  in  a  long  and  dreary  voyage,  would  have  rendered 
them  callous  to  good  behaviour.  But  it  was  quite 
otherwise.  They  conducted  themselves  with  great  pro- 
priety. Every  American  on  board  seemed  to  feel  for 
them.  And  then  "  they  were  so  full  of  wretchedness. 
Need  and  oppression  stared  in  their  eyes.  Upon  their 
backs  hung  ragged  misery.  The  world  was  not  their 
friend."  "Poor  dear  Ireland,"  exclaimed  an  aged 
female,  as  I  was  talking  to  her,  "  I  shall  never  see  it 
any  more  ! "  and  then  her  tears  began  to  flow.  Pro- 
bably the  scenery  on  the  banks  of  the  St.  Lawrence 
recalled  to  her  mind  the  remembrance  of  spots  once 
interesting  to  her  : — 

"  The  lovely  daughter, — lovelier  in  her  tears, 
The  fond  companion  of  her  father's  years, 
Here  silent  stood,— neglectful  of  her  charms, 
And  left  her  lover's  for  her  father's  arms. 
With  louder  plaints  the  mother  spoke  her  woes, 
And  bless'd  the  cot  where  every  pleasure  rose  ; 
And  press'd  her  thoughtless  babes  witli  many  a  tear, 
And  clasp'd  them  close,  in  sorrow  doubly  dear. 
WJiile  the  fond  husband  strove  to  lend  relief, 
In  all  the  silent  manliness  of  grief." 

We  went  a  few  miles  out  of  our  route  to  take  a  look 
at  the  once  formidable  fortress  of  Ticonderago.  It  has 
long  been  in  ruins,  and  seems  as  if  it  were  doomed  to 
moulder  quite  away. 


FOURTH   JOURNEY.  225 

"  Ever  and  anon  there  falls 
Huge  heaps  of  hoary  moulder1  d  walls. 
But  time  has  seen,  that  lifts  the  low 
And  level  lays  the  lofty  brow, 
Has  seen  this  ruin'd  pile  complete, 
Big  with  the  vanity  of  state, 
But  transient  is  the  smile  of  fate." 

The  scenery  of  Lake  George  is  superb  ;  the  inn  re- 
markably spacious  and  well  attended ;  and  the  convey  - 

Saratoga.  ance  ^rom  thence  to  Saratoga  very  good.  He 
must  be  sorely  afflicted  with  spleen  and 
jaundice  who,  on  his  arrival  at  Saratoga,  remarks, 
there  is  nothing  here  worth  coming  to  see.  It  is  a 
gay  and  fashionable  place ;  has  four  uncommonly  fine 
hotels ;  its  waters,  for  medicinal  virtues,  are  surpassed 
by  none  in  the  known  world  ;  and  it  is  resorted  to. 
throughout  the  whole  of  the  summer,  by  foreigners  and 
natives  of  the  first  consideration.  Saratoga  pleased  me 
much  ;  and  afforded  a  fair  opportunity  of  forming  a 
pretty  correct  idea  of  the  gentry  of  the  United  States. 

There  is  a  pleasing  frankness,  and  ease,  and  becoming 
dignity  in  the  American  ladies ;  and  the  good  humour, 
and  absence  of  all  haughtiness  and  puppyism  in  the 
gentlemen,  must,  no  doubt,  impress  the  traveller  with 
elevated  notions  of  the  company  who  visit  this  famous 
spa. 

During  my  stay  here,  all  was  joy,  and  affability,  and 
mirth.  In  the  mornings  the  ladies  played  and  sang  for 
us ;  and  the  evenings  were  generally  enlivened  with 
the  merry  dance.  Here  I  bade  farewell  to  the  charm- 
ing family  in  whose  company  I  had  passed  so  many 
happy  days,  and  proceeded  to  Albany. 

The  stage  stopped  a  little  while  in  the  town 

Troy. 

of  Troy.     The  name  alone  was  quite  suffi- 
cient to  recall  to  the  mind  scenes  long  past  and  gone. 


226  WANDERINGS    IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

Poor  king  Priam  !  Napoleon's  sorrows,  sad  and  piercing 
as  they  were,  did  not  coine  up  to  those  of  this  ill-fated 
monarch.  The  Greeks  first  set  his  town  on  fire,  and 
then  began  to  bully  : — 

"  Incensa  Danai  dominantur  in  urbe." 

One  of  his  sons  was  slain  before  his  face ;  "  ante  ora 
parentum,  concidit."  Another  was  crushed  to  mummy 
by  boa  constrictors  ;  "  immensis  orbibus  angues."  His 
city  was  razed  to  the  ground,  "  jacet  Ilion  ingens." 
And  Pyrrlms  ran  him  through  with  his  sword,  "  capulo 
tenus  abdidit  ensem."  This  last  may  be  considered  as 
a  fortunate  stroke  for  the  poor  old  king.  Had  his  life 
been  spared  at  this  juncture  he  could  not  have  lived 
long.  He  nnist  have  died  broken-hearted.  He  would 
have  setin  his  son-in-law,  once  master  of  a  noble  stud, 
now,  for  want  of  a  horse,  obliged  to  carry  off  his  father, 
up  hill,  on  his  own  back,  "  cessi  et  sublato,  montem 
genitore  petivi."  He  would  have  heard  of  his  grand- 
son being  thrown  neck  and  heels  from  a  high  tower, 
"  mittitur  Astyanax  illis  de  turribus."  He  would  have 
been  informed  of  his  wife  tearing  out  the  eyes  of  king 
Odrysius  with  her  finger-nails,  "  digitos  in  perfida 
lumina  condit."  Soon  after  this,  losing  all  appearance 
of  woman,  she  became  a  bitch, 

"  Perdidit  infelix  hominis  post  omnia  formam," 

and  rent  the  heavens  with  her  howlings, 

"  Externasque  novo  latratu  terruit  auras."        • 

Then,  becoming  distracted  with  the  remembrance,  of 
her  misfortunes,  "veterurn  memor  ilia  malorum,"  she 
took  off  howling  into  the  fields  of  Thrace, — 

"  Turn  quoque  Sithonios  ululavit  mcesta  per  agros." 


FOURTH   JOURNEY.  227 

Juno,  Jove's  wife  and  sister,  was  heard  to  declare,  that 
poor  Hecuha  did  not  deserve  so  terrible  a  fate, — 

"  Ipsa  Jovis  conjuxque  sororque, 
Eventus  Hecubam  meiuisse  negaverit  illos." 

Had  poor  Priam  escaped  from  Troy,  one  thing,  and  only 
one  thing,  would  have  given  him  a  small  ray  of  satis- 
faction, viz.  he  would  have  heard  of  one  of  his  daughters 
nobly  preferring  to  leave  this  world,  rather  than  live  to 
become  servant-maid  to  old  Grecian  ladies  : — 

"  Non  ego  Myrmidonum  sedes,  Dolopumve  superbas, 
Adspiciam,  aut  Graiis  servitum  matribus  ibo." 

At  some  future  period,  should  a  foreign  armed  force,  or 
intestine  broils,  (all  which  Heaven  avert,)  raise  Troy  to 
the  dignity  of  a  fortified  city,  Virgil's  prophecy  may 
then  be  fulfilled, — 

"  Atque  iterum-ad  Trojam  magnus  mittetur  Achilles." 

After  leaving  Troy,  I  passed  through  a  fine  country  to 
Albany ;  and  then  proceeded  by  steam  down  the  Hudson 
to  New  York. 

Travellers  hesitate  whether  to  give  the 
preference  to  Philadelphia  *or  to  New  York. 
Philadelphia  is  certainly  a  noble  city,  and  its  environs 
beautiful ;  but  there  is  a  degree  of  quiet  and  sedate- 
ness  in  it,  which,  though  no  doubt  very  agreeable  to 
the  man  of  calm  and  domestic  habits,  is  not  so  attrac- 
tive to  one  of  speedy  movements.  The  quantity  of 
white  marble  which  is  used  in  the  buildings  gives  to 
Philadelphia  a  gay  and  lively  appearance;  but  the 
sameness  of  the  streets,  and  their  crossing  each  other 
at  right  angles,  are  somewhat  tiresome.  The  water- 
works which  supply  the  city  are  a  proud  monument  of 
the  skill  and  enterprise  of  its  inhabitants ;  and  the 
market  is  well  worth  the  attention  of  the  stranger. 
Q2 


228  WAXDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

When  you  go  to  Philadelphia,  be  sure  not 
to  forget  to  visit  the  Museum.  It  will  afford 
you  a  great  treat.  Some  of  Mr.  Peale's  family  are  con- 
stantly in  it,  and  are  ever  ready  to  show  the  curiosities 
to-  strangers,  and  to  give  them  every  necessary  informa- 
tion. Mr.  Peale  has  now  passed  his  eightieth  year,  and 
appears  to  possess  the  vivacity,  and,  I  may  almost  add, 
the  activity  of  youth. 

To  the  indefatigable  exertions  of  this  gentleman  is 
the  western  world  indebted  for  the  possession  of  this 
splendid  museum.  Mr.  Peale  is,  moreover,  an  excellent 
artist.  Look  attentively,  I  pray  you,  at  the  portrait  he 
has  taken  of  himself,  by  desire  of  the  State  of  Penn- 
sylvania. On  entering  the  room  he  appears  in  the  act 
of  holding  up  a  curtain  to  show  you  his  curiosities. 
The  effect  of  the  light  upon  his  head  is  infinitely 
striking.  I  have  never  seen  anything  finer  in  the  way 
of  light  and  shade.  The  skeleton  of  the  mammoth  is 
a  national  treasure.  I  could  form  but  a  faint  idea  of  it 
by  description,  until  I  had  seen  it.  It  is  the  most 
magnificent  skeleton  in  the  world.  The  city  ought 
never  to  forget  the  great  expense  Mr.  Peale  was  put  to, 
and  the  skill  and  energy  he  showed,  during  the  many 
months  he  spent  in  searching  the  swamps,  where  these 
enormous  bones  had  been  concealed  from  the  eyes  of 
the  world  for  centuries. 

The  extensive  squares  of  this  city  are  ornamented 
with  well-grown  and  luxuriant  trees.  Its  unremitting 
American  attention  to  literature  might  cause  it  to  be 
literature.  styled  the  Athens  of  the  United  States. 
Here,  learning  and  science  have  taken  up  their  abode. 
The  literary  and  philosophical  associations,  the  enthu- 
siasm of  individuals,  the  activity  of  the  press,  and  the 


FOURTH   JOURNEY.  229 

cheapness  of  the  publications,  ought  to  raise  the  name 
of  Philadelphia  to  an  elevated  situation  in  the  temple 
of  knowledge. 

From  the  press  of  this  city  came  Wilson's  famous 
"  Ornithology."  By  observing  the  birds  in  their  native 
haunts,  he  has  been  enabled  to  purge  their  history  of 
numberless  absurdities,  which  inexperienced  theorists 
had  introduced  into  it.  It  is  a  pleasing  and  a  brilliant 
work.  We  have  no  description  of  birds  in  any  European 
publication  that  can  come  up  to  this.  By  perusing 
"  Wilson's  Ornithology"  attentively  before  I  left  Eng- 
land, I  knew  where  to  look  for  the  birds,  and  imme- 
diately recognised  them  in  their  native  land, 
white-headed  Since  his  time,  I  fear  that  the  white- 
headed  eagles  have  been  much  thinned.  I 
was  perpetually  looking  out  for  them,  but  saw  very 
few.  One  or  two  came  now  and  then,  and  soared  in  lofty 
flight  over  the  Falls  of  Niagara.  The  Americans  are 
proud  of  this  bird  in  effigy,  and  their  hearts  rejoice 
when  its  banner  is  unfurled.  Could  they  not  then  be 
persuaded  to  protect  the  white-headed  eagle,  and  allow 
it  to  glide  in  safety  over  its  own  native  forests  ?  Were 
I  an  American,  I  should  think  I  had  committed  a  kind 
of  sacrilege  in  killing  the  white-headed  eagle.  The  Ibis 
was  held  sacred  by  the  Egyptians  ;  the  Hollanders 
protect  the  stork  >;  the  vulture  sits  unmolested  on  the 
top  of  the  houses  in  the  city  of  Angustura ;  and  Robin 
Redbreast,  for  his  charity,  is  cherished  by  the  English  :- 

"  No  burial  these  pretty  babes 

Of  any  man  receives, 
Till  Robin  Redbreast  painfully 
Did  cover  them  with  leaves."  * 


The  fault  against  grammar  is  lost  in  the  beauty  of  the  idea. 


230  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

Poor  Wilson  was  smote  by  the  hand  ol'  death,  before 
he  had  finished  his  work.  Prince  Charles  Buonaparte, 
nephew  to  the  late  Emperor  Napoleon,  aided  by  some 
of  the  most  scientific  gentlemen  of  Pennsylvania, 
is  continuing  this  valuable  and  interesting  publi- 
cation. 

New  York,  with  great  propriety,  may  be  called  the 
New  York     commercial  capital  of  the  new  world  : — 

"  Urbs  augusta  potens,  nulli  cessura." 

Ere  long,  it  will  be  on  the  coast  of  North  America  what 
Tyre  once  was  on  that  of  Syria.  In  her  port  are  the 
ships  of  all  nations  ;  and  in  her  streets  is  displayed 
merchandise  from  all  parts  of  the  known  world.  And 
then  the  approach  to  it  is  so  enchanting  !  The  verdant 
fields,  the  woody  hills,  the  farms,  and  country  houses, 
form  a  beautiful  landscape  as  you  sail  up  to  the  city  of 
New  York. 

its  streets  Broadway  is  the  principal  street.  It  is 
houses,  &c.  three  miles  and  a  half  long.  I  am  at  a  loss 
to  know  where  to  look  for  a  street,  in  any  part  of  the 
world,  which  has  so  many  attractions  as  this.  There 
are  no  steam-engines  to  annoy  you  by  filling  the  atmo- 
sphere full  of  soot  and  smoke ;  the  houses  have  a 
stately  appearance  ;  while  the  eye  is  relieved  from  the 
perpetual  sameness,  which  is  common  in  most  streets, 
by  lofty  and  luxuriant  trees. 

American  Nothing  can  surpass  the  appearance  of 
the  American  ladies,  when  they  take  their 
morning  walk,  from  twelve  to  three,  in  Broadway.  The 
stranger  will  at  once  see  that  they  have  rejected  the 
extravagant  superfluities  which  appear  in  the  London 
and  Parisian  fashions  ;  and  have  only  retained  as  much 
of  those  costumes  as  is  becoming  to  the  female  form. 


FOURTH   JOURNEY.  231 

This,  joined  to  their  own  just  notions  of  dress,  is  what 
renders  the  Xew  York  ladies  so  elegant  in  their  attire. 
The  way  they  wear  the  Leghorn  hat  deserves  a  remark 
or  two.  With  us,  the  formal  hand  of  the  milliner 
hinds  down  the  brim  to  one  fixed  shape,  and  that  none 
of  the  handsomest.  The  wearer  is  obliged  to  turn  her 
head  full  ninety  degrees  before  she  can  see  the  person 
who  is  standing  by  her  side.  But  in  New  York  the 
ladies  have  the  brim  of  the  hat,  not  fettered  with  wire, 
or  tape,  or  riband,  but  quite  free  and  undulating  ;  and 
by  applying  the  hand  to  it,  they  can  conceal  or  expose 
as  much  of  the  face  as  circumstances  require.  This 
hiding  and  exposing  of  the  face,  by-the-bye,  is  certainly 
a  dangerous  movement,  and  often  fatal  to  the  passing 
iswain.  I  am  convinced  in  my  own  mind,  that  many  a 
determined  and  unsuspecting  bachelor  has  been  shot 
down  by  this  sudden  manoeuvre,  before  he  was  aware 
that  he  was  within  reach  of  the  battery. 

The  American  ladies  seem  to  have  an  abhorrence  (and 
a  very  just  one  too)  of  wearing  caps.  When  one  con 
siders  for  a  moment,  that  women  wear  the  hair  long, 
which  nature  has  given  them  both  for  an  ornament  and 
to  keep  the  head  warm,  one  is  apt  to  wonder  by  what 
perversion  of  good  taste  they  can  be  induced  to  enclose 
it  in  a  cap.  A  mob  cap,  a  lace  cap,  a  low  cap,  a  high 
cap,  a  flat  cap,  a  cap  with  ribands  dangling  loose,  a  cap 
with  ribands  tied  under  the  chin,  a  peak  cap,  an  angular 
cap,  a  round  cap,  and  a  pyramid  cap  !  How  would 
Canova's  Venus  look  in  a  mob  cap  1  If  there  be  any 
ornament  to  the  head  in  wearing  a  cap,  it  must  surely 
be  a  false  ornament.  The  American  ladies  are  per- 
suaded that  the  head  can  be  ornamented  without  a  cap. 
A  rose-bud  or  two,  a  woodbine,  or  a  sprig  of  eglantine, 


232  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMEKICA. 

look  well  in  the  braided  hair ;  and  if  there  be  raven 
locks,  a  lily  or  a  snowdrop  may  be  interwoven  with 
effect. 

Now  that  the  packets  are  so  safe,  and  make  such 
quick  passages  to  the  United  States,  it  would  be  as  well 
if  some  of  our  head  milliners  would  go  on  board  of  them, 
in  lieu  of  getting  into  the  Diligence  for  Paris.  They 
would  bring  back  more  taste,  and  less  caricature.  And 
it'  they  could  persuade  a  dozen  or  two  of  the  farmers' 
servant  girls  to  return  with  them,  we  should  soon  have 
proof  positive,  that  as  good  butter  and  cheese  may  be 
made  with  the  hair  braided  up,  and  a  daisy  or  primrose 
in  it,  as  butter  and  cheese  made  in  a  cap  of  barbarous 
shape  ;  washed,  perhaps,  in  soap-suds  last  new  moon. 
New  York  has  very  good  hotels,  and. 

Hotels  and  J 

boarding-        genteel  boarding-houses.      All   charges   in- 

houses.  °  c  ° 

eluded,  you  do  not  pay  above  two  dollars 
a-day.  "  Little  enough,  when  you  consider  the  capital 
accommodations,  and  the  abundance  of  food. 

In  this  city,  as  well  as  in  others  which  I  visited, 
everybody  seemed  to  walk  at  his  ease.  I  could  see  110 
inclination  for  jostling ;  no  impertinent  staring  at  you  ; 
nor  attempts  to  create  a  row  in  order  to  pick  your 
pocket.  I  would  stand  for  an  hour  together  in  Broad- 
way, to  observe  the  passing  multitude.  There  is  cer- 
tainly a  gentleness  in  these  people,  both  to  be  admired 
and  imitated.  I  could  see  very  few  dogs,  still  fewer 
cats,  and  but  a  very  small  proportion  of  fat  women,  in 
the  streets  of  New  York.  The  climate  was  the  only 
thing  that  I  had  really  to  find  fault  with ;  and  as  the 
autumn  was  now  approaching,  I  began  to  think  of 
preparing  for  warmer  regions. 

Strangers  are  apt  to  get  violent  colds,  on  account  of 


FOURTH   JOURXEY.  233 

the  sudden  changes   of  the   atmosphere.      The   noon 
would  often  be  as  warm  as  tropical  weather, 
and  the  close  of  day  cold  and  chilly.     This 
must   sometimes  act  with   severity  upon   the   newly- 
arrived  stranger ;  and  it  requires  more  care  and  circum- 
spection than  I  am  master  of  to  guard  against  it.     I 
contracted  a  bad  and  obstinate  cough,  which  did  not 
quite  leave  me  till  I  had  got  under  the  regular  heat 
of  the  sun,  near  the  equator. 

I  may  be  asked,  AYas  it  all  good  fellowship  and 
civility  during  my  stay  in  the  United  States  1 

I ns  society 

Did  no  forward  person  cause  offence  1  was 
there  no  exhibition  of  drunkenness,  or  swearing,  or 
rudeness;  or  display  of  conduct  which  disgraces  civilized 
man  in  other  countries  1  I  answer,  very  few  indeed  : 
scarce  any  worth  remembering,  and  none  worth  noticing. 
These  are  a  gentle  and  a  civil  people.  Should  a  tra- 
veller, now  and  then  in  the  long  run,  witness  a  few  of 
the  scenes  alluded  to,  he  ought  not,  on  his  return  home, 
to  adduce  a  solitary  instance  or  two,  as  the  cxistom  of 
the  country.  In  roving  through  the  wilds  of  Guiana, 
I  have  sometimes  seen  a  tree  hollow  at  heart,  shattered 
and  leafless  ;  but  I  did  not  on  that  account  condemn 
its  vigorous  neighbours,  and  put  down  a  memorandum 
that  the  woods  were  bad.  On  the  contrary,  I  made 
allowances  :  a  thunder-storm,  the  whirlwind,  a  blight 
from  heaven,  might  have  robbed  it  of  its  bloom,  and 
caused  its  present  forbidding  appearance.  And,  in 
leaving  the  forest,  I  carried  away  the  impression,  that 
though  some  few  of  the  trees  were  defective,  the  rest 
were  an  ornament  to  the  wilds,  full  of  uses  and  virtues, 
and  capable  of  benefiting  the  world  in  a  superior 
degree. 


234  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

A  man  generally  travels  into  foreign  countries  for  his 
own  ends ;  and  T  suspect  there  is  scarcely  an  instance 
to  be  found  of  a  person  leaving  his  own  home  solely 
with  the  intention  of  benefiting  those  amongst  whom 
he  is  about  to  travel.  A  commercial  speculation, 
curiosity,  a  wish  for  information,  a  desire  to  reap  benefit 
from  an  acquaintance  with  our  distant  fellow -creatures, 
are  the  general  inducements  for  a  man  to  leave  his  own 
fire-side.  This  ought  never  to  be  forgotten  ;  and  then 
the  traveller  will  journey  on  under  the  persuasion  that 
it  rather  becomes  him  to  court  than  expect  to  be 
courted,  as  his  own  interest  is  the  chief  object  of  his 
travels.  With  this  in  view,  he  will  always  render 
himself  pleasant  to  the  natives  ;  and  they  are  sure  to 
repay  his  little  acts  of  courtesy  with  ample  interest, 
and  with  a  fund  of  information  which  will  be  of  great 
service  to  him. 

While  in  the  United  States,  I  found  our  Western 
brother  a  very  pleasant  fellow  ;  but  his  portrait  has 
been  drawn  in  such  different  shades,  by  different  tra- 
vellers who  have  been  through  his  territory,  that  it 
requires  a  personal  interview  before  a  correct  idea  can 
be  formed  of  his  true  colours.  He  is  very  inquisitive  ; 
but  it  is  quite  wrong  on  that  account  to  tax  him  with 
being  of  an  impertinent  turn.  He  merely  interrogates 
you  for  information  ;  and  when  you  have  satisfied  him 
on  that  score,  only  ask  him  in  your  turn  for  an  account 
of  what  is  going  on  in  his  own  country,  and  he  will  tell 
you  everything  about  it  with  great  good  humour,  and 
in  excellent  language.  He  has  certainly  hit  upon  the 
way  (but  I  could  not  make  out  by  what  means)  of 
speaking  a  much  purer  English  language  than  that 
which  is  in  general  spoken  on  the  parent  soil.  This 


FOURTH   JOURNEY.  235 

astonished  me  much ;  but  it  is  really  the  case. 
Amongst  his  many  good  qualities,  he  has  one  unenvi- 
able, and,  I  may  add,  a  bad  propensity :  he  is  immo 
derately  fond  of  smoking.  He  may  say,  that  he  learned 
it  from  his  nurse,  with  whom  it  was  once  much  in 
vogue.  In  Dutch  William's  time  (he  was  a  man  of 
bad  taste)  the  English  gentleman  could  not  do  without 
hio  pipe.  During  the  short  space  of  time  that  Corporal 
Trim  was  at  the  inn  inquiring  after  poor  Lefevre's 
health,  my  uncle  Toby  had  knocked  the  ashes  out  of 
three  pipes.  "  It  was  not  till  my  uncle  Toby  had 
knocked  the  ashes  out  of  his  third  pipe,"  &c.  Now 
these  times  have  luckily  gone  by,  and  the  custom  of 
smoking  'amongst  genteel  Englishmen  has  nearly  died 
away  with  them  :  it  is  a  foul  custom ;  it  makes  a  foul 
mouth,  and  a  foul  place  where  the  smoker  stands  : 
however,  every  nation  has  its  whims.  John  Bull 
relishes  stinking  venison ;  a  Frenchman  depopulates 
whole  swamps  in  quest  of  frogs ;  a  Dutchman's  pipe  is 
never  out  of  his  mouth ;  a  Eussian  will  eat  tallow 
caudles  ;  and  the  American  indulges  in  the  cigar. 
"  De  gustibus  non  est  disputandum." 

Our  Western  brother  is  in  possession  of  a  country 
replete  with  everything  that  can  contribute  to  the  hap- 
piness and  comfort  of  mankind.  His  code 
"•ovemmentld  °^  ^aws5  purified  by  experience  and  common 
sense,  has  fully  answered  the  expectations 
of  the  public.  By  acting  up  to  the  true  spirit  of  this 
code,  he  has  reaped  immense  advantages  from  it.  His 
advancement,  as  a  nation,  has  been  rapid  beyond  all 
calculation ;  and,  young  as  he  is,  it  may  be  remarked, 
without  any  impropriety,  that  he  is  now  actually  reading 
a  salutary  lesson  to  the  rest  of  the  civilized  world. 


236  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

It  is  but  some  forty  years  ago  that  he  had  the  dis- 
pute with  his  nurse  about  a  dish  of  tea.  She  wanted 
to  force  the  boy  to  drink  it  according  to  her  own 
receipt.  He  said,  he  did  not  like  it,  and  that  it  abso- 
lutely made  him  ill.  After  a  good  deal  of  sparring, 
she  took  up  the  birch  rod,  and  began  to  whip  him  with 
an  uncommon  degree  of  asperity.  When  the  poor  lad 
found  that  he  must  either  drink  the  nauseous  dish  of 
tea  or  be  flogged  to  death,  he  turned  upon  her  in  self- 
defence  ;  showed  her  to  the  outside  of  the  nursery  door 
and  never  more  allowed  her  to  meddle  with  his  affairs. 

Since  the  independence,  the  population  has  increased 
from  three  to  ten  millions.  A  fine  navy  has  been  built ; 
and  everything  attended  to  that  could  ensure  prosperity 
at  home,  and  respect  abroad. 

The  former  wilds  of  North  America  bear  ample  testi- 
mony to  the  achievements  of  this  enterprising  people. 
Forests  have  been  cleared  away,  swamps  drained,  canals 
dug,  and  flourishing  settlements  established.  From  the 
shores  of  the  Atlantic  an  immense  column  of  knowledge 
has  rolled  into  the  interior.  The  Mississippi,  the  Ohio, 
the  Missouri,  and  their  tributary  streams,  have  been 
wonderfully  benefited  by  it.  It  now  seems  as  if  it 
were  advancing  towards  the  Stony  Mountains  ;  and, 
probably,  will  not  become  stationary  till  it  reaches  the 
Pacific  Ocean.  This  almost  immeasurable  territory 
affords  a  shelter  and  a  home  to  mankind  in  general : 
Jew  or  Gentile,  king's-man  or  republican,  he  meets 
with  a  friendly  reception  in  the  United  States.  His 
opinions,  his  persecutions,  his  errors,  or  mistakes,  how- 
ever they  may  have  injured  him  in  other  countries,  are 
dead,  and  of  no  avail  on  his  arrival  here.  Provided  he 
keeps  the  peace,  he  is  sure  to  be  at  rest. 


FOURTH   JOURNEY.  237 

Politicians  of  other  countries  imagine  that  intestine 
feuds  will  cause  a  division  in  this  commonwealth ;  at 
present  there  certainly  appears  to  be  no  reason  for  such 
a  conjecture.  Heaven  forbid  that  it  should  happen. 
The  world  at  large  would  suffer  by  it.  For  ages  yet  to 
come,  may  this  great  commonwealth  continue  to  be  the 
United  States  of  North  America  ! 

The  sun  was  now  within  a  week  or  two  of  passing 
into  the  southern  hemisphere,  and  the  mornings  and 
evenings  were  too  cold  to  be  comfortable.     I  embarked 
for  the  island  of  Antigua,  with  the  intention 
°^  calling  a*   the  different  islands  in   the 
Caribbean  sea,  on  my  way  once  more  towards 
the  wilds  of  Guiana. 

We  were  thirty  days  in  making  Antigua,  and  thanked 
Providence  for  ordering  us  so  long  a  passage.  A  tre- 
mendous gale  of  wind,  approaching  to  a  hurricane, 
had  done  much  damage  in  the  West  Indies.  Had  our 
passage  been  of  ordinary  length,  we  should  inevitably 
have  been  caught  in  the  gale. 

St.  John's  is  the  capital  of  Antigua.     In 

St.  John's.  .  r 

better  times  it  may  have  had  its  gaieties  and 
amusements  :  at  present,  it  appears  sad  and  woe-begone. 
The  houses,  which  are  chiefly  of  wood,  seem  as  if  they 
have  not  had  a  coat  of  paint  for  many  years ;  the  streets 
are  uneven  and  ill-paved  ;  and  as  the  stranger  wanders 
through  them,  he  might  fancy  that  they  would  afford  a 
congenial  promenade  to  the  man  who  is  about  to  take 
his  last  leave  of  surrounding  worldly  misery,  before  he 
hangs  himself. 

There  had  been  no  rain  for  some  time,  so  that  the 
parched  and  barren  pastures  near  the  town  might,  with 
great  truth,  be  called  Eosinante's  own.  The  mules 


238  WANDERINGS    IN   SOUTH    AMERICA. 

feeding  on  them,  put  you  in  mind  of  Ovid's  description 
of  famine.  : — 

"  Dura  cutis,  per  quam  spectari  viscera  possent." 

It  is  somewhat  singular,  that  there  is  not  a  single  river 
or  brook  in  the  whole  island  of  Antigua.  In  this  it 
differs  from  Tartary  in  the  other  world  ;  which,  ac- 
cording to  old  writers,  has  five  rivers ;  viz.  Acheron, 
Phlegeton,  Cocytus,  Styx,  and  'Lethe. 

In  this  island  I  found  the  Red-start,  described  in 
"Wilson's  "  Ornithology  of  the  United  States."  I  wished 
to  learn  whether  any  of  these  birds  remain  the  whole 
year  in  Antigua,  and  breed  there ;  or  whether  they  all 
leave  it  for  the  north  when  the  sun  comes  out  of  the 
southern  hemisphere ;  but,  upon  inquiry,  I  could  get 
no  information  whatever. 

After  passing  a  dull  week  here,  I  sailed 
Guadaiou  °e     ^or  Guadaloupe,  whose  bold  and  cloud-capped 

mountains  have  a  grand  appearance  as  you 
approach  the  island.  Basseterre,  the  capital,  is  a  neat 
town,  with  a  handsome  public  walk  in  the  middle  of  it, 
well  shaded  by  a  row  of  fine  tamarind  trees  on  each 
side.  Behind  the  town,  La  Souffriere  raises  its  high 
romantic  summit ;  and,  on  a  clear  day,  you  may  see  the 
volcanic  smoke  which  issues  from  it. 

Nearly  midway,  betwixt  Guadaloupe  and  Dominica, 
you  descry  the  Saintes.  Though  high,  and  bold,  and 
rocky,  they  have  still  a  diminutive  appearance  when 
compared  with  their  two  gigantic  neighbours.  Yoxi 
just  see  Marigalante  to  windward  of  them,  some  leagues 
off,  about  a  yard  high  in  the  horizon. 

Dominica  is  majestic  in  high  and  rugged 
Domtotea.°f    mountains.    As  you  sail  along  it,  you  cannot 

help  admiring   its   beautiful   coffee  planta- 


FOURTH   JOURNEY.  239 

tions,  in  places  so  abrupt  and  steep,  that  you  would 

pronounce    them    almost    inaccessible.      Roseau,   the 

capital,  is  but  a  small  town,  and  has  nothing 

Roseau.  .     _. 

attractive  except  the  well-known  hospitality 
of  the  present  harbour-master,  who  is  particularly  atten- 
tive to  strangers,  and  furnishes  them  with  a  world  of 
information  concerning  the  West  Indies.  Roseau  has 
seen  better  days ;  and  you  can  trace  good  taste  and 
judgment  in  the  way  in  which  the  town  has  originally 
been  laid  out. 

Some  years  ago  it  was  visited  by  a  succession  of  mis- 
fortunes, which  smote  it  so  severely,  that  it  has  never 
recovered  its  former  appearance.  A  strong  French  fleet 
bombarded  it ;  while  a  raging  h're  destroyed  its  finest 
buildings.  Some  time  after,  an  overwhelming  flood 
rolled  down  the  gullies  and  fissures  of  the  adjacent 
mountains,  and  carried  all  before  it.  Men,  women, 
and  children,  houses  and  property,  were  all  swept  away 
by  this  mighty  torrent.  The  terrible  scene  was  said  to 
beggar  all  description,  and  the  loss  was  immense. 

Dominica  is  famous  for  a  large  species  of  frog,  which 
the  inhabitants  keep  in  readiness  to  slaughter  for  the 
table.  In  the  woods  of  this  island,  the  large  rhinoceros 
beetle  is  very  common  ;  it  measures  above  six  inches 
in  length.  In  the  same  woods  is  found  the  beautiful 
humming-bird,  the  breast  and  throat  of  which  are  of  a 
brilliant  changing  purple.  I  have  searched  for  this 
bird  in  Brazil,  and  through  the  whole  of  the  wilds  from 
the  Rio  Branco,  which  is  a  branch  of  the  Amazons,  to 
the  river  Paumaron,  but  never  could  find  it.  I  was 
told  by  a  man  in  the  Egyptian-hall,  in  Piccadilly,  that 
this  humming-bird  is  found  in  Mexico ;  but  upon 
questioning  him  more  about  it,  his  information  seemed 


240  WANDERINGS    IN    SOUTH    AMERICA. 

to  have  been  acquired  by  hearsay  ;  and  so  I  concluded 
that  it  does  not  appear  in  Mexico.  I  suspect  that  it  is 
never  found  out  of  the  Antilles. 

After  leaving  Dominica,  you  soon  reach  the 
grand  and  magnificent  island  of  Martinico. 
St.  Pierre,  its  capital,  is  a  fine  town,  and  possesses 
every  comfort.  The  inhabitants  seem  to  pay  consider- 
able attention  to  the  cultivation  of  the  tropical  fruits. 
A  stream  of  water  runs  down  the  streets  with  great 
rapidity,  producing  a  pleasing  effect  as  you  pass  along. 

Here  I  had  an  opportunity  of  examining  a  cuckoo 
which  had  just  been  shot.  It  was  exactly  the  same  as 
the  metallic  cuckoo  in  Wilson's  "  Ornithology."  They 
told  me  it  is  a  migratory  bird  in  Martinico.  It  pro- 
bably repairs  to  this  island  after  its  departure  from  the 
United  States. 

At  a  little  distance  from  Martinico,  the  celebrated 
Diamond  rock  rises  in  insulated  majesty  out  of  the  sea. 
It  was  fortified  during  the  last  war  with  France,  and 
bravely  defended  by  an  English  captain. 

In  a  few  hours  from  Martinico,  you  are 

St.  Lucie. 

at   ot.  Lucie,    whose   rough   and    towering 

mountains  fill  you  with  sublime  ideas,  as  you  approach 

its  rocky  shore.     The  town  Castries  is  quite 

Castries.  , 

embayed.  It  was  literally  blown  to  pieces 
by  the  fatal  hurricane,  in  which  the  unfortunate  governor 
and  his  lady  lost  their  lives.  Its  present  forlorn  and 
gloomy  appearance,  and  the  grass  which  is  grown  up  in 
the  streets  too  plainly  show  that  its  hour  of  joy  is 
passed  away  ;  and  that  it  is  in  mourning,  as  it  were, 
with  the  rest  of  the  British  West  Indies. 

From  St.  Lucie,  I  proceeded  to  Barbadoes  in  quest  of 
a  conveyance  to  the  Island  of  Trinidad. 


FOURTH   JOURNEY.  241 

Near  Bridge-town,  the  capital  of  Barbadoes,  I  saw 
the  metallic  cuckoo,  already  alluded  to. 

Barbadoes  is  no  longer  the  merry  island  it 

Barbadoes.  ago  .__ 


"  Infelix  habitum,  temporis  hujus  habet." 

There  is  an  old  song,  to  the  tune  of  La  Belle  Catha- 
rine, which  must  evidently  have  been  composed  in 
brighter  times  :  — 

"  Come,  let  us  dance  and  sing, 
While  Barbadoes  bells  do  ring; 
Quashi  scrapes  the  fiddle-string, 
And  Venus  plays  the  lute." 

Quashi's  fiddle  was  silent,  and  mute  was  the  lute  of 
Venus,  during  my  stay  in  Barbadoes.  The  difference 
betwixt  the  French  and  British  islands  was  very 
striking.  The  first  appeared  happy  and  content  ;  the 
second  were  filled  with  murmurs  and  complaints.  The 
late  proceedings  in  England,  concerning  slavery,  and 
the  insurrection  in  Demerara,  had  evidently  caused  the 
gloom.  The  abolition  of  slavery  is  a  ques- 

Slavery.     -.-„,,  ,  ,    n          ,     ,  ? 

tion   lull   of  benevolence  and  fine  feelings, 
difficulties  and  danger  :  — 

"  Tantum  ne  noceas,  dum  vis  prodesse  videto.* 

It  requires  consummate  prudence,  and  a  vast  fund  of 
true  information,  in  order  to  draw  just  conclusions  on 
this  important  subject.  Phaeton,  by  awkward  driving, 
set  the  world  on  fire  :  "  Sylvas  cum  montibus  ardent." 
Dtedalus  gave  his  son  a  pair  of  wings,  without  consider- 
ing the  consequence  ;  the  boy  flew  out  of  all  bounds, 
lost  his  wings,  and  tumbled  into  the  sea  :  — 

Icarus,  Icariis  nomina  fecit  aquis. 
R 


242  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

"When  the  old  man  saw  what  had  happened,  he  damned 
his  own  handicraft  in  wing-making ;  "  devovitque  suas 
artes."  Prudence  is  a  cardinal  virtue  : — 

"  Omnia  consults  mente  gerenda  tegens." 

Foresight  is  half  the  battle.  "Hombre  apercebido, 
medio  combatido,"  says  Don  Quixote,  or  Sancho,  I  do 
not  remember  which.  Had  Queen  Bess  weighed  well 
in  her  own  mind  the  probable  consequences  of  this 
lamentable  traffic,  it  is  likely  she  would  not  have  been 
owner  of  two  vessels  in  Sir  John  Hawkins's  squadron, 
which  committed  the  first  robbery  in  negro  flesh  on  the 
coast  of  Africa.  As  philanthropy  is  the  very  life  and 
soul  of  this  momentous  question  on  slavery,  which  is 
certainly  fraught  with  great  difficulties  and  danger, 
perhaps  it  would  be  as  well  at  present  for  the  nation 
to  turn  its  thoughts  to  poor  ill-fated  Ireland,  where 
oppression,  poverty,  and  rags  make  a  heart-rending 
appeal  to  the  feelings  of  the  benevolent. 

But  to  proceed.  There  was  another  thing  which 
added  to  the  dulness  of  Barbadoes,  and  which  seemed 
to  have  considerable  effect  in  keeping  away  strangers 
from  the  island.  The  legislature  had  passed  a  most 
extraordinary  bill,  by  virtue  of  which  every  person  who 
arrives  at  Barbadoes  is  obliged  to  pay  two  dollars,  and 
two  dollars  more  on  his  departure  from  it.  It  is  called 
the  alien  bill ;  and  every  Barbadian  who  leaves  or 
returns  to  the  island,  and  every  Englishman  too,  pays 
the  tax  ! 

Finding  no  vessel  here  for  Trinidad,  I 

forDeinerara.  embarked    in    a    schooner   for    Demerara, 

landed  there  after  being  nearly  stranded  on 

a  sand-bank,  and  proceeded  without  loss  of  time  to  the 


FOURTH   JOURNEY.  243 

forests  in  the  interior.     It  was  the  dry  season,  which 
renders  a  residence  in  the  woods  very  delightful. 

There  are  three  species  of  jacamar  to  be  found  on  the 

different  sand-hills  and  dry  savannas  of  Demerara ;  but 

there  is  another  much  larger  and  far  more  beautiful  to 

be  seen  when  you  arrive  in  that  part  of  the  country 

where  there  are  rocks.     The  jacamar  has  no 

The  Jacamar.  . 

amnity  to  the  woodpecker  or  king-fisher 
(notwithstanding  what  travellers  affirm),  either  in  its 
haunts  or  anatomy.  The  jacamar  lives  entirely  on 
insects,  but  never  goes  in  search  of  them.  It  sits 
patiently  for  hours  together  on  the  branch  of  a  tree, 
and  when  the  incautious  insect  approaches,  it  flies  at  it 
with  the  rapidity  of  an  arrow,  seizes  it,  and  generally 
returns  to  eat  it  on  the  branch  which  it  had  just  quitted. 
It  has  not  the  least  attempt  at  song,  is  very  solitary, 
and  so  tame,  that  you  may  get  within  three  or  four 
yards  of  it  before  it  takes  flight.  The  males  of  all 
the  different  species  which  I  have  examined  have  white 
feathers  on  the  throat.  I  suspect  that  all  the  male 
jacamars  hitherto  discovered  have  this  distinctive  mark. 
I  could  learn  nothing  of  its  incubation.  The  Indians 
informed  me  that  one  species  of  jacamar  lays  its  eggs 
in  the  wood-ants'  nests,  which  are  so  frequent  in  the 
trees  of  Guiana,  and  appear  like  huge  black  balls.  I 
wish  there  had  been  proof  positive  of  this ;  but  the 
breeding  time  was  over ;  and  in  the  ants'  nests  which 
I  examined  I  could  find  no  marks  of  birds  having  ever 
been  in  them.  Early  in  January  the  jacamar  is  in  fine 
plumage  for  the  cabinet  of  the  naturalist.  The  largest 
species  measures  ten  inches  and  a  half  from  the  point 
of  the  beak  to  the  end  of  the  tail ;  its  name  amongst 
the  Indians  is  Una-waya-adoucati,  that  is,  grandfather 

B2 


244  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

of  the  jacamar.  It  is  certainly  a  splendid  bird ;  and  in 
the  brilliancy  and  changeableness  of  its  metallic  colours, 
it  yields  to  none  of  the  Asiatic  and  African  feathered 
tribe.  The  colours  of  the  female  are  nearly  as  bright 
as  those  of  the  male,  but  she  wants  the  white  feathers 
on  the  throat.  The  large  jacamar  is  pretty  common 
about  two  hundred  miles  up  the  river  Demerara. 

Here  I  had  a  fine  opportunity  once  more 
toedesioth!e~  of  examining  the  three-toed  Sloth.  He  was 
in  the  house  with  me  for  a  day  or  two. 
Had  I  taken  a  description  of  him  as  he  lay  sprawling 
on  the  floor,  I  should  have  misled  the  world,  and 
injured  natural  history.  On  the  ground  he  appeared 
really  a  bungled  composition,  and  faulty  at  all  points  ; 
awkwardness  and  misery  were  depicted  on  his  counte- 
nance ;  and  when  I  made  him  advance  he  sighed  as 
though  in  pain.  Perhaps  it  was,  that  by  seeing  him 
thus,  out  of  his  element  as  it  were,  that  the  Count 
de  Buffon,  in  his  history  of  the  sloth,  asks  the  question 
— "  Why  should  not  some  animals  be  created  for 
misery,  since,  in  the  human  species,  the  greatest  number 
of  individuals  are  devoted  to  pain  from  the  moment  of 
their  existence  ? "  Were  the  question  put  to  me,  I 
would  answer,  I  cannot  conceive  that  any  of  them  are 
created  for  misery.  That  thousands  live  in  misery  there 
can  be  no  doubt ;  but  then,  misery  has  overtaken  them 
in  their  path  through  life,  and  wherever  man  has  come 
up  with  them,  I  should  suppose  they  have  seldom 
escaped  from  experiencing  a  certain  proportion  of 
misery. 

After  fully  satisfying  myself  that  it  only  leads  the 
world  into  error  to  describe  the  sloth  while  he  is  on 
the  ground,  or  in  any  place  except  in  a  tree,  I  carried 


FOURTH   JOURNEY.  245 

the  one  I  had  in  my  possession  to  his  native  haunts. 
As  soon  as  he  came  in  contact  with  the  branch  of  a 
tree,  all  went  right  with  him.  I  could  see,  as  he 
climbed  up  into  his  own  country,  that  he  was  on  the 
right  road  to  happiness  ;  and  felt  persuaded  more  than 
ever  that  the  world  has  hitherto  erred  in  its  conjec- 
tures concerning  the  sloth,  on  account  of  naturalists  not 
having  given  a  description  of  him  when  he  was  in  the 
only  position  in  which  he  ought  to  have  been  described, 
namely,  clinging  to  the  branch  of  a  tree. 

As  the  appearance  of  this  part  of  the  country  bears 
great  resemblance  to  Cayenne,  and  is  so  near  to  it,  I 
was  in  hopes  to  have  found  the  Grande  Gobe  Mouche 
of  Buffon,  and  the  septicoloured  Tangara,  both  of  which 
are  common  in  Cayenne ;  but  after  many  diligent 
searches,  I  did  not  succeed  ;  nor  could  I  learn  from  the 
Indians  that  they  had  ever  seen  those  two  species  of 
birds  in  these  parts. 

Here  I  procured  the  Grossbeak,  with  a 
beak.6  S  picn  scarlet  body,  and  black  head  and  throat. 
Buffon  mentions  it  as  coming  from  America. 
I  had  been  in  quest  of  it  for  years,  but  could  never  see 
it,  and  concluded  that  it  was  not  to  be  found  in  Deme- 
rara.  This  bird  is  of  a  greenish  broAvn  before  it  acquires 
its  rich  plumage. 

Procures  a       Amongst  the  bare  roots  of  the  trees,  along- 
laj*£  ,sPecies  side  of  this  part  of  the  river,  a  red  crab 

ot  Owl. 

sometimes  makes  its  appearance,  as  you  are 
passing  up  and  down.  It  is  preyed  upon  by  a  large 
species  of  owl,  which  I  was  fortunate  enough  to  procure. 
Its  head,  back,  wings,  and  tail,  are  of  so  dark  a  brown, 
as  almost  to  appear  black.  The  breast  is  of  a  some- 
what lighter  brown.  The  belly  and  thighs  are  of  a 


246  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

dirty  yellow  white.  The  feathers  round  the  eyes  are 
of  the  same  dark  brown  as  the  rest  of  the  body  ;  and 
then  comes  a  circle  of  white,  which  has  much  the 
appearance  of  the  rim  of  a  large  pair  of  spectacles.  I 
strongly  suspect  that  the  dirty  yellow  white  of  the 
belly  and  thighs  has  originally  been  pure  white  ;  and 
that  it  has  come  to  its  present  colour  by  means  of  the 
bird  darting  down  upon  its  prey  in  the  mud.  But  this 
is  mere  conjecture. 

Here  too,  close  to  the  river,  I  frequently 

saw  the  bird  called  Sun-bird  by  the  English 
colonists,  and  Tirana  by  the  Spaniards  in  the  Oroonoque. 
It  is  very  elegant ;  and  in  its  outward  appearance  ap- 
proaches near  to  the  heron  tribe  ;  still  it  does  not  live 
upon  fish.  Flies  and  insects  are  its  food ;  and  it  takes 
them  just  as  the  heron  takes  fish,  by  approaching  near 
and  then  striking  with  its  beak  at  its  prey,  so  quick, 
that  it  has  no  chance  to  escape.  The  beautiful  mixture 
of  grey,  yellow,  green,  black,  white,  and  chestnut  in 
the  plumage  of  this  bird,  baffles  any  attempt  to  give  a 
description  of  the  distribution  of  them  which  would  be 
satisfactory  to  the  reader. 

There   is   something   remarkable   in  the 
Tinamo^ea      great  Tinamou,  which  I  suspect  has  hitherto 

escaped  notice.  It  invariably  roosts  in  trees ; 
but  the  feet  are  so  very  small  in  proportion  to  the  body 
of  this  bulky  .bird,  that  they  can  be  of  no  use  to  it  in 
grasping  the  branch  ;  and,  moreover,  the  hind  toe  is  so 
short,  that  it  does  not  touch  the  ground  when  the  bird 
is  walking.  The  back  part  of  the  leg,  just  below  the 
knee,  is  quite  flat,  and  somewhat  concave.  On  it  are 
strong  pointed  scales,  which  are  very  rough,  and  catch 
your  finger  as  you  move  it  along  from  the  knee  to  the 


FOURTH   JOURNEY.  247 

toe.  Now,  by  means  of  these  scales,  and  the  particular 
flatness  of  that  part  of  the  leg,  the  bird  is  enabled  to 
sleep  in  safety  upon  the  branch  of  a  tree. 

At  the  close  of  day,  the  great  Tinamou  gives  a  loud, 
monotonous,  plaintive  whistle,  and  then  immediately 
springs  into  the  tree.  By  the  light  of  the  full  moon, 
the  vigilant  and  cautious  naturalist  may  see  him  sitting 
in  the  position  already  described. 

The  small  Tinamou  has  nothing  that  can 

Tinamou!ia      ^e  called  a  tail.     It  never  lays  more  than 

one  egg,  which  is  of  a  chocolate  colour.     It 

makes  no  nest,  but  merely  scratches  a  little  hollow  in 

the  sand,  generally  at  the  foot  of  a  tree. 

Here  Ave  have  an  instance  of  a  bird,  the  size  of  a 
partridge,  and  of  the  same  tribe,  laying  only  one  egg, 
while  the  rest  of  the  family,  from  the  peahen  to  the 
quail,  are  known  to  lay  a  considerable  number.  The 
foot  of  this  bird  is  very  small  in  proportion,  but  the 
back  part  of  the  leg  bears  no  resemblance  to  that  of 
the  larger  tinamou ;  hence  one  might  conclude  that  it 
sleeps  upon  the  ground. 

Independent  of  the  hollow  trees,  the  vampires  have 
another  hiding-place.  They  clear  out  the  inside  of  the 
large  ants'  nests,  and  then  take  possession  of  the  shell. 
I  had  gone  about  half  a  day  down  the  river,  to  a  part 
of  the  forest  where  the  wallaba-trees  were  in  great 
plenty.  The  seeds  had  ripened,  and  I  was  in  hopes  to 
have  got  the  large  scarlet  ara,  which  feeds  on  them. 
But,  unfortunately,  the  time  had  passed  away,  and  the 
seeds  had  fallen. 

While  ranging  here  in  the  forest,  we  stopped  under 
an  ants'  nest ;  and,  by  the  dirt  below,  conjectured  that 
it  had  got  new  tenants.  Thinking  it  no  harm  to  dis- 


248  WANDERINGS   IN   SOUTH  AMERICA. 

lodge  them,  "  vi  et  armis,"  an  Indian  boy  ascended  the 
tree  ;  but,  before  he  reached  the  nest,  out  flew  above  a 
dozen  vampires. 

I  have  formerly  remarked  that  I  wished 

The  Vampire.  ,  .     .  n         T  .      - 

to  have  it  in  niy  power  to  say,  that  1  had 
been  sucked  by  the  Yampire.  I  gave  them  many  an 
opportunity,  but  they  always  fought  shy ;  and  thougli 
they  now  sucked  a  young  man  of  the  Indian  breed  very 
severely,  as  he  was  sleeping  in  his  hammock  in  the 
shed  next  to  mine,  they  would  have  nothing  to  do 
with  me.  His  great  toe  seemed  to  have  all  the  attrac- 
tions. I  examined  it  minutely  as  he  was  bathing  it  in 
the  river  at  daybreak.  The  midnight  surgeon  had 
made  a  hole  in  it,  almost  of  a  triangular  shape,  and  the 
blood  was  then  running  from  it  apace.  His  hammock 
was  so  defiled  and  stained  with  clotted  blood,  that  he 
was  obliged  to  beg  an  old  black  woman  to  wash  it.  As 
she  was  taking  it  down  to  the  river  side,  she  spread  it 
out  before  me,  and  shook  her  head.  I  remarked,  that 
I  supposed  her  own  toe  was  too  old  and  tough  to  invite 
the  Vampire-doctor  to  get  his  supper  out  of  it ;  and  she 
answered,  with  a  grin,  that  doctors  generally  preferred 
young  people. 

Nobody  has  yet  been  able  to  inform  me  how  it  is 
that  the  vampire  manages  to  draw  such  a  large  quantity 
of  blood,  generally  from  the  toe ;  and  the  patient,  all 
the  time,  remains  in  a  profound  sleep.     I  have  never 
heard  of  an  instance  of  a  man  waking  under  the  opera- 
tion.    On  the  contrary,  he  continues  in  a  sound  sleep, 
and  at  the  time  of  rising,  his  eyes  first  inform  him,  that 
there  has  been  a  thirsty  thief  on  his  toe. 
its  teeth.         The  teeth  of  the  vampire  are  very  sharp, 
and  not  unlike  those  of  a  rat.     If  it  be  that 


FOURTH   JOURNEY.  249 

he  inflicts  the  wound  with  his  teeth  (and  he  seems  to 
have  no  other  instruments),  one  would  suppose  that 
the  acuteness  of  the  pain  would  cause  the  person  who 
is  sucked,  to  awake.  "We  are  in  darkness  in  this 
matter ;  and  I  know  of  no  means  "by  which  one  might 
be  enabled  to  throw  light  upon  it.  It  is  to  be  hoped 
that  some  future  wanderer  through  the  wilds  of 
Guiana  will  be  more  fortunate  than  I  have  been,  and 
catch  this  nocturnal  depredator  in  the  fact.  I 
have  once  before  mentioned  that  I  killed  a  vampire 
which  measured  thirty-two  inches  from  wing  to  wing 
extended ;  but  others,  which  I  have  since  examined, 
have  generally  been  from  twenty  to  twenty-six  inches 
in  dimension. 

The  large  humming-bird,  called  by  the  Indians  Ivara- 
bimiti,  invariably  builds  its  nest  in  the 
bimttf  Kara"  slender  branches  of  the  trees  which  hang 
over  the  rivers  and  creeks.  In  appearance, 
it  is  like  brown  tanned  leather,  without  any  particle  of 
lining.  The  rim  of  the  nest  is  doubled  inwards,  and  I 
always  conjectured  that  it  had  taken  this  shape  on  ac- 
count of  the  body  of  the  bird  pressing  against  it  while 
she  was  laying  her  eggs.  But  this  was  quite  a  wrong 
conjecture.  Instinct  has  taught  the  bird  to  give  it  this 
shape,  in  order  that  the  eggs  may  be  prevented  from 
rolling  out. 

The  trees  on  the  river's  bank  are  particularly  exposed 
to  violent  gusts  of  wind,  and  while  I  have  been  sitting 
in  the  canoe,  and  looking  on,  I  have  seen  the  slender 
branch  of  the  tree  which  held  the  humming-bird's  nest 
so  violently  shaken,  that  the  bottom  of  the  inside  of 
the  nest  has  appeared,  and  had  there  been  nothing  at 
the  rim  to  stop  the  eggs,  they  must  inevitably  have 


250  WANDERINGS    IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

been  jerked  out  into  the  water.  I  suspect  the  humming- 
bird never  lays  more  than  two  eggs.  I  never  found 
more  than  two  in  any  of  the  many  nests  which  have 
come  in  my  way.  The  eggs  were  always  white,  with- 
out any  spots  on  them. 

Probably  travellers  have  erred  in  asserting  that  the 
monkeys  of  South  America  throw  sticks  and 
fruit  at  their  pursuers.  I  have  had  fine  op- 
portunities of  narrowly  watching  the  different  species 
of  monkeys  which  are  found  in  the  wilds,  betwixt  the 
Amazons  and  the  Oroonoque.  I  entirely  acquit  them 
of  acting  on  the  offensive.  When  the  monkeys  are  in 
the  high  trees  over  your  head,  the  dead  branches  will 
now  and  then  fall  down  upon  you,  having  been  broken 
off  as  the  monkeys  pass  along  them ;  but  they  are  never 
hurled  from  their  hands. 

Monkeys,  commonly  so  called,  both  in  the 
of  Monkeys?8  old-  an(i  new  continent,  may  be  classed  into 
three  grand  divisions ;  namely,  the  ape, 
which  has  no  tail  whatever ;  the  baboon,  which  has 
only  a  short  tail ;  and  the  monkey,  which  has  a  long 
tail.  There  are  no  apes,  and  no  baboons  as  yet  dis- 
covered in  the  Xew  World.  Its  monkeys  may  be  very 
well  and  very  briefly  ranged  under  two  heads;  namely, 
those  with  hairy  and  bushy  tails  ;  and  those  whose 
tails  are  bare  of  hair  underneath,  about  six  inches  from 
the  extremity.  Those  with  hairy  and  bushy  tails  climb 
just  like  the  squirrel,  and  make  no  use  of  the  tail  to 
help  them  from  branch  to  branch.  Those  which  have 
the  tail  bare  underneath  towards  the  end,  find  it  of 
infinite  advantage  to  them,  in  their  ascent  and  descent. 
They  apply  to  the  branch  of  the  tree,  as  though  it  were 
a  supple  finger,  and  frequently  swing  by  it  from  the 


FOURTH  JOURNEY.  251 

branch  like  the  pendulum  of  a  clock.  It  answers  all 
the  purposes  of  a  fifth  ha"nd  to  the  monkey,  as 
naturalists  have  already  observed. 

The  large  red  monkey  of  Demerara  is  not 

The  large  red 

Monkey  of  De-  a  baboon,    though   it  goes  by  that   name, 

merara.  .  ,  .,          .,  ^       _.T     ,  . 

having  a  long  prensile  tail.*  -Nothing  can 
sound  more  dreadful  than  its  nocturnal  howlings. 
While  lying  in  your  hammock  in  these  gloomy  and 
immeasurable  wilds,  you  hear  him  howling  at  intervals, 
from  eleven  o'clock  at  night  till  daybreak.  You  would 
suppose  that  half  the  wild  beasts  of  the  forest  Avere 
collecting  for  the  work  of  carnage.  ISTow,  it  is  the 
tremendous  roar  of  the  jaguar,  as  he  springs  on  his 
prey  ;  now,  it  changes  to  his  terrible  and  deep-toned 
growlings,  as  he  is  pressed  on  all  sides  by  superior 
force  ;  and  now,  you  hear  his  last  dying  moan,  beneath 
a  mortal  wound. 

Some  naturalists  have  supposed  that  these  awful 
sounds,  which  you  would  fancy  are  those  of  enraged 
and  dying  wild  beasts,  proceed  from  a  number  of  the 
red  monkeys  howling  in  concert.  One  of  them  alone  is 
capable  of  producing  all  these  sounds  ;  and  the  anato- 
mist, on  an  inspection  of  the  trachea,  will  be  fully 
satisfied  that  this  is  the  case:  When  you  look  at  him, 
as  he  is  sitting  on  the  branch  of  a  tree,  you  will  see  a 
lump  in  his  throat,  the  size  of  a  large  hen's  egg.  In 
dark  and  cloudy  weather,  and  just  before  a  squall  of 
rain,  this  monkey  will  often  howl  in  the  day-time; 
and  if  you  advance  cautiously,  and  get  under  the 
high  and  tufted  tree  where  he  is  sitting,  you  may 
have  a  capital  opportunity  of  witnessing  his  wonderful 

»  I  believe  prensik  is  a  new-coined  word.    I  have  seen  it,  but  do  not 
remember  where. 


252  WANDERINGS    IN   SOUTH    AMERICA. 

powers   of  producing  these   dreadful   and  discordant 
sounds. 

His  flesh  is  good  food;  but  when  skinned, 
Mo^y?fthe  his  appearance  is  so  like  that  of  a  young 
one  of  our  own  species,  that  a  delicate 
stomach  might  possibly  revolt  at  the  idea  of  putting  a 
knife  and  fork  into  it.  However,  I  can  affirm,  from 
experience,  that  after  a  long  and  dreary  march  through 
these  remote  forests,  the  flesh  of  this  monkey  is  not 
to  be  sneezed  at,  when  boiled  in  Cayenne  pepper, 
or  roasted  on  a  stick  over  a  good  fire.  A  young  one 
tastes  not  unlike  kid,  and  the  old  ones  have  somewhat 
the  flavour  of  he-goat. 

I  mentioned,  in  a  former  adventure,  that  I  had  hit 
upon  an  entirely  new  plan  of  making  the  skins  of  quad- 
rupeds retain  their  exact  form  and  feature.  Intense 
application  to  the  subject  has,  since  that  period,  enabled 
me  to  shorten  the  process,  and  hit  the  character  of  an 
animal  to  a  very  great  nicety,  even  to  the  preservation 
of  the  pouting  lip,  dimples,  warts,  and  wrinkles  on  the 
face.  I  got  a  fine  specimen  of  the  howling  monkey, 
and  took  some  pains  with  it,  in  order  to  show  the  im- 
mense difference  that  exists  betwixt  the  features  of  this 
monkey  and  those  of  man. 

I  also  procured  an  animal  which  has  caused  not  a 
little  speculation  and  astonishment.  In  my  opinion, 
his  thick  coat  of  hair,  and  great  length  of  tail,  put  his 
species  out  of  all  question  ;  but  then,  his  face  and  head 
cause  the  inspector  to  pause  for  a  moment,  before  he 
ventures  to  pronounce  his  opinion  of  the  classification. 
He  was  a  large  animal,  and  as  I  was  pressed  for  day- 
light, and,  moreover,  felt  no  inclination  to  have  the 
whole  weight  of  his  body  upon  my  back,  I  contented 


FOURTH  JOURNEY.  253 

myself  with  his  head  and  shoulders,  which  I  cut  off : 
and  have  brought  them  with  me  to  Europe.*  I  have 
since  found  that  I  acted  quite  right  in  doing  so,  having 
had  enough  to  answer  for.  The  head  alone,  without 
saying  anything  of  his  hands  and  feet,  and  of  his  tail, 
which  is  an  appendage,  Lord  Kanies  asserts,  belongs 
to  us. 

The  features  of  this  animal  are  quite  of  the  Grecian 
cast ;  and  he  has  a  placidity  of  countenance  which 
shows  that  things  went  well  with  him  when  in  life. 
Some  gentlemen  of  great  skill  and  talent,  on  inspecting 
his  head,  were  convinced  that  the  whole  series  of  its 
features  has  been  changed.  Others  again  have  hesitated, 
and  betrayed  doubts,  not  being  able  to  make  up  their 
minds,  whether  it  be  possible  that  the  brute  features 
of  the  monkey  can  be  changed  into  the  noble  counte- 
nance of  man. — "  Scinditur.  vulgus."  One  might  argue 
at  considerable  length  on  this  novel  subject :  and  per- 
haps, after  all,  produce  little  more  than  prolix  pedantry. 
"  Vox  et  praeterea  nihil." 

Let  us  suppose  for  an  instant  that  it  is  a  new 
species.  "Well ;  "  Una  golondrina  no  hace  verano ;  "  One 
swallow  does  not  make  summer,  as  Sancho  Panza  says. 
Still,  for  all  that,  it  would  be  well  worth  while  going 
out  to  search  for  it ;  and  these  times  of  Pasco-Peruvian 
enterprise  are  favourable  to  the  undertaking.  Perhaps, 
gentle  reader,  you  would  wish  me  to  go  in  quest  of 
another.  I  would  beg  leave  respectfully  to  answer, 
that  the  way  is  dubious,  long,  and  dreary ;  and  though, 
unfortunately,  I  cannot  allege  the  excuse  of  "  me  pia 

«  My  young  friend,  Mr.  J.  H.  Foljambe,  eldest  son  of  Thomas  Foljamre, 
Esq.  of  Wakefield,  has  made  a  drawing  of  the  head  and  shoulders  of  this 
animal  (sue  Frontispiece),  and  it  is  certainly  a  most  correct  and  striking 
likeness  of  the  original. 


254  WANDERINGS  IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

conjux  detinet,"  still  I  would  fain  crave  a  little  repose. 
I  have  already  been  a  long  while  errant : — 

"  Longa  mihi  exilia,  et  vastum  marts  aequor  aravi, 
Ne  mandate  mihi,  nam  ego  sum  defessus  agendo." 

Should  anybody  be  induced  to  go,  great  and  innumer- 
able are  the  discoveries  yet  to  be  made  in  those  remote 
wilds  ;  and  should  he  succeed  in  bringing  home,  even 
a  head  alone,  with  features  as  perfect  as  those  of  that 
which  I  have  brought,  far  from  being  envious  of  him,  I 
should  consider  him  a  modern  Alcides,  fully  entitled  to 
register  a  thirteenth  labour.  !N"ow  if,  on  the  other 
hand,  we  argue,  that  this  head  in  question  has  had  all 
its  original  features  destroyed,  and  a  set  of  new  ones 
given  to  it,  by  what  means  has  this  hitherto  unheard- 
of  change  been  effected  ?  Nobody  in  any  of  our 
museums  has  yet  been  able  to  restore  the  natural 
features  to  stuffed  animals  ^  and  he  who  has  any  doubts 
of  this,  let  him  take  a  living  cat  or  dog  and  compare 
them  with  a  stuffed  cat  or  dog  in  any  of  the  first-rate 
museums.  A  momentary  glance  of  the  eye  would  soon 
settle  his  doubts  on  this  head. 

If  I  have  succeeded  in  effacing  the  features  of  a 
brute,  and  putting  those  of  a  man  in  their  place,  we 
might  be  entitled  to  say  that  the  sun  of  Proteus  has 
risen  to  our  museums  : — 

"  Unius  hie  faciem,  facies  transformat  in  omnea ; 
Nunc  homo,  nune  tigris  ;  nunc  equa,  nunc  mulier." 

If  I  have  effected  this,  we  can  now  give  to  one  side 
of  the  skin  of  a  man's  face  the  appearance  of  eighty 
years,  and  to  the  other  side  that  of  blooming  seventeen. 
We  could  make  the  forehead  and  eyes  serene  in  youth- 
ful beauty,  and  shape  the  mouth  and  jaws  to  the 
features  of  a  malicious  old  ape.  Here  is  a  new  field 


FOURTH   JOURNEY.  255 

opened  to  the  adventurous  and  experimental  natu- 
ralist :  I  have  trodden  it  up  and  down  till  I  am  almost 
weary.  To  get  at  it  myself  I  have  groped  through  an 
alley,  which  may  be  styled,  in  the  words  of  Ovid, — 

"  Ardnus,  obliquus,  caligine  densus  opaca." 

I  pray  thee,  gentle  reader,  let  me  out  awhile.  Time 
passes  on  apace  ;  and  I  want  to  take  thee  to  have  a 
peep  at  the  spots  where  mines  are  supposed  to  exist  in 
Guiana.  As  the  story  of  this  singular  head  has,  pro- 
bably, not  "been  made  out  to  thy  satisfaction,  perhaps 
(I  may  say  it  nearly  in  Corporal  Trim's  words)  on  some 
long  and  dismal  winter's  evening,  but  not  now,  I  may 
tell  thee  more  about  it ;  together  with  that  of  another 
head,  which  is  equally  striking. 

It  is  commonly  reported,  and  I  think  there  is  no 
reason  to  doubt  the  fact,  that  when  Demerara  and 
Essequibo  were  under  the  Dutch  flag,  there  were  mines 
of  gold  and  silver  opened  near  to  the  river  Essequibo. 
The  miners  were  not  successful  in  their  undertaking, 
and  it  is  generally  conjectured  that  their  failure  pro- 
ceeded from  inexperience. 

Xow,  when  you  ascend  the  Essequibo,  some  hundred 
miles  above  the  place  where  these  mines  are  said  to  be 
found,  you  get  into  a  high,  rocky,  and  mountainous 
country.  Here  many  of  the  mountains  have  a  very 
barren  aspect,  producing  only  a  few  stinted  shrubs,  and 
here  and  there  a  tuft  of  coarse  grass.  I  could  not  learn 
that  they  have  ever  been  explored,  and  at  this  day 
their  mineralogy  is  totally  unknown  to  us.  The  Indians 
are  so  thinly  scattered  in  this  part  of  the  country, 
that  there  would  be  no  impropriety  in  calling  it 
uninhabited  : — 

"  Apparent  rari  errantes  in  gurgite  vasto." 


256  WANDERINGS    IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

It  remains  to  be  yet  learnt,  whether  this  portion  of 
Guiana  be  worth  looking  after,  with  respect  to  its 
supposed  mines.  The  mining  speculations  at  present 
are  flowing  down  another  channel.  The  rage  in 
England  for  working  the  mines  of  other  states  has 
now  risen  to  such  a  pitch,  that  it  would  require  a 
considerable  degree  of  caution  in  a  mere  wanderer 
of  the  woods  in  stepping  forward  to  say  anything 
that  might  tend  to  raise  or  depress  the  spirits  of  the 
speculators. 

A  question  or  two,  however,  might  be  asked.  "When 
the  revolted  colonies  shall  have  repaired  in  some 
measure  the  ravages  of  war,  and  settled  their  own 
political  economy  upon  a  firm  foundation,  will  they 
quietly  submit  to  see  foreigners  carrying  away  those 
treasures  which  are  absolutely  part  of  their  own  soil,  and 
which  necessity  (necessity  has  no  law)  forced  them  to 
barter  away  in  their  hour  of  need  1  Now,  if  it  should 
so  happen  that  the  masters  of  the  country  begin  to  re- 
pent of  their  bargain,  and  become  envious  of  the  riches 
which  foreigners  carry  off,  many  a  teasing  law  might 
be  made,  and  many  a  vexatious  enaction  might  be  put 
in  force,  that  would,  in  all  probability,  bring  the  specu- 
lators into  trouble  and  disappointment. 

Besides  this  consideration,  there  is  another  circum- 
stance which  ought  not  to  be  overlooked.  I  allude  to 
the  change  of  masters  throughout  nearly  the  whole  of 
America.  It  is  a  curious  subject  for  the  European 
philosopher  to  moralize  upon,  and  for  the  politician  to 
examine.  The  more  they  consider  it,  the  more  they 
will  be  astonished.  If  we  may  judge  by  what  has 
already  taken  place,  we  are  entitled  to  predict  that,  in 
a  very  few  years  more,  no  European  banner  will  be 


FOURTH   JOURNEY.  257 

seen  to  float  in  any  part  of  the  New  "World.  Let  us 
take  a  cursory  view  of  it. 

England,  some  years  ago,  possessed  a  large  portion 
of  the  present  United  States ;  France  had  Louisiana ; 
Spain  held  the  Floridas,  Mexico,  Darien,  Terra  Firma, 
Buenos  Ayres,  Paraguay,  Chili,  Peru,  and  California; 
and  Portugal  ruled  the  whole  of  Brazil.  All  these 
immense  regions  are  now  independent  states.  England, 
to  be  sure,  still  has  Canada,  Nova  Scotia,  and  a  few 
creeks  on  the  coast  of  Labrador ;  also  a  small  settle- 
ment in  Honduras,  and  the  wilds  of  Demerara  and 
Essequibo ;  and  these  are  all.  France  has  not  a  foot 
of  ground,  except  the  forests  of  Cayenne.  Portugal  has 
lost  every  province ;  Spain  is  blockaded  in  nearly  her 
last  citadel ;  and  the  Dutch  flag  is  only  seen  in  Surinam. 
Nothing  more  now  remains  in  Europe  of  this  immense 
continent,  where,  but  a  very  few  years  ago,  she  reigned 
triumphant. 

With  regard  to  the  West  India  Islands,  they  may 
be  considered  as  the  mere  outposts  of  this  mammoth 
domain.  St.  Domingo  has  already  shaken  off"  her  old 
masters,  and  become  a  star  of  observation  to  the  rest 
of  the  sable  brethren.  The  anti-slavery  associations  of 
England,  full  of  benevolence  and  activity,  have  opened 
a  tremendous  battery  upon  the  last  remaining  forts 
which  the  lords  of  the  old  continent  still  hold  in  the 
New  World,  and,  in  all  probability,  will  not  cease  firing 
till  they  shall  have  caused  the  last  flag  to  be  struck  of 
Europe's  late  mighty  empire  in  the  transatlantic  regions. 
It  cannot  well  be  doubted,  but  that  the  sable  hordes  in 
the  West  Indies  will  like  to  follow  good  example,  when- 
ever they  shall  have  it  in  their  power  to  do  so. 

Now,  with  St.  Domingo  as  an  example  before  them, 
I 


258  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

how  long  will  it  be  before  they  try  to  raise  themselves 
into  independent  states  1  And  if  they  should  succeed 
in  crushing  us  in  these  our  last  remaining  tenements,  I 
would  bet  ten  to  one  that  none  of  the  new  governments 
will  put  on  mourning  for  our  departure  out  of  the  Xew 
World.  We  must  well  remember  that  our  own  govern- 
ment was  taxed  with  injustice  and  oppression  by  the 
United  States  during  their  great  struggle ;  and  the 
British  press  for  years  past  has,  and  is  still  teeming 
with  every  kind  of  abuse  and  unbecoming  satire  against 
Spain  and  Portugal,  for  their  conduct  towards  the  now 
revolted  colonies. 

France  also  comes  in  for  her  share  of  obloquy.  Now, 
this  being  the  case,  will  not  America  at  large  wish  most 
devoutly  for  the  day  to  come  when  Europe  shall  have 
no  more  dominion  over  her?  Will  she  not  say  to  us, 
"  Our  new  forms  of  government  are  very  different  from 
your  old  ones  1  We  will  trade  with  you ;  but  we  shall 
always  be  very  suspicious  of  you,  as  long  as  you  retain 
possession  of  the  West  Indies,  which  are,  as  we  may 
say,  close  to  our  door-steads.  You  must  be  very  cautious 
how  you  interfere  with  our  politics  ;  for,  if  we  find  you 
meddling  with  them,  and  by  that  means  cause  us  to 
come  to  loggerheads,  we  shall  be  obliged  to  send  you 
back  to  your  own  homes,  three  or  four  thousand  miles 
across  the  Atlantic ;  and  then,  with  that  great  ditch 
betwixt  us,  we  may  hope  we  shall  be  good  friends." 
He  who  casts  his  eye  on  the  East  Indies,  will  there  see 
.quite  a  different  state  of  things.  The  conquered  dis- 
tricts have  merely  changed  one  European  master  for 
another ;  and  I  believe  there  is  no  instance  of  any 
portion  of  the  East  Indies  throwing  off  the  yoke  of  the 
Europeans,  and  establishing  a  government  of  their  own. 


FOURTH   JOURNEY.  259 

Ye  who  are  versed  in  politics,  and  study  the  rise  and 
fall  of  empires,  and  know  what  is  good  for  civilized 
man,  and  what  is  bad  for  him, — or,  in  other  words, 
what  will  make  him  happy,  and  what  will  make  him 
miserable, — tell  us  how  comes  it  that  Europe  has  lost 
almost  her  last  acre  in  the  boundless  expanse  of  ter- 
ritory which  she  so  lately  possessed  in  the  West,  and 
still  contrives  to  hold  her  vast  property  in  the  extensive 
regions  of  the  East  ? 

But  whither  am  I  going  1  I  find  myself  uii  a  new 
and  dangerous  path.  Pardon,  gentle  reader,  this  sudden 
deviation.  Me  thinks  I  hear  thee  saying  to  me, — 

"Tramite  quo  tendis,  majoraque  viribus  audes." 

I  grant  that  I  have  erred,  but  I  will  do  so  no  more.  In 
general  I  avoid  politics ;  they  are  too  heavy  for  me, 
and  I  am  aware  that  they  have  caused  the  fall  of  many 
a  strong  and  able  man  :  they  require  the  shoulders  of 
Atlas  to  support  their  weight. 

When  I  was  in  the  rocky  mountains  of  Macoushia,  in 

Cocks  of  the  the  month  of  June,  1812,  I  saw  four  young 

Cocks  of  the  Eock  in  an  Indian's  hut ;  they 

had  been  taken  out  of  the  nest  that  week.     They  were 

of  a  uniform  dirty  brown  colour,  and  by  the  position  of 

the  young  feathers  upon  the  head,  you  might  see  that 

there  would  be  a  crest  there  when  the  bird  arrived  at 

maturity.    By  seeing  young  ones  in  the  month  of  June, 

I  immediately  concluded  that  the  old  cock  of  the  rock 

would  be  in  fine  plumage  from  the  end  of  November  to 

the  beginning  of  May  ;  and  that  the  naturalist  who  was 

in  quest  of  specimens  for  his  museum  ought  to  arrange 

his  plans  in  such  a  manner  as  to  be  able  to  get  into 

Macoushia  during  these  months.    However,  I  find  now 

s2 


260  WANDERINGS   IN    SOUTH   AMERICA. 

that  no  exact  period  can  be  fixed;  for  in  December, 
1824,  an  Indian  in  the  river  Demerara  gave  me  a  young 
cock  of  the  rock  not  a  month  old,  and  it  had  just  been 
brought  from  the  Macoushi  country.  By  having  a 
young  specimen  at  this  time  of  the  year,  it  puts  it  out 
of  one's  power  to  say  at  what  precise  time  the  old  birds 
are  in  full  plumage.  I  took  it  on  board  a  ship  with  me 
for  England ;  but  it  was  so  very  susceptible  of  cold, 
that  it  shivered  and  died,  three  days  after  we  had 
passed  Antigua. 

If  ever  there  should  be  a  great  demand  for  large  sup- 
indian-rub-  P^es  °f  gum-elastic,  commonly  called  Indian- 
rubber,  it  may  be  procured  in  abundance  far 
away  in  the  wilds  of  Demerara  and  Essequibo. 

Some  years  ago,  when  I  was  in  the  Macoushi  country, 
An  Indian  there  was  a  capital  trick  played  upon  me 
about  Indian-rubber.  It  is  almost  too  good 
to  be  left  ont  of  these  Wanderings,  and  it  shows  that  the 
wild  and  uneducated  Indian  is  not  without  abilities. 
Weary  and  sick,  and  feeble  through  loss  of  blood,  I 
arrived  at  some  Indian  huts,  which  were  about  two 
hours  distant  from  the  place  where  the  gum-elastic  trees 
grew.  After  a  day  and  a  night's  rest,  I  went  to  them, 
and  with  my  own  hands  made  a  fine  ball  of  pure  Indian- 
rubber  ;  it  hardened  immediately  as  it  became  exposed 
to  the  air,  and  its  elasticity  was  almost  incredible. 

While  procuring  it,  exposure  to  the  rain,  which  fell 
in  torrents,  brought  on  a  return  of  inflammation  in  the 
stomach,  and  I  was  obliged  to  have  recourse  again  to 
the  lancet,  and  to  use  it  with  an  unsparing  hand.  I 
wanted  another  ball,  but  was  not  in  a  state  the  next 
morning  to  proceed  to  the  trees.  A  fine  interesting 
young  Indian,  observing  my  eagerness  to  have  it,  ten- 


FOURTH   JOURNEY.  261 

dered  Ms  services,  and  asked  two  handfuls  of  fish-hooks 
for  his  trouble. 

Off  he  went,  and,  to  my  great  surprise,  returned  in  a 
very  short  time.  Bearing  in  mind  the  trouble  and  time 
it  had  cost  me  to  make  a  ball,  I  could  account  for  this 
Indian's  expedition  in  no  other  way,  except  that,  being 
an  inhabitant  of  the  forest,  he  knew  how  to  go  about 
his  work  in  a  much  shorter  way  than  I  did.  His  ball, 
to  be  sure,  had  very  little  elasticity  in  it.  I  tried  it 
repeatedly,  but  it  never  rebounded  a  yard  high.  The 
young  Indian  watched  me  with  great  gravity ;  and  when 
I  made  him  understand  that  I  expected  the  ball  would 
dance  better,  he  called  another  Indian,  who  knew  a 
little  English,  to  assure  me  that  I  might  be  quite  easy 
on  that  score.  The  young  rogue,  in  order  to  render  me 
a  complete  dupe,  brought  the  new  moon  to  his  aid. 
He  gave  me  to  imderstand  that  the  ball  was  like  the 
little  moon,  which  he  pointed  to,  and  by  the  time  it 
grew  big  and  old,  the  ball  would  bounce  beautifully. 
This  satisfied  me,  and  I  gave  him  the  fish-hooks,  which 
he  received  without  the  least  change  of  countenance. 

I  bounced  the  ball  repeatedly  for  two  months  after, 
but  I  found  that  it  still  remained  in  its  infancy.  At 
last  I  suspected  that  the  savage  (to  use  a  vulgar  phrase) 
had  come  Yorkshire  over  me,  and  so  I  determined  to 
find  out  how  he  had  managed  to  take  me  in.  I  cut  the 
ball  in  two,  and  then  saw  what  a  taut  trick  he  had 
played  me.  It  seems  he  had  chewed  some  leaves  into 
a  lump,  the  size  of  a  walnut,  and  then  dipped  them  in 
the  liquid  gum-elastic.  It  immediately  received  a  coat 
about  as  thick  as  a  sixpence.  He  then  rolled  some 
more  leaves  round  it,  and  gave  it  another  coat.  He 
seems  to  have  continued  this  process,  till  he  had  made 


262  WANDERINGS    IN   SOUTH   AMERICA. 

the  ball  considerably  larger  than  the  one  I  had  pro- 
cured ;  and,  in  order  to  put  his  roguery  out  of  all 
chance  of  detection,  he  made  the  last  and  outer  coat 
thicker  than  a  dollar.  This  Indian  would,  no  doubt, 
have  thriven  well  in  some  of  our  great  towns. 

Finding  that  the  rainy  season  was  coming  on,  I  left 

Returns  home  ^ne  wilds  of  Demerara  and  Essequibo  with 
to  England.  jegcti,  to  wards  the  close  of  December,  1824, 
and  reached  once  more  the  shores  of  England,  after  a 
long  and  unpleasant  passage. 

Ere  we  part,  kind  reader,  I  could  wish  to  draw  a 

Concluding  little  of  thy  attention  to  the  instructions 
remarks.  which  are  to  be  found  at  the  end  of  this 

book.  Twenty  years  have  now  rolled  away  since  I 
first  began  to  examine  the  specimens  of  zoology  in  our 
museums.  As  the  system  of  preparation  is  founded  in 
error,  nothing  but  deformity,  distortion,  and  dispro- 
portion will  be  the  result  of  the  best  intentions  and 
utmost  exertions  of  the  workman.  Canova's  education, 
taste,  and  genius  enabled  him  to  present  to  the  world 
statues  so  correct  and  beautiful,  that  they  are  worthy 
of  universal  admiration.  Had  a  common  stone-cutter 
tried  his  hand  upon  the  block  out  of  which  these  statues 
were  sculptured,  what  a  lamentable  want  of  symmetry 
and  fine  countenance  there  would  have  been !  Now, 
when  we  reflect  that  the  preserved  specimens  in  our 
museums  and  private  collections  are  always  done  upon 
a  wrong  principle,  and  generally  by  low  and  illiterate 
people,  whose  daily  bread  depends  upon  the  shortness 
of  time  in  which  they  can  get  through  their  work — and 
whose  opposition  to  the  true  way  of  preserving  spe- 
cimens can  only  be  surpassed  by  their  obstinacy  in 
adhering  to  the  old  method, — can  we  any  longer  wonder 


FOURTH  JOURNEY.  263 

at  their  want  of  success,  or  hope  to  see  a  single  specimen 
produced  that  will  be  worth  looking  at  ?  With  this  I 
conclude,  hoping  that  thou  hast  received  some  informa- 
tion, and  occasionally  had  a  smile  upon  thy  countenance, 
while  perusing  these  "Wanderings;"  and  begging,  at 
the  same  time,  to  add,  that, 


Well  1  know  thy  penetration 

Many  a  stain  and  blot  will  see, 
In  the  languid  long  narration 

Of  my  sylvan  errantry. 

For  the  pen  too  oft  was  weary, 

In  the  wandering  writer's  hand, 
As  he  roved  through  deep  and  dreary 

Forests,  in  a  distant  land. 

Show  thy  mercy,  gentle  reader, 

Let  him  not  entreat  in  vain : 
It  will  be  his  strength's  best  feeder, 

Should  he  ever  go  again. 

And  who  knows  how  soon,  complaining 

Of  a  cold  and  wifeless  home, 
He  may  leave  it,  and  again  in 

Equatorial  regions  roam  ? 

c.  w 


PRESERVING  BIRDS 


CABINETS   OF  NATURAL  HISTORY. 


WERE  you  to  pay  as  much,  attention  to  birds  as  the 
sculptor  does  to  the  human  frame,  you  would  imme- 
diately see,  on  entering  a  museum,  that  the  specimens 
are  not  well  done. 

This  remark  will  not  be  thought  severe,  when  you 
reflect  that, — that  which  once  was  a  bird  has  probably 
been  stretched,  stuffed,  stiffened,  and  wired  by  the 
hand  of  a  common  clown.  Consider,  likewise,  how  the 
plumage  must  have  been  disordered  by  too  much 
stretching  or  drying,  and  perhaps  sullied,  or  at  least 
deranged,  by  the  pressure  of  a  coarse  and  heavy  hand, 
— plumage  which,  ere  life  had  fled  from  within  it,  was 
accustomed  to  be  touched  by  nothing  rougher  than  the 
dew  of  heaven,  and  the  pure  and  gentle  breath  of  air. 
In  dissecting,  three  things  are  necessary 

Dissecting.  ,     .„        ,        , 

to  ensure  success,  viz.  a  penknife,  a  hand  not 
coarse  or  clumsy,  and  practice.  The  first  will  furnish 
you  with  the  means,  the  second  will  enable  you  to 
dissect,  and  the  third  cause  you  to  dissect  well.  These 
may  be  called  the  mere  mechanical  requisites. 


ON   PRESERVING  BIRDS.  265 

In  stuffing,  you  require  cotton,  a  needle  and  thread, 

a  little  stick,  the  size  of  a  common  knitting- 
stuffing. 

needle,  glass  eyes,  a  solution  of  corrosive  sub- 
limate, and  any  kind  of  a  common  temporary  box  to 
hold  the  specimen.  These  also  may  go  under  the  same 
denomination  as  the  former.  But  if  you  wish  to  excel 
in  the  art,  if  you  wish  to  be  in  ornithology  what  Angelo 
was  in  sculpture,  you  must  apply  to  profound  study, 
and  your  own  genius  to  assist  you.  And  these  may  be 
called  the  scientific  requisites. 

You  must  have  a  complete  knowledge  of 

Requisite  to 

have  a  thorough  ornithological  anatomy.   You  must  pav  close 

knowledge   of  j  r   * 

ornithological   attention  to  the  form  and  attitude  of  the 

Anatomy.  n  . 

bird,  and  know  exactly  the  proportion  each 
curve,  or  extension,  or  contraction,  or  expansion  of  any 
particular  part  bears  to  the  rest  of  the  body.  In  a 
word,  you  must  possess  Promethean  boldness,  and  bring 
down  fire,  and  animation,  as  it  were,  into  your  pre- 
served specimen. 

Repair  to  the  haunts  of  birds,  on  plains  and  moun- 
Examinethe  tains,  forests,  swamps,  and  lakes,  and  give 
th^orders'of  UP  your  time  to  examine  the  economy  of 
the  different  orders  of  birds. 

Then  you  will  place  your  eagle,  in  attitude  command- 
ing, the  same  as  Nelson  stood  in,  in  the  day  of  battle, 
on  the  Victory's  quarter-deck.  Your  pie  will  seem 
crafty,  and  just  ready  to  take  flight,  as  though  fearful 
of  being  surprised  in  some  mischievous  plunder.  Your 
sparrow  will  retain  its  wonted  pertness,  by  means  of 
placing  his  tail  a  little  elevated,  and  giving  a  moderate 
arch  to  the  neck.  Your  vulture  will  show  his  sluggish 
habits,  by  having  his  body  nearly  parallel  to  the  earth  ; 
his  wings  somewhat  drooping,  and  their  extremities 


266  ON    PRESERVING   BIRDS. 

under   the   tail,    instead   of  above   it, — expressive   of 
ignoble  indolence. 

Your  dove  will  be  in  artless,  fearless  innocence ;  look- 
ing mildly  at  you,  with  its  neck,  not  too  much  stretched, 
as  if  uneasy  in  its  situation ;  or  drawn  too  close  into 
the  shoulders,  like  one  wishing  to  avoid  a  discovery; 
but  in  moderate,  perpendicular  length,  supporting  the 
head  horizontally,  which  will  set  off  the  breast  to  the 
best  advantage.  And  the  breast  ought  to  be  conspi- 
cuous, and  have  this,  attention  paid  to  it :  for  when  a 
young  lady  is  sweet  and  gentle  in  her  manners,  kind 
and  affable  to  those  around  her ;  when  her  eyes  stand 
in  tears  of  pity  for  the  woes  of  others,  and  she  puts  a 
small  portion  of  what  Providence  has  blessed  her  with 
into  the  hand  of  imploring  poverty  and  hunger,  then 
we  say,  she  has  the  breast  of  a  turtle-dove. 

You  will  observe  how  beautifully  the  fea- 

The  feathers.  ,  „  ,,. 

thers  of  a  bird  are  arranged ;  one  tailing 
over  the  other  in  nicest  order ;  and  that,  where  this 
charming  harmony  is  interrupted,  the  defect,  though 
not  noticed  by  an  ordinary  spectator,  will  appear  im- 
mediately to  the  eye  of  a  naturalist.  Thus,  a  bird  not 
wounded,  and  in  perfect  feather,  must  be  procured  if 
possible ;  for  the  loss  of  feathers  can  seldom  be  made 
good  ;  and  where  the  deficiency  is  great,  all  the  skill  of 
the  artist  will  avail  him  little  in  his  attempt  to  conceal 
the  defect ;  because,  in  order  to  hide  it,  he  must  con- 
tract the  skin,  bring  down  the  upper  feathers,  and 
shove  in  the  lower  ones,  which  would  throw  all  the 
surrounding  parts  into  contortion. 

You  will  also  observe,  that  the  whole  of  the  skin 
does  not  produce  feathers,  and  that  it  is  very  tender 
where  ,the  feathers  do  not  grow.  The  bare  parts  are 


OX    PRESERVING    BIRDS.  267 

admirably  formed  for  expansion  about  the  throat  and 
stomach ;  arid  they  fit  into  the  different  cavities  of  the 
body  at  the  wings,  shoulders,  rump,  and  thighs,  with 
wonderful  exactness;  so  that  in  stuffing  the  bird,  if 
you  make  an  even  rotund  surface  of  the  skin,  where 
these  cavities  existed,  in  lieu  of  reforming  them,  all 
symmetry,  order,  and  proportion  are  lost  for  ever. 

You  must  lay  it  down  as  an  absolute  rule,  that  the 
bird  is  to  be  entirely  skinned,  otherwise  you  can  never 
succeed  in  forming  a  true  and  pleasing  specimen. 

You  will  allow  this  to  be  just,  after  reflecting  a 
moment  on  the  nature  of  the  fleshy  parts  and  tendons, 
which  are  often  left  in :  1st,  they  require  to  be  well 
seasoned  with  aromatic  spices ;  2dly,  they  must  be  put 
into  the  oven  to  dry  ;  3dly,  the  heat  of  the  fire,  and 
the  natural  tendency  all  cured  flesh  has  to  shrink  and 
become  hard,  render  the  specimen  withered,  distorted, 
and  too  small ;  4thly,  the  inside  then  becomes  like  a 
ham,  or  any  other  dried  meat.  Ere  long  the  insects 
claim  it  as  their  own ;  the  feathers  begin  to  drop  off, 
and  you  have  the  hideous  spectacle  of  death  in  ragged 
plumage. 

Wire  is  of  no  manner  of  use,  but,  on  the  contrary,  a 
great  nuisance ;  for  where  it  is  introduced,  a  disagree- 
able stiffness  and  derangement  of  symmetry  follow. 

The  head  and  neck  can  be  placed  in  any  attitude,  the 
body  supported,  the  wings  closed,  extended,  or  elevated, 
the  tail  depressed,  raised,  or  expanded,  the  thighs  set 
horizontal  or  oblique,  without  any  aid  from  wire. 
Cotton  will  effect  all  this. 

A  very  small  proportion  of  the  skull  bone,  say,  from 
the  forepart  of  the  eyes  to  the  bill,  is  to  be  left  in ; 
though  even  this  is  not  absolutely  necessary.  Part  of 


268  ON   PRESERVING   BIRDS. 

the  wing-bones,  the  jaw-bones,  and  half  of  the  thigh- 
bones, remain.  Everything  else,  flesh,  fat,  eyes,  bones, 
brains,  and  tendons,  are  all  to  be  taken  away. 

While  dissecting,  it  will  be  of  use  to  keep 

rections.al   '   ^-  naind, — That,  in  taking  off  the  skin  from 

the  body,  by  means  of  your  fingers  and  a 

little  knife,  you  must  try  to  shove  it  in  lieu  of  pulling 

it,  lest  you  stretch  it. 

That  you  must  press  as  lightly  as  possible  on  the 
bird,  and  every  now  and  then  take  a  view  of  it,  to  see 
that  the  feathers,  &c.  are  all  right. 

That,  when  you  come  to  the  head,  you  must  take 
care  that  the  body  of  the  skin  rests  on  your  knee  ; 
for  if  you  allow  it  to  dangle  from  your  hand,  its  own 
weight  will  stretch  it  too  much. 

That,  throughout  the  whole  operation,  as  fast  as  you 
detach  the  skin  from  the  body,  you  must  put  cotton 
immediately  betwixt  the  body  and  it ;  and  this  will 
effectually  prevent  any  fat,  blood,  or  moisture  from 
coming  in  contact  with  the  plumage.  Here  it  may  be 
observed,  that  on  the  belly  you  find  an  inner  skin, 
which  keeps  the  bowels  in  their  place.  By  a  nice  opera- 
tion with  the  knife,  you  can  cut  through  the  outer  skin 
and  leave  the  inner  skin  whole.  Attention  to  this  will 
render  your  work  very  clean ;  so  that,  with  a  little  care 
in  other  parts,  you  may  skin  a  bird  without  even  soiling 
your  finger  ends. 

As  you  can  seldom  get  a  bird  without  shooting  it,  a 
line  or  two  on  this  head  will  be  necessary.  If  the  bird 
be  still  alive,  press  it  hard  with  your  finger  and  thumb, 
just  behind  the  wings,  and  it  will  soon  expire.  Carry 
it  by  the  legs,  and  then  the  body  being  reversed,  the 
blood  cannot  escape  down  the  plumage  through  the 


ON    PRESERVING   BIRDS.  269 

shot  holes.  As  blood  will  often  have  issued  out  before 
you  have  laid  hold  of  the  bird,  find  out  the  shot  holes, 
by  dividing  the  feathers  with  your  fingers  and  blowing 
on  them,  and  then,  with  your  penknife,  or  the  leaf  of 
a  tree,  carefully  remove  the  clotted  blood,  and  put  a 
little  cotton  on  the  hole.  If,  after  all,  the  plumage  has 
not  escaped  the  marks  of  blood  ;  or  if  it  has  imbibed 
slime  from  the  ground,  wash  the  part  in  water,  without 
soap,  and  keep  gently  agitating  the  feathers,  with  your 
fingers,  till  they  are  quite  dry.  Were  you  to  wash 
them,  and  leave  them  to  dry  by  themselves,  they  would 
have  a  very  mean  and  shrivelled  appearance. 

In  the  act  of  skinning  a  bird,  you  must 
ning  the  tod"  either  have  it  upon  a  table,  or  upon  your 
knee.  Probably,  you  will  prefer  your  knee  ; 
because  when  you  cross  one  knee  over  the  other,  and 
have  the  bird  upon  the  uppermost,  you  can  raise  it  to 
your  eye,  or  lower  it,  at  pleasure,  by  means  of  the  foot 
on  the  ground,  and  then  your  knee  will  always  move 
in  unison  with  your  body,  by  which  much  stooping 
will  be  avoided  and  lassitude  prevented. 

With  these  precautionary  hints  in  mind,  we  will  now 
proceed  to  dissect  a  bird.  Suppose  we  take  a  hawk. 
The  little  birds  will  thank  us,  with  a  song,  for  his  death, 
for  he  has  oppressed  them  sorely;  and  in  size  he  is 
just  the  thing.  His  skin  is  also  pretty  tough,  and  the 
feathers  adhere  to  it. 

We  will  put  close  by  us  a  little  bottle  of  the  solution 
of  corrosive  sublimate  in  alcohol ;  also  a  stick  like  a 
common  knitting  needle,  and  a  handful  or  two  of 
cotton.  !Xow  fill  the  mouth  and  nostrils  of  the  bird 
with  cotton,  and  place  it  upon  your  knee  on  its  back, 
with  its  head  pointing  to  your  left  shoulder.  Take 


270  ON   PRESERVING   BIRDS. 

hold  of  the  knife  with  your  two  first  fingers  and 
thumb,  the  edge  upwards.  You  must  not  keep  the 
point  of  the  knife  perpendicular  to  the  body  of  the 
bird  ;  because,  were  you  to  hold  it  so,  you  would  cut 
the  inner  skin  of  the  belly,  and  thus  let  the  bowels  out. 
To  avoid  this,  let  your  knife  be  parallel  to  the  body, 
and  then  you  will  divide  the  outer  skin  with  great 
ease. 

Begin  on  the  belly  below  the  breast-bone,  and  cut 
down  the  middle,  quite  to  the  vent.  This  done,  put 
the  bird  in  any  convenient  position,  and  separate  the 
skin  from  the  body,  till  you  get  at  the  middle  joint  of 
the  thigh.  Cut  it  through,  and  do  nothing  more  there 
at  present,  except  introducing  cotton  all  the  way  on 
that  side,  from  the  vent  to  the  breast- bone.  Do  exactly 
the  same  on  the  opposite  side. 

Now  place  the  bird  perpendicular,  its  breast  resting 
on  your  knee,  with  its  back  towards  you.  Separate  the 
skin  from  the  body  on  each  side  of  the  vent,  and  never 
mind  at  present  the  part  from  the  vent  to  the  root  of 
the  tail.  Bend  the  tail  gently  down  to  the  back,  and 
while  your  finger  and  thumb  are  keeping  down  the 
detached  parts  of  the  skin  on  each  side  of  the  vent, 
cut  quite  across,  and  deep,  till  you  see  the  back-bone, 
near  the  oil-gland  at  the  root  of  the  tail.  Sever  the 
back-bone  at  the  joint,  and  then  you  have  all  the  root 
of  the  tail,  together  with  the  oil-gland,  dissected  from 
the  body.  Apply  plenty  of  cotton. 

After  this,  seize  the  end  of  the  back-bone  with  your 
finger  and  thumb  :  and  now  you  can  hold  up  the  bird 
clear  of  your  knee,  and  turn  it  round  and  round,  as 
occasion  requires.  While  you  are  holding  it  thus,  con- 
trive, with  the  help  of  your  other  hand  and  knife,  by 


ON   PRESERVING   BIRDS.  271 

cutting  and  shoving,  to  get  the  skin  pushed  up  till  you 
come  to  where  the  wing  joins  on  to  the  body. 

Forget  not  to  apply  cotton  ;  cut  this  joint  through  ; 
do  the  same  at  the  other  wing,  add  cotton,  and  gently 
push  the  skin  over  the  head  ;  cut  out  the  roots  of  the 
ears,  which  lie  very  deep  in  the  head,  and  continue 
skinning  till  you  reach  the  middle  of  the  eye  ;  cut  the 
nictitating  membrane  quite  through,  otherwise  you 
would  tear  the  orbit  of  the  eye  ;  and  after  this,  nothing 
difficult  intervenes  to  prevent  your  arriving  at  the  root 
of  the  bill. 

"When  this  is  effected,  cut  away  the  body,  leaving  a 
little  bit  of  skull,  just  as  much  as  will  reach  to  the 
forepart  of  the  eye ;  clean  well  the  jaw-bones,  fasten  a 
little  cotton  at  the  end  of  your  stick,  dip  it  into  the 
solution,  and  touch  the  skull  and  corresponding  part 
of  the  skin,  as  you  cannot  well  get  to  these  places 
afterwards.  From  the  time  of  pushing  the  skin  over  the 
head,  you  are  supposed  to  have  the  bird  resting  upon 
your  knee ;  keep  it  there  still,  and  with  great  caution 
and  tenderness  return  the  head  through  the  inverted 
skin,  and  when  you  see  the  beak  appearing,  pull  it 
very  gently  till  the  head  comes  out  unruffled  and 
unstained. 

You  may  now  take  the  cotton  out  of  the  mouth ;  cut 
away  all  the  remaining  flesh  at  the  palate,  and  what- 
ever may  have  remained  at  the  under  jaw. 

Here  is  now  before  you  the  skin,  without  loss  of  any 
feathers,  and  all  the  flesh,  fat,  and  uncleaned  bones  out 
of  it,  except  the  middle  joint  of  the  wings,  one  bone  of 
the  thighs,  and  fleshy  root  of  the  tail  The  extreme 
point  of  the  wing  is  very  small,  and  has  no  flesh  on  it, 
comparatively  speaking,  so  that  it  requires  no  attention, 


272  ON   PRESERVING   BIRDS. 

except  touching  it  with  the  solution  from  the  outside. 
Take  all  the  flesh  from  the  remaining  joint  of  the 
wing,  and  tie  a  thread  about  four  inches  long  to  the  end 
of  it ;  touch  all  with  -  the  solution,  and  put  the  wing- 
bone  back  into  its  place.  In  baring  this  bone  you 
must  by  no  means  pull  the  skin ;  you  would  tear  it 
to  pieces  beyond  all  doubt,  for  the  ends  of  the  long 
feathers  are  attached  to  the  bone  itself;  you  must  push 
off  the  skin  with  your  thumb-nail  and  fore-finger. 
Now  skin  the  thigh  quite  to  the  knee ;  cut  away  all 
flesh  and  tendons,  and  leave  the  bone  :  form  an  arti- 
ficial thigh  round  it  with  cotton  ;  apply  the  solution, 
and  draw  back  the  skin  over  the  artificial  thigh  :  the 
same  to  the  other  thigh. 

Lastly,  proceed  to  the  tail ;  take  out  the  inside  of 
the  oil-gland,  remove  all  the  remaining  flesh  from  the 
root,  till  you  see  the  ends  of  the  tail  feathers  ;  give  it 
the  solution,  and  replace  it.  Now  take  out  all  the  cotton 
which  you  have  been  putting  into  the  body  from  time 
to  time  to  preserve  the  feathers  from  grease  and  stains. 
Place  the  bird  upon  your  knee  on  its  back ;  tie  together 
the  two  threads  which  you  had  fastened  to  the  end  of 
the  wing-joints,  leaving  exactly  the  same  space  betwixt 
them  as  your  knowledge  in  anatomy  informs  you 
existed  there  when  the  bird  was  entire ;  ,hold  the 
skin  open  with  your  finger  and  thumb,  and  apply 
the  solution  to  every  part  of  the  inside.  Neglect 
the  head  and  neck  at  present ;  they  are  to  receive  it 
afterwards. 

Fill  the  body  moderately  with  cotton,  lest  the  feathers 
on  the  belly  should  be  injured  whilst  you  are  about 
the  following  operation.  You  must  recollect  that  half 
of  the  thigh,  or  in  other  words,  one  joint  of  the  thigh- 


ON   PRESERVING  BIRDS.  273 

bone,  has  been  cut  away.  Now,  as  this  bone  never 
moved  perpendicularly  to  the  body,  but  on  the  contrary 
in  an  oblique  direction,  of  course,  as  soon  as  it  is  cut 
off,  the  remaining  part  of  the  thigh  and  leg,  having 
nothing  now  to  support  them  obliquely,  must  naturally 
fall  to  their  perpendicular.  Hence  the  reason  why  the 
legs  appear  considerably  too  long.  To  correct  this, 
take  your  needle  and  thread,  fasten  the  end  round  the 
bone  inside,  and  then  push  the  needle  through  the  skin 
just  opposite  to  it.  Look  on  the  outside,  and  after 
finding  the  needle  amongst  the  feathers,  tack  up  the 
thigh  under  the  wing  with  several  strong  stitches. 
This  will  shorten  the  thigh,  and  render  it  quite  capable 
of  supporting  the  weight  of  the  body  without  the  help 
of  wire.  This  done,  take  out  every  bit  of  cotton,  ex- 
cept the  artificial  thighs,  and  adjust  the  wing-bones 
(which  are  connected  by  the  thread)  in  the  most  even, 
manner  possible,  so  that  one  joint  does  not  appear  to, 
lie  lower  than  the  other ;  for  unless  they  are  quite 
equal,  the  wings  themselves  will  be  unequal,  when  you 
come  to  put  them  in  their  proper  attitude.  Here  then 
rests  the  shell  of  the  poor  hawk,  ready  to  receive,  from 
your  skill  and  judgment,  the  size,  the  shape,  the  features 
and  expression  it  had,  ere  death,  and  your  dissecting 
hand,  brought  it  to  its  present  still  and  formless  state. 
The  cold  hand  of  death  stamps  deep  its  mark  upon 
the  prostrate  victim.  When  the  heart  ceases  to  beat, 
and  the  blood  no  longer  courses  through  the  veins,  the 
features  collapse,  and  the  whole  frame  seems  to  shrink 
within  itself.  If  then  you  have  formed  your  idea  of 
the  real  appearance  of  the  bird  from  a  dead  specimen, 
you  will  be  in  error.  With  this  in  mind,  and  at  the 
same  time  forming  your  specimen  a  trifle  larger  than 
T 


274  ON    PRESERVING  BIRDS. 

life,  to  make  up  for  what  it  will  lose  in  drying,  you  will 
reproduce  a  bird  that  will  please  you. 

It  is  now  time  to  introduce  the  cotton  for  an  arti- 
ficial body,  by  means  of  the  little  stick  like  a  knitting 
needle  ;  and  without  any  other  aid  or  substance  than 
that  of  this  little  stick  and  cotton,  your  own  genius 
must  produce  those  swellings  and  cavities,  that  just 
proportion,  that  elegance  and  harmony  of  the  whole,  so 
much  admired  in  animated  nature,  so  little  attended 
to  in  preserved  specimens.  After  you  have  introduced 
the  cotton,  sew  up  the  orifice  you  originally  made  in 
the  belly,  beginning  at  the  vent.  And  from  time  to 
time,  till  you  arrive  at  the  last  stitch,  keep  adding  a 
little  cotton,  in  order  that  there  may  be  no  deficiency 
there.  Lastly,  dip  your  stick  into  the  solution,  and 
put  it  down  the  throat  three  or  four  times,  in  order 
that  every  part  may  receive  it. 

When  the  head  and  neck  are  filled  with  cotton  quite 
to  your  liking,  close  the  bill  as  in  nature.  A  little  bit 
of  bees'-wax  at  the  point  of  it  will  keep  the  mandibles 
in  their  proper  place.  A  needle  must  be  stuck  into  the 
lower  mandible  perpendicularly.  You  will  shortly  see 
the  use  of  it.  Bring  also  the  feet  together  by  a  pin, 
and  then  run  a  thread  through  the  knees,  by  which  you 
may  draw  them  to  each  other,  as  near  as  you  judge 
proper.  Nothing  now  remains  to  be  added  but  the 
eyes.  "With  your  little  stick  make  a  hollow  in  the 
cotton  within  the  orbit,  and  introduce  the  glass  eyes 
through  the  orbit.  Adjust  the  orbit  to  them,  as  in 
nature,  and  that  requires  no  other  fastener. 

Your  close  inspection  of  the  eyes  of  animals  will 
already,  have  informed  you  that  the  orbit  is  capable  of 
receiving  a  much  larger  body  than  that  part  of  the  eye 


ON   PRESERVING   BIRDS.  2/5 

which  appears  within  it  when  in  life.  So  that,  were 
you  to  proportion  your  eye  to  the  size  the  orbit  is 
capable  of  receiving,  it  would  be  far  too  large.  In- 
attention to  this  has  caused  the  eyes  of  every  specimen, 
in  the  best  cabinets  of  natural  history,  to  be  out  of  all 
proportion.  To  prevent  this,  contract  the  orbit,  by 
means  of  a  very  small  delicate  needle  and  thread,  at 
that  part  of  it  furthest  from  the  beak.  This  may  be 
done  with  such  nicety,  that  the  stitch  cannot  be  ob- 
served ;  and  thus  you  have  the  artificial  eye  in  true 
proportion. 

After  this,  touch  the  bill,  orbits,  feet,  and  former 
oil-gland  at  the  root  of  the  tail,  with  the  solution,  and 
then  you  have  given  to  the  hawk  everything  necessary, 
except  attitude,  and  a  proper  degree  of  elasticity,  two 
qualities  very  essential. 

Procure  any  common  ordinary  box  ;  fill  one  end  of 
it,  about  three-fourths  up  to  the  top,  with  cotton, 
forming  a  sloping  plane'.  Make  a  moderate  hollow  in 
it  to  receive  the  bird.  !N~ow  take  the  hawk  in  your 
hands,  and,  after  putting  the  wings  in  order,  place  it 
in  the  cotton,  with  its  legs  in  a  sitting  posture.  The 
head  will  fall  down.  Never  mind.  Get  a  cork,  and 
run  three  pins  into  the  end,  just  like  a  three-legged 
stool.  Place  it  under  the  bird's  bill,  and  run  the 
needle,  which  you  formerly  fixed  there,  into  the  head 
of  the  cork.  This  will  support  the  bird's  head  ad- 
mirably. If  you  wish  to  lengthen  the  neck,  raise  the 
cork,  by  putting  more  cotton  under  it.  If  the  head  is 
to  be  brought  forward,  bring  the  cork  nearer  to  the  end 
of  the  box.  If  it  requires  to  be  set  backwards  on  the 
shoulders,  move  back  the  cork. 

As  in  drying,  the  back  part  of  the  neck  will  shrink 


276  ON   PRESERVING   BIRDS. 

more  than  the  fore  part,  and  thus  throw  the  beak 
higher  than  you  wish  it  to  be,  putting  you  in  mind 
of  a  star-gazing  horse,  prevent  this  fault,  by  tying  a 
thread  to  the  beak,  and  fastening  it  to  the  end  of  the 
'box  with  a  pin  or  needle.  If  you  choose  to  elevate 
the  wings,  do  so,  and  support  them  with  cotton;  and 
should  you  wish  to  have  them  particularly  high,  apply 
a  little  stick  under  each  wing,  and  fasten  the  end  of 
them  to  the  side  of  the  box  with  a  little  bees' -wax. 

If  you  would  have  the  tail  expanded,  reverse  the 
order  of  the  feathers,  beginning  from  the  two  middle 
ones.  When  dry,  replace  them  in  their  true  order, 
and  the  tail  will  preserve  for  ever  the  expansion  you 
have  given  it.  Is  the  crest  to  be  erect  ?  Move  the 
feathers  in  a  contrary  direction  to  that  in  which  they 
lie,  for  a  day  or  two,  and  it  will  never  fall  down  after. 

Place  the  box  anywhere  in  your  room,  out  of  the 
influence  of  the  sun,  wind,  and  fire,  for  the  specimen 
must  dry  very  slowly,  if  you  wish  to  reproduce  every 
feature.  On  this  account,  the  solution  of  corrosive 
sublimate  is  uncommonly  serviceable  ;  for  at  the  same 
time  that  it  totally  prevents  putrefaction,  it  renders 
the  skin  moist  and  flexible  for  many  days.  "While 
the  bird  is  drying,  take  it  out,  and  replace  it  in  its 
position  once  every  day.  Then  if  yeu  see  that  any 
part  begins  to  shrink  into  disproportion,  you  can  easily 
remedy  it. 

The  small  covert  feathers  of  the  wings  are  apt  to 
rise  a  little,  because  the  skin  will  come  in  contact 
with  the  bone  which  remains  in  the  wing.  Pull  gently 
the  part  that  rises,  with  your  finger  and  thumb,  for  a 
day  or  two.  Press  the  feathers  down.  The  skin  will 
adhere  no  more  to  the  bone,  and  they  will  cease  to  rise. 


ON    PRESERVING    BIRDS.  277 

Every  now  and  then  touch,  and  retouch  all  the 
different  parts  of  the  features,  in  order  to  render  them 
distinct  and  visible,  correcting  at  the  same  time  any 
harshness,  or  unnatural  risings  or  sinkings,  flatness  or 
rotundity.  This  is  putting  the  last  finishing  hand 
to  it. 

In  three  or  four  days  the  feet  lose  their  natural  elas- 
ticitj-,  and  the  knees  begin  to  stiffen.  "When  you 
observe  this,  it  is  time  to  give  the  legs  any  angle  you 
wish,  and  arrange  the  toes  for  a  standing  position,  or 
curve  them  to  your  finger.  If  you  wish  to  set  the  bird 
on  a  branch,  bore  a  little  hole  under  each  foot,  a  little 
way  up  the  leg ;  and  having  fixed  two  proportional 
spikes  on  the  branch,  you  can,  in  a  moment,  transfer 
the  bird  from  your  finger  to  it,  and  from  it  to  your 
finger,  at  pleasure. 

When  the  bird  is  quite  dry,  pull  the  thread  out  of 
the  knees,  take  away  the  needle,  &c.  from  under  the 
bill,  and  all  is  done.  In  lieu  of  being  stiff  with  wires, 
the  cotton  will  have  given  a  considerable  elasticity  to 
every  part  of  your  bird  ;  so  that,  when  perching  on 
your  finger,  if  you  press  it  down  with  your  other  hand, 
it  will  rise  again.  You  need  not  fear  that  your  hawk 
will  alter,  or  its  colours  fade.  The  alcohol  has  intro- 
duced the  sublimate  into  every  part  and  pore  of  the 
skin,  quite  to  the  roots  of  the  feathers.  Its  use  is  two- 
fold. 1st.  It  has  totally  prevented  all  tendency  to 
putrefaction ;  and  thus  a  sound  skin  has  attached  itself 
to  the  roots  of  the  feathers.  You  may  take  hold  of  a 
single  one,  and  from  it  suspend  five  times  the  weight 
of  the  bird.  You  may  jerk  it ;  it  will  still  adhere  to 
the  skin,  and,  after  repeated  trials,  often  break  short. 
2dly.  As  no  part  of  the  skin  has  escaped  receiving  par 


278 

tides  of  sublimat 
a  spot  exposed  to  j 
will  never  ventur 
received  corrosive  | 

You  are  aware 
fatal  poison  to  ii 
trescent — so  is  ale 
of  course  they  car 
spirit  penetrates 
velocity,  deposits 
and  flies  off.     The 
and  nothing  can 
alcohol  has  left  it. I 

Furs   of  animal 
retain  their  pristine  brightness  and  durability  in  any 
climate. 

Take  the  finest  curled  feather  from  a  lady's  head, 
dip  it  in  the  solution,  and  shake  it  gently  till  it  be 
dry ;  you  will  find  that  the  spirit  will  fly  off  in  a  few 
minutes,  not  a  curl  in  the  feather  will  be  injured,  and 
the  sublimate  will  preserve  it  from  the  depredation  of 
the  insect. 

Perhaps  it  may  be  satisfactory  to  add  here,  that, 
some  years  ago,  I  did  a  bird  upon  this  plan  in  Deme- 
rara.  It  remained  there  two  years.  It  was  then  con- 
veyed to  England,  where  it  stayed  five  months,  and 
returned  to  Demerara.  After  being  four  years  more 
there,  it  was  conveyed  back  again  through  the  West 
Indies  to  England,  where  it  has  now  been  near  five 
years,  unfaded  and  unchanged. 

*  All  the  feathers  require  to  be  touched  with  the  solution,  in  order  that 
they  may  be  preserved  from  the  depredation  of  the  moth.  The  surest  way 
of  proceeding  is,  to  immerse  the  bird  in  the  solution  of  corrosive  sublimate, 
and  then  dry  it  before  you  begin  to  dissect  it. 


ON    PRESERVING   BIRDS.  279 

On  reflecting  that  this  bird  has  been  twice  in  the 
temperate  and  torrid  zone,  and  remained  some  years 
in  the  hot  and  humid  climate  of  Demerara,  only  six 
degrees  from  the  line,  and  where  almost  everything 
becomes  a  prey  to  the  insect,  and  that  it  is  still  as  sound 
and  bright  as  when  it  was  first  done,  it  will  not  be 
thought  extravagant  to  surmise  that  this  specimen  will 
retain  its  pristine  form  and  colours  for  years  after  the 
hand  that  stuffed  it  has  mouldered  into  dust. 

I  have  shown  this  art  to  the  naturalists  in  Brazil, 
Cayenne,  Demerara,  Oroonoque,  and  Rome,  and  to  the 
royal  cabinets  of  Turin  and  Florence.  A  severe  accident 
prevented  me  from  communicating  it  to  the  cabinet  of 
Paris,  according  to  my  promise.  A  word  or  two  more, 
and  then  we  will  conclude. 

A  little  time  and  experience  will  enable  you  to  pro- 
duce a  finished  specimen.  "  Mox  similis  volucri,  mox 
vera  volucris."  If  your  early  performance  should  not 
correspond  with  your  expectations,  do  not  let  that  cast 
you  down.  You  cannot  become  an  adept  all  at  once. 
The  poor  hawk  itself,  which  you  have  just  been  dis- 
secting, waited  to  be  fledged  before  it  durst  rise  on 
expanded  pinion ;  and  had  parental  aid  and  frequent 
practice,  ere  it  could  soar  with  safety  and  ease  beyond 
the  sight  of  man. 

Little  more  remains  to  be  added,  except  that  what 
has  been  penned  down  with  regard  to  birds,  may  be 
applied,  in  some  measure,  to  serpents,  insects,  and  four- 
footed  animals. 

Should  you  find  these  instructions  too  tedious,  let 
the  wish  to  give  you  every  information  plead  in  their 
defence.  They  might  have  been  shorter ;  but  Horace 
says,  by  labouring  to  be  brief  you  become  obscure. 


280  ON   PRESERVING   BIRDS. 

If,  by  their  means,  you  should  he  enabled  to  procure 
specimens  from  foreign  parts  in  better  preservation 
than  usual,  so  that  the  naturalist  may  have  it  in  his 
power  to  give  a  more  perfect  description  of  them  than 
has  hitherto  been  the  case, — should  they  cause  any 
unknown  species  to  be  brought  into  public  view,  and 
thus  add  a  little  more  to  the  page  of  natural  history, — 
it  will  please  me  much.  But  should  they,  unfortunately 
tend  to  cause  a  wanton  expense  .of  life — should  they 
tempt  you  to  shoot  the  pretty  songster  warbling  near 
your  door,  or  destroy  the  mother  as  she  is  sitting  on 
the  nest  to  warm  her  little  ones,  or  kill  the  father  as 
he  is  bringing  a  mouthful  of  food  for  their  support — 
oh,  then !  deep  indeed  will  be  the  regret  that  I  ever 
wrote  them. 

Adieu, 

CHARLES  WATERTON. 


FINIS 


K.    C'LAY,   SON,    AN.)  TAYLOR,    PRINTERS,    BREAD   STREET   HILL. 


WOEKS 

PUBLISHED  BT 

T.  FELLOWES,  LUDGATE  HILL. 


ARNOLD.— HISTORY  OF  ROME,  from  the  Earliest 

Times  to  the  End  of  the  Second  Punic  War.  BY  THOMAS  ARNOLD,  D.D., 
Late  Head  Master  of  Rugby  School.  New  Edition.  Three  Volumes  8vo. 
II.  Ws. 

ARNOLD.— HISTORY  OF  THE  ROMAN  COMMON- 
WEALTH, from  the  End  of  the  Second  Punic  War  to  the  Death  of  Julins 
Caesar,  and  the  Reign  of  Augustus.  New  Edition.  Two  Volumes,  8vo. 
II.  4s. 

ARNOLD.— INTRODUCTORY  LECTURES   ON 

MODERN  HISTORY,  delivered  in.  Lent  Term,  1842,  before  the  University 
of  Oxford.  Fifth  Edition,  8vo.  8s.  6d. 

ARNOLD.— SERMONS.  Vol.1.  Sixth  Edition,  8vo.  12s. 

To  which  is  added  a  New  Edition  of  Two  Serm,ons  on  the  Interpretation  of 
Prophecy. 

ARNOLD.— SERMONS,  with  an  Essay  on  the  Right 

Interpretation  and  Understanding  of  the  Scriptures.  Vol.  II.  Fifth  Edition, 
8vo.  12s. 

ARNOLD.  — SERMONS.     Vol.  III.     Fourth  Edition, 

8vo.  12s. 

ARNOLD.— SERMONS.     Vol.  IV.     Christian  Life,  its 

Course,  its  Hindrances,  and!  its  Helps.    Sixth  Edition,  8vo.  12s. 

ARNOLD.— SERMONS.     Vol.  V.     Christian  Life,  its 

Hopes,  its  Fears,  anil  its  Close.    Sixth  Edition,  8vo.  12s, 

ARNOLD.— SERMONS.    Vol.  VI.  chiefly  on  the  Inter- 

pretation  of  Scripture.    Fourth  Edition,  8vo.  12». 

ARNOLD.— SERMONS  preached  in  the  Chapel  at  Rugby 

School,  with  an  Address  before  Confirmation.  Selected  mostly  from  Vol.  1,1. 
of  the  8vo.  Edition.  New  Edition,  small  8vo.  5s. 

ARNOLD.— FRAGMENT  ON  THE  CHURCH.  Third 

Edition,  8vo.  6s.  6d. 

ARNOLD.— MISCELLANEOUS  WORKS.     Collected 

and  Republished. 

Principal  Contents: — THE  CHRISTIAN  DUTY  or  CONCEDING  THE  ROM  MI 
CATHOLIC  CLAIMS.  ON  THE  SOCIAL  PROGRESS  OF  STATES.  PRINCIPLES 
OF  CHURCH  REFORM.  USE  OF  THE  CLASSICS.  DISCIPLINE  OF  PUBLIC 
SCHOOLS.  ON  THE  DIVISIONS  AND  MUTUAL  RELATIONS  OF  KNOWLEDGE, 
&c,  SK-.  Second  Edition,  8vo.  12*. 


WORKS  PUBLISHED  BY  T.  FELLOWES. 


ARNOLD.— THE  LIFE  AND   CORRESPONDENCE 

of  THOMAS  ARNOLD,  D.D.  By  ARTHUR  PENRHYN  STANLEY,  D.D. 
Dean  of  Westminster.  Eighth  Edition.  Two  Volumes,  crown  Svo.  103. 

ARNOLD.— ARNOLD'S  TRAVELLING  JOURNALS, 

with  Extracts  from  the  Life  and  Letters.    Small  Svo.  4s. 

BLOMFIELD,    (Bp.)— LECTURES    ON   THE   ACTS 

OP  THE  APOSTLES,  AND  ON  THE  GOSPEL  OF  ST.  JOHN.  BY 
C.  J.  BLOMFIELD,  D.D.  Bishop  of  London.  Third  Edition,  Svo.  10*.  6d. 

BLOMFIELD,    (Bp.)— A    MANUAL    OF    FAMILY 

PRAYERS.  New  Edition,  with  the  Author's  last  revision.  Large  type, 
crown  Svo.  3s.  6d.  black  cloth,  red  edges. 

BLOMFIELD,   (Bp.)— THREE  SERMONS   ON  THE 

CHURCH,  Preached  in  St.  James's  Church,  Westminster,  during  Lent,  1842. 
Sixth  Edition,  Svo.  2s. 

BLOMFIELD,  (Bp.)— SERMONS,  Preached  in  the  Parish 

Church  of  St.  Botolph,  Bishopsgate.    Second  Edition,  Svo.  12s. 

BERNARD.  — THE     SYNAGOGUE    AND    THE 

CHURCH  ;  beiug  an  Attempt  to  show  that  the  Government,  Ministers, 
and  Services  of  the  Church  were  derived  from  those  of  the  Synagogue. 
Condensed  from  the  Latin  of  Vitringa.  By  J.  L.  BERNARD,  A.M.  Svo.  7s.  6rf. 

DICKINSON,    (Bp.)— REMAINS    OF    CHARLES 

DICKINSON,  D.D.  LORD  BISHOP  OF  HEATH;  with  a  Biographical 
Sketch.  By  J.  WEST,  D.D.  Svo.  16s. 

HAMPDEN,    (Bp.)— SERMONS,    Preached   before  the 

UNIVERSITY  OF  OXFORD,  in  the  Cathedral  of  Christ  Church,  from  1836  to 
1847.  Svo.  10s.  6d. 

HAMPDEN,  (Bp.)— PAROCHIAL  SERMONS,  Illus- 

trative  of  the  Importance  of  the  Revelation  of  God  in  Jesus  Christ.  Second 
Edition,  Svo.  10s.  6d. 

HAWKINS,  (PROV.)— SERMONS  ON  SCRIPTURAL 

TYPES  AND  SACRAMENTS,  Preached  before  the  University  of  Oxford  ; 
with  Observations  upon  some  recent  Theories.  By  EDWARD  HAWKINS, 
D.D.  Provost  of  Oriel  College,  Canon  of  Rochester,  Ireland  Professor. 
Svo.  6s. 

HAWKINS,  (PROV.)— SERMONS  ON  THE  CHURCH, 

Preached  before  the  University  of  Oxford.    Svo.  7*. 

HAWKINS,    (PROV.)  — AN   INQUIRY    INTO    THE 

CONNECTED  USES  of  the  PRINCIPAL  MEANS  of  ATTAINING 
CHRISTIAN  TRUTH  ;  in  Eight  Sermons,  Preached  before  the  University 
of  Oxford,  at  the  Bampton  Lecture  for  the  year  1840.  Svo.  10s.  6d. 

HINDS,  (Bp.)— SCRIPTURE,  AND  THE  AUTHO- 
RIZED VERSION  OF  SCRIPTURE;  being  the  Substance  of  two  Ordina- 
tion Sermons :  with  Notes,  and  a  Glossary  of  Words  which  have  become 
obsolete  ill  the  sense  which  they  bear  in  the  translation  of  the  New  Testa 
ment.  By  8.  HINDS,  D.D.  late  Bishop  of  Norwich.  Small  Svo.  2s.  6d. 


WOEKS  PUBLISHED  BY  T.  FELLOWES. 


HINDS,    (Bp.)  —  HISTORY    OF    THE    ELSE    AND 

EARLY  PROGRESS  OP  CHRISTIANITY.    Svo.  15s. 

HINDS,    (Bp.)— SONNETS   AND    OTHER    POEMS, 

CHIEFLY  ON   SACRED  SUBJECTS.     Small  Svo.  4s.  6d. 

KENRICK.— ANCIENT  EGYPT  UNDER  THE  PHA- 

RAOHS  :  its  History  and  Geography,  its  People,  their  Arts  and  Sciences, 
Civil  Institutions,  and  Religious  Faith  and  Usages.  By  JOHN  K.ENKNJK, 
M.A.  F.S.A.  Two  Volumes,  Svo.  II.  Ids. 

"This  is  not  only  the  best  history  of  Egypt  which  we  possess,  but,  taking 
into  consideration  the  recent  light  that  has  been  thrown  upon  the  subject,  and 
the  obsolete  i-li  iracter  of  all  former  histories,  we  may  say  that  it  is  the  only 
cue." — KMo's  Journal  of  Sacred  Literature. 

KENRICK.— PHOENICIA :  its  History  and  Geography, 

&c.     Svo.  16s. 

"Another  very  valuable  contribution  to  the  exact  knowledge  of  Ancient 
History,  which  he  has  already  enriched  by  his  two  volumes  on  '  Egypt  under 
the  Pharaohs,'  and  by  his  admirable  and  philosophical  'Essay  on  Primaeval 
History.'" — National  Review. 

"We  heartily  recommend  this  book  to  our  readers,  as  not  only  being  the 
best,  or  indeed  the  only  thoroughly  good  English  work  on  Phoenicia,  but  as 
being  rich  in  instructive  matter  for  the  merchant  and  manufacturer  of  the 
present  day,  no  less  than  for  the  student  of  antiquity."—  Christian  Reformer. 

KENRICK.— ESSAY    ON    PRIMAEVAL    HISTORY. 

Post  Svo.  5s. 

PENROSE.— LECTURES    ON    THE   HISTORY   OF 

THE  BIBLE.— THE  PENTATEUCH.  By  the  Rev.  T.  T.  PENROSE,  M.A. 
Vicar  of  Coleby  and  Prebendary  of  Lincoln  Cathedral.  12mo.  5s. 

TENNANT.— SERMONS,  Preached  to  the  BRITISH  CON- 

GREGATIOX  at  FLORENCE.    By  the  Rev.  R.  J.  TENNANT,  M.A.     Svo.  16*. 

WATERTON.— WANDERINGS    IN    SOUTH   AME- 

RICA.  With  Original  Instructions  for  Preserving  Birds  for  Cabinets  of 
Natural  History.  By  CHARLES  WATERTON,  Esq.  Sixth  Edition,  small 
Svo.  5f. 

"  Waterton's  Wanderings  in  South  America  have  been  read,  we  shonld  think, 
wherever  the  English  tongue  has  penetrated.  .  .  .  The  vivacity  with  which 
these  narratives  abound  renders  them  the  most  charming  productions  of  the 
kind  in  the  English  language." — Times. 


CLASSICAL  WORKS  AND   BOOKS  OF  EDUCATION. 
BLOMFIELD,  (Bp.)— ^ESCHYLI  AGAMEMNON.   Ad 

fidem  Manuscriptorum  emendavit  Notas,  et  Glossarium  adjecit  C.  J.  BLOM- 
FIELD, S.T.  P.     Editio  Quinta.     Svo.  12s. 

BLOMFIELD,    (Bp.)  —  ^SCHYLI    PERS^E.     Editio 

Sexta.    Svo.  6s. 


WORKS  PUBLISHED  BY  T.    FELLOWES. 


BLOMFIELD,     (Br.)  —  ^ESCHYLI     PEOMETHEUS 

VINCTUS     Editio  Octava.    8vo.  8s. 

BLOMFIELD,  (Bp.)— vESCHYU  SEPTEM  CONTEA 

TliEBAS.    Editio  Sexta.    Svo.  Ss. 

COOKESLEY.— AEISTOPHANIS     AVES,    from    the 

Text  of  DINDORF,  with  English  Notes.  By  H.  P.  COOKESLEY,  B.A.  For 
the  use  of  Schools.  Svo.  7s. 

HALL.— A  TEEATISE  ON  PLANE  AND  SPHERI- 
CAL TRIGONOMETRY.  By  the  Rev.  T.  G.  HALL,  M.A.  Professor  of 
Mathematics,  King's  College,  London.  Fifth  Edition.  Crown  Svo.  6s. 

KENRICK.—  AN    INTRODUCTION    TO     GEEEK 

PROSE  COMPOSITION.  By  JOHN  KENRICK.  M.A.  Part  I.— Declension, 
Conjugation,  and  Syntax  of  Prepositions.  Fifth  Edition.  12mo.  4s.  6d. 
Part  II.— Syntax.  Second  Edition.  12mo.  4s.  &d.  KEY.— Parts  I.  and  II. 
4*.  6rf.  each. 

KENRICK.— THE  EGYPT  OF  HERODOTUS ;  being 

the  Second  and  part  of  the  Third  Books  of  his  History.  From  the  Text  of 
Gaisford.  With  Notes  and  Preliminary  Dissertations.  Svo.  12s. 

KENRICK.  —  AN    ABRIDGMENT    OF    ZUMPT'S 

LATIN  GRAMMAR,  for  Schools.    Fourth  Edition.    12mo.  3s. 

KENRICK.— EXERCISES    ON    LATIN    SYNTAX; 

adapted  to  Zumpt's  Grammar.  To  which  are  added  Extracts  from  the 
Writings  of  Muretus.  Fifth  Edition.  Svo.  5s.— KEY.  Svo.  5s. 

MAJOR.— A  LATIN  GRAMMAR.     By  J.  E.  MAJOR, 

D.D.    Head  Master  of  King's  College  School.    Tenth  Edition.  12mo.  2s.  6d. 

MAJOE.— THE  LATIN  EEADEE  OF  PEOFESSOE 

JACOBS.  With  Notes  and  References  to  the  Grammars  of  King's  College 
and  Eton  Schools.  Sixth  Edition.  12mo.  3s. 

MAJOR— EXTEACTS  FROM  THE  FASTI  OF  OVID, 

WITH  NOTES  ;  and  from  VIRUIL.    12mo.  3s.  Qd. 

MAJOR— INITIA  GE^ECA  ;  containing  Extracts  from 

the  Greek  Testament,  jEsop's  Fables,  Xenophon's  Anabasis,  &c.  With 
Notes  and  a  Lexicon.  New  Edition,  12mo.  4s. 

MAJOR— INITIA  HOMERIC  A;  The  First  and  Second 

Books  of  the  ILIAD  OF  HOMEK,  with  parallel  passages  from  VIRGIL,  and  a 
Lexicon..  Fourth  Edition.  12mo.  3s.  6d. 

MAJOR— MILTON'S  PARADISE  LOST,  with  Notes, 

Critical  and  Explanatory,  Selected  and  Original,  for  the  use  of  Schools. 
12mo.  7s.  6d.  The  last  Six  Books,  to  complete  the  former  Edition  of 
Books  One  to  Six,  3s.  6d. 


UC  SOUTHERN  RraONALUBRARVFAaL 


A    000046785     2 


•M 


•i 


I 


Bfl